iio

MICROFORMED

iiV

Pi'lESORVATIDN
vis

DATE^0r7.*r

Digitized by the Internet Archive

in

2007

with funding from

IVIicrosoft

Corporation

http://www.archive.org/details/arabicsimplifiedOOupsouoft

kk

Arabic Simplified."

CONTENTS.
(Full Index will be found at end of Lessen 200).

PART

I.

Introductoru.
12.

4-

The Arabic Verb, Past Singular.

Interrogative and Negative,

14.

Hamza, Madda, etc. ^^

Pronominal Affixes.

16.

Non-joining

I.

5.

Triliteralism (3 radicals).

7-

Vowels, Figures,

etc.

8.

Definite Article,

t^

9.

Letters of Prolongation and

Diphthongs. ^-^

\^

10.

Solar and Lunar Letters.

II.

Wasla,

etc.

^^

11.

Eye, Voice, and Ear Ex.

22.

Type-form J
Nouns of Agent and of Object.
Verb jlT Past Tense.
Omision of copula.
Personal Pronouns (for forming
sentences) Exam, paper.

25.

Singular of ^j\^\

26.

Ta Marbuta &

18.

Verb, past du

19.

Construct-State.

Alif Maqsura.

&

Transliteration

Tenses, "Moods,''

21.

24.

17.

20.

Revision of

&

31.

E.V.

32.

^3jM

{V

etc.

E. Various.

and Negative by

by J

of Prohibition. Comparative

.Table of j.^;5^i^
34.

Pronominal

35.

Passive, Past

&

also

Present Future).

^jvdlb i>J^*

affixes.

Present.

Dual and Plural of the same.

36.

27.

28.

Future Particles.
Introduction to 3 Moods.

37.

Other Tenses.

38.

39.

Subjunctive ^j^adl'

40.

Conversation Exercise

29.

39*

Examination paper.

&

E.

The

^>3

Six Forms.

Selections

Commandments.

from

III

The Noun.
50.
51.

Examination Paper.
E. V. & E. God's Attributes.

Gender.
Regular Plural, Masc.

52.

Case.

44.

54.

45.

Ditto in Construction, etc.

55.

46.

Regular Plural, Fem.

56.

Ancient Declension.
Demonstrative.
Relative Pronoun.

47.

Dual.

57.

Agreement of

58.

Assimilated Adjective.

59.

Noun

60.

Examination Paper.

42.

48.

49.
50.

Dual

in Construction.

Broken Plural J^i

Broken Plural JUI

and

Examination Paper.

PART
E. V.

41.

33.

Verb TO BE

i^^

plural.

Examination paper.

PART
23.

letters.

characters, vowels,- signs

all

Adjs.

of Superiority.

^^

PART
61.

E. V,

&

62.

Noun
Noun

of

63.

Some Derived Nouns with Broken

IV.

Time and

Place.

of Instrument.

64.

Quadrisyllable Plural JpIa* etc.

65

Broken

E. V.

&

I
i

J-,^^^"

Conj.

II.

Conj.

III.

V.

Conj. IV.

J.i

E. V.

&

'""''

}
}

>U-

Weak "

Verb.

Doubled Verb.

Hamzated.

106.
107.

95.

VI.

Derived Conj. (Surd).

>

>

Quadriliteral Verbs.

Reading Exercise.
Popular Story.

Exam. Paper.

"Weak'' Verbs.
117.

Conj.

118.

Conjs. VII.

119.

Conj, X.( Hollow).

120.

Examination Paper,

121.

E. V.
>

Exam. Paper.

113.

114.

Derived Conjugations.

E. V.

115.
116.

^i,i

Newspaper Exercise.

123.

Derived (Hamzated).

Proverbs.
Simile Verb Ya.
Simile Verb H'au.

112.

\il

IV. (Hollow).

&

E.

&

VIII.

(Hollow.)

Salutations.

122.

109.

III.

3*^1

"Ten Commdts."

E.

Conj. X,

Q-

io8.

110.

&

96.

99.

104
105-

Conj. IX.

100.

Intro, to "

92.

98.

Conj. VI.

102.

103.

E. V.

94.

PART
lOI.

90.
91.

93-

'^^

^-

yi\

Conj. VII.

^^-^^ ^'"}
Exam. Paper.

t.

"Lord's Prayer."

E.

Si.

Examination Paper.

use.

USE A LEXICON.

Derived Conjugal ions.

^.cU

So.

^-

70

forms and

its

^Jii

Paradigm of I IV.
Reading Exercise.
Exam. Paper.

79.

HOW TO

etc.

77-

78

Masdar;

Proverbs.

E.

74-

75-

68.

69.

g;

72.
73-

Broken Plurals JTU and J^lj*

Tri-syllabic Broken Plural.

Reading Exercise.
Plural

PART
71.

67.

66.

E. Scripture.

Plurals.

>

&

E.

Hollow

Wau and

Defective Verb.

124.

Defective (Subj. and Juss.)

125.

Doubly

126.

Doubly Weak (Hnmza).

Weak

fLafifJ

127.

Derived Conjs. (Defective).

128.

Nun

129.

Verbs of Wonder;
Ni^mn and lU'sa.
Examination Paper

Ya.
130.

of Corroboration.

PART
31.

E. V.

&

E.

VIL

All Broken Plurals.

More Proverbs.

132
>

136

All the plural forms.

PART
V.

&

VIIL

138.

^lU and

139.

Collectives.

140.

Examination Paper.

Irregulars.

Derived Nouns, Particles,

etc.

E. Sfiras.

147.

Numerals.

Nouns

148.

Syntax of Numerals.

141.

E.

142.

All Derived

143.

Diminutive.

144.

Relative Adjective.

146.

Intensive Forms.

149
150

PART
200.

PART

X.

Lessons 151

Exercises

IX.

NEW

Preps. Conj. Interjections,

Syntax.

complete Syntax

in

Arab

style.

Reading Book,

150 (paged from

:}

other end, Arabic style).

ARABIC TEXTBOOK

(Extmcts from a Review by Professor R.S. McClena^han M.A., LL.D., Principal of

College of Arts and Sciences, American University, Cairo).

This volume

is

one of the best,

if

not the best, published for

and business men desiring a concise

but sufficiently elaborated text, and thoroughly reliable for acquiring
a knowledge of usable Arabic.

the use of missionaries,

officials,

"The make-up of the book is such as to please the eye and

not to leave with the student the sense of weariness which frequently
results from the use of poor paper unsuitable type, or a complicated
a rangement. The index is a valuable contribution.
,

ij
I

*'The author has been for over 20 years a resident in Cairo.

the

official,

He

Azhar University, and with that

the man on the street, and the fellah,' and is

familiar with the Arabic of the

recognized as an authority on the subject".

'

^'ARABIC
A Review by

the Kev. Prof.

SIMPLIFIED"

James Robertson,

D.D., LL.D.,

Emeritus Professor of

Semitic Languages in the University of Glasgow.

"Mr. Upson has undertaken a difficult task, as anyone who has

attempted to teach Arabic can testify, and he has succeeded. The
task is to give the student not only a competent knowledge of the
laws of the language, but also tLe power to use the language as a
living tongue Avith a literature.

"ARABIC SIMPLIFIED
and

claims to be a 'practical'

grammar

makes good the claim. It is practicable, in the sense that it

leads the student on by a smooth path, step by step, in a course of
200 lessons, till the Avhole ground is covered. There are exercises at
every stage, with well selected vocabularies.
The student is
stimulated, by the question and ansAver form of the lessons, to solve
difficulties, and he is made to feel sure of himself by revision of
it

work, test questions, and periodical Examination Papers

" The lessons are evidently drawn up by a practical educationist, keenly alive to the difficulties felt by the learner and skilful
in overcoming them. They also show an accurate acquaintance Avith
the Avhole extensive and somewhat perplexing field of Arabic
Grammar.
The introduction, from the very first, and constant
explanation of the Syntax, and the presentation of the laAVS of the
language from the point of vicAV of the native grammarian, are
features bej'ond

"And

it

all

may

praise
Avith confidence

be said that,

if

the student will

patiently go through this course, following the prescribed conditions,

his Avork from time to time for examination by the
Teacher, he will be no mean Arabic scholar, and fit to acquit himself
successfully in any sphere in Avhicli he may be called to use the
language."

and submitting

MICROFORMED

BY

PRESERVATION
SERVICES

ARABIC SIMPLIFIED
A PRACTICAL

GRAMMAR

WRITTEN ARABIC

of

in

LESSONS

200

With Exercises, Test-Papers and Reading"-Book,

BY

ARTHUR

T.

('Abdul-Fady

UPSON

al-Qahirany)

Literary Superintendent Nile Mission Press,

Author of

"ARABIC AMPLIFIED,"

etc.,

Editor of

"AL-BAREED AL-MISRY,

and Publisher of over 350 Arabic Books and Pamphlets

upon the system of

THE REV.

J.

Wilcox,

iM.A.,

Author of "Hebrew Simplified."

523168

REVISKD EDITION.

2.

School of Simplified Study,

19-21

Ludg-ate

Hill,

London, E.G.

4.

S- S(

First Edition

1916

Second Impression
Third Impression

Second

(of first nine lessons only)

(five lessons only)

Edition,, revised throughout

Printed at The

Nile Mission

1919

1921

Press,

ar Sharia Manakh, Cairo.

1917

Foreword to First Edition.

During the year

1908, the author

had the good fortune

to

be

enrolled as a student of the Rev. John C. Wilcox's new and then

comparatively unknown course of ''Hebrew Simplified," and the

thought passed through the minds of both that possibly sometime

system might be found suitable for the teaching
of Arabic. Nothing was, however, done at the time.
in the future this

Meantime the School of Simplified Study,

had produced

Ltd.,

similar courses in other subjects, e.g., "Greek Simplified," "Logic

Simplified," "Latin Simplified," etc. For the

no

In

Hebrew course alone

than a thousand students had been registered.

less

May

and was glad

to

was sent

England on medical advice,

occupy himself by writing a number of these

1915 the writer

to

lessons, at the suggestion of the author of the original system.

It should be clearly understood that my collaborator, Mr. Wilcox
only responsible for the Interrogative Method employed, as I take
full responsibility for selecting the matter and writing the book.

is

Friendly critics of this new order of arrangement are invited

examine the Table of Contents, also the Index. A certain amount
of repetition will be found in the earlier lessons, for to a practical
to

educationist, as
virtues.

Some

is

the author, recapitulation

students

may

is

the chief of the

turn to the complete table of Alphabet,

Vowels, Figures etc, Lesson 16; others should content themselves

with what is given out to them.

There are 200 Lessons in this course, which should cover the
ground required by students for both Elementary and Advanced
Exams, no other grammar being required.
It will be found that after the first few lessons the exercises
more interesting and longer, and the subjects more varied
while the Reader contains selections from books and newspapers.

are

Since this course

study being

of our

differing

is

intended to be a practical one, the subject

"Modern Written Arabic,"

colloquials to

those

who have made

we

leave

the

a special study of

spoken dialects, but all words given in the text or in the exercises
will be found to be in practical use to-day
this is a strong point.
Our aim is to teach the Student, whether missionary, military,
educational, or commercial, to read, e.g., a daily newspaper.
:

for

This course is absolutely "COPYRIGHT," and may not be used

any person other th^n the original, duly registered student.
'ABDUL-FADY,

FOREWORD
2nd

to

Owing

to a combination of circumstances (partly political) over

had no control,
purpose,

many

have

now

entirely re-written Lessons

of the illustrations and examples from

written in 1919-20 (in

^r/:z&/c)

but not yet published.

being similar to that followed in

to that work,

edition

"A A,"

which should be studied

(in

which

have

151-200 using, for the

my "ARABIC AMPLIFIED"
The

order of Lessons 151-200

the present will be a capital introduction

"ARABIC SIMPLIFIED"

Arabic) after

good many other improvements have been introduced.

May,

A, T, U.

1921.

ADVICE
To The Student
(1)

Answer

(2)

Train "Eye, Voice and Ear" simultaneously

all

exercises in writing, even those intended for "self-correction".

aloud in the open

if

(3)

possible.

(4)

air.

this

can be

done by reading

Get your pronunciation corrected by

Let him give

DICTATION

Imitate, to a certain extent, the Oriental

easiest

way to master Arabic Syntax

Revise back work, and re-revise

is

from the

a native sheikh,

exercises.

custom of memorising aloud.

to learn

many

Most important.

illustrative sentences.

The

Lesson

What

1.

are these signs

They form
f

2.

word He-struck, which

is

pronounced

The pronoun

"he"

is

"understood," not written, in the Arabic verb.

How

is

this

word

up ?
consonants and

built

different

three

corresponds to the

above
It

4.

the Arabic

dha-ia-ba ^with the accent on the first syllable.

Of

3.

1.

its

letter a.

consonant, which

it

Its

one vowel.

sign

always

is

....."T....

and

/o//o?^;s in

The vowel
is

written

pronunciation.

here occurs three times.

What

is the name of this vowel ?

Fatha (to be pronounced with a roughly aspirated h, which
we have indicated by a dot under it, and which is somewhat
It is also somewhat like a deep
like hh or doubly strong h.
sigh.
Be sure you do not run the / and h together, making
th: note Fat is the first syllable and ha the second.
What is the power of this Fat-ha ?
It is like a in bad, and is one of the three short vowels.

In

some countries

it

is

little

heavier, like a in father

in

India more like u in cut.

5.

How many

consonants are there

Name

6.

What

like the*

It is

we have
little

jO

Dad

Ra

C^

Ba

Dad

d in hand and good, only

the

th

in

but

thee,

affects the Fat-ha after

AW or O.
7.

Do

(In India

No.

z,

it

and

an aspirated

more strongly

giving to

a hard

stronger,

It is

It is

this
o?,

pronounced

so hard that

it

almost the sound of

as in "Ramazan").

consonants always preserve the forms here

Arabic letters change their form with their

these three

given

it is

is

it

d.

by rolling the tongue against the palate.

it,

Three.

indicated bya dot under the

like

power

the approximate sound of the

is

word

in thts

6
position in a word, because even printed books are, so to
speak, in "script" character, and most of the letters joined

and "running on". But

Dad

is

always

Ra

Ba

,.

e^

N.B. When Ba
previous

letter

8.

it

with in aword
Medial lettet.

is

it

is

end of a word can be joined

the

L^-^ The ra

form

final

cannot ever join the

is,

when

i.e.,

when it is separated from others;

when it is an Isolated letter.

takes

it

i.e.,

to the

of

is

which follows

letter

left.

He-struck Da-ra ba

w>^^

Why

first

have we put the

What

v^^

because Arabic, like other Semitic languages

read from right to

To show
10.

it

the order of the consonants in

is

Dad, Ra, Ba

9.

when

that

so that letter does not have a special final form.

What

is

at the

such a shape that

it,

when it begins a word;

when it is an Initial letter.

<

that

it

vowel

in Italic

has the accent, which

are the dots used for, one over

is

.'*

but very slight.

Dad and one under Ba

They are the distinguishing marks of these consonants, which

Arabic

letter-

haste, often obscures the

shapes

cannot, therefore, be read without them.

writing, the scribe,

of the

when

in

these

individual letters;

identified

by means of the

can,

In

always

however,

be

dots.

Vowels are hardly ever written, except in

two books,

the

Qur'an and Bible, but the dots are indispensable.

There are no

capitals in Arabic.
o-

Self-Test Paper
1.

2.

What
What

is

1.

a Fat-ha

is its

power

(l
?

Where

3)

(l

is it

placed

(l

2).

4).

(Compare your written reply with

the section in which the correct answer

Revise

more thoroughly.

to be found.

it

and,

if

necessary, learn

exercises for correction except the

replies

to Test Papers,

Do

is

not send

which we have

marked "To be returned for correction". So in all future lessons.)

N.B. Students must vowel their exercises for the first year.

7
Lesson
1.

the verb-form for "He-struck"

If

changed

into "She-struck"

By placing

2.

ta (t) after

da-ra-ba

^j-^

She-struck

da-ra-bat

^I^y^

Because

and

-J is

is

is-fhe

new

sign

the Sukun, and

What

is

isolated

its initial

final

is

denotes that the

But
6.

We

is

->

forms are usually elongated ones.

....?.....

over the ta

very occasionally written

letter

over which

sign

its initial

....v.....

i.e

with

.>

placed has no vowel

adjacent letters

occur in Arahic.

i) ?

form

have seen

to

it is

Two sukuvs on

closes that syllahle.

Kaf and

becomes

ha
ta

is this

name

Its

to

form.

I would not ordinarily he allowed

What

be

and therefore

5.

the use of su-kun (pronounced su-koon,

the Italian u
It

ha in

and

isolated

What

when

ha

it

it.

the ha been shortened form

why has

But

It is

4.

the letter

v'p' how can

is

He-struck

The
3.

2.

is

represents our letter K, as in keep.

it
j

item 2 above) that the separate form for

(in

Can

as an initial letter.

be shortened to

->"

as an initial

the isolated form for

Yes, certainly, and several others act similarly.

{He

wrote

She wrote
In fh)
7.

The

we have Ta

Ka-ta-ba
Ka-ta-bat

as a Final,

short connecting link

^zS

{a)

^xI-S

{hj

and also

as a Medial.

which unites

Medial form

predecessor should be noticed.

We

may

represent

it

thus

^J^

X,

2,

to its

8.

But are not medial ta and ba confusing

dots over

9.

Is

it

and ha has one under

No

two

it.

any English word or name which

there

since ta has

will give us the

pronunciation of Ka-ta-ba?

Yes

take the word Canada.

syllable, but not

first

not say Ca-nada,

10.

Are other

Yes

There

enough

still less

make

to

pronounced

is

liiie

strong consonant

(i)

2b.

Translate

we

is,

however,

sounded with such a

that

is,

write

it

fat-ha

the

and thus

a)

is

^^^

d).
:

(2)

to

Arabic (from memory)

She-struck.

(3)

He-wrote.

(4)

She-wrote.

2.

And what

2.
3.

Write the names of these

4.

What combinations

(il
N.B.

that

.?

v^^

'

What
What

1.

is

it

(Do not mix d with

like doraba.

He-struck.

Self Test

same way

Ca-na-da; there

do

Simply Canada.

Read aloud from the right, and turn into English

<.r ^^-

Exercise

dad

like a short o (though

pronounced

Exercise 2a.

the

as

We

a long vowel.

ii

Canada.

one point about the fat-ha, when

is

three-letter verbs stressed in the

da-ra-ba

sounded

a slight stress upon the

is

is

Sukun

sign represents a

<2S

j.^

After doing Exercise

Sukun

The

text of the lesson, in

Exam, paper

is

to

(2

letters

are these

it

denote

(2

4).

3).

<^

L^- C-o

2a from memory, do 2b from memory

and then, by comparing the

corrects the other.

does

results,

it

will

be seen that one

answers to Self -Test papers are in the

the section

whose number

be sent up for correction.

is

given.

There

will be

similar exam, papers at the end of Lessons 13, 20, 25, 30, 40, etc.

Lesson
PAST SING
1.

2.

How

she-struck

By adding

the letter ta

How

(2 :l)

meaning

can we readily turn he-struck into

Thou (m)
Thou (f)
I

VERB.

of

turn the form for he-struck into one

we

did

3.

(m &

f)

didst strike

>

By adding the same letter ta in

each case and by changing the

vowels.

struck)

^*-1

^o^'I

o^l

^^'^

'/'^l

da-rab-tu
I

N.B. Read from

the

da-rab-ta
Thou strikedst.

da-rab-ti
Thoustrikedst.

struck.

(fern.)

right to

left.

This

is

da-raba

da-ra-bat

He

She struck.

struck.

Note that

essential.

Past Tense of the Arabic verb may often be represented

English by either the Past or the Perfect Tense. (Details in L.

3.

What

Accent.

is

the Rule for Arabic

Accent

in

53).

The following rules must be memorised just here

(a) The Arabic accent falls principally upon the long voweL
:

of the word,

the letter of prolongation (which will be ex-

viz.,

plained later) thus ^u5 kitab has

by

....."....

thus,

receives the

If^_more

ta.

the

accented

shown

ta

than one long vowqU the la^cm^

greatest accent.

Thetwo_Diph thongs

(q

5)

are

accented like long vowels.

(b)

The

vowel
is

fact

of the

causes

pronounced

that

(c)

(d)

when

and

be accented;

to

student

the

e.g.,

must

C^jy^

necer

say

the final vowel is omitted he will say

newspaper reader-aloud) darabt^

The Shadda
If

consonant

dara^tu,

da.r^b-tu because,
(like a

consonant under the sukun having no

all

is

also accented (8

4, 5).

the vowels are short, as in kntaba, the

first

one

is

slightly accented.
If

we examine forms 3, 4 and

What are ihey

presented.

"i

we

shall find

two new features


We
We

1st.

2nd.
5.

What

is

see a

see

--

10

shape) below the

(a fat-ha in

(almost a

comma

line.

shape) above the

in

Fat-ha shaped sign written below the line

this

It

is

the short vowel

it

is

always placed

like

beloiv

in tin.

name

Its

the line

is

What

the sign

is

placed above the line

.....^....

the short vowel u (00) called

It is

Kasra. Since

cannot be confused

it

with Fat-ha (the short a) which always stands above the

6.

line.

line.

Damma, and pronounced

as

in bush.
7.

After reminding ourselves that the Sukun

we can now

of

As

its

heart.

It is

9.

But

This

is a

to

verb

the

Learn

FROM THE RIGHT

is this

rakiba,

and means "he

the kasra in the centre

last vowel,

10 Write out

all

Some

II.

rode

by
;

noting

it

in

He-struck, etc.

rode, or mounted."

Because this verb takes two

verbs take a

damma

as the centre

Every past verb takes fat-ha as

first

_anyhp w.

the (singular) persons of

thou (fem.) didst

thou didst

rakibat

rakib-ta

rakib-ti

rakib-tu

syllable

vowel for the past tense.

proper

accent

pronounced

why

learn these five forms by

very important as well as a very easy matter.

fathas and a kasra.

and

we must

persons (singular),

Take care

What

Past Tense. Singular Number of the

the vowels of each verb remain constant for each

item 2 above.
8.

Voice,

(See item 2 above for the forms).

Regular Verb.
N.B.

read the whole of the verb-forms which con-

stitute the Active

has no sound,

she-rode

rakiba
he-rode

what order are the signs written in Exercise 3a ?

then b, after that go back and
The body of the K, then

In

t,"^

stroke the headpiece of the k, (downwards), then the dott,

then add

all

the voweZ-marks from right to

left,

li

Exercise Sa, Read aloud, transliterate* and translate, covering

(J1a!L3

i^i^C^

c^j

o-j

V-J

Exercise
(l)

He

(4)

Thou

(6)

(Second

wrote.

(2)

line)

He

ridden). (8)
ride). (10)

She wrote.

hast

(fern.)

rode (has ridden).

She rode (has ridden).

(12)

He

didst strike.

(15)

She

Self Test

struck.

(7)

(13) I struck.

written.

rode, (or

have

hast ridden (didst

(14)

Thou ffem).
Thou (masr),

struck.

3.

1.

What

2.

Write out the rules for Accent

3.

What

concludes

letter

is

nounced

all

the sign for a

but one of the forms of the Past

(3

is

it

character.

(3

2).

3).

What

is

it }

How

is

it

pro-

6).

needed.

really

if

(i.e.,

writing Arabic in

The student should only

racters).

Arabic

(3

Damma

Note on Transliteration,
time

hast

(Third line)

(ll)

correct.

have written (wrote).

Thou

(9)

Tense, Singular of the Active Voice

(5)

hast ridden.

(fern),

Then

Thou (m)

(3)

written.

Thou

didst strike.

r J

C^l ^W

Translate to Arabic (covering 3a.)

3b.

v_^--J

o53

Li^j

t^ y-^

j^^

O-X-J)

(Jl^AlIJ;

(3b).

essential

transliterate

Roman
for

cha-

a short

But in translating from English to

that he write

"Relief Nib"

is

in

the

proper Arabic

the best for this purpose in

England, but an "Arabic nib" (not the native reed) should

be used in the Orient. After a few more lessons he should
try

weak reed
customed
It

is

from

abstain

to

to the

He

altogether,

as

it

is

become

ac-

Arabic character, and should use nothing

else.

lean upon.

to

difficult,

transliteration

in

will very

soon

Egypt, where these lessons are printed, to

obtain sufficient specially marked types with which to transliterate

the only reason for attempting

it

at all is to partially

supply the place of the teacher of pronunciation.

get a sheikh with

whom

If

you can

to practise reading (and DICTATION)

never use anything but the Arabic character.

* 12

Lesson

4.

IJSlTERROaATIVE,
1.

What
The

2.

the

is

This

3.

it

What
it

can

13.

What
is

is

(not otherwise)

below).

be explained fully

will

thus

alif,

da-ra-ba

may

a.

hamza and fat-ha

and it then always

it

In that

he struck

'

".

be the

initial

composed

new

of

be negatived

past tense

this negative particle

is

before

How

it

Mim (meem)

its

joined to an

verb form

it is

with the Present

(! coll.

*^''"

placed

be

causing any alteration

I

can be placed

Yes.

ka-tab-tu

Have

Ama
Did

I not written
ka-tab-tu

not4=td^
^
^
Kj(L\r^
.?

also).

its

before

words.

a negative sentence without

before

have not written

Ma

used with

Ka~ta-bat l^-'j^^
She wrote / ^^'

'^\{<^^^

sentence without disturbing the order of

also

This

and she -did -not -write.

have seen that the Interrogative

it

can

letter,

for she-wrote

She did not write

a positive

letter

ma

always placed before

Ma-ka-ta-bat

Can

With

she -did -not -write

the negative panicle

Give the Arabic

We

below).

the Past Tense injvjilhig-

7.

(see

(without hamza) written from below (see 2 above).

negative

6.

linked to a

is

it

a verb in the

By putting

It

is

written over the

is

It

become

she wrote

alif,

form

The hamza

the sentence.

With the hamza

of a word (see 10

5.

its

special use has this Alif?

Lesson

How

3).

lengthens the preceding fat-ha to a long vowel,

did he strike
a-da-ra-ba

4.

cases save where

all

when

letter,

commences
in

in

one of the signs for Interrogation

is

form

its

preceding
case

form

is its
is

of the Arabic Alphabet

first letter

(This generality will be modified in I2

^4/^/.

What

etc.

'-V-^
*"
^^*

l"

''-VVf
^"^^
'

C^xI-^Cil

the Lam,

How

9.

very

letter looks

Wliat

8.

or L.

do they

differ

preceding one

much

an Alif

Initial letter, is ^)

joined to

its

an

whereas

like

form when an

Its

The lam can be

13

The lam is
stroke; also, when a

following letter as well as

its

can only be joined

its

alif

preceding.

alw^ays written

thick

final letter,

Thus

of a lam

combination

this

in
:

we

\B

initial,medial and

lengthens

it

get

to

downwards with

three

form.

its

possible forms

But this combination does

final.

not occur in any actual word.

10.

Give a word containing an alif-hamza and a lam.

He
11.

Now

word containing

This

not.

ate (a-ka-la)

is

etc.

(The lam,

alif is

Exercise

i.e.

which

is

^t

0^

translate

Turn

4b.

Has he

(m) eaten

(6) I

eaten.?
(4)

(2)

(2)
(3)

then the

first,

then correct by

(f)

did not ride.

(9)

4b.

u^l C\

J<ll

ocfCV

c^rrJ

Has she

Hast thou

(7)

(f)

by

.?

Did she

not

4a.

not eaten?

not eaten

Did she not

not write. (11) Didst thou

Self Test Paper

into Arabic, correcting

didst not strike.

(1)

written

Qur'an

is

in the

'^<\ C V

ride

or

generally used with the

sometimes so used

the down-stroke,

Read aloud and

0.

(l)

is

= No,

3 la

alif.

written athwart).

4a.

Exercise

lam before the

the Negative

Present Tense though

Jf

(5)

strike

write.?

eat.?

(12)

(3)

Hast thou

Didst thou
?

(lo)

No;

(f)

not

Thou (m)
No; she did

(8)

did not eat.

4.

Give an Arabic Interrogative sign. What is its position?(4:I-3)

What particles negative Arabic sentences? (4:46,11).
How does an alif differ from a lam? (4: 8,9).

14

Lesson

5.

TRILITERALISM.
What

1.

one of the chief characteristics of the Semitic group

is

of languages

(Hebrew, Arabic,

etc.)

Tri -literalism. This signifies that the words are built up around
three*

Root

letters

by prefixing, affixing and

or Radicals,

and by changing the vowels so as

inserting other letters,

to express variations of meaning

conveyed by the Root

letters.

Tense of a verb of Active Voice.

What

2.

Past Tense

arising out of the idea

all

This we have seen in the Past

verb form

(3

2).

Active Voice always

the

in

contains these three Root letters and no other letters

form for the 3rd Person, Singular, Masculine.

Ka-ta-ba

He

^^/^

-^\

wrote, or, has written

Aka-la

He

And

3.

are the

Nouns

also built

Alifis, a frequent one).

The

up from these three Root

Yes: by vowels alone, or by vowels and additional

which

has eaten

ate, or,

Thus

This

is

why we

letters?

letters (of

teach the verb

before the noun.

S-lun
Battle, or fighting

qita-lun

a book, a writing
.^^
kita-bun
,

y^

He

ate

'^

^j^^^

^^

^.,j^^

y.

tt

wrote

l^i:<^
s>U_b
r

a writer
(

katii-bun

We see
first

letter

He

^^-<^

^.^-.J)

(For the lengthening of

this

a see Lesson

6).

here some

Root

^^rlS"*^

new

signs and letters.

What

is

this

new

Qdf and represents our Q. This guttural consonant is pronounced with a vowel by contracting the throat.
Say Kaf first naturally, then with a short a sound and contracted throat, like the cawing of a crow. Qaf is pronounced
Qof or Qawf because the letter Q is one of those strong letters
which alter the sound of the fat-ha (Compare 2 lo).
It is

the letter

Occasionally there are four

a Quadriliteral one. See

later.

root

letters

and the root-verb

is

tlien

called


What
It is

new

the

is

sign

or

Pamma

the short vowel

15

which can only

written double,

occur at the end of a noun.

How

pronounced

is it

Un, shorter than Oon.

Like u

N sound

But where does the

come from

This practice of adding an

thus doubled

name

and poetry.
or in

What

is

It is

sound when the

which has

double-u sign called

it is

in the

the

word without

10.

wn.'

with nun sound").

Nominative Case (as also those having

damma). (See 6 6
:

alif

Sao
Qara'a he read. (Here

Write out the

five

third radical).

it is

Read aloud and

Exercise

To Arabic

(1)
(4)

Has

(7)

she

Self Test Paper

(i)

What

(2)

How

(3)

What

is

not killed
(8)

She

translate to English

(2)
?

(5)

5a).

(have eaten).

ate

Did

kill

(3)

Tanwin
is it

Pamma

(5

pronounced

ndn-ation and

when

is it

8).

(5

6).

employed

(5

Food.

Fighting.

(6)

read.

5.

the

and when
is

Cj\ji

(afterwards correcting by

Hast thou (f) read?

book.

\j

w.^.

oh.

with hamza.

person forms of

Exercise 5a.

two cases with tanwin).

for the other

Give another verb containing

j5

is

never used with the Definite Aiticle, and every word

is

the single

'

vowel

reading the newspaper

in

naming

(Practise

The Tanwin rjamma (meaning 'A Damma

It

last

confined to reading the Qur'an

is

never pronounced

conversation.
is this

called ISun-ation (noon-ation) from the Arabic

Nun. Nun aiion

for N,

push.

in

7).

i6

Lesson

6.

TANIVIN.
\l^_TransJJleraifiU:Jie^_r^^
2.

3.

Why

have we put a mark over the a here

To show

it is

How

we

are

the long

Ex

"

it

long and not short, since

= hd-hun ^^{ but

"prolonging"

What
It

is

Tanwm Damma,

Damma

is

it is

jukun and

is 7iot

once more
vowel

(or short

alif is a/w;a2/s /o/ig

distinguish this from

head, in which alif carries hamza

4.

in kataha.

when followed by

gate

is

and not the short one

a,

know when

to

fat-ha in each case

)CThe

Ki-ta-bun tjiljT

ra'sun,

Ihng

alif.

u) written twice,

placed over

the last letter of a

5.

word (as in this word gate), and in hook

l).
The
name

means "A Damma with ^ nun sound." (5:3).

Are there any other tanwins ?
Yes the two other short vowels can be used in the same way,
i.e., doubled over the last letter.
Thus we get
:

Tan win Damma

v>U-^ Ki-f^-bun

Tan win Fat-ha

Tanwin Kasra
Have

Ki-if^7-ban

^'J^^-f

(Note the added

Ki-^^-bin.

V^*-5^

these three tanwins any practical use

Yes.

The presence

noun

is

indefinite

clinable noun,
(1)

The

"

(2)

The

"^

i.e.

of either of the tanwins denotes that the

e.g., a

man, a book.

Also that

over an

for a Masculine noun)

Object of a verb

Case.

The

a de-

that a noun is the Subject of the

sentence=^The Nominative Case.

denotes that a noun

(3)

it [is

capable of taking all three cases.

denotes

alif here).

the Direct

is

= The

Accusative

(See 9 below).

denotes the Indirect

Object

(governed

by

Preposition, for example).

N.B. A

single

damma,

native, Accusative,

fat-ha or kasra indicates the

or Genitive,

Nomi-

case of the Definite Noun, as

the tanwin vowel does of the Indefinite Noun.

What

English
of
y-> 8.

this sign

is

J,

When
When

will a
is

it

"A man

When
it

It is

the letter Jim (jeem), which

in

Egypt.

man, ra-ju-lun J>- j and

in

the subject of a sentence, as

wrote a

will a

letter".

Man

is

in the

sentence,

man

noun take the tanwin fatha (over an

as, for

"A man

The order

\XlS

wrote a book"

is

Read aloud and

Exercise

To

6b.

translate

(5)

(7)

She did not read a book

Self Test
1.

2.

When

is,

in the

,^lS

ra-ju-lun (2)
first,

verb

kataba (1)

but the

Noun

put in the

is

correct by 6b.

Arabic, afterwards correcting by 6a.

wrote a book.

Has he written a book ?

Did a man write a book

(3)

alif)

^\>-j

usually that of the Verb

Exercise 6a.

Its

example, "a book" in the following

may be placed first, for emphasis. (The

Singular when it precedes its subject).

(i)

in the sentence

Nominative Case.

ki-ta-ban (3)

N.B.

is re

the Direct Object of the action of a verb, that

is

form

initial

form

the

is

is "^^^-j

Accusative Case,

10.

The

its final

noun take the tanwin cjamma

form therefore
9.

but pronounced hard

found

it >. is

77

17

(2)

book.

(6)

He has
A man

(8)

Didst thou not strike a

(4)
?

She wrote

not struck a man.

read a book.

man

6.

How

can the Fat-ha become a long vowel } (6 3).

is a Tanwin Fat-ha, and what letter always accompanies it with the Masculine noun (6: 6).
In what case is a noun which has a Tanwin Fat-ha } (6 6),
:

What

.?

3.

i8

Lesson
1.

Let us classify the characters met with, and a few others.

Power

Separate

Final

Medial

Name

Initial

Alif

(^

4^

<^

Ba

C^

L-^

Ta

G^

^^"^

""

^
^

""

^^

CI

r^

^^

^^^

^^

<J

O^

(^_^

J
^

Pad

kh

Qif

tfj

(3
td

Kaf

tJ

(JL

Lam

(^

"^

^^"^

m
Ha

(^

(or

Hha)

is

the ch in loch\
2.

7.

What
(a)

a
it

may be

Fat-ha

(b)

Damma

We have

.?

the only three short vowels there are

with a sound

";, Kasra

We

as in tin

as in bush

only used one of the three long vowels,

have used the only three tanwins there are

Tanwin pamma

the un sound

as in patch

fat-ha lengthened by an alif as in a book (kitdh)

3.

is

practised with an educated Scotchman.

vowels have we used

We have used

....r.....

Kh

heavy h from the back of the mouth.

viz,,

the

V^*4

Tanwin Fat-ha

;"" the in

sound.

The Arabic numerals (from

4.

>T

^ A

^-

to 12)

may be

is

placed to the

left

qi-ta-lun battle, or fighting tJ^^

(2)

ki-ta-bun book ^^[iS hook (accus

(3)

a-ka-la to eat (he-ate) ^^

(4)

uk-lun food

(5)

qa-ta-la to

(6)

ra-ju-lun a

(7)

da-ra-ba

(8)

ka-ta-ba

(9)

ra-ki-ba

of the unit

ma-li-kun king dll^

qa-la-mun pen

^1

kill

'

(he killed) ^jl5 ja-ma-lun camel

*^

man

J>.j

man

(accus-.)

>

J*V

"^o^j

to strike (he struck) <^

to write (he wrote) y^tS

to ride (he rode)

qa-ra-a

L*5^j

to read (he read)

\j

2.

Test Paper to be returned. Translate

He struck a camel.
7. Did she kill a man
Did she read a book ?
8. Didst thou (m) ride

Hast thou (m) written a book

Exercise 7

5.

Thou (f hast not written

Have I not written

6.

A man read

4.

>

:)\i[:>S

>

1.

7.

(1)

(10)

easily learnt

Observe that the "tens" figure

figure, as in English!
Vocabulary

the an sound (Note the alif here).

TanwinKasra

19

a book.

.?

a book.

9.

10.

11.
12.

Jr'j

v> ^J

Thou (f) hast struck a man.

Have I not eaten 1
Have you ridden a camel?
I

have not ridden a camel.

-S. Practise writing, transliterate, and then translate:

^V

^^*

jr'j

3^'

20

Lesson

8.

DEFIISITE ARTICLE.
Has Arabic an

1.

Yes

Article

the Definite Article only,

or case in

itself,

prefixed.

It is

because

it is

a particle

which has no number, gender

noun

a part of the

composed of an

which

to

and a lam

alif

it is

Jl

Give an example

2.

ra-ju-lun, a

But

3.

What

The Tanwin Damma

1st.

are they

always does,

has disappeared. It
cannot exist with the Article prefixed, since the tanwin

it

marks the

indefinite.

The lam has dropped its sound, but

'"-.
It has introduced a new sign

2nd.
3rd.

written obliquely.

What

is

Tashdid

not

its

form.

like a small

W only

the sign of Tashdid called Shadda-

It is
?

the act of doubling the pronunciation of the letter over

It is

which
act of
is

man

ar-ra-ju-Iu, the

the Article has introdaced three changes.

for

man

this sign is placed,

wheth er in_a verb or_a^ioun

doubling (or intensifying)

is

The

called tashdid, but the sign

called a shadda.

How

does this happen

way

In this

the shadda

suktin of the first of the

two

a sukun

letters

-J-

a vowel, that

is,

the

and the vowel of the second

coalesce together.
In

5>-^

ra,

and

I^J
1

the Zam of Jl

then, secondly

j'

finally the

assimilates

we
two

think of
r's

itself, first
it

of

all,

and pronounce

coalesce and

we

write

it

to the
it

as

^>- }^

leaving the lam standing in writing, but marking the pronunciation

6.J

Do

by

--T.....

(Be sure to grasp this point).

these S changes always

take place

when

prefixed, viz., 1st.

The dropping
The dropping of the sound

of the tanwin

2nd.

of the lam,

3rd.

Writing of the shadda

the Article
;

and

is


No

only the

21

always takes place, whilst the 2nd and 3rd

1st

only occur before one-half of the Arabic

7^\

How many
has

It

What

are the 14,

What

be given

we

Solar letters do

already

is

the Arabic for sun,

new

forms.

gives

reason that the

are the

and

Sh,

S, of

name

and

of

full

letters

shams happens

fj>>^ sun

forms are

be of that

to

class.

Final

Medial

Initial

Name

i^^^

(_j-u

A4*

^Vi

Sin

Sh

(^^

A
"^

Shin

What

is

(_^

the middle letter in this

^^

word sun ?

Recapitulate the various forms of the * (Lesson

M
13.

and three

to the solar letters for the curious

last letters in

which the

12.

its

^j**-i

Separate

Power

7).

Mim

Give examples of words containing the Mim.

JJ

Their

Ta

and contains two new

first letter

first

letters.

this?

It is

It

called

know ?

Ra

Dad

What new word

What

suiiiin,

later).

sham-sun

11.

al-kitdp, the book.

which receive a shadda but no

Lam
10.

other 14 have a

(The remaining 14 are called Lunar

letters.

will

The

Article.

upon the /aw, thus ^llSJ

names

so that the doubling shadda will be required over 14

sukiin

Solar

9.

has the Arabic Alphabet

them when prefixing the

of

8.

28,

letters

letters.

Qa-la-mun, a pen. 'i^l^* an

office,

study

Li^ camel.

22

14.

Learn the word for ''hea.d"ra'sun

by

make

sukftn but that does not

Also learn the verb "to break"

Read aloud and

Exercise 8a.

o>

i,:4"l

(l)

sun

(2) the sun

ra.

broke.

(r)

(v)

\j

up the English

er*-^ (^) u-*^

'

Uj o^>l

man.

Did

(6)

(0

SUj

(a)

Cr?

(8)

head
it

(4)

the head;

the sun

(5)

ffemj strike a head?

Hast thou broken a pen

(7)
?

No

(9)

an eating, i. e. much) do) Have I broken

No; thou hast not broken the pen. (12) The
head. (13) Did the man break a pen at (in) the

ate food, (or

the pen?

man

"silenced"

'H^TcSf (u) j<j\

(3) a

did not strike a head.

man

c:>y. C

vir^ (^o

(femj struck
it

'jS he

{i)o'h

is

the vowel long as in

translate, covering

Translate to Arabic

8b.

The hamza

Y^'i :i.y-ri (\ .) s^i jV: jH (^)

{\

fe

S^
Exercise

U:

(a)

;i.;;.rc V

(o) ^^1

t^-:>)

(j- \j

(ll)

struck a

office

(14)

No

he did not break the pen

(15)

A man

struck

a camel.
Self Test
(1)

(2)

8.

What is a Shadda ? (8:4).

What change invariably accompanies
Article to

(3)

How

is

any noun

(8

the prefixing of the

3).

the Article prefixed to a

word begining with a Solar

letter? (8: 6-8).

(4)

Where

is

the tens figure in Nt In

a similar practice

(7

what language

4).

N.B.-^Please observe the following rules

Cl)

Answer

(2)

Constantly

all

home
revise.

exercises in writing.

is

there

23

Lesson
How many
How many

9.

letters are there in the

Arabic Alphabet

of them are Consonants (that

is letters

28.

which must

be accompanied by a vowel in order to be pronounced

All of them

are sometimes used as

three of them, however,

"Letters of Prolongation".
3.

Which

are the three "Letters of Prolongation" (that

prolong vowels, making a short vowel into a long one

The first one and the last two of the Alphabet.

III)

Separate

Medial

Final

is,

which

Mama

Initial

Wau
Ya
4.

Why
and

are these

Because

the

like a large

5.

wau has

Ya, easy ones to

damma

practically

remember

one form only

whilst the ya

two

diacritic points written

like

below

it

is

the only letter with

is

Pronounce the name

it.

ou in house.

Are there only 3 vowels in Arabic ?

There are also two diphthongs, one being ay, formed by
fat-ha and ya, and the other au, formed by fat-ha and wau.

ay

like ai in

diphthong requires

paid

and jl

au, like ou in house.

sukun over the

"letter of prolongation."

Give examples of these Diphthongs.

A> .*'

f
\

<uu^

<^>A

^^*
7.

Wau and

letters

wau

Thus

6.

two

to distinguish

Which

sai-fun
a

J
sword

thau-run

a bull

\
f

are the only

since fC

follows the
,

heterogeneous

follows the
^ heterogeneous

three short vowel sounds

may

possible

in

What
1
may accompany alif to make long a Damma (u)
may accompany wau to make long u and Kasra (i) may
accompany ya to make long (= ee). Then there are the two
Arabic
Fat-ha

letters

they accompany

(a)

diphthongs mentioned.


8.

Why

are these

three

24

sometimes

letters

called

of

letters

Because they are used to prolong the sound

prolongation?

of the vowel attached to the immediately preceding consonant.

9.

Examples

^-^

ba

bu

bi; while

v--

while

ba

while

bu

^j

bi

and the two diphthongs

iai*

10.

Do

f^

No

bau

homogeneous

(is

>>

>)

>>

{S

'

"

'

"

Learn

mwrsa^/wTi missionary.

^^y

U by,

Exercise 9a.

li.

Exercise

words: uy*'j rasu-lun,

these

by me,

(J

bi,

To

English

aisurjuui9b.

To Arabic

A man

(4)

li,

li

to

to)

.-'.

".'

apostle or messenggr,

(joined to the next word)

me.

(1) '^;J)v^') i'.(o) 'j^s*'

-^j' (o

(2)

An

apostle rode.

(3)

Did the apostle (messenger)

apostle (messenger) did not ride.

the bool^ with a pen

to,

wrote to me.

wrote a book.

homo-

is

it.

only lengthens

(i)

^>

each prolongs (only) the vowel that

geneous (akin) to

->

and

these three letters of prolongation lengthen any preceding

vowel

11.

bay

(6)

missionary

ride.?

Didst thou

(5)

(fern.)

The
write

25

Leseon 10.
SOLAR & LUNAR LETTERS.
1.

2.

Into

what two equal classes are Arabic

The

Solars and the Lunars.

Why

are they so

Only because
solar

In

first letter in

the

Qamar-un

what way

is

a Solar letter

The sound

Lam
:

ash-sham-su

^-^*

-'^

article

sun

^ ^a

sham-sun

LT*'^

to

first

letter

words beginning with a

article

its

moon

-11

qa-ma-ru

there any

the

falls

be

to

5).

''*^\\

do we prefix the

The moon
Is

sun happens

of the al coalesces into the sound of

Lunar letter? By giving the

lam takes a sukun).

5.

^^^

of the

>

al

10).

j^9

The sun

How

the Article prefixed to words beginning with

the solar letter (see 8

4.

(see 8

8 lo).

whilst in the other class

letter

for 7noon

named

divided

letters

(Revise 8

value

full

>>

(i.e.

the

qa-ma-run ^

way

reason for this different

Lunar letter ?
Lunar letters are of such

of prefixing the

article to the

Yes

the

require

lu/v4
a nature, that

is

to

say they

such a shaping of the channel of utterance, that the

enunciation of the

Lam

in the article is helpful in re-adjusting

the organs of utterance in preparation for the lunar letters.

al-qa-ma-ru
easy

is

3\-shani-s\i
-o.-..
IS never found

But

is
6.

What

is

the

\t^

is

-^

>

I
J

"-^

|>

^^

. .*^'^

easier to pronounce

other reason for this difference in prefixing the

Article to Solars

The Lam

>^

ash-sAam-su

While

'/T
*

and Lunars

i.e.

what about the (lingual)

Lingual, and therefore

fellow tongue-forme(J letters

it

solars?

easily coalesces with

t*^
.^A^i

'^

dad

and with

ad

(j^

this

///

is

it

On

the sharp th of the

it

more

gives a broad sound to

its

like

(t,

etc.,

th)

etc.

word "think", or "thousand", which is

The sad is a very strong 5 almost like

dM does).

vowel, as

Lam

hand the lingual

the other

sin (j^

{J^

ta

JIj

sometimes lisped making

ss

shin

Dental (or teeth-formed) letters

its allied

tha
(Note that

26

cannot coalesce with

Lunars, for they consist of Gutturals, Labials and Palatals, and

the shaping of the channel of utterance by throat, lips and
palate forbids such coalescence.
7.

What
It is

8.

is

the

What

the

new

Fa and

9.

In

Fa

like in

like the Qaf,

As

when

To form
the

the letter (^

(^

bi

= by me

Diphthong

What
3rd.

is

li

(J

more curved.

Fa

be used

its

homogeneous

= to me.
a

after

heterogeneous

another

way

in

a sword

which a Ya

At the end of a word,

if it is

is

used

preceded by a fatha,

without dots and, being pronounced exactly like an Alif,

Alifrhaqsura which means ''shortened

in

Lesson

17,

vowel

takes a Sukiin
saif-un

10.

is

Letter of Prolongation following

vowel kasra ^^
2nd.

how many ways can

1st.

form

which however,

CJl

CJ

= sword

saif

corresponds to our F.

letter is the

Somewhat

<^^

letter in

ila

alif."

to, ui^tq

is

it is

called

To be explained

'

27

Learn the verb Jl*

Exercise 10a.

he-l

d and conjugate

u>-:ii

(3)
(4)

L>u\

(S)

f:

like qlaraba.

it

and read aloud

Transliterate, translate

(I)
(2)

ash-sham-su

The sun

ar-ra-su-lu

The

ar-ra-ju-lu

The man

al-ba-bu

The

al-qa-la-mu

The pen

apostle

gate

(6)

o';,i

al-wa-ra-qu

The paper

(7)

CH:;i'i

al-qi-ta-lu

The

(8)

v>

al-mur-sa-lu

The missionary

(9)

'^\x\\

at-ta-gi-ru

The

(10)

Li';ji

as-sai-fu

The sword

Note:

The accent

Exercise 10b.
Self Test 10.

falls

upon the long vowel,

if

one

is

merchant

Translate the English of Exercise lOa to Arabic.

(On papers 9 and

lo).

Which

2.

Why

3.

What vowels

4.

Place the Article before a word beginning

are the letters of prolongation

are they so

(b)

trader,

present.

1.

and

fighting

named

letter.

(9:7,

Give examples.

are Iwmogeneous to

with a Lunar

'

to

(10 3,4).

8).

(9

and

8).

to (S
(a)

(9

'

^o).

with a Solar


Lesson
1.

What
What
As

3.

to

diacritic point),

we

p'

What
It

letter transliterated

allied

is

it

wasla.

^^^^

new

this

is

Ghain, a letter

is

It

11.

the Arabic for a youth

is

ghu-la-mun
2.

28

awkward

St

in

pronunciation.

same form (without

the

them

will give

form and

in

another of

by gh

its

together.

C-

*Ain

C^

Ghain

gh, or ghr

Ghain ?
represents a gargling sound from the throat similar
the sound of the

is

made by an

r roughly

and well down

not be connected with the English

g,

in the throat.

to that
It

must

being just a "gargle."

The %in can

really only

may

emit a guttural a from the bottom of the throat,

try to

be learnt from a Jew or Arab, but you

while lightly holding the "apple" of the throat by the fingers.

Students within reach of the Orient must diligently practise

phonetics, with the assistance of an educated native friend.
4.

Write

Arabic "A

in

man

struck a youth."

ghu-la-man,
5.

Why

i*%

has

Because

it

is

before
that J

is

^ '

'* *

A^n

>^

Why

write

i-

(See Lesson 6

its

Article to a word,

a Lunar.

We

sign

is

5, 6).

"The man struck the youth,"

the Arabic

a Solar and

that

we must

is,

note

then write the sentence

t * ^

J^j*'

V^^
^^

7.

da-ra-ba

the Direct Object of the verb, and so

we can
we prefix

Before

U>1^

a tanwin fat-ha.

'

6.

become

ra-ju-lun

has

darab

U^p-

(youth) in 4 above lost

>

and become

ar-raj-ul ul-ghu-lima.

>

^^il'

its

tanwin fatha,

29

Because the tanwin cannot exist with the Definite

denotes the indefinite.

it

What
It is

is

the

the sign

...'....over

Wala

that

the alif (in 6 above)

a sign written

is

the alif

commences

the alif

has no vowel of

tion

word only)

above an

show

to

own, and that for

its

then

What

(when

its

pronuncia-

takes the last vowel of the preceding word, as in the

it

cing al begins a sentence,

it,

alif

that in that place

transliteration of the following Exercise iia.

9.

Article, sine

it

is

If

the

commen-

obvious that nothing precedes

has no wala, but a simple fat-ha only.

it

does the word wala mean

A>.

Wala

colloquial for Ai.^^^ a

is

the vowel preceding

To

Exercise Ita.

l*^^

to the letter following.

it

(We avoided

the exercise.

word meaning a

it

link, for

it

This

seen

is

V^^

ra-ju-lun

J>-j

}V;ii

da-ra-ba

(i)

SL

ul-ghu-lama

(2)

da-ra-b

ar-rajul

V>i'

(3)

J''

%^

A man

To Arabic

(5)

3:;t.

man

kill a

killed

man

The man

(2)

Did the

(4)

(6)

struck a youth.

the bull

(4)

'^1^
3V-;i

(l)

in

in Ex.9a).

English:

ghu-la-man

Exercise lib.

links

a camel.

(6)

struck the youth.

bull kill the

The man

did not

kill

man

(3)

(5)

Did

The

the camel.

Self Test 11.

(1)

What

(2)

Give

is

all

a wasla

(ll

8).

the four forms of the letters

Ain and Ghain,

(it

i3^

30

Lresson 12,
1.

What

2.

But what

3.

What

the Arabic for earth

is

new

the

is

sign

that Alif

is

first letter

Needless to say,

it

The Hamza

.....t

we mean an

bearing a hamza.

alif

a consonant, for Arabic

is

we say

Alphabet, for when

letter of the

first

the

Ardun

Hamza

the use of the

really the

is

It

is

hamza.

vowel-marks

are not reckoned as letters.

4.

When
When

have we seen that the

is

it

simply a

5.

Thus:

without a hamza.

show

alif

And

that the

hamza

not the

is

hamza

superfluous

is

alif is a

consonant.

customary not

Thus

What

does this signify

That every
is

Is the
:

viz., Alif,

But these

letters

letters

No

alif,

is

'

the

same

the

written, is to be understood

when beginning a

as
:

'

it is

sentence.

Wau, Xz.

,....r.....

is

which can receive

or

...'...

or

"";;""

given or no.

the

Arabs

that the

'

it

Hamza

call

when

in the

beginning a word.

supports these three weak

it is

better to say that the three

support the strong

In

must be usually within a word, except

Can we then say

It

the Article

hamza found only with an alif ?

can accompany the three letters which

*'Wcak",

Yes

merely to show that the

is

with a vowel (with

attached to the

is

used as a Consonant

it

case of an

9.

it,

object

an alif-hamza whether the hamza

No

8.

to write

v^r

book, ki-tabun

superfluous in that case

if its

and stands

Prolongation

alif there is

and the hamza, though not

I,

can be used as a vowel

of

But does not the very fact that a vowel

letter

6.

alif

Letter

what way

is

the

Hamza
hamza

weak

letters are

used to

consonant

can take a vowel, and can play the part of a consonant in

shaping, by a

movement within

the throat, the channel of

utterance for the flow of the vowel sound.

10.

We may

have

Where

the

is

Usually

hamza placed

6^^1^6671

How can we
By

when used with

11.

31

and

the vowel-sign

a kasra,

it

its

but sometimes

letter:

can stand over the

understand the use of the hamza

letter.
?

writing "a nice house" phonetically as "a-nais-haus" and

then "an ice house'* as "an'ais-haus" noticing the hiatus (or

breathing) between an and

ice.

This "breath"

"hamza." C.F. the bad pronunciation of "Mr.

a breathing pause

and say

" Mister -

Since the verb generally precedes

12.

the consonant

Owen" by unedu-

people; they say Miste-rowen, whereas the educated

cated

make

is

its

Owen'

subject,

ana the feminine

singular ends in sukun, what happens before the sukun of the

noun, seeing that two sukuns cannot occur together.?

The

sukfin is replaced

by kasra

/a
Z^^.j^"

struck the book" C-illSsH

most

in

Thus "she

cases.

/a This

not w>u^' C^\

is

tinguishable from 2nd fem., sing., by the sukOn v-^u^H

The preposition

such a case replaces

in

^j*

>

fat-ha but this

Exercise 12a.

cXf\ o;

is

exceptional.

To English

::^V'-^ (r)

yy

To Arabic

She struck the man.

(2)

The sun

(3)

j:

>> ^-/ll

^(.Suii

(fem.) struck the

man.

wrote from the house.

(6)

(7)

She did not write

(5)

tl^e bpojc,

(j^

(from the man).

(r) >:,!!

ju>>

The sun struck the book {verb first).

Did the sun strike the youth ?
Did she (it) not strike the youth >

(4)

sukun by

* ,

Thus J^J^

(i)

its

J-'

u:ifi\ siTxiri; (y)

Exercise 12b,

dis-

r/i

^i>

{^)

Lesson
Commence by
Where

is it,

32

13.

hamza.

revising Lesson 12 on the

and where only

is

it,

Hamza.

Hamza sometimes

that the

stands quite alone without any support from a vowel-letter

When

it is

Examples

of letters.

3.

word, and then

last in the

it

written in the line

is

'^

advent

maji-*un

a part

juz-'un

^>

the part

-J^^

a thing

shay-'un

''^

the thing

CJ^S

beginning

bad-'un

the beginning

*jUI

Can

the hamza,

at the

Yes

the tanwin

v^'>

when

it

thus found

is

above four examples

damma.

they

Case,

^^X

coming

then, take the tanwin

end of a word

as in the

the

If

(to

the left) where

it

has

these words are used in the Accusative

take tanwin fat-ha

over

the

alif,

and, in

the

Genitive Case, tanwin kasra.

On

prefixing the Definite Article Jl this tanwin

by the single short vowel,

examples on the
4.

Can

the

Yes we
:

1st.

like

any other noun, as

replaced

in the four

right.

of the three short vowels

hamza take any one

get various results

using the

is

alif as a

prop

^^-sound;

a-sound and t^e-sound.

2nd. with J or (^ as a prop, j w-sound, ^ /-sound.

3rd. after

an Alif in certain words, such as

(desert) the plural of

which

method of writing
mid-way up, because

is

the

hamza

t:i^>^

word Sahara

(Deserts).

not written above the Alif but

Note the

this

after

this alif is lo)uj (a long vowel).

at h.

it,

Alone, at end of a

it is

Sah-ra-a.

word i u-sound ^ i-sound (no fat-ha here).

:

33

Give other examples of the use of the hamza.

ba-'u-sa

ba-'i-sa

sa-'a-la

bi'-sa

akha-dha (he took)

(head)

ra'-siin

Pronounce these aloud, learning the meanings of two only.

6.

But

why has

Because
the

always drops

it

hamza

and

the medial ya in 4 (2nd)

to sit

upon;

dots

its

when

it

no points?

becomes

a prop for

grammarians

in fact, the A^rabic

call

it

the "seat" (kursy) for the hamza.

May

hamza and

the

longation
(a)

After

vowel be followed by a

its

Certainly

here are two examples

hamza with damma, take wau

mas-*ul (responsible) J^**-.^

(b)
It

letter of pro-

or

Jj^--*

After hamza with kasra, take ya, la'im, base, (adj.)

may

^p

be noted here that adjectives are reckoned as nouns

and given tanwin.

8

Why did we omit hamza with fat-ha.?

We will show this separately. Hamza
written over an
letter of

But can

prolongation
I

may

such

write

Then what

alif.

two

It

other without the

hamza
9.

How

after this

is it

together

alifs

double

is

very

sign, or, in a

few

written and what

is it

called

hamza ever marked

words

'

in

in

^a\

English books

Great Britain by a short hyphen, as in the

re-in force, re-appear,

the diaeresis

'^

(Be careful to pronounce

al-Qur-an); he believed, a-ma-na

Yes sometimes

cases, with the

word which means "prolongation".

the

are

written with a slightly curved slope; thus,

Is

we

alif.

It is

occasionally

but the only thing

called a "Madda", a

thus

of course

that we usually write one alif over

hamza

Examples al-Qur'an (Koran) j' y^

10.

Yes

It is

it

is

be the homogeneous

Alif.

be found in special words

concerned with just now

the

be

will

with fat-ha

will

and

j_l thus, reinforce,

in

America by the use of

reappear,

To English

Exercise 13a.

>

^^"J

01^1

<5 1

w)

Note that

-i

means

Faith in (by)

3* (^)

o:.4l ^ jJI ^^^

I)

34

62/

^.^'J

t) ^^ii^

0:^1

iman

To Arabic

He

I.

^ of Christ.

(3)

(6)

Coming of Christ.
From the beginning.

(juz')
I

(9)

Hast thou

of the Qur'an.

(2)

He

in the

Christ.

(v)

^I ^^

\\) jl

"believe m".

4A) l>

jU

^-s^'Jb

j'i:

billahi

believed in the Qur'an.

Advent

(a) /ju!

we say

Faith in Christ (the Messiah) bil-Masih

Exercise 13b,

I-

In English

or in.

God

jic

I.

He

did not believe in the

believed in God.

(5)

(4)

Hast thou not believed

(7) In the beginning.

(fern.)

(li)

believed in

(12)

God ?

From

the

in Christ

(8)

(lo)

(believed) in

believe

did not believe in a thing).

She believed
?

Faith in

A section

nothing

beginning,

(lit.

she

believed in Christ. *(Note that Maji' (here) equals the-coming-^?/,

the absence of the article will be explained in Lesson

EXAM. PAPER
(Send for correction, with

A. To English

oXJ
L.df:;r

I.

The sun

3. I
5.

13.

full address).

S-')\l

B. To Arabic

19.)

(0)

O^VjfjL^

(y)

{-<)

'^'ife

(r)

struck the man.

2.

did not believe in anything.

Did you not

kill

the camel

4.
6.

She did not write the book. [man.

She took the sword from the
Faith in God.

Lesson
1.

How

14.

35

pron. affixes.

does Arabic differ from English in the use of forms for

(You, me, us, etc.) ?

some Personal Pronouns

Arabic has Pronominal Affixes,

pronouns may be
and Verbs.
2.

Give the

five singular

Pronominal

i)

i=ee
(m.

1st

person

N.B.
3.

thee

f.)

as

(f.)

ka

ha

hu

thee (m.)

her

him

2nd person

letter is this

The Ha, which has

which the
Nouns,

Affixes, for Obj. case, etc.

3rd person.

These Affixes must be read from right to

What new

to

Prepositions,

'J

ki

&

me

words

to affix to

such

united

left.

sound

the

of

the

ordinary English

aspirate H.

Separate
yi

4.

Medial

^4

What

to thee (m)

to thee (f)

strikes

That the

one as curious here

only once keeps

from right

How

to left,

To supply

kasra
(N.B.

commencing with

are these forms used

la-hu

to her

to

(in

to-me) and in the

Read the forms in 4

3rd. masc.)

the lack of the verb To Have, in Arabic.

the following

examples

There being no verb,

La-hu'akh-un
To him [there

= He has

it

cannot govern

a brother

a brother

permanent

signifies

1
is]

him

its

other four forms takes a fatha.

(a).

to the preposition

la-ha

la-ka

la-ki

me

in

ha

li

to

6.

Initial

Give examples of the Affixes when joined

to:

5.

Final

in

Accus

r"'

<!

!!

(\)

J used

as

possession.

'

36
(h).

La-hd ukht-un

To

her [there

is]

She has a

sister

To me

=
(d).

is] a mother
mother
have a

[there

A -It- shay

'un

Have 1 a thing ?
= Have 1 anything
N.B. The

square

Can

the

but the
Alj^J*
It is

9.

What

case

^it^^

What

So

words within them

the

^^^ prince has

madina

Why

What

AljJ^iJ Ja

What

case

Exercise 14a.

is

To English

Ol:pl cJcj Ja
^

re

(c. /.

case

shay-un?

(a)

.?

is this

or

'

J*

form

Lesson 4
is

v->l)

.?

4).

Why?

^^trd}\\

Why?

>^

(r)

01

(i)

dil

14b.

.?

(hal).

V"^

ExercisQ

not

Yes:

a mother.

Mention one particle for making sentences negative

'i^l.

Jl

will turn these sentences into an interrogative

ma

are

in other lessons.

-^>*.^l

is

not Accus.

^A

11.

(t)

Either of the Interrogative Particles

10.

Jl

of possession be prefixed to nouns with

alif is lost.

Nom

^^

brackets denote that

expressed in English.

8.

(r)

Li umm-un

(c).

7.

:-l

a sister

Translate your English back to Arabic.

37

Lesson
AFFIXES
I.

Transliterate the Arabic

meaning

Its
2.

is

(contd.)
jvki..^

Sultan,

Emperor, or King.

is

What two new

The Ta,

word

15.

letters are here introduced

T; and

a strong

ISIuii

which has an

sound.

].

ta

za

The

ta

tawny and

-i^

allied to za-b, a strong Z.

1
1

(hard)

z (strong)

N.B.
is

J.

an

niTAch

J^

makes

explosive

L>

the fat-ha sound like

in

zhd.

is

It

heavier than the simple z (zain).

Medial) be confused with the

the diacritic point

aw

sound sometimes transliterated

Nun

Will not two of the forms of the

No

"""

-^

beneath

in the

We

now

will

Initial

above

is

(the Initial

and Medial Ba

in the case of the

case of the Ba) --- and

and the

Nun, and

->

give the plural forms of the Pronominal Affixes

beneath the corresponding singular forms.

2nd Person

istPerson

3rd Person.

Sing

'cf
Plural

N.B.

na

kun-na

us

you

kum
you

(f.)

Read from right to left and

What

letter is

always found

Affixes, both in the singular

The Ha

(See 14

2) hu,

in

and

(m.)

learn by heart.
the 3rd Person

in the plural ?

hi hum, hun-na.
;

hun-na
hum
them (f.) them (m.)

Pronominal

-386.

And what

letter is

inseparable from the second person Prono-

minal Affixes, both Singular and Plural

The Kaf
7.

What

is

They

ka, ki

kum, kunna.

the case of these affixes

are accusative

how

Our

9.

genitive in

vJ

is

sultan

The

of the king

= his

father.

vJjlLl**'

if

affixed

God = God's

king's name.

y.

^^J

the

of

him

the father

'

and

his apostle,

apostle. ^ililH

(Explained in detail in Lesson

are, in

it

<^j**'j

c. f-

But where are the nominative pronouns

These

broke

our sultan

llJlLl-*/

>\>

= the

sultan of us;

CJ/-^j the apostle of

name

<i^S

struck her

S^*^ with 3^ou

Exs. of gen.

<il

joined to a verb and genitive

l^ ^^ she

Exs. of a ecus,

But

if

noun or preposition.

to a

8.

19).

Arabic, the real pronouns, being subjects of

*

*i

10.

sentences,

etc.,

we,

etc.

N.B.

^'

I,

they are given detached, separate words, as

Details in Lesson 25.

The following words take alif-kasra

at the

ment of a sentence, but wasla when linked on

word.

^J^

to

commencea,

preceding

That wala indicates that the preceding vowel

is to

be

linked in pronunciation.
<^>

daughter

AliJ

or 'wff"e I'^^'A^

name

^*J

son

two(fem.) jlVin

two

J* J
(m.)

jlj^J

N.B. In our vocabularies and in many places (but not in full reading exercises)
shall also, as soon as
we may drop the grammatical tanwin un.

We

possible, dispense loith transliteration,

II.

Note that

<w>l

father has not a wala.

before the pron-affix. U^>

'

missing

her father, ^y,

'

is

supplied

thy father.

12.

when accurring

J'}

of

Omar, omits

its

in

Ahmad

genealogies, as

alif,

To English

Exercise 15a.

39

thus

j*.^ u*.

5*1

(v)

SiU'^W

(a)

t;;r^oKt

(w)

^ of ^; ^

(r)

Y>C\{i

(0)

>

(^)

Have they

(2)

We

(3)

Have you (f.) a

sister

(4)

Have

(5)

She has (To-her

(6)

Have you

(7)

They

(8)

We

(9)

The King's name.

(10)

She

(it)

He

(12) Is

Self Test
(1)
(2)

have a son.

a sister

(m.)

have

ate

(m.)

'kl

(1)

not

. ^

i^J^J

41.
To Arabic

"''^^

(j*.

^J^dAi^y,!

Exercise 15b.

son of Zaid, son

son (whether not to them a son

(To-us [there

is]

a son).

.?

(To me

[is

there] a sister)

[there is] a father

and mother,

king?

have a king and a prince.

an

emperor.

with her mother.

took her with him.

your son with you

(f.) ?

15.

Write out the Singular and Plural Pronominal

What

is

the difference between the

Affixes. (15:4)

first letters

of v' and j\


Lesson
I.

16.

40

revision of characters.

Let us learn the whole Alphabet

Translit:

Detached

m order.

Final

It
'

Also vowels, signs,

Medial
t^

1
'

^"f-

Hamza

{^^

C.^

^*

C-v

Ta

ttj

(J^

Tha

(or g)

^ ^ ^

"^'

''"^

(or hh)

7-

rc

^C

>-

Ha

kh

r-

rc

:7C

>-

Kha

(>

tX

t>

iX

Dal

^
^

J
J

J
J

Ra

th

Ij

u
sh

AAA

L^ L^
L^ LJ^

Ba

Zain

Sin

etc.

Name

Initial

^,

''^^^

^^^

ohin

1^^'^)

(orss)

(_jO

(^^

^'

d(ordd)

i_>

(^

i>

t(ortt)

J?

Ja

la

]?

Taw

z(or2;h)

J?

Ji

li

j?

Zhaw

gaj^

41

5t

St

C*

Li

C-i

Fa

l3

^3

Qof

Ci)

td

Kaf

lJ

(Jl

Lam

Mim

-^

g\i (or

ghr)

O O

2.

Give

^/ze

Ain
Ghaiii

^""

l^

VA

Ai

^^

Wau

^)

^l

^l

^?r
Alif

Ha

vowels and diphthongs.

Damma

Tanwin Damma

Long

Long

LQ^g

j
'

Tanwin Fat-ha

Tanwin Kasra
Diphthongs
3.

0^/ier

82(7715.

Madda
Wala

(one

Fat-ha

..,.1...

'y

""^'""Kasra
ai (5

Hamza

ao

(full

powers of consonant)

alif written across)

(for linking

*"

words)

Siiadda (for doubling or strengthening)

Sukun

(rest or silence) also called

Jasfma


4.

The Figures

sr

>>

>^r

42

\\

>

n u

Note the curious fact that numbers run from

left to right as in

Enghsh c.f. 1917, > ^ \ V

N ^ Y S.
1921,
The mwi erica! order and values of the alphabet
:

>v

(i.e.

the use of

the Arabic consonants as figures) will be found at the end of

our course.

is

It

withheld from the student at

avoid distracting attention.

the

Hebrew names

the

119^^

7-

Which

(S

stage to

But those

of the letters forming the sub-headings of

Psalm (English

characters

this

who wish may compare

^ T

Bible) with

J 3

^ ^

77

this order

of

Arabic

are the six letters which cannot be joined to the letters

following them.?
Medial,

Initial,

Medial,

Initial,

Final.

Separate.

Final.

Separate.

J
To

these

has the

we may add

alif

Vocabulary

Day

the double letter lam-alif, which always

written athwart the lam.

16.

Memorise

iyaum)

carefully.

^^>

(ddr)

religion
or,

judgment

Islam

(sa-ldm)

Peace
Vizier,

abode

51

^^^

i.e.,

Minister

(loazir)

Egypt

Misr )

j-AA

letter, epistle

(risnfa)

<\^^j

bread

ikhubz)

(din)

al- Islam) ^5^-*)^

'

<j.

gold

(dha-hah)

w^*^

>.

43

Lesson 17.
TA MARBUTA & ALIF MAQSURA.
1.

Does

No
in

its

form

final

many

forms of the

of the

written

is it

shown

two

letters

One

letters.

Now

this

nouns (not quite

word

that this

takes the two dots of the

<

o l^'

is

the

is

letter

Feminine Gender and can be

a separate

is mr//z,

How

is

of the masculine

J^j

It

all

there are special forms of

the sign

2.

conclude

this

which

generally

is

affixed to very

because while

all,

used for woman).

is

the Feminine ending

taO. Thus Cj Ibna-tun

(daughter).

But, in speaking or in newspaper reading this tanwin is always

dybpped as
/ibna.

where

it is

only a case-ending, and the word

Similarly

Ao-X*

Mohammed was
Note

tribe).

madina

Compare

The common word

3.

But

is

**

a corruption of the above

then the

is

is

the antecedent of the Construct State

sounded (Explained

The daughter

Qabila (a

AI>J

not the t-sound sometimes heard

Yes, when. the word

also <l.^5

(city

for ''girl" (also, daughter) is

hint 0>.)

pronounced

e.g. al-medina

(a city)

buried).

is

of the judge

in 19

lO).

Ibnat-ul-Qadi

The

prophet's city

Madinatun-Nabiyi

The

tribe of Coreish

Qabilatu-

^'A/i\

h}}

Quraish

The

prophet's word

Kalimat-unNabiyi
'

The

prophet's letter

(epistle,

message)

The chapter
4.

of

"The Cow"

Risalat-

un-Nabiyi

'JiaLj

Surat-ul-Baqara ^jV^ ^J^*"

How do we distinguish this use of the t from the ordinary

We call this o ta marbuta (which means tied-up ta).

ta

'

5.

What

is

special

name ?

/
^

6.

the long

is

(in other

7,

dots does not

its

make

not homogeneous to the kasra)

is

is

a second

alif.

The

first alif

can be called

Alif mamduda = extended alif (this comes from a root meaning

"to stretch out"

compare "madda" from the same

The ya without

dots

alif),
,,0^

words

not that the work of Alif

Exactly, so this
'^

written without

under a

our surprise, acts as "prolongation" to the fat-ha.

but, to

But

the other letter that has a distinct form

The (5 which when

44

and

is

is

root, 15

il).

then called "Alif maqura" (shortened

only used at the end of nouns.

Give examples of Alif maqura.

to.

Guidance

hudan

the guidance

al-huda

L^:^|1

fever

al-humma

j.s;i

a youth, lad,

fatan

when

mata

^-\

to,

.?

(interrog)

towards

iia

characteristic

Both are used

9.

il

j^

%la

upon, on

What

common

is

at the

to I

and

ends of words and both are invariably

preceded by a fat-ha.
the fat-ha sometimes written "upright".?
Yes this is the mark which shows that an

Is

alif of

prolongation

It is quite common in
is to hQ pronounced, though not written.
Al-Qur'an which had not, originally, the vowels written, to fix

the pronunciation.

the "upright fat-ha"

pronounced
used.

in the

The vowel-marks were added later, and

showed where the long fat-ha was to be
It is not now much
absence of the alif

The following

are

its

chief examples

The Compassionate One

ar-Rah-man

the heavens

as-sama-wat

0^^ J
v-ji^MJ

(demonst

that, those

these (demonst

this,

but

45

*S

hadha ha-ulai

but he

lakinnahu

lakin,

life

(Quran spelling)

hayatun

life

(modern spelling)

hayatun

prayer (Quran spelling)

alatun

prayer (modern spelling)

salatun

Exercise

dl;ljiidiii

dha-lika, ulaika

'ki-

J 7 a.

jjft

^ Jilt

o:;ji-

'i

Exercise 17 b.
I.

Did you see the lad on the mountain

3.

Did he take his book with him

4.

Yes, he took

5.

What

6.

His name

7.

Has

8.

Yes, he has a father, mother, brother and

is

this

it

2 Yes,

and rode (mounted) a camel.

that lad's
is

name

Zaid the son of

Mohammed Ahmed.

young man a father and mother.?

sister.

saw him.

46

Lesson

18.

DUAL & PLURAL.

Return to the verb forms of the Past Tense, and learn the
Dual and Plural.
Dual

Plural

\)

'JM^^

Singular

J^a

j^!^^
\j"

i":,

What have we

here in these Plural and Dual forms

new Person-forms,

that

included in the verb

endings

is,

Eight

to distinguish the persons

viz,

&
they

they (m)

(f)

a
you

they

two

you

two

r
you

(f)

c-

we

(m.

&

f.)

We

observe here that Arabic has three numbers Singular for

Note that
One, Dual for Two, and Plural for More than Two.
there is no dual for the first person, the plural being used.
:

Write (and memorise) ^-5

Ox

,^-

^\

J.

Is

i'lS

the Alif at the

No,

to break.

it is

end of

not pronounced

'j*

j'^ pronounced

only function seems_ta_b-tO-show

E. g., when the pronoun
affixed, as in "they struck her", the alif is omitted
;

its

the absence of any affixed pronoun

''her" is

47

Exercise 18a.
^

.. -

d^JL:J-l ?

^oJ^\^^

*|^

o^r-

.-

^^

l>:J" IjJl^I

{\

Exercise 18b.
1.

Did you

2.

Did they

And

3.

strike the

and killed

it

to

take your sword with you

(pi.)

camel with the sword

Yes;

we took

it.

Yes they struck

;

it.

did your son go with them

my

Yes; he went with them

town.

4.

To your town

5.

What

6.

Did they take bread with them

is

Yes

name

his

to

My

my

town.

name

son's

is

Ahmad.

They took

it,

and

ate

it.

TO STUDENTS.
(I.)

It

has come to

instructions

my

knowledge that one or two students have misunderstood the

and are translating

very serious error,

most important

i.

half.

answered in full, both

(2.)

N.B.

e.

''From Arabic to English" only.

to discard

Please

Ex

let it

idiom, of fundamental importance.

is

one-half oi every exercise and that the

be understood that every ExercUe mvst be

and Ex

Thoroughly master Lesson 19

This

as

B.
it

deals with a characteristic Arabic

A.T

48

Lesson
NOUJS/S
1.

What

19.

CONSTRUCTION.

IJSl

one of the chief peculiarities of Arabic

is

with other Semitic languages

The way

which

in

places two nouns side by side in order to

it

express such ideas as possession, material, cause,

2.

Give an example of

How

possession.
to the
is

will the single idea of possession in reference

man"

the

>

the-sword-of the man.

'

What have we
is

<^^

What
It is

is

it is

first

word has

not mdefinite,

said to have

happened

called

is

independently

i. e.

it

lost its

alone

Sword

it is

(alone)

tanwindamma;

sword

joined to the second noun,

stand

cannot

It

expresses nothing completely.

it

has become defined.

"One-annexed-to."

the

Arabic

The man's sword.

to this first noun,

said to be "annexed", since

which

How

Let us examine carefully.

saif-un; but the

therefore, here
4.

here

^^-^^"^

(J^y*

-)

Arabic

in

written, for instance, in

saif-ur-ra-ju-li

3.

effect, etc.

this simple juxta-position so as to express

two nouns, sword and man, be formed

"The sword of

common

in

It

can

only be explained as generally requiring, as in this case, our

English word "of".

we do

not write the

But

Because the

noun

defined by

its

What

term

cJu-

is

is

by

employed

Why

article.

considered to be

juxtaposition to J>-J^

genitive as governed
5.

first

"the-sword-of".
first

noun can be translated by

So the

which

is

not

sufficiently

then put in the

"of."
to express the dependent state of the

^rs^ of two nouns thus linked together, a state which requires

the English

word "of"

to

be supplied to convey the sense of

incompleteness entailed by the form of the

The

first

noun

is

first

noun

said to be in the "Construct State (form)" or

in a State of Construction, as

it is

"built into" its

second noun.

49

Jj^J^t***

6.

Why
not

has J>-^ in

tanwin

damma

tanwin kasra

Because

(governed by "of" understood) Or

7.

8.

"A

book's

man's sword".

name"

^V.jT 'L\

Some Arabic Grammarians

may be

it

"a

Possessive Case

and

Case

Genitive

said to be in

s^^ ^^

"Everything"

name

give the

the

in

is

it

(ra-julin)

Oblique Case to every

noun not directly Nominative or Accusative.

So

the Genitive Case

the Dative Case
the Ablative Case

thai

^1;

they call
^^^
9.

Then how many cases

shall

we say

>

Oblique Cases.

there are in Arabic

Nominative = Subject of the Verb

Accusative = Direct Object of Transitive Verb
Genitive or Oblique = Governed by of", or

_,

Three cases

,,

other Preposition, etc, or "Possessive"

10.

How
The
N.B.

do we^peak of the two nouns in construction

first

one

is

11.

the Antecedent and the second the Consequent.

The Antecedent,

Definite Article

See

in ordinary cases,

Article

does not need the

4.

Does the Consequent more often than

It

not,

have the Definite

may do

so,

but only if

into the Construct

it

State.

is

already definite before being put

In the

phrase <b^JI

J*kl

the^

people-of-the-Book, al-kitdb was originally definite, therefore

its

only change, as a consequent,

inative Case

is

that

it

replaces
>

12.

Exs.

The-people-of-the-house.

The man's
The

family.

king's children.
origin of the universe.

>

^-^r'' J'^'

J'^J' J*'

p^\
^'

The

Nom-

by Oblique Case, as shewn by the kasra.

SS/ j
*

OJ^^ J^

>
^

-sols.

Suppose the consequent

It

a Proper

is

take no article unless

will

Noun

be one of those few names

it

possessing

already

^ V,

the

^^

3re often nunated as

so

(then

(Lesson 52

^^j} c-jCj

as

article

8)

wuS

upon

They broke

The sun
I

its

case,

upon

i.e.

its

Its

J^J
J^j"

c/*^

'^^*\\ "C''

May

head

One

'

noun be

Certainly

struck one of the king's children.

wrote to one of the king's children.

the

(at

same

^ >j

4l-.*A)i

of a

man"

time) the

-So.

Noun

J>-

'

-^^

^^.JJ^Jlj

must the student avoid

;

name

^3

^*'J'

That of "thinking English" resulting

of "the

^^^

V->-^ r^^^"^"

here are four examples.

wil,*)!

We went to the house of the tribe's chie^

article to the antecedent of a

'

diUi ^Vjl-i^i

error

t**

j ^j^^Js\ Z^^j^a J*

of the king's children.

What common

J.

<-*

16.

^w^jla^

(wUXaj Ilxl-S

the consequent of one

antecedent of another

''^

'

"King-of-the-kings, and Lord-of-the-lords." V^*.*J**^^

15.

^i^^

?^^' Jf^

strike his

^3jr^

f^

J^^*-^-'

with your pen.

Did the sun

vowel depends,

place in the sentence.

have seen Mt. Hermon.

We wrote

Egypt

Gelert's grave.

the man's pen.

struck the man's head

of

Does the Antecedent always take damma

of course,

names not

foreign

J* The people

j-aa

For a Celtic example see Bedd Gelert

14.

Real Arabic names

^^r**

^JiI^S

'

'

u-.^.>

in the prefixing of the

in Construction.

but of "a man's

^\ x^

'

name"

U-j

Think not

^\

I/.

Note the names of mts

y=

51

Wales, Pennines,

etc. in

etc.

In

Bettws-y-Coed, Bwlch-y-Deufan, Pen-y-Gant;

Jl c.f.

To English

Exercise 19a.

9m

Welsh
etc.

CX 1^

^^

jj')V\aCj-^\\ (v

}o^

"i

^ ^

dlufiCj

To Arabic

Exercise 19h.

(s.

1.

The-day-of-judgment.

2.

The-abode-of-peace

3.

The Emperor's

4.

The-Sultan-of-Egypt.

5.

The-gold-of-the-Vizier (the Vizier's gold).

6.

The-religion-of-Islam (Mohammedanism).

7.

Hast thou (m) taken the

8.

Hast thou (m) eaten the king's bread

9.

No

The King's

11.

Did you go

12.

jSI.B.

Dar-es-Salam

vizier's

pen

it.

letter.

to the

to

Dar-es-Salam

.?

Sheikh's mountain (Hermon).

Memorise the examples found

to

(E. Africa).

son.

have not eaten

10.

went

in this lesson if possible.

Arabic what the pons asinorum (Euclid

1:5) is to

It is

Geometry.

52

Lesson 20.

EXERCISE IN TRANSLITERATION.
A. Arabic to
B.

Roman

Roman

(Transliterate Ex. i8. A.)

characters.

characters back to Arabic.

Correct by

EXAMINATION PAPER
To

20.

be answered without assistance, and sent up for correction.

(Give student's name, address and number.)

Translate to English

A.

?o-'

cUll

(v)

ys^p-j^!

(a)

^I^IaIIaij^ju

^11

(e)

>i:l

oi<n

He

(2)

The-people-of-the-scripture [are] in Dar-es-Salam.

believed in the Quran.

(3)

Has

(4)

Didst thou write the book with the man's pen

(5)

The sun

(6)

Did she not

(7)

Did she believe

(8)

Have you

(9)

Did she

struck a youth.

(PI.)

in a

book

[any] food

write the letter

.''

(10)

The-day-of-[the]-judgment.

(11)

believed in God's book from the beginning.

(t2)

struck

C.

LI (a)

(1)

ride

What

is

[off]

the youth's

madda and what

head with the swora.

is

(r)

'(.SU!l3jVjfp>-|

'^

the prince a city

(r)

Translate to Arabic

41)

jlkl'^

B.

A.

a wasla

53

Lesson

EAR EXERCISE.

EYE, VOICE &

1.

How

is

word

the

a)

pronounced

ildhun in reading or

It is

21.

il

ah

speaking, and means a god or

in

form <^\

deity. It lias a plural

'a-li-hatun (deities).

-^

2.

How

do we write

<l^

al-ila-hu, but in

like the

How
Allah

written

is

which

4Jiii

it

correctly

and

u,

is

fat-ha

mean

a contraction of
it

a)*^

it

It

has a

begins a sentence.

upon the

practise saying Ol-lawh though

word

is

very broad and

is

awful, and this re-acts

the

what does

ahh.

Only Deity.

the

Allah pronounced

when

i.e.,

two lams coalesce, as shown by the shadda

alif the

The middle

is

pronounced;

takes a simple fatha when

The word means GOD,

How

when

do Moslems write the word Allah

After the

But

"
?

speaking, omit the final vowel

English word ah

wala here, but

4.

'

" the god, or the deity

pronounce the h by aspirating after the upright fatha,

still

3.

like

still

transliterate

preceded by a kasra,

as, for

aw

in

we must

fatha also, so

first

we

pronounced

is

it

allah.

example,

from a prefixed preposition, then (and only then) the word

is

much

lighter,
1

and
5

Example:

ji

preposition

meaning

a.i-'

sounded almost

is

like the short fatha.

al-Hamdu

^'to" is

lillahi (Praise to

prefixed

and joined on

place of the alif-wala, but not separatel}'

for the Arabic never writes three
falls

upon Inh but

the sentence, to

Exercise 21 A.
(a)

lightly so.

make

the

"Eye, Voice and

he Arabic Order

is,

shown

The J
in the

in writing,

lams together. The accent

N. B.

PAUSE

God).

We

omit the

last vowel

of

(like Quran-readers).

Ear" Exercise:

usually,

"Verb before

the Subject,"

but occasionally the subject precedes, for EMPHASIS.

(b)

Prepositions govern nouns in the oblique case (with kasra).

(c)

Now

read aloud (with careful enunciation) and memorise.

f
^V

(e)

54

Keep on day

after day for 15 minutes at a time, long after

you have passed on to lessons 22-30. Memorise, memorise
The secret is BEAD ALOUD. You 77iust do that.
!

wal-hamdu

J^iTI 3 &\

Ls

iufr

I.

Bismillahi

2.

*Abd-ullahi

3.

Kataba

rasul-ullahi risala.

4.

Kataba

rasul-ullahi risalatan ila *abd-il-malik.

5.

Ba'atha rasul-ullahi risalatan ila-1-maliki wa wazirih.

6.

Kataba

rasul-ullahi

il-wazir.

^j'^l

''

wa

lillah.

4j(^

ra-sul-ullah.

JIaj

risalatan

dlljl ^"1 Jl

4jil

Jj**. j j

4jii

ilUj^il J^^j1^I_j

4Jjl

Jj-*'^

7.

Ba*^atha rasul-ullahi kitaban ila-bn^l-malika.

8.

Ba-'a-that il-malikalu kitaban ila rasul-illah.

9.

Qata'al-waziru ra*sa rasul-il-malik.

10.

Yadullahi ma*al-Jama^a.

ic-Li-l

L^I-f

V^

bi-qalam-

ila-bn-il-maliki

ilUj

jil

J)

Exercise 2lB. Re-translate to the Arabic of 21 A.

name of God and Praise to God

2. The servant
(slave) of God (Abdallah) and God's Apostle. 3. The Apostle
of God (i.e. Mohammed) wrote a letter. 4. God's Apostle wrote
a letter to the king's servant (slave).
5. The Apostle of God
sent a letter to the king and his vizier (minister). 6. The Apostle
of God wrote a letter to the king's son with the Vizier's pen.
7. The Apostle of God sent a book (or a writing) to the queen's
son.
8. The queen sent a book to the Apostle of God.
9. The
I.

In the

wazir cut off the head of the king's messenger.

is

10.

God's hand

with the company. (A tradition commending unity of action).

55

Lesson 22.

THE MODEL FORM.

For what technical purpose
This root

names

the form Ji used

is

in the order of its letters

for the 1st, 2nd,

and 3rd

supplies "model"

letter of

any root so that we

can speak of them technically.

Thus the

1st root letter of

And

2nd

And
2.

3rd

This root in

any verb

is

named

its

,,

its

,,

Past Tense, Singular and Plural,

memorised perfectly before the student proceeds

Dual

Plural

l-5

(Fa)

f-

(Ain)

J (Lam)
must now

be

farther.
Singular

%a

1:L's

rii

Give the Transliteration.

Sing
Dual

fa-'a-la

fa- a-lat

fa-'al-ta

fa*a-la

fa-*a-la-ta

fa-'al-tuma

Plur

fa-'a-lu

fa-*al-na

fa-*al-tum

fa-'al-ti

fa-'al-tu

fa-*al-tunna

fa-*al-na

Explain the constructive use made of the three radicals

They form a basal

We may

" Type-root " (or

add some of the

get a ''form" (which

upon

we add an

"^U

we should

call in

this

form.

We
to

it,

etc.

and thus

Algebra a formula) and

of

its

verb.

form'll'lfrli

23).

w>0

a clerk,

and

be upon the form (or measure)

because each one inserts an

)

2) to

can then make hundreds of

(See Lesson

murderer are both said

radical

Alif to the fa of the root and get a

"one doing" (doer).

words on
J)l5 a

servile letters (49

all verbs,

form we build our derived words. Thus, for example,

this

which

Model) for

alif after

the ^i

or

first

- 565.

Is the "
It

"

Model form

can be used for

all

to think is Conj.VlII

some,

is

used for verbs,

parts of speech, thus

on form

on the form

etc.

J*:il

we say

that

^l\\

and we say that J**>-hand-

J^>

Vocabulary 22.

The man
"man"

(masc.) ar-rajulu

J^J^

(the race), al-insdnu

(jl**i*j

the girls, al-bandtu

Ol-J

the lesson, ad-darsu

{j^J^^

Exercise 22a.

To English

what

why
there

mddhd

liU

'iU

limddhd
is

not

IrV

but (rather), hal

I^^O

(t)

SrAJ^V-.VfSl'All

(r)

(o)

Ci;

'o=:'i

-0

ri;pt J;

^_}^\':;'\\^f3'>%\'S^

(v)

fdUiljuliU

(a)

"Ij


To Arabic

Exercise 22b.

57

1.

Has

2.

Yes, he has a daughter.

3.

Has he

4.

Did the Prince's daughter open the door

5.

No, but the

6.

Did they open

7.

Did the Sheikh's children

8.

Why

9.

Where

the Prince a daughter

a son

he has no son.

woman opened

[is]

kill

it.

the Prince's son

the prince's daughter

[is]

it.

Yes; they opened

it ?

did they do that

His daughter

10.

No

with her mother.

SOME Useful Adverbs, Etc.

when

i]i>

when

here
there

where

where

how

^e//
1.

.?

T'^sf

What
to

do

(interrog:)

a'

Paper

'^

:)

is

then {conj:)

also,

6
r
iS.

again

made

of the

radicals of the root

4).

from memoiy ^ni Singular and Plural.

2.

Write

3.

Similarly L>^i? (18:

out,

(conj:)

S*

22.

special use
(22

(interr:)

very, (much)

(relative)

(interr

l)

(22:3)

\m\

58

Lesson 23.

NOUNS OF AGENT AND OBJECT.

I.

How many

Parts of Speech are there in Arabic

Three.

2.

What

The Verb

J->ll

al-fil

The Noun

IS

al-ism

The

Particle

can

/*^i

includes

sp

al-harf

(ism) the Arabic Noun, include

Substantive, Adjective, Numeral, Personal,

Demonstrative and Relative Pronoun, and Participle.

It

3.

How many
1st.

the

Classes of Participles are there

The Noun

pronounced
2n.

The Noun

is-mul-fa*il

Give examples of
one-whc-strikes
i.e.

ul

>u

fa-'il

one-who-kills

one-who-writes

a writer, clerk

one-who-d wells
an inhabitant

to

one-silent
silent {Adj.)

to kill

ka-tib

tjir

to write

sa-kin

D^i'-

to dwell

come,
be present

si-kit

to

Noun

that each

of

alif after the fa

be

What do we

Agent

is

silent

observe?

3 s.m.)

and placing a kasra under the

word. Using the form J*>

we say

in Ism-ul-fa'il

by adding
'ain

The verb forms

(Noun of Agent) upon the form UU. This

Tyord used above

-:<-

formed from the three

Radicals of the simple verb (Past Tense,

Participle

$.^

ha-dir

Let us analyse the above words.

an

do

to

"Present!'* (roll-call)

We observe

of Agent.

one-who-is present

5.

51;

qa-til

a murderer

Noun

(^^

to strike

one-who-does:
a doer, labourer

^ ^

\\
'*'

-^

r.

da-rib

a striker

f^^

\^''

Active Participle or

this

\^V\\

of Object, or Passive PaxticijileJ

pronounced is-mul-maf
4.

Two.

of Agent, or Ac|i.Ye Participle,)

its

of the

Active

last is the

::

'

59
6.

Give examples of the Passive Participle or Noun of Object.

one-killed
a victim

written
a scripture

madh-kur

a-thing-chanted
a psalm

maz-m<ir

found

a-thing-hated

kl

to

mak-ruh

distasteful

one shown mercy

^
to:

Mr

a-thing-understood:

understood

V.

to dislike

to

show mercy
rrj*

to find

6^

>

marhum

"

mention

to chant
Or pipe

mau-jiid

present here

w':-^

to write

mentioned
above-mentioned

"late

"

f>

mak-tub

3^

to kill

maq-tul
1

>

to understand

maf-hum

r*'

JO

that-is-known
"of course"

to

")

ma*-lum
)

to be ig-

which-is-unknown

unknown

thing-notorious

to divulge,
make public

Analyse the above Arabic v^ords

To form

Fa

this participle,

fatha,

mim

the

Noun

of Object

which shows the

verb (3rd masc past) and

The end

of the

etc., just like

sufferer of the action,

with fatha before the radicals of the

of the root) and a

radical.

i.e.,

ul).

place the letter

triliteral

and deduce our

(in col. 3)*

forming the Passive Participle,

rule for

(ism ul-maf-

(the

mashhur

one famous

3*r

norant of

maj-hul

7t

'&

know

wau

sukun over the

first

radical

of prolongation after the second

word takes the tanwin damma or

for all participles and all

any other noun,

adjectives are nouns in Arabic.

8.

Why

are these Participles given

may

In order that the student

book.

to

rule

But the form of rendering,

which-is-known"

N.B.

above

etc.,

to a

across them.

page or

them thus
viz.,

is

2 pages.

into his

"one-killed",

need not be copied out

show how the meaning

One form

in a tabular form.?

it is

note"that-

only given

reached from the Participle-form.

Fill

up with other examples as you come

60

Exercise 23a.
^ >.

0^ ^o

}^ r-.f

I:*

'^^^

--'0

Exercise 2Sb.
1.

Have

2.

Yes; the lesson

3.

Is

4.

Yes

5.

Is the

6.

Not

he

is

9.

very well understood.

at all (or, No).

His book

life is
is

very

We know

fine.

What

6).

(have known) nothing about

unknown (=He's
is

a mystery).

its

name

Its

name

is

the Universe".

What did he write about

He wrote about everything.
.?

Is

writer of that book famous

His

present with us here. (See 24

"The Origin of
8.

is

the judge's clerk present here

him.
7.

the girls understood their lesson

{lit.

the book printed on paper

.''

What
10.

Of

he wrote about

course.

it })

6i

Lesson 24.
"VERB TO BE".
1.

Is

there a "Verb to Be" in Arabic

Yes;

by

called
2.

Does the
It

their

alif of

The

3.

sing

jo

wau

Now

v^rau

this

some

In

damma shows where

re-appears, an example

"Reversion to Type."

jo

Tense of

for the Past

it

.?

Remember

the place of

in

is

disappears, in others a

scientists call

are

past tense and classified thus).

has been, while in the present tense

what

verbs

all

prolongation cause any difficulty

alif of

"persons'* the

of

masc

he was, (since

causes certain permutations or changes.

point:

it

jO

called the verb

it is

Dual

Plural

Singular

\)\<

{^."^

C-l?

Jr

6^

kunna

kanu

kanata

kana

kanat

kana

kuntunna

kuntuma

kuntum

l^'

kunta

kunti

'0:^

kunna

kuntu
e

4.

How

do we explain the second person

This

is

only in the third person that the

above.

It is

alif, in

the others

Add

we assume

Arabic

consonants.

does

Take

but shortened, and

is

homogeneous

the

the

to

is

wau

out the

we write

Hollow Verb, Lesson

is

replaced by

be present and reason

J^>

not pronounced in Arabic.

not allow

wau.

to

wau

Z^ and we get

the pronoun

sukuns together, which

words,

w^'S

etc.

explained (and easily memorised) by remembering 2

long vowel

wau and we
it

get the

i.e.,

two

In other

before

two

same sound,

sZ^lS remembering that

damma

when we

get to

(More of
I15).

this later

5-

But

the Arabic

is

62

Verb jo

used as in the English

Not exactly; we do not generally use

What

6.

In

often takes

place

its

its

present tense.

Semitic languages the Subject and Predicate are written

but the Copula "is"

is

This makes no

not written.

for the student very quickly uses the^oriental

Example:"! [am] writing

"I" (see

Lesson

v--^rlj

and katib

25),

l>

is

I- U

"am"

is

not written at

[am] killing

Thou

nice

[is]

The Pasha

[is]

the separate pronoun

or,

(i.e.,

in

it

while the copula

"writer'',

all.

thou

[art]

a dweller

III

\3

J>

"bonhomme")

a good (pious)

(Words not expressed

is

[am] a murderer

dwelling

[art]

The man

or, I

'

difficulty,

form of speech.

the-one-who-is-writing, but

can also be read simply "writing" or

^-*

C^>

w^^U ^>-J

man

'

H^^^ J^J^T

Arabic are put into square brackets; those in round

brackets are explanatory words.)

7.

What
The

of the adjective in the last example

rule of Syntax concerning Adjectives is

follows

Substantive

its

case, being defined

tanwin
8.

if it

and

by

J^

is

No;

(in Arabic) to the

Present only.

Important Rule of Syntax:

used

in

a sentence,

it

we

In the past

When any

causes the predicate

The man was honourable

Examples:

The woman was honourable

Thou wast near

was

They had bread ( = there was bread

is

Subject here, not Predicate.

^.

'-^-i

to

them)

is

cjamma

^
^
^Ul ^y \{j

to the village

one

j^ j ^^

far (off)

N.B. "Bread"

(if

^^i^r* *'^*''

jO

use

its

^^^j^

part of the verb

expressed) to take fat-ha, while the subject retains

or receiving

is,

does.

this

is

substantive

its

omission of the Copula apply to the Past Tense

Does

jo

same gender, number and

of the

when

The Adjective

->.

JU'O
^

Z^'^S

Z^S
>\

^t

O^
'.

-63
^X^

The word

10.

when

means

literally

it

feminine form of the verb, but when

Word") which
as in

Home

Masculine, then

is

Exercise 25

on page

c,

means LOGOS ("THE

it

may

it

"a word," takes a

take the Masculine,

65.

Self Test 24.

1.

Write out (from memory) the Past Tense of

2.

What happens

Vocabulary

to the

9'

j^i

^p-i^

owner, sahib

To English

Exercise 24a.

J^VjT^'^

3).

6).

Jikj

The queen

J^

glory,

O men.

thanks, shukr

J^^

^^^^^jA)l

(r)

,'c>:.!fLX>

(e)

'\

is.)

To Arabic

Exercise 24b.

majd

generous

(a)

>.?A!'kjl

(24

(v)

c>I

^ ll5^

Jj^j
4S

( I

Arabic?

in

(24

24.

Jesus, Yasuhi

4A)I

copula "is"

o^

[is]

J^^^>

good

God

The

lesson

[is]

(4)

The

writer

is

[Is]

Jesus

Where have you

(or, a

good

one).

generous.

[is]

understood.

[well]

known.

The-owner-of'the-book famous
the

is

(3)

We were

(9)

Glory

(10)

Thanks

Son

(or,

[be] to

of

God.

been,

O men

have-been) with God's Apostle (messenger).

God.

to the prince.

64

Lesson 25. personal pronouns.

1.

What

word

the Arabic

is

for a Personal

Dainir which forms

>)>J?

its

plural

Pronoun

Remember

j\c^

Pronouns and Adjectives are treated as Nouns

2.

that all

in Arabic.

What

is

They

are generally called "Separate" or ''separable" Pronouns,

the case of the Personal Pronouns

because they stand

alone

separate

as

These

words.

are

Nominative Case, being Subject of the sentence.

3.

Give the Separate Pronouns.

a'
r'
Ci

'c/4.

Memorise, reading the

Roman

transliteration

(Ana is pronounced ana, not

huwa, hiya
Pronouns

right

Singula?'

from

to

left

ana).

anta, anti ana.

huma, antuma.
Dual Pronoutis
Plural Pronouns
hum, hunna antum, antunna nahnu.
How do we express the Accusative and Genitive Cases ?
By the use of the Pronominal affix (See Lesson 14 and 18
:

5.

6.

Two

Interrogative

^^ and

Pronouns may well be learned here these are

:

Each

i^.

is

of suitable number.

Exs:

Who

art

usually followed by a personal pronoun

(Revise here 24

7.

is

What

is

What

is

What

is

6)

thou?

Who

5)

.#

the writer?

thy

name

the chief purpose of

man

the origin of the universe

The word

j'^^i

(fem.

-^J^^J)

expression "so-and-so".

is

As an

^.

used as the equivalent of our

Adj.

^^

may be

used.

65

EXAM. PAPER

25.

(To be sent up for correction).

A. To English

j9.

To ^m6/r.
1.

C.

She

is

good

(pious)

was near my

woman.

village.

2.

3.

My

4.

You

5.

Did you know the murderer and the victim

6.

Where

village

is

near the town.

are a nice ("hail-fellow-well-met")

is

my

book

(J^J^'^*'* O''^

Explain the difference between

v^j;^

man.

Why

*i^*

J*"

J'

O^

and

the difference in the case of <-i>^^

Exercise 25c.

(Correct at home).

Exercise 25d.

Translate to Arabic

St.

John

I, 2.

-^

66 --

Lesson 26, pjlkH

1.

What

two chief divisions of tense-forms

are the

The Past and

the

And

Present-future.

Arabic

in

whilst Past tense-

forms can be used for any past action, whether represented in

English by Simple Past (Preterite) Tense or by "Perfect" Tense,
can be used both for an action

the Future tense-forms

to

be performed

in the future

(i.e.,

still

our English Future Tense);

and for an action already in progress and continuing into the

future (that

And

is

English Preseiif Tense).

to say our

so the Arabic Future forms

we

will designate as "Present-

Future." As a rule the Arabic "Present- Future" form expresses

a Present

Tense, and

employed

prefix will be
call this the

for
2.

it is its

we

shall see,

that an additional

later,

to represent a

Future Tense.

But the absolutely sure

Imperfect Tense.

Al-MuMri'u

original Arabic one,

jV^^I

Give the Present- Future Forms (Singular) of the Model-form.

He

do

will

She

will

Thou

do

(m.) wilt

do

yaf-*a-lu

0-i

taf-'a-lu

'y^

f.

2 m.

taf-'a-lu
^

Thou

(f.)

will

do

I
3.

f*

Some
name

What do we

wilt

do

taf-*a-li-na

notice here

Tense, they come before

to

say,

it

is

atives";

atives."

an

affix

in

Present-Future forms.
finished

is
its

the verb root

and p

verb form

ist

Past

That

places the

whilst the action

not in the past but in the future (or continuing from

present into future) places

form.

follow

in the

which

formative person-mark after

that

3^1

f.

That whilst the person-forms

is

af-'a-lu

the action

its

person-mark before the

full

verb

may thus be called "AfformFuture (and Present-Future) may be called "Preform-

Past Tense person-marks

(It

should be noted, however, that

as well as a prefix).

in taf^alina there is

4.

Give the Singular of

We
He

67

^Ull

of ^^

to

hinder or prohibit.

follow the Model-form J.i, J> precisely.

(does or) will prohibit

yam-na- u

m.

tam-na- u

f.

*:U

m.

t^uJLi:

f.

She

Thou

(m.) dost or wilt prohibit

tam-na-*u

Thou

(f.)

tam-na-'ina

>

>

>>

5.

Mention a few verbs for conjugating on

to gather

;*k

>-

to

open

to raise

* j*

to

go

r^^

r^

to praise

6.

Why

the past

am-na- u

(do) or will prohibit

model.

this exact

to appoint

'jjii

and present-future side by side

J*>.

That

plan followed in the dictionary, and the student

is

is

the

from now

henceforth to take a separate page in his vocabulary note-

book for every variation of the type-root

as a

new

"form", and every

new

root

J*ii^

J*i that

we

give

must be entered thus

$J^^'

Meaning

^"'
to raise

open

to

to ask

What

U is

is

^' "

is

his

name

<i^^i

^ t

JL

\^\

the difference between iST^

used (intern) before a noun,

What

p:.'.Ai

7.

C'

t^>\-

1^1"^

and

U (Intern)

before a verb. Examples

What

hinders

^ ^iU

68

SOME ADVERBIAL PREPOSITIONS.

N.B.

These are really (Antecedent) Construct Nouns in Accusative Cose.

consequent

is,

between.,
with,

at...

^y

behind...

above...

behind...

beneath..

before...

in front of...

J>

after...

The

of course, in the Genitive.

Jls-

\Ka

But when they are used as Adverbs, not Prepositions, and stand alone, then
the final vowel of most of

where

(reL adv.)

them

damma

below

j^*>

To English

Exercise 26a.

is

(adv.)

J^V

,Jy

t^.Jl^i'

(v)

;oji'^y

(r)

jt ;>;*Jir

(a)

y:::.3>t0l

(r)

'di^i'JiC

(t)

cib.,

o>:)Vl 'oi"

To Arabic

Exercise 26b,

(w)
:

1.

He opens

2.

The queen

3.

Entrance

[is]

5.

What
What

the hindrance

The boy

7.

8.

Thou

(f.)

9.

Why

do you

10.

(adv.)

Of.

4.

above

am

the door (gate) in front of the house.

raises the sword.

forbidden.

hinders you?
[is]

(youth)

going

Under

(or,

[is]

.-'

praised (commended).

go) to

my

house.

goest to thy house.

(f.s.)

the earth.

not open the door

09

Lesson 27,

DVAL AND PLURAL.

Give the

2.

rest of

of J^Aj^

^ jl^ll

Plural

Dual

Ox"

JaJ
Singular

'>i

Give the transliteration of the Dual

S.m.

yaf-'a-ldmj

S.f.

2.m.

taf-'a-ldny

i:

f.

Note

taf-'a-ldny.

The

the resemblance between 3rd Feminine, and 2nd person.

2nd Dual

like 1st Singular

and Plural

is

Common

to both

Masc. and Fem.

3.

Transliterate the Plural

2.m. taf-'a-luna

4.

af-'a-lu

6.

taf-'al-na

2.f.

1.

Note

If

naf-'a-lu

shall do.

we

shall do.

(with two exceptions),

(l)

the third person uses

(2)

the second person uses J throughout,

(3)

the difference between m.

in

Arabic there

verb preceding
subject

yaf-'al-na

he will do.

the verb precedes

No

S.f.

naf-'a-lu.

Note the similarity of the three following

yaf-'a-lu

5.

S.m. yaf-'a-liina

is

its

.>

&

its

subject does

is

an important

subject

quite near to

may
it)

it

f.

pi.

(both in 3rd

take the plural,

&

2nd).

etc.

RULE OF SYNTAX: A

be inflected for gender

(if

the

but takes Singular number only.

Learn these examples by heart

The women went

out

The

pupils study

The

girl-pupils study

-ll^lll

Z^of^

70

>

The

Do

girls

they

attend (go to) the school

(f)

understand the meaning

of their lessons

They do not understand

their (its)

meaning.

Write out ^>-

7.

to collect, in full

.-.^

*^^

Ov^-*^
^

^e

cr'
.9e//

Tes^ 27.
(1)

Write out the Plural of

(2)

Write some examples

V-J^^

(27

7).

of the Rule of

Syntax

{ij

6).

Exercise 27a.
-

dU^ji
r*l:.;

V,, dll

bljf '^Vrl

_-^

0^

(^)
( ^

at"
Exercise 27h.
of

(3).

When they see us, we will go to them.

They (f.) write a book and are ignorant
Then they (f.) praise their work

(4).

We will

that.

(5).

How

(6).

will collect their books, all of them.

(7).

know

(8).

We

(9).

Do

(l).

(2).

(Sing.

(10).

its

meaning.

prevent them

(f.)

wilt thou prevent

all

my

from [doing]

them

(f.) }

lessons.

will ask thee

(f.)

about thy lessons.

the girls understand their (its) meaning.?

Fern, pronoun to represent the Broken Plural of inanimate

The

girls [do]

understand their meaning.

object)

71

Lesson 28, future.

1.

How may we
To

distinguish Future

Time

Tense

the ordinary Present-Future

one of two prefixes

either the letter

(j*-

al-mudari*

2.

cJ>^**

It

L>j-*

mean

or the separate

may

be paraphrased as "soon."

probably abbreviated from the old word <^^^ which

is

*'in

the distant future."

Give the tense with future meaning, "He will swim."

^^

\^

Give similarly, the Quranic phrase

concerning unbelievers

who

know

stop their ears

word

is

now ("They

shall

j^^Xa^ \^j.^

Aa) (w5^-w

/ lO'

are

c
I

..

AA or fatha

fatha verbs

or kasra

with the

Enter up the following

in

'^ain

.?

\\ A*>

which do not take

of the Present-Future tense.

your vocabulary-book under those

sow

ty^-6JJ
>^

to fascinate, charm, bewitch

to transcribe (a Ms.)
or, to

Give a few.

given in Lesson 26:

to

.^

These are verbs on the form

damma

<^

.1a

What

This

later," etc.)

seldom met with outside the Qu'ran.

^J.A>^ c-3^^

5.

is

denotes "in the future," and

now denotes
3.

prefix

saufa.

What do (^ and

we

with fatha, which

a prefix only and forms a part of the verb

word

abrogate (supersede a law)

72

to

make (manufacture)

to

pardon (forgive)

to

overcome

c^.

cr-

to intercede

be useful to

to

6.

Apply the Forms of Lesson 23

This

quite

is

feasible to the student, but

formed may be

"artificial,"

propose

therefore,

to

common

show how

modern use of

and not heard

indicate

to

expressions in quite

meaning

to these verbs.

it

We

in actual use

most

several

use.

some words thus

useful

we

actual

give the etymological

was derived, but also the technical

the word.

Noun
Modern meaning

Etymologically

of

A. or Obj.

Verb
^

victorious city "

(the word
"the
corrupted to CAIRO)

a chapter or verse which super

sedes (a former one)

a verse

',*(;

an-overcomer

a victor

4>T

abrogated (by a

the-one-over-

coming

(f)

abrogating
A>

later

abrogated

c.-'

one)

^^

a maker, manufacturer

manufactured

(artificial)

manufactures

(reg. fern, plu.)

a magician, a sorcerer
a person

Z^

bewitched

one-making
thing-made
things-made

Olc^l^>

C"

a-charmer

>-

one-charmed

"f^

useful, beneficial

benefitting

thing-sown, crop

sown

-^

t/yy

V'

73

Vocabulary 28.
.

A^U-

to hear

:>C^

coming

an hour
P/. of

Juc-

(Look

Exercise 28a.
ears," will

in

Lesson

dlJt yJ.>Sj,

SiftU Ju.

U r^,^ J

come

li

i' VI j/dl;j
<^l*

LV.

(^SCli

^|.:!

''^ J

"

thy two

^^.j^Air

Li^--

1^"!)^,^ is

( \)

^*:^^

(r)

dXA''i.4j^j^^^^^^^

(^)

A^^

48.)

(r)

VJJ

i-ii

(fern.)

any unknown word, but

at 2bb. for

. ^

/^^^L

^A ^^

(0)

SlJii ;^Al2ll oU/::^''^

\ VI c

<^j.J<^

^Jl CjS

"/UI

llA

^lill

(v)

(a)

c>"

^^

(a^^

Exercise 28b.
1.

Their gods (deities) will not benefit them

2.

3.

God

forbids (prevents) their prayer to their gods.

4.

God

listens to the prayer of

5.

Thy

ears hear a

6.

They

7.

The manufactures (manuf:

will

come

will

to

you

after

[later on].

an hour.

His servants.

word behind

thee.

ask thee about the gods (deities, or

articles)

idols).

of Cairo are few,

but

they are useful.

(

Put

"

few "

in fern. sing,

i.e.,

Gender) are thought of SiS fern.

8.

The

9.

The judge resided here

10.

verse

sing,

because inanimate things

and thus

tlie

predicate

is

Neuter

fem. sing.)

was abrogated.

The crops (sown)

in

in front of the prophet's house.

Egypt are very good,

74

Lesson 2^Q."M00Dsr
I

what "Mood"

In

The verb

studied in Lessons 26-28

"Mood

the

What

is

are there

Subjunctive, ex.

(b)

Jussive

(c)

Energetic (or Emphatic).

"In-order-to go"

3.

What
a

Moods

are these

Each

of

importance

little

Verb).

and Jussive has

may be compared with the

The kasra

each of the three cases of the Noun.

in

damma and

Noun, and

Weak

of the Indicative, Subjunctive

not used with the Verb,

the

to us at this stage,

I28(i.e. after the

called in Arabic

distinctive vowel-mark, wiiich

vowel used
is

is

"Go."

"Verily he will (surely) go."

be postponed until Lesson

"States."

go."

(Command) "Let him go!"

the last-mentioned

will

may

he

"that

(Imperative formed from the Jussive).

it

made.

(a)

As

Nothing has

a simple direct assertion has been

Moods

other

Mood, or

in the Indicative

of Simple Assertion" (as in English).

been conditioned
2.

the verb already studied?

is

its

place being taken by the sukun

the fatha, however, are used in both

the very Arabic

word for Nominative Case

Verb and

is that

for

Indicative Mood, similarly, the term for Objective Case is that for

Subjunctive Mood.

Learn the following table

English

Name

Vowel

Arabic

Name

English

Name

Vowel

Arabic

Name

>

Subjunctive

>

Nominative

Indicative

9J> J'

Accusative

..'...

>

Jussive
5.

We

Genitive

{ij^

said in Lesson 26 that the

Present-Future (Imperfect) Tense

<'

Proper Arabic name for the

is

9-^

^''

means "that-which-resembles," and here we

viz.,

while the Past Tense

declinable,

vowels

i.e.,

/..''.....*..

resembles the

can

it

as

Noun

the
;

is

see

Now

this

how

resembles,

it

Indeclinable, this Present

word

Tense

is

be declined by the use of the case-

Noun can be

declined by

-'...

but Past Tense always ends in fatha,

so

it

-" 75
6.

How
By

can

P-j ^^^

Tense be negated

the simple negative particle

ever upon the case-vowel.

which has no

>

"He

Ex.

effect

what-

will (does) not ask."

'jUv
7.

^^Ul

What

is

the Past

which

is

an Active Participle meaning *'that-which-passes".

Self -Test 29.

Tense called?

called

(al-Madi)

(l)

Give

(i)

Explain and

a list of

Arabic Moods, or States (29

i, 2).

statement that "The imperfect

illustrate the

Tense resembles the noun

in its

declension" (29

5).

>

inform (Conj. IV) jy^^ j^>-

to

It is

to

reap

Exercise 29a.
^

UO ^r ^/j1
jiV^

vsji'pj'i

;t

arj/>4^

(r)

(a)

'^;iJtoii;:.v

(r)

(w)

ci^:>i

(0)

Exercise 29h.
(1)

(2)
(3)

Why

do they not ask him?

They do not look at me.
They (two) do not know
[the teacher,

(4)
(5)

[prayer.

The pious woman offers

Where hast thou (f)been

(6)1 was dwelling (f) in Cairo.

7 ) Is the man pious (good) ?
(8 ) Tiie man was good.
(9) They (two) hear and do
(

nothing (not a thing).

?

(10) They sow and

(but) do not reap.

"

-76Lesson 30.
SUBJUNCTIVE.
I.

Revise the Introduction

we know when

to the

c-)^^:ll

Moods

in

Lesson

How may

28.

verb as "Maniib" (Subjunctive)

to write the

There are certain particles which affect the verb in this particular manner. A very full list of particles with their governing

The following nine Sub-

actions will be studied later on.

junctive particles are to be memorised now.

Meaning

Action

Particle
(

Present-Future, takes subjunctive after

ji

to (that)

order to

>

>

>

in

>

'

>

>

l>

>>

f'

>

>>

>>

>

t>

Subjunctive but distinctly future negative

not

Subjunctive but with negative force

in

Subjunctive

Answers the
Subjunctive
2.

it

*^

jl J

particle

d\

'S
J
v^^

(in future)

b'

i'Si

order not

lest

"

What

if

6i>

in that case

^^ = j i^J^?-

until

Give particular examples of their use.

(a)

ji

is

the

word which can be paraphrased "that"

has the meaning of desire to do

"to".

It

Learn

this

phrase ^^-^J. u'

may go)L^*il jl
to visit
(b)

-X;jl "I

you" (= that

^1

means

-^^J^

(or,

doing) an action.

(he wishes to go,

wish to go"; ^j^j^

visit you).

or simply

i.e.

J^\j^

that he

"I

wish

Note the paraphrase.

"not," but in the future.

The

present "not"

is

which has no influence upon the Present Future.

^-^>^j'^ w^*-^> >'

^Jj^

J'

>

He

does

not,

j' 0^^

and he

it

will not

will

not

go

in the future".

happen

that...

77

Another example Jt^*^ ^3^- o' ^^ miser

^

(c)

J and

and

are both parts of ^^^j

^J

^1

(Palmer gives ^^

yi-l "that

will never

be

liberal.

affect the verb alike.

God may pardon

thee": but this

must be distinguished from lam-ul-amr, the lam of command

See Less: 32

Let

4 which

God pardon

order to visit you.

(d) ^1^ (lest) is

^1 w^r^*-

thee)i3;^jl

When

these particlesare used

compounded

of

'

J and

the verb in the Subjunctive, while the

(e)

The

six or seven only

first

Conjugate j-S

3,

l>^

or -^J*yj\

<w>

'

that he

may

dll

<wl

apocopates the verb thus

came

not used^

is

'

yiJ

so the O' places

> negates

it.

are important (at this stage).

eat (as in

^3

S^^y )

yi-jija-ji
.y\^

4.

ir

jl

I^K

^KlTjIjrirjl

irjl

Compare the Indicative in Lesson 26. What do we observe

(a) Change of (Jamma case-vowel to fatha, in all the singulars
but one, and in the first person plural, (b) The rejection of the
.''

U and j

in

2nd Sing. Fem. and

and 3rd Masc.

genders
(c)

The

etc.

Plural.

are

retention of the

be found that

will

It

sufficiently

in all the duals,

and the 2nd

numbers,

the

indicated without the nun.

in 3rd

and 2nd Fem.

PI.,

as being

absolutely necessary to distinguish the gender.

5.

For further
^

9 %

practice, he wishes that he

;^o^ol

^e^

^ ^i y

^2^Uir jl I^Uir jl

of
J*A* jl

X-

e^

may do

ot^^o^o^

%ir

of
jl

-^X
^o^of

J^J^^o'

^ , 9 ^

^*ir
.

jt J*ir jl
^0 J

6.

Examples of
It

good

is

s-^*->

'

78

the paraphrase of

for

^^^ij jl '^1

you that we go (= Our going

j:^>-

It is

good

for

me

to go.

is

(for

good

me

to

'^j\.^

for you).

go

that

go

= my

going).

This word

equivalent for "thank you"

^^>\^ is the

^ j\J>^^jS

"

word used

May [God]

in the

increase

thy good").
7.

Always use J
order to"

(eat), or

Self Test 30.

l^^Air

(f)

(30

^^J

or

as in "Vf

'

G^

Ssj

^i*-

express " in

to

"for the purpose of " (eating).

What

is

the difference between

(See
i^:*-^'

2.c.)

jl

and

6, 7).

Exercise 30a.

^^

'J-^^ $;i

l/ji=='^_

^;!

-^'

J<iji'-^J (0

(n)

VI (a)

^^

^)

l^^j.*-a.^

jl

(t)

Exercise 30h.

2.

"

Lest ye enter into temptation".

4.

"

To

I.

wish to

3.

have food

5.

Jesus

came

6.

"The

miser will ne^^er be generous".

7.

We

8.

"That they should not worship

9.

They have gone

10.

He
B,

eat.

to eat.
[in order] to

do not wish

wishes to

(=

to (that

good

for you".

save man.

we)

visit

(Proverb).

you to-day.

(lit.

bow down

to} God."

to (in-order-to) visit her.

that he

may)

visit

Before answering Exam. Paper 30

of page 81.

fast is

you always.

learn

the

phrases

at

the

head

79

EXAMINATION PAPER
To English

(r)

^r^jfjJ'o't^iliC

(o)

^ 'oiJ

(V)

4^

dU> V/;^_

B.

ro AraUc

30.

^^\^]| j^'^*J^

jT>!l

(a)

order] that the writer

(1)

[In

(2)

The charmer (magician)

(f)

may

write her name.

will fascinate

(charm) the queen

of Egypt.

wish to know the name of a hook, please.

(3)

(4)

The "People

(5)

Do your

(6)

(7)

This

(8)

The miser

(9)

They have gone

(10)

wish to

Thou

is

of the Scripture" are in Egypt.

children go to school

(fern, pi.)

visit

you

(sing:) continually.

from the favour of

art

Answer

my

Lord.

will never be liberal.

to (in order to) eat.

from Egypt, we are from the tribe of Quraish,

and they are from Al-Hind

C.

these questions

(India).

^^^-^^

(1)

State the rule for formin g the

(2)

Form

botti

Noun

of Object (Pass. Part).

-y

Active and Passive Participles (giving) their

meaning) from the verbs

;*^

7^->

80

Lesson
*'Eyc, Voice,

31.

Ear"

Exercise.

Memorise one or two sentences at

then keep up the whole. Sentences I 4 are
the opening ones of the Quran, 5 and 6 the **Creed".

Rules as before (see Lesson

a time, day by day

2l).

4JOI

Exercise Sib.
1.

2.

In the

To Arabic
name of God,

J^-J A*^^

the Compassionate, the Merciful

Praise [be] to God, the Lord of the Worlds

4.

The Compassionate, the Merciful

The Owner (Ruler) of the Day of Judgment.

5.

6.

And Mohammed

3.

bear witness that [there

[is]

is]

no Deity but God.

the Apostle of God.

7.

believe (have believed) in

8.

believe (have believed) in

God alone.
God and His

Apostles, and His

Scriptures.
9.

10.

Hast thou read Chapter "The Opening One" 1 Yes, I have.

there found in Chapter "The Cow" an abrogater and an
abrogated [verse].? God knows {lit. God is more-knowing).

Is

8l

ADVERBIAL PHRASES.
Had

jcT

been

it

Except for (had not)

Of thy favour (plr^ase) cUU^ki

^1

Of

S*^

his favour

^^i

For ever (after neg. never)

J)

Instead

Continually

In spite of

Immediately
v5j

Exactly

/Ja)

ill

...

For example

Sfc>

Sometimes

Lesson 32.
1.

of...

/^j^l

Revise the Introduction to Moods in Lesson

"

Mood

It is

let

of

that

them

Command "

or Jussive

It

" Let him go

generally has the particle

the

her go

let

it.

This lam takes kasra, and the verb

apocopated,

(i.e.

the

in the

of the Jussive

prefixed to

nun rejected)

is

which expresses the idea

go!.''

What

29.

2nd Sing.

is

then

Fern., all the

Duals, and the 2nd and 3rd Masc. Plural.

2.

Why

Plural also

Because
3.

retention

What happens
is

off

from the 3rd and 2nd Feminine

.?

its

The vowel

4.

nun not cut

the

is

there

is

no nun, as

in 3rd

masc. sing.

majzum

or

marked by jazma

(29

4).

Give the 3rd Person Sing, Dual and Plural of

Mood

of

N.B.
they

(f)

go

let

must go

LauJ

.."ifciJ

them go

"let," in this case,

(f)

this Jussive or

Command.

{J^AX^
Let them

.'*

then replaced by sukun, or jazma, and the verb

is

said to be

if

necessary to show the gender.

is

let

them

(2)

v^JLI

(^Jifci:!

go

let

her go

let

him go

has almost the meaning of "must",

they must go

they

(2)

must go

she must go

he must go

82
5-

This lam, called in Arabic "lam-ul-amr"

mand, usually takes kasra (we

But suppose

it is

said)

the lam of

i.e.

com-

and apocopates the verb.

preceded by Li (then or ther efore)

1 ?
a ^

It

may then be marked by

sukun, thus

A'oife. Carefully distinguish

"in order to",

6.

then

in

May

the Jussive take all persons

Yes,

all.

Lesson 30 7 and

2c.

word "Jussive"

the

him go ^^* J-wU

let

from the other lam, meaning

it

which we learned

(We have used

accustom the

to

student to this old-fashioned Latinised word in case he should

ever be asked to define

When we

Better to call

it.

J^O.

epigrammatic wisdom

for

we

"Knock, and-it-shall-be-opened to-you"

write this form.

passive), 'j-^^

which Arabic proverbs are famous)

many

Lesson
Give

193.

but they will receive detailed attention in

common

really

Txliij^

every-day one

^^'j^

SYNTAX,

J (not)

is

(he did not open

9b^A\

a*-^- ^

ev
9.

Surely

But

it

is

shall find.

particles causing the verb to be

the persons of

all

J^j^J (second verb

^*j>

J>^J

'^r^^ seek, ye

Are there any other

Yes,

8.

use a conditional sentence, (especially in condensed

takes three words in Arabic

7.

it

it

cannot mean "he did not open"

does mean that

Learn

this curious rule

The

particle

J not only negates the action of the verb but also converts
the present to past time.

(In

Hebrew

they did not go

c.f.

'

r
(J

^**>"

J ye did not ask

vav conversive).
J***^

^*

>%-

me

ci^**' ^^

^^

(c./

34

6).

83

10.

Give

all

the persons of

Tj^'

"let

him go out"
^

>.

^^j ^^:

u'^j^^ ^j^y-

^\"

t>v
II.

Can

the Imperative be formed from the 2nd Person Jussive

Certainly, that

how

is

derived.

it is

also the preformative

Remove any

and supply

an

and

particle

vowelled

alif

as

needed (but with a wala when preceded by other words in a

sentence).

We

then get the Imperative thus

"

. ^

c-^
^.,,
12.

Why

the

damma

over the

Because verbs having a

for the alif of

Exercise 32

alif in

damma

the Imperative.

?-j>
in

P-

^.

;l^Jl

damma

take a

All others take kasra.

a.

oCufjI 5/io 'jp\ ^'>_

-^

>

0^

liQ

N.B.

A.

;LVi

For the sequence of tenses

%^ XC jl 3^.V

in (2) see

next page.

^$
' ^i

84

Exercise 32h.
1.

Why

2.

Because

him that the Sultan v^as wishing it (that).

Did he not ask them? No: he did not ask them anything
because he did not know that the Sultan was there

4.

What

5.

him ?
did not come
He said "Seek me and you

did the vizier (minister) not go out to visit the Saltan

(see Lesson 34, page 89)

they did not inform

(present).

did the Sultan say

when he found

that his minister

to visit

'I

6.

am

always

me"

find

his

meaning was

here'.

Did the two princes understand

never understood

(or,

it.

meaning? No; they

his

they did not understand

at

it

all).

A SIMPLE 8T0EY
Exercise 32c.

jl

Translate to English, then back to Arabic.

by

^1313 ^^^'^ A^J^

^'**"''

0^*"*

^^l ^-^*\ i^} ^r^ Cr*

^}6 ^

jT U3 J\{^ j>.3

J C 3u S^".

(I)

he wished

(3) for laisa see

Sequence of Tenses.

He

did not

One

know

1;

[>0 :j^YcJ\

3 15

(2) who.
Lesson 36).

oVi

^"-*

'>;

<)

lift

'^1

d(!i3^.ii*

/jjt ;> '^ 3

els' IjCi

d\i ^'^^vi .v3i5

'l\

Carefully note the Sequence here.

that the Sultan

was wishing

^,J

"past continuous"

double past.

(or,

(jlUi*-)! (j

'

A)^

conveys the idea of

past imperfect), and there is no need

past verb followed by a present

for the

5f

-85Lesson 33
THE PROHIBITIVE V
What

is

which

the negative form

The

prohibitive

verb,

which

particle

la

/or6^(is the action

"

do

"^

"Go not

(f.)"

^'-^> >

of simple Negation, which, as

la

Thus: "He
This particle

Distinguish

called the "la of prohibition".

from the

must precede the

not,"

then put in the jussive, ormajzmn.

is

must not go" l^^ij,

is

carefully

it

we have shown,

does not affect the case-vowel of the verb.

2.

Give the prohibitive of

f"

"to knock".

they

they must not knock

(f.)

let

'c-V
do not knock

do not knock

(f.Pl)

Is

there

any other

Yes, one more

Id yet to

not knock

don't knock (m).

(f.)

(hardly necessary)

second persons, and the

are the

Let no-one

person.

first

let

knock not

(PI.)

not knock

The most frequently used

plural of the

4-

not knock

^'-.^

let us

3.

iV

be learned

particle

which

is

u^

know

used with a noun to deny

its existence in totality.

There

is

\\h\i\'^

no deity but God.

^^>

no strength and no power

but in God.

There

is

There's no harm to you.

5.

In

what case

(a)

Always

is

the

in the

noun negated by
Accusative

6.

We

will now show

moods by means of

three side

(b)

a solitary exception to the rule

Id

generally without tanwin,

we learned

the similarity

and contrast of the three

a comparative table.

by side we have

at the beginning.

(In

order to get the

to alter the usual native

of tabulating the tense; so read

down the column).

method

86

tf^
Jussive (he did not eat) Subjunctive (that he eat)

Indicative (he eats)

y'""-

'^^

'^^)

y'

"'

1- 'jr ir

oA5
3^1 ji
'

>

- >

i.

'^i^iv;
'>^^'.v

^5-

1.--)

<

i^rir"!

3
P.

Exercise S3a.
/

jl l_^l!

(^)

V L*X V

(r)

3':j.JLjf

J)\ V!

V3 'J> V

(a)

4)J

(v)

'Sl^ 'Ji

(a)

sS'j

ill

VI

j^

a,

A^I3

- ^

V(i)

Exercise 33b.
1.

Let them ^w^ go

2.

Let not go except one only

to the city.
!

==

Let only one go

4.

Do
Do

5.

They do

not

6.

There

is

no power and no strength except

7.

There

is

no deity but God.

8.

No harm

3.

not knock on the door

not open the door,

to

know

you

O my

mother!

everything.

Cheer up

).

in

God.

87

Lesson 34.
1.

Revise the Pronominal Affixes already studied (Lessons

2.

To what are these Pronoun-marks

14-15).

(1)

To

(2)

To'rSSsf then they are genitive (construct) "of him"^.e.

(3)

To

prepositions

then they are "governed by the Prep."

verbs; then they are in the direct Accusative case,

the object to the verb, as

3.

affixed

Show how
S

o >

some

of) is united to

r:

from them (m.)

(f.)

(or,

Pronoun forms.

>

from them

i.e.

he struck her.

^ from

the preposition

these affixed

y^^

his.

>

from them two

>

from him

from her
e

O^-t'
from thee

from thee (m.)

(f.)

from you two

from thee (f.) from thee(m.)

from me

from us

What

noticeable here

is

The

preposition

and

the

^1

first

requires, like the verb, a

^J^

me

^5-^.

resented by the shadda,

5.

Is this true

Yes

or before,
6.

Does

This nun, which in this case

is

and

^ft

as for

damma:
7.

2nd

per.

(away from,

pi.

or, off

from).

efix the preposition

Plural

^\

wau and

homogeneous

ye struck me).
to the affixed

Dual

7}

i^

on becoming

past adds a

thus (J^*.I)^^

rep-

in the presence of,

j-^l

either of the verb-forms alter its vowelling

the

is

example

united to an annexed pronoun

Yes

it

called the "nun of precaution.'*

of any other prepositions

they end in

if

nun between

person sing, affixed pronoun, thus, he struck me,

and, from

j-'a

pronoun s.
Singular

r*

Us;,

-r

>

J.

88
8.

In

which person

is

made

a change

In the third person; for a prefixed kasra or ya causes the hu,

hum
9.

we

take a kasra, so

etc. to

kum

not change the

get bihi, bihim,

etc.,

but

Prefix (J (in or within) in the

dl.i-r

\^<^
L

It

the shadda

come from

(in the 1st Sing.)

Another example; the word j^*X^

prolongation.

of mu^allim (teacher) in the

Nom. and

When we

my

Accusative
the

nun of

wish
)

we

to

say

**

teachers "

beside

How
^^

(s)

1^^-J>,

(jl-^J.

me ^^^*- (l^V)

means

^^

on, or

a letter of

the plural

Accusative.

whether Nom.

or

removal of

Mu^allimiya.

^A**

do we prefix

*^ala

of tJ

denote the coalescence

to

Give other examples of the pronoun

my two hands

j>*>*>* in the

and the vowelling of the second

or J^*!*^

(j\^^

of the two ya's

is

find the construct state causes the

ya with fatha after placing shadda

12.

and not merely

fatha, being a consonant

represents the pronoun (^ which coalesces with the

and takes

II.

Where does

does

same way.

,V

lu.

it

etc,

-^i)

written as

but (accus. or obi.) iS^i

"^^ ^^"^ ^<^\!^^ (^i^^"*")

and

(J

'^

upon and

(J'

means

to,

unto, or "in the

Both stand as separate words before nouns

but both may be prefixed to the Annexed Pronouns which are
then of course in the oblique case (Indirect Object). The ya
direction of".

is

then dotted, making the diphthong

S>1
-

ai.

Lw

r;ji

a'l

89

EXAMPLES OF AKHA WAT

INJS/A.

N.B. Certain particles (called "Sisters of Inna") have, upon the

Subject and Predicate, an effect exactly the opposite of kana

and

its sisters;

^j^aL*
in

^.

"^r

place the Subject in the Accusative

they

i.e.

and leave the Predicate

which the manub (accus:)

As though

he, you...

But

...

I,

thou

Perhaps he, I ...

hope that he,

After studying

Lessons

become

*>

the affixed pronoun.

Verily he, thou

J.<J

cUjlS;!

In

the above wil!

J^v5

is

Learn these examples,

(j^j^

That

\^\W\
CT* ^^

he,

Because

she

...

...

he, they.
" thinking orientally "

on Syntax 151 200 (and

The words that, because etc. are

clearer.

useful

for our exercises now.

Exercise 34a.
ii'
,1*

cS-'^

dV>

V^UU

^:^lf (^)

^'^i'tilj^'^U (r)

(y)

"5CI.. iJfcill.

r
1

J^>j|i

^>i j^^lJL>i li

15"

(r)

(t)

:;5l>r'^i;n;^, (o)
Exercise 34b.
I.

My

2.

Have you

3.

As though

4.

Why

5.

Because you did not see

6.

They did not come

7.

They

8.

9.

They took her from me.

10.

sins were

took

heavy upon me.

got nothing
I

it

(lit.

Is-there-not with thee a thing.)

were (am) about to go with you

did you prevent

(f.)

to

me from

my

hands.

me.

went-away from me.

from them (m.)

Truly she

is

a pious

woman.

entering

90

Lesson 35. the passive.

1.

What

verbs use the Passive

The Passive can only be formed from

can only form the Passive

sitive
2.

wO

if

we

e.g., I4A.I5

He

are sure that U*

she was killed.

How is the Passive formed from the usual Triliteral Verb ?

For the Passive of the Past Tense (or Preterite) give to the
radical a

damma

of the four radicals takes

damma

radical before the last a kasra, and to the

instead of fatha
3.

tran-

is

JiXli

killed her,

We

Transitive verbs,

How

was

thus JlJ he

from the Quadriliteral Verb

The same way.

The

first

first

killed.

instead of fat-ha, and the penultimate takes kasra. Thus^^^-j-

he translated
if

the earth

verbs,

the

it.

is

j^j

distinction

reader can generally

of
(In

tell

much used

not so

is

was

translated".

^j)l\ ^^'Jj

^'^[

and quadriliteral

In both the tnTiteral

shaken.

the vowelling only.

in

"it

the Passive from

Active

the

unvowelled newspapers,

etc.,

lies

the

by the context. The Passive, however,

as in English, for

it

more usual

is

employ one of the derived covjugdtions (Lesson

72)

to

with a

passive signification).
4.

Give the Sing, Dual and Plural of J^>

^

-s

^19

l:JL-5

>

^il5
1

Q:
Form

We

CJ^9

the Passive of the Present-Future.

give to the Servile letter

>,

St

the penultimate radical a fat-ha, thus

.0

etc.

J*ji>

damma and

to

he will be killed;

>

.^*^

it

will

be

or, is

written.

Of course many verbs

already have a fat-ha over the penultimate radical, then no

change.

In

apy c^se, the distinguishing feature

is

the

damm^

91

over the

Native printers, when printing an unvowelled

ya.

book, can sometimes insert just this

6.

sentence

is really

Give the

full

initial

damma

if

the

ambiguous.

Pres-Future Passive.
^ ^Z

.4)

1:

7.

Can

formed

a Passive Jussive be

Yes;

let

J*y

Also with

him be

we say

killed

J*<^

.?

'j**^

This

etc.

is

quite usual

J he was not killed.

Self -Test 35.

(i)

Give the Past Passive of v^IJ^

to write (35

(2)

The Present Passive

(35

Exercise S5a.

&

of the

same

4).

6).

b.

CaJi 4^>.Uol55'

(v)

c4V^ '*^C IJ^ 3^

(r)

'

oJl^i

(A)

"^"^

'

(1)

They

(2)

In order that I

(3)

Was

(4)

The book was

(5)

The door

(6)

His blood

(7)

Was

(8)

Yes, she

will

may

owner of

the

the

be-shown-mercy

is

(i.e.

forgiven).

serve, not be-served

the house murdered

written in Arabic.

open.

will be shed.

owner ( f )

was

killed.

of the house killed

.?

(ministered

to;.

92

Lesson 36.

NEGATIVE OF
1.

"TO BE".

verb meaning "he-is-not"

Is there a

Yes, the verb

means

laisa,

^^Jj.'

"it-is-not," or **he-is-not," or

"there-is-not," or even simply "not," according to the context.

2.

Can

it

be declined

Yes, in Past Tense only, though strange to say,

the Present!

Its

it is

used for

formation would be better understood after

we

learning the changes of the Hollow verb, but

introduce

it

its meaning is akin to the verb negatived by a

which we learned in Lesson 32. Write it in full.

here because
particle

'^

'j^
i^0yJ

>>44fcJ

LJ
Note that while ^J-' may mean

meaning

the other persons the

are not.

How
By

"it-is-not" or "there-is-not," in
is

more personal

limited to a

Lasta, thou art not; laisu, they are not; lasnd

negative.

4.

could

we express

prefixing

"he-z/;as-not," etc.

J to the pres-fut. of the

verb

To

Be.

Remember

this strange fact, already leaint, that the particle

gives a negative past

or
5.

we

(Note disappearance of the ya before sukun).

any other verb.

meaning

to the

always

Imperfect Tense of this

Example jT u J he did

Give the ordinary Pres-Fut. of "To Be,"

i.e.,

not eat.

he

is

or will be, etc.

^ > -

ju^^r

^.

J>;$:r

j^j^i

0&

l[ij$fr

Oj-

Before memorising this verb, compare what we have said in

Lesson 24
Notice the

4,

as to the past tense

wau and

the

damma

J^O

in the

and the

above

letter

wau.

pres-fut. tense.

93

6.

Give the same apocopated by

>

Note that

>

'^

J (he

was

not, etc)

^^

be fully studied when we come

will

this

Hollow Verb (Lesson

Suffice

115).

it

to say, here, that

the sukun of jaztn (apocopation) falls upon

(

nun

in

this case

then

the

when

the final radical

wau disappears, leaving

homogeneous representative (damma)

7.

to the

to

mark

its

its

place.

Students more advanced, or with more time to spare,

may

write out Jy^ J^5 (to say) exactly like U^^J. 6^'
8.

But

is it

not possible to express the

the Past Tense

9.
'

10.

What

is

is

Because

is

an alternative way.

the special effect of laisa upon the Predicate

The Predicate

Why

Yes, that

same idea with md and

of laisa

the Predicate
laisa

(Sisters of

is

always manub.

mansub and

not the Subject

one of several verbs called akhawdt kdna

is

Verb To Be) which have the same action as kdna.

Here revise 24

9 very carefully and contrast akhawdt inna

Examples:
Akhawdt kdna

(Lesson 34--page

86).

Thy brother

is

not sick

Akhawdt inna
Truly thy brother

j
]

is

sick

Akhawdt inna

But he

is

^^i J' 4f^

sick

Akhawdt inna
As though she [were]

.J, \'S}

sick

Akhawdt kana
She is not sick
Akhawdt inna + akhawdt
But he

is

not sick

A^Ai

ft

(..^rfAtAl

kd?ial

AJ
j

-;

ll

uT^

<^

Self Test 36.

2.

I.

94

Write out the verb

laisa in full (36

Write out the verb kana apocopated by

English meanings (36

3).

and give the

6).

(after learning phrases

Exercise 36a.

on

p. 97).

Exercise 36b.
1.

2.
3.

4
5.

6.

Was. your boy

at the

Yes, and the boy did not attend {or, was not present)
yesterday, and will not attend tomorrow.

Where

8.

No, his brother

9.

10.

Because his mother was ill.

Was she not ill yesterday ?

7.

mosque-school *to-day

No, he did not go to-day to the mosque-school.

Why was he not there to-day ?

is

his brother
is

Is

he sick also

.?

not sick, but has gone with

some of the

children (boys) to the city.

To distinguish this word kuttab from the word kitab, note the shadda.

They have not been

And

in the

kuttab this afternoon.

they will not be there tomorrow.

95

Lesson 37.
OTHER TENSES.
1.

Are there any other tenses

combining

in

w^i

(b)

s^^y

(c)

v-^-^ -^ jv5

(d)

w^^-^i
.

2.

Thus we say

tenses, similarly to English.

(a)

he went.
^

he has gone.
he had gone (before

O^

he was going, he used

to go.

'>

\ ''.\

w**^ ^^

(e)

Yes; Arahic gives facility

(or states)?

0^1

he will have gone.

Let us tackle the second of these.

s

The

particle

placed before the past

-^>

English "perfect" meaning, though

She has gone

often not found.

i^^.> Ji
3.

How
By

is

(Do not attempt

prefixing

jO

-A?

yZ^*^>

it

is

They have gone

-^ by

itself).

to the verb plus

-^*

and the meaning

is

the action had taken place (before something happened).

the principal verb

the

it

Arabic

in the older

to translate

the pluperfect formed

tense gives

and the auxiliary

O^

that

Both

are fully declined in

the Past Tense.

They had gone

They

'^f*^

^^^

(f.)

You

(m.)

You

(f.)

He

had gone

w**i>

-^*

Jo

She had gone

Jl^->*.5 -A> J^>

Thou hadst gone

Jl^-.^^

Thou(f.)

-^^

I)

^_x"-'

>

We
4.

-^^

0'

>>

had gone

Could we say "He was in the habit of going " 1

Yes this is one of the meanings covered by (d) above.
In the Moslem Ahadith (Table-talk of Mohammed) there is a
large section of the traditions devoted to "What the Apostle
of

God used

to

do".

J^i

he used to say

96

Jaj^

jO

he used

to do.

Let us learn the last-mentioned, conjugating the Past Tense

of the auxiliary kana, but the Mufjari^ of the Principal Verb.

They used

to

do

He

They used

to

do

She used

You

used to do

You used

to

do

We used to do
5-

used to do

to

do

Thou

usedst to do

Thou

usedst to do

used to do

Write out *'He will have gone".

"He will have gone" (before you get there, e.g.,) is expressed
by the Present-Future tense of kana (see Lesson 36 5) with
the past tense of the required verb and the particle qad.
:

Ther

have

will

|^>S

^;/s 1,^/sC,

gone
will

gone

You

(f) will

have' " \l\Z . <^-.^-X>(J^j:K)

have

;^.

gone

We
It

will

6.

As, J^^i^O^^

7.

Before
Jii^

to

He

will

^
*X)

=^3;^^;

jj^J

She

will

Thou
Thou

mean "he was going

forms

'I

>

.'- ^

have

"

^^^^j; ^^ ^^J
sZ^^^

have gone

in this w^ay

"He

-X>

jjp

will be

so

J^Ji;^**

keep,

its

is

nowadays

(about) to do".

preserve) also

The verb

J^

^^^

(b),

means

j^>-

note that the verb

to

memorise,

i.e.,

to attend, or arrive at

verbal noun jjja^- attendance (arrival).

Self -Test 37.

1.

have

(f) wilt

out Exercise 37 (a) and

preserve in mind.
a place,

>^

>

>

y> Uj^J,

C^**3 Sb J^J^i

have gone

wilt

shall

means "he was doing,"

(to

s-*.5

having gone."

v^rriting

)a.k>-

have gone

gone

be construed and explained

in the state of

used

;/^

have gone U-.*.>

may

0^^.

They (f) will have

You (m)

IaJ

Write out the Compound Tense "He had eaten".

"He will have eaten". (37 5).

2.

Similarly

3.

What do you

(37

3).

observe

is

common

to both.

{c.f.

and

5).

Vocabulary

97

37.

USEFUL ADVERBIAL PHRASES.

yesterday

ij^*^

or (j^

^\

^^Ji ^>

from to-day

since the beginning ^Jull

from the

'

morning

in the

evening

JLL^

Ci>

by daylight

Jj*^i ^>

first

in the

by night

mi -f"

fore-noon

j|ia)l

after- noon

Jj,Iall

tomorrow

J**
Jui

after

tomorrow

Exercise 37a.

Oj^ l-Jj^ cJai^ A5

<*! aJLc* ^5^1 :)U

4^jj^

Jiifti'i-M,

jif

A^

(t)

Ju*bii

(o)

j^'5't

j/ JuH

Exercise 37b.
1.

The pupil had memorised

2.

All

the

pupils

had

his lesson before the teacher's arrival.

memorised

their lessons

before

their

teachers' arrival.
3.

They
(lit.

will learn

their lessons

by heart to-morrow afternoon

after-the-noon).

have learnt many lessons.

4.

[By] to-morrow

5.

The above-mentioned student

shall

(or, student referred to)

was

going to do his lessons by night, but his teacher forbade him.

6.

From

the

beginning (the

first)

their lessons accurately (exactly),

the students used

to

learq

98 --

Lesson 38.
THE SIX FORMS
1.

Is

al-Mudari* of the verb always vowelled with fat-ha like

No:

neither does the past always take three fat-has.

early as Lesson 3

There are

(See also 23:6).

some
2.

of

What

^J

we introduced

six actual

with a middle kasra,

forms; we

learn

will

them now.

are the six actual?

Since there are three vowels and the past

for

As

middle vowel (the

its

the present-future

and

last not

it

sible.

Three of

six actual are

take either one

being changed), while

take any one of the three for

would seem that there are

vowel,

to

may

first

may

these, however,

3x3=9

its

middle

theoretically pos-

do not actually occur.

shown below, with examples

The

>

open

to succour

>

to serve

to

be generous

a-.
Non-existent

'y^.

^rn-*iricf^nf
iNUn-CAlalCIll

3^

Non-existent

3^.

0^

to

3;

y*

'y

understand
^

to consider

3.

How

can one

This

is

little

tell

U^/^J>
which of the

perplexing at

this information

six

first,

y-.

forms will be taken

but the dictionaries supply

about every verb.

Some

lexicons print

it

in

full,

thus

(Others, this

way)

(Others, again)

The

point

to

open

to

open

to

open

a,

rtl>

7^*

is

given in

meaning

the

is

and also a fat-ha

in full),

^*:^s^

example.

^iJ

exactly the same,

glance that the probable

formed from

J^.^-

You

find

the Past

and damma

it

is

always

Take another

You can

root of jamila

triliteral

belongs to the class of

it

in al-Mudari'.

(the girl is pretty).

some

as in

full,

that the verb ^* takes fat-ha in the Past, (that

shown

that

^r

jcZi

whether Al-Mudari*

is,

lexicons, or a fatha, or an
viz.,

99

see at a

is

a verb

marked J*^J*f" which shows

Damma Damma verbs, damma

in

in the Present.

Damma Damma

What

kind of verbs take

None

but those expressing qualities

distinction at once).

(Learn this important

quite possible there

is

It

may be

a verb

with same radicals (but with fatha) meaning something

else,

>

but

J*>"

(with

damma) must

take

damma

in the Pres,-Fut.

therefore, necessarily, expresses a quality

pretty".

for this

(Now

enter up a page or two pages of your vocabulary

one form, recording

Lesson 26

all

6 for Fat-ha Fat-ha.

classification

and

case "to be

in this

/zot^

new

verbs

The importance

new words, according

of all

hardly be over-emphasized).

shown

as

More examples

of

in

clear

to "forms", can

>

to

be easy
>

to be difficult

What
will

>^ ^

to

be generous

to

be rough

>

^^-^j

kinds of verbs take Fat-ha Fat-ha

Turn back
It

J^

J^.

to lesson 26

and analyse those examples given.

be seen that the second or third radical

guttural or ha ^

is,

in

each case, a

In other words, such a throaty consonant

almost always takes fat-ha.

learn the past

O^^

Enter up

all

your examples and

and the present with the English meaning.

100

6.

Note on

d[

and

with the Past to

mean

of doubt),

is

is

b'^

The

'i[

particle

{in not an)

6'

is

if in the Present-Future (but with a

used

shade

used similarly but implies probability, and so

often best translated by "when."

Continue revision

Recapitulation.

Lesson

42,

of

with more grammar

From

previous lessons.

rules, the

student will feel the

need of constant revision of vocabularies.

Self -Test 38.
1.

What vowel

expressing qualities
2.

What

(Muddri)

the Imperfect

in

(38

verbs take fat-ha

is

taken by verbs

4).

(26

and 38

5).

Exercise 38a.

\j^ Ji^\

'yi\ ij^dJiAp i;.Ui

'^l '^, (1)

V^O^'JiVf jli

(v)

ly>'H S-}V-:>\

(a)

^yjjr^:^^i;^"ii:^^^^

jjJI

'i.) 'Ai::i'

(r)

Vi J J (1)
i

Exercise 38.
matter

difficult for

you (hard on you)

1.

Is this

2.

The matter

3.

[It is]

4.

And

5.

The student did not succeed

6.

The

is

to attend before the lesson.

to gather [up] his

price of

books

after the lesson.

yesterday.

books has been (was) raised

8.

Man was created weak (Qui'an).

When the earth is shaken (Qur^an)

9.

God

7.

10.

We

is

easy for him (upon him).

on the pupil

i.e.

not an oppressor (Qur'an).

will gather our disciples

bv night.

(n)

good

deal.

by earthquake-

lOl

Lesson 39.
THE SIX CLASSES (Contd).
I.

What

verbs take Ji>3**

Verbs

like

^^*> ^^

partly of (a) transitive verbs such as

and

aid (with victory),

Examples of

(b)

"verbs of motion"
Examples of

(a) Transitive

o^ip-

to create

^i--

j-i.P

to kill

^*^i

to write

w^-.-j

^> 0^ ^^

to serve (as a slave)

2.

Give

examples

present).

-**

to enter,

-^^

run

to

bow down
worship)

to sit

down
(fatha in past, kasra in

These are not quite so easily

classified,

student can learn them as he comes across them.

to serve (as a servant)

to

sit,

or

sit

down

iA^.
^^

to strike

a^

in 2, learn

shew mercy

to

understand

know

know

y-^.'J-

^ J*i ^j^

- verbs (fat-ha

.'

'

in the present).

the past and present-future together,

to

to take captive

Examples
to

hear

to bear witness,
testify

to

Examples

to bear, carry

to

but the

have ascertained both.

to

Ir^'

f^Oj (w) 0>^

Give examples of

As

^A

enter.

J^-^ j^'^

in

to

(in

to succour, or

(b) Verbs of Motion

go out

verbs

of

go

consist

\^\^^:>\o

to

j^^ j'

to see

They

are a very large class.

^A*i. j-^*

to

keep

when you

102

4.

Are there
Only a few.
';:

verbs

::"

The

mentioned

first

>

To

sound verbs.

The student

examples

''

w**^ ^^^>-

consider, or estimate

will gather

example from

the only

is

of this

form when he studies

"Assimilated Verbs" (Lesson II3) the wau of which disappears

in the present tense.
5.

To

inherit <^ J ^ <^JJ

Does the vowel taken by the Mudari' influence the Imperative

Four out of these

Yes, in one case.

and

kasra,

with a

to

pronounce

The Imperative should be written

wala when preceded by other words, but when standing
is

alone, a kasra

is

The

is

fifth

case

kasra.

written,

open

There

from

course,

of

are,

listen

is

^-*J
expresses

it

no imperative needed.
forms,

derived

its

and as

to be generous,

^y

|j^

7cI*J

the existence of inherent qualities there

(

forms have fat-ha or

vowel supplied

in all these cases the

Imperative

the

six

" act

e.g.

generously").

The

one

last

The vowel used

damma.
worship

to

-^

(serve)

in

it

will be seen

that in

every

Present-Future or the Jussive the middle vowel

part of the

come

and

^a*>. j^^

is

pronounce the Imperative

is

'

X>

thou wilt serve (worship)

'

>-

thou wilt enter

zf

thou wilt go out

J^"^*
> >

get out

Are there any Prepositional Verbs

Yes,

them
"to
to

certain

Arabic verbs

worship

but

'

''

thus^^

he went out from

...

he listened to him.

-^?**'

take special

prepositions

Thus,

bow down

-^s*-*

to "

after

means

anyone,

i.e.,
^

He worshipped God.

^>^**'

i.e.,

If;

" to

'.

(Tj^

to represent certain significations.

bow down"

is

he

'

left.

Similarly j^

<*- he heard him

he brought

{lit.

(^)

came with)

t-

Ol ^^^

her.


/.

NOTh
also

He

Vocah.

to

brought

came with

He

The

39

Passive by

become

verb made

?!
C^

^^

rJ^

L>

J*

> \\\
l'" ."He arrested)
the thieves ) l/'-?'^*'' l>

U^

Vocabulary

39.

by

may

preposition

preposition.

^^^ decided upon

rZ/^^*

were arrested

Clrt

L/*.**

SOME PREPOSITIONAL VERBS.

J

worship

to prohibit a thing

^>-^

'c>

to listen to

Ji'c:-

to grant to

>^

to trust in

to decide

transitive

She was brought

'

'T;

decided

upon a matter

to

means of the sd^mt" retained''

(//7. )

her)

103

upon

>'r5=

to bring (a thing)
to bring

(^.e.,

<--

come

with)

V*

to fulfil (duties, etc.)

to

doubt concerning

to

be able

v-j

(J

Jp

to attack

Jp

^J

^li

dii
jjJ
IL'**

Exercise 39a.

'^'C)f'4.;:^(^)
d Ji>.3"4jil

jiuV

;>L)I

V^t:^

*y.

(t)

l^

40*4

/ (r)

j-JflAJljl

(0)

Exercise 39b.
1.

We testify

2.

Who

3.

He

4.

is

did not listen to their

speech.

"The world knew him

Serve

God

8.

"God

is

9.

to.

The camel was brought

6.

7.

10.

to

alone

him.

Get out

God

at

and they-

Him...."

once

preserve you

(salutation).

not".

a spirit,

who worship

Their speech was not

listened

5.

to you.

the sorceress

104

Lesson 40.
Follow these rules with the following short
literal meanings of words and phrases, with
the helps given, reading from right to left. (2) Gradually learn by heart the
Conversation

(^)

Exercise.

colloquial dialogue.

Study the

I.

idiomatic meaning of single phrases, rather than single words and then, as soon
as possible, drop the use of transliteration and also of the literal word-by-word

rendering (which

The

is

really neither English nor Arabic).

(3)

Read

aloud.

(4)

N.B, Sounding the final

proper idiomatic English.

last line gives the

case-vowels, this becomes a written exercise; dropping them, a colloquial one.

r

-Jju^ Aau^ -^jV*

ya shaikh, sa'id, Naharuk

sheikh, happy {be\ Thy -day
Good morning Sheikh

mubarak, sa'id, Naharuk

happy [be]. Thy -day

blessed,

Good morning,
4JO

thy

abadan

al-haqq

'alaik

You

with safety

Goodbye

cow

thy

Lie

alaina

ma

boy.

tabi'a

li

me, that thou

wish to

'1-an 'alaiya

The

an turid Hal

sell,

sell

Dost thou wish

me

your cow

Al-Haqq
me

Sahih

time

True,

right's against

now
I'm wrong

Never mind

to

Do you

Nothing against us

ya

bni

0- my -son

[is]

are you

baqaratak

la

No, never.

C
as-salima ma*

Bow

No, never

are wrong.

state ?

How

Well, thank God.

against thee. The right

J^i

haluk? Kaifa

al-hamdu-lillah. Taiyib,
praise -be -to- God. Well

Jbl

'

ail

JUJ-I

this

True,

Revision of the Six Classes, Lessons 38, 39.

Passive Pres.

Passive Past

.^

>

&

>

>

"

^J-^l

v>
'

>i

^>i
"

V/^^.

V^-'

-^

^^ "

^^

J^l

J^

'

"

>

^^^
(^

f'

:;

>

%'.
1

s^*^^

"Ul

.r*'

>

^0

r.

/ , .'

-^

V^-*-*;
^ ^

>

>~*

''

>

"-^

^^.

^^.1

V'

.>

> >

y^

&

c^-

>
.

"

>

^'^'-i

>

Perfect

o>.

&'

cr

-'

Imperfect

^0

>

>

Imperative

^w>^
^

105

EXAMINATION PAPER

(B).

N.B.

I.

number your answers, write clearly, and

send up for cori^eclion, with full name and address.

Copy

the questions,

Give examples of

What

is

J.

verbs.

::.

the Imperative Masc. Sing, of "to

come

in"

Give

other examples of similar vowelling.

Write three or four lines

either (a) ta
II.

marbuta or

what you know about

(b) alif maqsilra.

Translate to Arabic:

Why

did you not prevent them from entering

They

will

Why

wast thou

have

The Apostle
In the

name

of

left
(f)

am wrong

There

is

before the teacher comes.

not present yesterday

God used

to say

.?

"Praise be to GOD."

of God, the Compassionate, the Merciful.

Good morning, sheikh

III

tellingj

good morning, boy (my

son).

this time (now).

nothing

in

my

Translate to English

hands.

^)
c

(r)

4A)

'jjrLf'jr(i)fj;:Vj
,0/'

(v)

iU.U
N.B.

(^)

(a)

Please space out your lesson hours to as to allow for Revision of earlier lessons.

io6

Lesson
*'Eyc, Voice

41.

and Ear."

"i

<r

.7

^ ^

The Rules

for this exercise are given in Exs. 2i and 31.

1.

Ana-rrabbu ilahuka... La yakun laka alihatun ukhra amami.

2.

La

tana* laka timthalan

manhutan wa

ma

fil-mai

min

tahti-l-'ardi.

La

uratan-ma (pron.

la

tamma) mimma fissamai min fauqu wa ma

fil-'ardi

tasjud

min tahtu wa

lahunna

wa

la

ta'bud-hunna lianni ana-rrabba ilahaka ilahun ghaiyur...

3.

6.

La

tantiq bismirrabbi ilahika batilan liannarrabba la yubri-u

man nataqa bismihi batilan.

La taqtul. 7. La tazni. 8. La

The English of above,

1.

verif literally translated.

[am] the Lord thy God... there shall not be to thee other gods

in front of
2.

tasriq.

Do

not

of

what

Me.

make
[is]

to thee

any carved image nor any picture whatever

in the

sky from above and what

from below and what

[is]

in the water

Bow not down to them Serve them

thy God am a jealous God--!

3.

not

[is]

in the earth

from under the earth.

!

because

the

Pronounce not the name of the Lord thy God, vainly

Lord

for the

Lord does not acquit whomsoever has pronounced His Name

vainly.

6.

Kill not

7.

Conimit not adultery

8.

Steal not

107

Lesson 4:2. gender.

1.

The Gender, Number and Case

of the Arabic

Noun

(incl.

Rel.

Pron. and Adj.) will occupy Lessons 4260.

2.

Remember

that the

noun includes

(a)

Substantive, (b) Pronoun,

(Personal, Rel., Demonst., Interrog, etc.)

3.

How many

Genders are there

Really only two

there

is

(c)

Adjective,

etc.

no Neuter Gender

in Arabic, its place

being practically taken by the Feminine (Ex. 28b 7 note). There

:

are,

however, a few words (including certain Dual Pronouns

and

1st

Person Singular and Plural) which

upon as
4.

How

either Masculine or Feminine,

are the genders specially denoted

The Masculine

Gender.

Mudhakkar ;

<y<*

this

form

mim
is

the Feminine

is

the

word following

are Feminine

The Arab grammarians

Let us take the

Names of women
A>

wife)

Exs.

Fem.

(ii)

latter first.

Sister,

^ZAC'

J"^

by

'A'isha (or Ayesha,

M's

/Cj*

daughter, jAi>- pregnant;

Names of countries and towns

^y/j^

{i.e.

Z^{

Fem. by

Words feminine by

A4.UU (his daughter) ^-^j,j

mother,

(i)

by ^^^

Wo7'ds which can only he female appellatives

(b)

(c)

the Feminine form, but

divide the Feminine into

signification are of four classes

favourite

by ^

by form or sound) and

(i.e.

meaning).

(a)

it is

in the dictionary

not always shown.

What words

-iaAi

marked

iliz^W^a^/?, occasionally

separate

5.

called

is

Common

'^'^

J>^

i.e.,

may be looked

Exs.

etc.

sZ^p^

'

etc.

(Dear) Egypt; A^^S^Ji

(j^y Tunis; J^jr^ Algiers;

-^^

>Lil

aS^>

'

Mecca

(the honoured).

(Damascus, or Syria).

Double members of the body

(d)

,,

Exs.

eye

C)^

shoulder; 0^' ^^ 0>^ ear;

(or,

spring of

hand; ^^^J

^^^

Are any other words regarded as feminines

Yes, three classes

"Broken Plurals" being treated as feminine singular

(a)

neuter),

we speak

of

leg

pi5 foot.

f^jS arm;

foot)

(or,
6.

io8

o-AJ^=*"

l/^' immortal

souls,

(i.e.

and give the

adjective a feminine singular termination to agree with "souls".

The names

(b)

etc

(c)

of the letters of the /Alphabet (such as fa, 'ain,

are treated as feminine.

There

is

also a

"Feminine by common
house (or residence)

sun (but J**

Which
(a)

^o

(j^A)

war ^^^^>-'

the present

7.

usage.''

moon

is

Almost

all

soul;

Vj^O

in

The word
(b)

as

<>^

ju

war;

fire.

Aj

^^^^
A>*--^

But just one or two proper names, or

end

{cf.

Exs.

a chapter;

Aj^^ a (female) striker;

a garden;

^ j>-

earth; j*>- wine;

by Termination"

ojj^

jb

j wind;

be

to

useful of these are

well;

j^\

U^->

words ending in

word;

The most

Masculine)

are "Feminine

words said

of about thirty

list

vowel

a picture;

A*^

a (female) sheikh.

titles,

Talha ^^^>' successor,

j>-

oi

i.e.,

men happen

to

Khalif (Caliph).

must, in that case, be masculine.

Those ending in a

s ervile

*^i

as

^^

j*>-

red;

^\j^

grandeur;
(c)

Exs.

-ii^'*^

desert;

Those ending in
(^*"^

Salma;

*ij-X^ a virgin

^^^\

(adj.) white.

(J'
^^^-^-J*-

remembrance; ^^> fever;

most
(J J

(female); {Sj^?

beautiful
(adj.) first

c^^A^ greater

(f).


8.

What
It

the feminine of ^>-^

is

needs no feminine, as
J^?-l

of

J>^_5 (one, adj.)

(in

-X>

feminine of

stands, for

it

is ci-^^^^

19

of... (c.f.

15) takes the place

thus:

of the girls OllJi ^^J?-^

One

of

J'->^>'

(About Damascus

One
One
z**.^''

of the ladies,

them

of

^^

0^-^-**i

iS-^^^

(fern.) (^*'-^'^],

u>Cil^jV>,l

J, 'J\) ii(L

^1^1)1

The

in construction.

One

them (masc.)

a vague expression

it is

which cannot be used

>

Exercise 42a.

(some one).

Construction) one

but

log

Lf L Coy/, V.II

G. j^ J iV

'(.111

jyj)

'oV dj'i

3^

(V)

Ci/

(a)

'^'-^i^''

dlli

Si's-

(r)

Exercise 42b.
1.

My

2.

Where

3.

Is

4-

It is

little

daughter wishes

has seen

it

is

like Cairo

It is in

Syria

(lit.

Country of Syria).

a garden in the desert.

5.

But the sun

Is

7.

The Khalifa

8.

picture.

Damascus

6.

in

its

Damascus, because she

to visit

intense there.

is

the desert red or white

The

desert

(Prince of Believers)

is

yellow.

was dwelling

there,

i.e.

Damascus.

How

was

that

That [was] because Damascus was

his city,

''

no

Lesson 43.
1.

Given the Masculine, how do we form a Feminine from

The commonest way

remember our

to

is

we

get

So from

^^-^^

2.

Can

this rule

Certainly
as

S^JT

able
3.

Is

it is

the smallest

4.

A-11^

sick

(f.)

^^^*i

So yJ)l\

(f.)

(f.)

Adjectives

is

common
that

Firstly,

the

to the

are

(Comparison of Adjectives, Lesson

radical

is

preceded by

once be recognized.
the form

^l-**

that

alif,

all

59)

Is there

not another

greater and

(m.)

honour-

(S

makes iSj^*^^

makes (Jj

(f.)

in 3

the

j'

See Lesson

59.

upon the form

that

J^^^

is

ji

to say, the first

may
all

not at

upon

that the first radical takes (Jamma,

is,

Ji

or,

Secondly, the Feminines are

x.-l:>

the greatest?

even though the form

and, after the final radical, alif maqura

5.

^S\

the smallest, (m)

Masculines

(or, col-

A^^li*

noble,

<'*Ij-^

examples given

few examples, such

first

(S are

and from

call)

(f.)and j' another (m.) iSj*^^ another

What

wise

and

iSjy

the

and

aL"IJ

greater,

'

thus

oyi^

and

(f.)

we must

get 4Ss-U queen

^^

from

learnt

good

Feminine of

on the form

the greatest

first

(f.)

^*^>j*

(f.);

there

Yes

be applied to (what we

big

we

lady-doctor;

we have already

'^^*' Note also

physician, doctor

but of course

it,

vilL*

prophetess

i-.x

doctor)

loquially,

i to

(given in Lesson 17) that the

rule

each preceded by fatha.

from

add

it ?

is affixed.

I-

'

with a quite different meaning

Yes, this word always represents one of two things, a colour

or a physical defect.

Thus

j*^

'

red,

l?J J

'

blue,

^^^

Ill

The feminine

blind.

on the form

is

we

-^'j^^*

get the feminines

Are there any

^"^^i that

is,

after the last

affixed the servile termination

of the three radicals

red;

The madda

(Lesson 58 :4b.)
6.

is

is

^^JJ

Thus

-^i

blue: '^^^^ blind etc.

not always shown.

Common Gender nouns

There are over a score of words with masculine or feminine

adjectives,

so that

we say they

i'^^

way (Quranic word)

are "either Mas. or

condition

state,

heaven

Vl*l*

finger

peace (after war)

tcI

road,

i\^\

Exercise 43a.

*-^33

z^)^^

way

O^ y>'^ "^ J^s

l5j^

^ 0\J^

3*

jjli^ll c-^UT^I

^ij Jul)

^^ (^Ir^l

Fem."

c>}^**

Exercise 43h.
1.

Do you

2.

Yes her name

3.

Fatima

4.

The owners

(f.)

know

is

is

the blind virgin t

Mariam and she

little girl

but 'A'isha

of the largest

Mohammed Aly and

is

the most beautiful

the smallest

is

girl.

girl.

(grands magasins) are

stores

Son.

5.

Write [down] the major premise and the minor premise.

6.

Will there be peace after this war

OJ V^

stores

better^

more beautiful

If

God

will.

owners
introduction (to a book)

^^**>

'

premise

(in logic)


Lesson
How many

1.

Three:

How

4:4:, number.

numbers has the Arabic noun

Singular, used for one only; Dual, for two, usually

which are

for things
2.

112

in pairs; Plural for three or more.

the Plural formed

is

There are two principal ways; either

(a) by adding a special

by breaking up the word and
more servile (i.e. weak or "servant") letters

suffix to the singular, or (b)

introducing one or

among

'

making boys; and

The

first

(Compare,

radicals.

its

(b)

in English, (a)

changing man

called the Regular Plural

is

animate beings

the second

is

adding

s to

boy,

to men).

and

mostly used for

is

called the Broken Plural

and

is

generally (though not always) used for inanimate things.

The Regular

Plural

the Broken Plural

and

is

one of the

is

extremely simple because so invariable

may be "broken"

in

many

We

Arabic study.

difficult sections of

different ways,
shall

give a few examples and illustrate the use of servile letters in

Lesson

Plurals of Derived

49.

Nouns

in

Lessons 62

67.

State the rule for Regular Masculine Plural.

3.

THE RULE.

From

endings, tanwin,

etc.

noun remove special case-

the singular

and add j^ una,

for

the

Nominative

Case, or Oi ina, for either of the (Accusative or Oblique Cases.

as

Example

peasant

'

'ry^^

is

and peasants (nom)

s ^

accusative
plural

o):^^^ Similarly

U^^-^y and

Is this distinction of

4.

of the Plural

and

)^^^

and

also

its

J-^j*

nom.
(mis-

^v-x-*- j

^y jy-i

.?

cusative for all cases,

get Cx^y^*

'

cases always observed in the formation

In the written language

(evangelist) forms

the other cases (jt^j^*^*

^t-^ many, takes j^

U^*"^* and

>

^f*

sionary, or "one-sent") gives Oji^^

Similarly

is

(^.yrf*

it

is,

but the colloquial uses the Ac-

and drops the fat-ha of the nun, so we

*

0>^** J*

Uiv-"^^^

uy*^^


5.

But

thought there were three cases

There are three cases

two special forms

6.

for those "Imperfectly Declined"

Plural

What

r-

this sign

is

is

an example of the

we

"Plural"; just as in English

by PL, so
plural
to

In

Arabic we use

in

single-?-

to the

accusative

is

when

(see 52

latter.

word "Plural"

(Note that when the

quoted;

quite easy

is

it

the sentence requires

Arabic dictionaries the word following the

all

word preceding

7).

which here means

represent the

given, only the nominative

is

change

plural of the
7.

^^

abbreviation of the word

an

is

Declined Nouns", but only

in ''Fully

The Regular Masc.

It

113

-r

is

it).

the

it.

Enter these additional examples in the Note Book.

Use two

or

three pages for "Regular Masculine Plural", and give the three

columns.
Meaning

An

aviator

Plural

ojjLU
i

oy-C)

peddlar

">

A pickpocket
A

tlL^i

'^'

teacher

An

Singular

inspector

'J^-

>r

worker

j^JU

Absent

'('

^^^
>^\.

Entering
\

>

r.

>

v.-

Leaving

h^

Defeated
Useful

winner

'C>

^;ju

-- 114

Exercise 44a.

>

'

'*".>.-'

'

pUjVl

<^. ^AA^I Jli,

L<ji^l

(j^Vi

-J

(r)

jj>-'^^

(o)

(Jrvf-!>yi

>^ T^ ^

-^

JUjrjp^.^lU

(s)

Exercise 44b.
1.

Aviators are very useful in the present war.

2.

But

3.

Yes, sometimes one of them

4.

Some

many

of

them were

killed.
is killed.

of the workers are absent in spite of the presence of

the inspectors.
5.

Not

all

the fellaheen are entering the war.

("Entering"

is

governed

in

Accusative Case by

but,

laisa,

as a

Participle, itself governs /tarb in the Accusative Case)

Many

6.
7.

One

of them are quiet and doing their work.

of the ladies

and came there

is

living

among them

for she

in order to visit the sick

is

a doctor

woman.

heard that she was a princess, or an "honourable.'*

8.

9.

Her work
9on<Jition),

is

honourable, in

any case

{lit.

upon every

"

Lesson 45.
1.

How

115

MASC, PL.

(Constr).

do we place the Regular Masc. Plural

To do

we

this,

first

in

of course,

is,

in

wau

or ya, while

This applies

in the Genitive.

a pro-

equally whether the consequent be a substantive or

nominal

Examples

affix.

jU*jAJl

the school teachers

with the town inspectors

O^.^t**

they took their victims

The

3.

Ojr^^

"my teachers

in the case of

accusative of the antecedent

is

always used

(for

*"

I''

and -A^ and we get

1 '' -^
^^a**^

carefully 34:10-12).

When

should the student use Regular Masculine Plural

(c.f.

For vroper names of men. This only applies to

Arabic names such as Muhammad, Aly, etc. and
speaking of three or more persons thus named

be used
(b)

(as

c.f.

Examples

^'^::^>-

do),

in

and

if

ends

in

the feminine

then the Reg. Masc. Plu. cannot

from

the verbs, -

from
^-

an oppressor;

used when

namesakes)

if

lil>' (br. pi.)

they can

make

their

they denote rational beings.

^j^^^a

These words are

title,

Khalifa (Caliph), which takes 4

lit.

^n\>
*

few

Participles derived

feminine

>

is

(i.e.

(Not often found).

however, the proper name, or

o

real, original

(a)

jjJ*>JI the Mohammeds.

\JjJ^m

euphony);

(J

ending

-^^y^

placed over,

is

as in

If,

C*

two ya's accordingly coalesce and a shadda

^

^^

r^fr^'^-* -5"^

our teachers are going inside (entering)

the

jl)lj

(ji*^^*

i'^t'i^

your teachers are good [fellows] (nice men)

What happens

i.

j\^^

the prince's murderers

2.

apocopate the Plural of the antecedent by

removing the nun, leaving the word ending

the consequent

Construction

^j

^^

Js.^^

y^ y
^

participles of the

it

'^a

j>Jlk from

Moslem;

^believers;

^'

'

it.

(J^*'J^ ^sinners.

Fourth Conjugation, to come

in

Lesson

76'

116

Relative Adjectives ending in {S (this will be explained

(c)

in detail in L: 144, sufficient to

say here that from

we form ^^^/ Misriy an Egyptian, by adding

shadda, which ya

j'.:h:f

The

last

preceded by a kasra).

is

Egypt

j^a.A

a ya and a

Other examples

Syrians

Syrian

Chinese

Chinese

Japanese

Jap

Christians

Christian

tr-r

directly derived from 7x**-.J'

the Messiah. In

word

is

%S'S'.

Writing the Accusative Case of the above four examples note

that 3 ya's are pronounced,

and two

Some Comparatives and

(d)

with one shadda.

written,

Superlatives

>

i;^^

<r<i\

Certain Intensive

(e)

These are used

to

Forms

denote

''

T-

more excellent

r-

the greatest

(L: 146), such as

j\.*

aviator, then
i.e.

" ^^
c-Lj

who

for one

J^S
J

and

a pickpocket.

LiiJ

J**^^

See 44:7 for the

always-flying

is

who

is

These take

is

i.e.

professional

always-hawking-for-sale,

very similar.

^-.51

-kj

their Plural in

j^

saint, takes j^***^

-A'

Are there any special instances

.''

and

^js,^

and (jw)

rule. (But, as a

matter of

fact,

-W

Yes; the following special

words take the regular masculine plural apparently subject

no

'

a peddlar, and similarly Jl-i5 one whoisalways-snatching,

i.e.

4.

used of one

^
".

very-much-so" of any quality or

"always-at-it" of a person's occupation.

word

J^**

'

j^>

to

everyone of them has another

plural form sometimes used with a different meaning, so that

this use of the regular plural is to

show

special meaning).


worlds

Quran)

(in

117

J_y*^^^

universe

Oy^\

son

r-

year

sons, children

JviC'

ijf^

>

years
N.B.

Oy-^

*^

The word

takes the fem.

pi.

is

(in

form), so

often

O'jl--'

Exercise 45a.

noun

a feminine

(46:3).

.^^

AI-*

'j^-Jp\'j,Jy^M

{))

j<Jlli L.J jS Juki

(r)

.^

"

J-fn^'^r**'*

" > f ,

"^

">

>

>

^.^

it '

*^

(*t^*l^ J^-V*-*-* l/L-^j-^^' l^*'.

V'^;

Exercise 45h.
1.

The Prince (or Commander)

of

the Believers

(i.e.

the

Khalifa) has gone out.

2.

The

3.

Praise be to God, the Lord of the worlds (Sura

4.

Are

5.

The Japs dwell near

6.

Do
of

(true) believers in

all

Christians saints

Egypt

Go out in
Some of

9.

The children

are

my

Christians.

many.
I

l).

to the Chinese.

for the

(peasants)

fellahin

teachers.

the path of God,

the

are

not insult the fellaheen

8.

7.

Egypt

"Holy War").
some of them
[command of Moses.

Muslims

Syrians are Muslims,

(viz.,

and

of Israel dwelt in Egypt,then

went out of it

at the

ii8

Lesson 46.
1.

How
The

is

the Regular

or adds sZy

O^

if

no

ex.

cases, the Accusative

Fem.

pl.

substitutes

C>\S j>-

^ ^ J^-

nouns defined (by the

Which words
Almost

(a)

Note.U

all

will take this

its

^ AU*^
^ "^f^-^

^u^

'

'^t-**-^

(c)

alif

Proper names

is

Pl.

J^^

^J^^ ^0^^
^

v^VI>.

ending in iS ^^^t*^

maqsOra

Fem.

Language

The

takes

O^j^-^ ry^^

Quran)

Some words

.?

0^*i* r-

a!?-

^<^^ ^.L

^>

(b)

is

the other

fem: by adding

Garden (Paradise)
(of

it

7).

will take the Reg.

Other examples from Fem. Nouns

Verse

for

but

by construction) of

(Revise 42

its

fem

'^^ J^^-"^

Believers

CS\ dtin

article or

in

i->lU.>

Many

a vowel,

CuJi

a masculine, forming

Teachers

dt for the

Regular Feminine Plural

words ending

the Reg, Masc. PL, then

Ol

and the Oblique.

course lose the tanwin. C^LJ'

2.

plural

Nominative Case and

a^w7i for the

two

Feminine Plural formed

feminine

regular

fem. pl.

OU

r-

Ail

OUl

7^

4il

^ u^^

fever.

written as a ya, forming yat-un.

of

Zeinab

Fatima

women

(if

real Arabic)
c.->Uajj t-

w^-^J^j

^ J

"-;

OLi>li

*-

i^UU

7-

A few foreign Masculine words! (This appears strange,

but the Reg. Fem. Pl. is available for miscellaneous words)

(d)

gentleman; Mr.

pasha (Turkish)
stable

<^\9^\ ^^^

O^^C
O^l-wU,^^

^?"'j^

7-

7-

7-

l^Cj

J^Lju^^

A few

(e)

names
3.

119

other items, not yet studied

of the letters, the

names

of the

Are there any special exceptions

Yes

make

the following

C
Words endin g

e.

verbal_ nouns, the

cj.

months

etc.

adding O^

slight alterations before

heaven

mother

year

sister

the second radical bears a sukun,

If

in

altered

is it

m iddle

and having a sukun over the

radical replace this sukun by a suitable vowel

when taking

the reg. plural ending.

A>

.^ >

>

K>

J^'^^J^

chamber

darkness

oC\j^?r ^\j*^

blow

a village

Can

a fem. plu.

Yes

when

it

noun be placed

in construction

is

Mothers of the Faithful"

(

dlU'v:^
6.

Xft

O'^J'^y^^

company

the

in

or,

made

Thus the Prophet's wives were

remove the tanwin.

" with

the antecedent the only change

dlluil

or

of

the

Cj\

Oy

king's

'

is

to

called

sisters,"

is

Give an example of a feminine plural as Consequent.

si

:y^4")^
Vocabulary

46.

lie

mother of the

Enter up and learn

words given

in this

and

Note that the Singular, Plural and English

previous lessons.

meaning must

all

sisters, of the

he learned together

with verbs, the Past, Present

and English must be learned together.

Note the Masc. numeral

in

CL

>

(Explanation

later).

'JU

Principal
Self-Test 45.

^-i-O

(*

(^i-O

director

(l) State the rule for

IjJ^

(2)

out,

reg.

masc.

pi.

j^Ja

placing a reg. mas.

the antecedent of the construct state (45

Write

pi.

noun as

l).

from memory, the classes of nouns using the

(45

3)

Also the exceptions

(45

4),

120
Self-Test 46.

If

construction)

fern.

plu.

what happens

noun become the antecedent (in

to

(46

it ?

5).

Exercise 46a.

'^'V/

^''

^''

*'*'.

*!..

l'*

*^^^

^-.^

**

^<c

Exercise 46h.
1.

2.

Where can my daughter study

the languages of the world

Languages are studied at the

(The verb taught", being Conj.
*'

II,

is

avoided here).

3.

The

4.

And

5.

All the mistresses are present to day, and the clerks

6.

The

mistress (teacher) of .the school has four

all

of

them are pupils

pupils

know

(lit.

verses of the chapter.

7.
8.

little girls.

in her school.

[absent.

are-keeping-in-meniory

(Word used

for

10.

(f.)

are

well the

Chapter of Qui 'an).

The pupils (f) entered the school four years ago.

[the Believers ".
The Muslim girls are believers in God.
The wives of the Prophet Muhammad are the Mothers of
The wicked servant (slave) will be beaten with many blows
**

9.

school.

girls'

and the

faithful servant with

few blow.

121

Lesson 47.
What
It is

is

Number

the Dual

a special form used to represent two of a kind, such as a

The Dual

pair, or a couple.

and
2.

dual.

to

How

is

is

common

to all Semitic

languages

Greek.
the Dual formed in Arabic

General Rule didd j' to the Singular for the Nominative Case.

Since most feminine nouns end in

Dual of the Fem,

jlli)

will

What

happens

Bide for

if

is

in jll

is

easy to see that the

For example

a daughter,

Needless to say, the tanwin must be

two daughters.

dropped, as there
3.

end

it

no tanwin whatever

the noun

is in

the other cases

cases add J;v

the other two

in the Dual.
?

form

to the Singular to

the Dual of either of the Accusative or the Oblique Cases.

Note the diphthong ai of aim.

4.

Give examples of
M. Nominative

F.

Nominative

M. Accusative

F.

Accusative

M. Oblique

all

these in tabular form.

two men

one

man

two women

one

woman

Iwo men

one

man

one

woman

\^

two women
with two

"^,

^J'

men

^X?/ j V.
^

>'^

F.

Oblique

with two

women

yj"

1^"^

with one

man

with one

woman

Memorise the following short vocabu ary

^

two ears

^jIjS

hi

>

t
\

two nations

two eyes

two languages

two masters

two mistresses (teachers)

two days

two nights

(jULI

two months

two years

olli^

jll*l>i


6.

122

any similarity between the Dual of the Noun and Verb ?

compare the Past with the separate and affixed Pronouns

Is there

Yes

and Al-Mudari*^ with

Affixed Pronoun

Nominative

the

(see

Lesson

Separate Pronoun

29).

Verb

(Al-Madi)

1-'-'

'-^'
.

C::lr^

Nom

Al-Mudari' of Verb.

good deal of similarity

verb

especially in the second person.

throughout,

alif

and also

of

Noun

of Agent.

be found between the dual

will

and the dual separable

(Past)

pronoun

(Personal)

Notice the special use of

that the

between

difference

Dual and the Plural Masc. Prons. consists

the

in the extra alif

possessed by the former: this interesting point applies equally

pronouns and

to the separate

to the

pronominal

Revise

affixes.

Lessons giving the Dual of the Pronoun and Verb.

7.

What
This

the use of the particle

is

is

in our exeicise

.''

and sometimes cannot be

a conjunctive particle

trans-

ay

**^x.U means "then,

lated.

frequently preceded by

matter

"As

'

is

the

in the

titles.

(^>V1>

literally

OUi

(j^l/J

'

-"^'^^^

him

to a

4).

is

noun in construction

means "Presence"; but

it is

always

East as a polite prefix to people's names and

Thus we say (abruptly)

0*;.,,

we say

politely

gentleman Z^
to

(See 32

which means "as for" or "in the

word S^ii> prefixed

word which

used

of

him hear"

for the sick child, [well] he died yesterday".

Whaf
It is

Example

of..."

\a

let

'

/^-.-i^'

^^

but

"h--^^-^
o

pronunciation of

it)

we wish

speak

render

to a

presence. In translation
"

Hadratak
by "thou" or "you".
better

to

o^^>- Similarly we never say

thou, but dX^^a.>- thy

English we had

if

"

(colloquial

6.

Why

is

123

shaikh in the Oblique Case

Because such Arabic

while the

name

titles

as o^a>- are vowelled as antecedents

consequent of the Construct

(or ofifice) is the

His Greatness the Sultan of Egypt

State.

greatness-of the-Sultan-of

Egypt ^^4

is

rendered The*'

jlk\.^i^laP. The-Majesty-

of-the-King d\ij\ i)^^ means, His Majesty the King.

10.

A more

formal style of address

CiiJi L.>-^^

Exercise 47a.

^^\''\

:s\\

(j^v_:l^ i:*

oLlk

oljr_^ii

uUL^

formed by placing s,^>\^

and releasing

in construction with 43M>- etc.

'^. oCkL

is

A-Is^ I'^t.
'

''

l'^:.

-rj^

Ui

Ijis-

jli,

'a1

""

'h.):\

".^K

L^(^

''

^JS ^Jj

'J

4^.

as:

<i.lli'

jS^Vl

jJ'jl^

ln

'{^

y\

*">

(t)

*.

(o)

;>'^

(v)

Exercise 47b.

5.

Did you leave your town [on] two nights ?

Yes and previous to that I had not been out of it for
two years.
Whoever has two eyes, let him see.
Whoever has two ears, let him hear.
The mother of the two children is very ill, as for the two

6.

The language

I.
I.

3.

4.

children [they are] well.

7.
8.

of the two nations, Egyptian and Syrian,

one (i.e., the same).
Sheikh So-and-so has two pretty daughters. (See 25 7).
His Highness (or Greatness) the Sultan received (i.e.,

is

audience) the two great

(i.e.

high) Ministers.

in

124

Lesson 48. dual.

1.

How
To

is

in the

Dual placed

Noun

Example

the 7iun,
is

noun

place a Dual

in construction

we remove

in construction as antecedent

as

o^lxH^

"two parents", ai^M

is

"the child's two parents"; di>ali%

.^rJT

'jllj

write to

your parents.
2.

What are the two alifs in the first example ?

The first one is all that is left of the mark
removing the

while the second one

nuriy

marking the

after

^'

This needs careful pronunciation:

definite.

The

walida-1-walad.

Dual

part of the

of the

is

accusative

be :

would

oblique

or

walidai-1-walad.
3.

Give an example of the Dual Feminine Construct

"The governess went

out of the

Har^m (women's

H. H. the Sultan's two daughters." (Caution

of "Sultan"

part of the normal

is

quarter) with

the nun at the end

word and not

to

be confused

with the dual)

3a.

Why

Because before wala the sukun has

(here kasra) to
4.

make pronunciation

But suppose the singular noun has a

and similar cases

In that

Thus:Two

What
alif

The

is

virgins

Two

(j'^jljip5.

done

original

^'

Similarly
writes
writes

(Revise 12:

possible.

is

changed

into wau.

^^y j9t,^

case of alif maqsura, or in the case of long

1

be restored

OLv>-

stick, or

two

I2J.

like -iIj^a

in

forming the dual

a youth, restores the ya, and forms

o^^Jl^

ending

difficult

u'^'j***^ and

radical must

l^c a

sentence

(nom.) J^j^ji^ and (Ace. or Oblique)

deserts

in the

in this

be replaced by a vowel

to

hamza

the

which was originally wau

thus

^\

there a kasra at the end of

is

stafi",

staffs.

two fevers

(c.f.

restores

^>-

its

its

dual

0^^*i

original wau,

a fever, restores

its

and

ya and

the Reg. Fem. Plural 46:2b.)

125

6.

t:

What happens

to

These two words are actually

wau,

a final

Two

^>

(jVJt

u^^^j

brothers,
Is

>.

fathers

used like

7.

c.f.

46

to

and

a father,

*)

r-

to be restored,

"

mean

3 for plural of "sister".

Pronoun

.?

and "you two"

is

UZ

At

>

Lesson 25:3 and revise the table

8.

What

"They two"

point turn back to

this

in full:

Note that the dual pronouns are

Singular,

Common

are the affixed dual pronoun-terminations

C*

These are

and

l^^

both

Common

'-^^

^''

>iV ^'^i J j;r*

3.

u^Si-^Vi

c.:^ li /saJf Cr

Exercise 48b.
1.

u^-^:y O^Sj^

;>_;;^i^'>^ljtjUC;rjUi

2.

Gender.

'^ W'^j'

Dual,

Gender.

Exercise 48a.

J.iii

two

two parents"), and jij*-^

Certainly; since pronouns arejiouns in Arabic.

Plural.

54:2).

(c.f.

abawani (which can be sometimes be

there a Dual Personal

is Uifc

having originally had

defective,

which has

a brother

(r)

l^

(r)

if,

(t)

aVj^^K C^'^J^iL}

You two [are] good men.

The two women are very
As for the two princesses,

sick; their disease

one of them

is

one

of

is

(v)

fever.

virtuous,

and

the other wicked.

4.

About

two sons of the queen,

and the other ignorant.

the

ligent

know everything about

that,

because

5.

6.

two ministers.
Has His Highness the Sultan a son
The two sons of the Sultan are big.

7.

them

is

intel-

sat with the king's

He

has two sons.

broken plural.

Lesson 49.
Nouns not taking

I.

Regular Masc. or Regular Fern. Plural are

said to have a "Broken Plural

'

"Broken Plural" means a

by "breaking into

2.^What

They

"

Why

".

plural

this

name

are servile letters

formed out of the singular

and inserting one or more

it"

servile letters.

by forming derived words

are those that serve a root

and are collected together

126

one Arabic word

in

you asked me for her' ; ^jS,

l^Jj^xlU

being the 2nd Person Plur.

Past with the nihi of precaution and the ya showing the object

Not

me.

will be

all

these letters will be used in Broken Plurals, others

used to form Derived Nouns (Lessons

Derived Conjugations (Lessons

3.

How many
Over

thirty,

for this
4.

we

but

More

double lesson.

May any

do

and also

72-95).

Broken Plural are there

different forms of
shall

62, 63)

few

will

Singular take any Plural

Two

at a time.

come

in

will suffice

Lessons 64

67.

No; most forms of singular are restricted to one or two plurals

and note that it often happens that the existence of a second

plural
5.

form indicates an additional meaning.

Note the forms

<i*i

J,il

Juil

<l.Ail

These four are called "Plurals of Paucity"

i.e.,

ihey

used of persons and things not exceeding ten in number

This special

meaning

(of "a

does

^jS

(a lesson) take

The word

^jS

being a

How

on

its

first

middle

two

with the

formula we lay down

"Nouns

(3-10).

nuuiy,

one for few.

^jj.^ for Plural

triliteral

noun and having a sukun

wdu in the plural and vowels

homogeneous damma. Using

letter takes a

letters

this

he

feu^) only holds provided the

word has two or more plural -forms, one for

6.

may

Approximate Rule

the

the

of the singular form '^*i generally form their plural

either on the form Jj*i or else on the

form

jUi

This

approximate, not absolute; but some hundreds of words follow

is
it.


/.

Give examples on the Form

Meaning

Meaning

Singular

Plural

^0 ^

tji

hearts

plates

houses

stars

money

letters

months

wars

souls

kings

i^

breasts

To

N. B.

What do we
all

lJjL

7-

is

it

diU
in jji

Many

take

in

J.i

have singular

true that not all singulars in

>

take a plural in tl^ai

page while

be omitted.

words with plural

and conversely

note-book the

at the top of the

at the foot or

learn from
the

may go

jj*i

any remarks may go

That not

robbers

get this table into the vocabulary

Large-Hand Form

Jj,

Singular

Plural

sins

lessons

8.

127

tJl".!

Lesson 50.
(In continuation of the subject).

1.

Of what nouns

The

is

JIV)

the plural-form

singular three-letter form

before

its first letter

and

inserts

J*>

an

takes an alif-hamza

alif of

prolongation after
o

its

2.

second

letter.

This produces a word on the form

Give examples of j^*

t)^*

t
^

cO

I2H

thoughts

rivers

works

verses of poetry

J^

tribes (Israel)

forms, diagrams

tjCsCil

J<'-'-

burdens,

times
loads

verbs,

flowers

deeds

>3

0^

papers,

pens

leaves (of tree)

wealth

children

l^w^l 1.>G

friends

Why

two separate columns

Because the words

the second
etc.,

column

conditions

states

days

one (right-hand) forming

their singular actually

(left-side)

which duly form

it

in the first

Juil have

plural in

gates

-1^

ti>l

nobles

3.

>

tjc^i

acts

on the model Ji^

"

has words such as

their plural

singulars are of various forms.

their

thought s"

on the same form, but whose

Keep

the two separate, but

boldly label each with the model form.

The memorising

of

all

some lessons

the student must expect

others.

4.

Why

are four

little

The

three

was

originally a wau.
to

of

list

at

words

what

Jl']*

c-;lj

difficult

and

grammar

than
rules,

words quickly.

words marked with an asterisk

Because they are a

dency

to require longer

some students are stronger

Also,

while others memorise a

take time, and

the words given will

Jti-

to follow

at

first

have each an

alif

glance.

which

show

a curious ten-

scientists call ^'reversion to type",

and the wau

In the plural they

re-appears, followed by a new servile alif. To recapitulate,

the singular J j ^ takes a new alif before mim and one after
r


wau, and thus we get
In the

5.

case of

amwdU

^}^^A^

wau

the

^ y^

129

Similarly the others.

reverts to ya

Thus we have

Put the new

first

have

But the two ya's coalesce and so we get"^U

j.L_>

I.

will interest

It

considerable

supposed
"

to

alif

and the new intermediate

the student to

progress

be one of the most

"

Plural and Meaning together.

This

days.

plurals,"

at

q\J^

a time

but always Singular,

bit)
is

and you

i^j" ^Jl

Learn a few words

now made

broken

difficult parts of

shay'an fashay'an (bit by

iliL^i iiicJi

that he has

towards grasping

The-tongue-of-the-angels."

Exercise 50a.

know

alif

most important.

(Royal Children).

iJ^Jl :>*yV

> . * .^

Ui;r^

'j^iU Vj

^'^w^i

I;

jlVi'i

^V iJ/jr ^Hy

(rA=*''^'

/;Yr:*^

jl'^lVl

^^-^u^i

j*

.(i)

^^

(o)

Exercise 50.
1.

Do

2.

They

royal children study in their houses, or do they go to

their teachers

3.

live (dwell) in castles (palaces), not in houses.

And

the castles [have] gardens in

their

two banks

(sides) are

many

which are

trees

rivers,

their leaves

and on
(i.e.

the

leaves of which) and their blossoms are of pretty forms.

4.

Are kings' children's thoughts

actions like our actions

They

like

our thoughts and their

are just (exactly) like our

children.
5.

Who

are their friends

the nobles.

Their friends are

all

from [among]

130

EXAMINATION PAPER

50.

Carefully copy the questions, answer fully, allowing sufficient time, but without
external help, write clearly ; then send up with name and address.
I.

(l)

Give the Plurals of aviator, more excellent, a month, a

language, a pupil, darkness, " this one,"
"that one", a burden, a thought, work, a star.
plate, a year, a

Give the third Commandment.

Write
out the Alphabet in its regular order.
(3)
To English
(2)

II.

dj^^i x>\

j^a{\ irl^J oLi-s

t)

Oi^ ^A53

<ij,^

^\
V)

^u:< err
III.

A)

(6)

Our teachers were going out.

The two evangelists are not very intelligent.
The believers (m) and believing-women shall enter the
Garden (Paradise).
They did not strike her with many blows.
That Moslem gentleman has two wives (women).
Many Moslem women are ignorant but the two mentioned

(7)

Your two brothers have come

(l)

(2)
(3)

(4)
(5)

(f)

are not ignorant.

to see

you

they are with

your parents.
(8)

The two sons

N. B.

A.

to Papers

of our prince are well-known.

good percentage of marks should be obtained,

51,

etc.

The

translation

*''

fo

Arabic"

most important part and must never be omitted.

is,

in

be/ore

going on

every Exercise, the

Write

clearly.

131

Lesson

51.

"Eye, Voice and Ear."

""^^^ '^^

'*'-'

e^

* > >

-^

3.

Name is King of kings and Lord of lords.

And all His works (actions) are noble and generous.
God begat not and was not begotten.

4.

As

5.

And

6.

Heaven and

1.

2.

His

for

His children, they are those-who-believe

as for His days (age) [there

is]

no limit

earth pass away, as for His

Him.

in

to them.

word

it

shall not

pass away.
7.

His great throne

is in

8.

And

the-footstool-of-His-feet.

NOTES
2,

the earth

is

heaven.

The

adjs. are fern, (neuter)

because of the ''broken plural."

5.

The verb ?i;a/a(i(:/ loses its wau, but not in passive(Lesson

Had-dun means " a limit " (See 33 4).

6.

Zdla

8.

" Footstool " is a "

Noun

"His two feet"

dual in construction (Lesson 48).

3.

Rules

is a "

hollow verb

is

of this Exercise

" like

kdna (Lesson 36

5).

of Place " (Lesson 62).

See

21, 31

and

41.

tl3).

132

Lesson 52 and 53.

CASE.
1.

How many
Three

cases are there in Arabic

Nominative

object),

the subject

and Genitive (the indirect

Accusative

),

Some

object).

the direct

authorities,

however, call the third case Oblique, to cover Dative,

2.

What words
Nouns
etc.

originally, almost all declinable except

are,

pronouns
:

Particles are indeclinable.

What nouns
(a)

in verbs, the Present is inflected, the Past is not. (See 29

3,4).
3.

are "declined"

etc.

are //^declinable

Pronouns, although a sub-section of Nouns, are not dec-

linable

words ending in

(b) all

(alif

maqura) are quite

indeclinable.
4.

What happens
It

He

5.

is

notable example

We

saw

We

went with

a well-behaved

in

tell

and we

case, the

meaning

call these " Imperfectly

marians (fond of Latin terms)

(a)

U^ ^i

words)

to distinguish

Others

call

^-^3

ll

jlil

li^i^i

Are there any words partly declined

Yes

^i^ ^> j*

:)

there are often declinable

any

youth (Ace:)

the case

to speak,
^

a well-behaved youth fOblg.)

Then how can you

panying, and,

7.

a well-behaved youth (ISIom

By the context

6.

same case-form throughout, being, so

retains the

immutable.

an indeclinable noun

to

call

is

adjectives accom-

usually clear.

Declined."

Some gram-

them "Diptotes" (2-case-

them from the "Triptotes" (3-case-words).

them "Nouns of the 2nd. Declension".

Mention some nouns "imperfectly declined," or 2nd Declension.

Those on the form Jil Note that J*i

^*)

(1)

Nouns

of colour, as

(2)

Nouns

of physical defect, as 7-^^

(3)

Comparatives

etc.,

'

comprises

white

as jjai

'

more

lame;
excellent.

8.

(b)

133

Mention some other "two case nouns"

Feminine of

Noun

the

of Colour

Also there are two broken plurals

(58

etc.

in

-i

Dul:).

white.

\ IJa**

4)

Do

I.

2nd

not trouble to

them, as plurals, today, but note examples of each.

learn
^

(diptotes, or

C\i

^JliS'

T-

'

Then "^
There

is

prophet, plural

-^

Uj^I

>^>U^

->

-i^yi poor.

Khalifas,

\ lil*-

intelligent ones.

canon law.

divines, or doctors of

also an adjective of the form

anbiya'u.

jU^^

All the above have but two case-forms

angry.

f'j^y

for Nom.,

and

^j>^^4 for the other cases.

(c)

Paul
(d)

Examples

Most foreign Proper Names.

;

y^ Mary

^aIj-^ Abraham

^.^^j^

y^l Jesus;

Joseph

Broken Plurals on the forms

Four-syllable

while

f'

indefinite.

These

will

j''^:^ prizes;

j^j^ Egypt.

J^^^J J^^y

be studied in Lessons 64

Meanwhile we give one or two examples ^rl^

mosques;

^)^>

offices

- 6.

Jl> l*->

^f^ ^^ capitals (of countries).

But

note that "when defined, they are fully declined.''

(e)
9.

The Regular Masculine and Fem. Plurals (cf. 44 5 etc.)

Wherein consists the imperfect declension of these diptotes ?
Examine them and observe the complete absence of tanwin
:

(except in the Regular Feminine Plural),

first

point

the second

shown by
single fatha

a
,

ivritten alike.

single
in other

is

damma,
words

RULE

while

learn
the

if

this as the

Nominative

both the other cases

the Accusative

and

is

use the

the Genitive are

But note that this would be altered

prefixed to these nouns, or

10.

that

if

Ji

were

they were placed in construction.

Nouns "imperfectly declined'' have only two cases

shown by damma and fatha respectively, and they take
no tanwin; but they are fully declined when made definite,
:

written,

whether by the Article or by being placed in construction with

nouns already defined.

Giye examples,

IT.

(to

134

be copied, and memorised),

We

went

to

many mosques

(Gen.)

Ij^l^Js^^J^

We

entered

many mosques

(Ace.)

IjCS
**^

Divines-of-mosques(constr.)are intelligent

We

saw a lame man

We passed

12.

may

That

it

More

fruit

^//^.

Ji>Hr>

Q>.i

/^.'^

J*"

man

(Obi.)

come

with)

prefix Jl

to

^-^^^

^j^^'

Tj^' ^?"J

TTj^^ j^J*. ^Jj*

more

^.5

fruit.

was brought (was-come-with. 39

But suppose we

UJki

^Iac-

(Ace.)

by a lame
bring

^J

yCS

7).

these nouns

J^lt

^ U

J^Ji)

not to foreign

names, of course)?
In that case a great

or by

change happens.

construct state" are no longer diptotes but

**

fully declined three-case nouns.

definite

We entered
We

Let us prefix Jl

Jl

become

to the

above

with additional examples showing broken plurals

diptotes,

made

Nouns defined by

by being placed

the

in construction to defined nouns.

mosques fAcc.)

J>.Lrjl l:l^S
r*

went

to the

mosques

The doctors-of-the-mosques
The doctors

are intelligent >^^ac

of Cairo mosques are intelligent

We

saw the lame man

We

passed by the lame

man

K^n^

la.fi

>

';

!>.

\^ }^

"-r'

(Gen.)

"
^\
A\ UJ^S

I^JlI

>

j(H\

(Ace.)

**

J>.lirjl

^G^e /I

iTj^*^' J*" J^'

\ [Ji.^

C^lfc-

l.jla>

^'

Jj*

in the

synagogues of the Jews.

did not go to their schools

Exercise 53,

.5^^

^.^-^;'j^>

Translate above sentences from memory.

memorise them.

If

/*>

li-

wi^i

j
"

possible,

135

Lesson 54.
ANCIENT DELE NSW N.
1.

What was

supposed

It is
I

2.

the ancient

method of declension

to

date).
^ and (^ (Vowel-points are of more recent

Do any nouns
Yes;
'f'\

five

do

still

so,

this ancient

form

etc.

first

48

(c.f.

four of these.

We

6).

Nom.
Ace.

a^'

A;l

iJU

(-

i-

With

J.'

in the

and

article. Indefinite.

vi
^

L>S\

fjl
(

^}

>,.\

^Ni

.^1

Ace.

?^>

^(^1
%

Gen.

.&-

How

is

ji declined

a word complete in

The meaning
is

are all

.r>.

^\

fully decline

Let

Nom.

It is

and

which re-appears

ol

:^.3(JJ

0^

^1 father;

Ch\

:^5
^

,-i3lil

Oen_

now

will

With pronouns.

In construct.

0^

These are

"in construction'.

defective, the missing letter is wau,

Dual

father-in-law, ji possessor; ^i mouth.

^j^

brother;

keep

when

us deal with the

3.

have been expressed by the three long vowels

is

present, not missinj?.

is

"the possessor-of, or owner-of," and therefore

onhj used in construction.

J,

wau

the

itself,

>

Nom. JUji Wealthy man.

Its

plural

is

j^> and

(C_)^

J-^i jjS doers of favours.

4.

What
If

about the word

which

it

is

and Gen. J

is

also

>^

<Ji

^i

usual, with the affixed

its

With pronouns

Nom.

J,

(jyj^>

But

is

But, as a matter

etc.

pronouns

etc., to

employ

With

With a noun

'4

^i

in 2.
Indef.

article

?'
iM

'ii^

?'

}'

may

cilj be confused with "in me, in thee"

not (J

Gen.

5-

Nom.

an older form, and this follows the ancient rule

Ace.

nothing to remark, for

^

Li

of fact,

mouth

is

r-

Ace.

Thus

used, there

is

136

Yes; but the student can distinguish by the context.

Arabic

has a few cases of identity of spelling with distinction of

meaning, but English has many more!

6.

Give further concrete illustrations of Lessons 53 and

They

sat with the

Another

polite

poor people

man came

(j'UI

^ ^3*^>'

to the castle of the Sultan of Egypt.

The "owners

of

Some people

studied in schools

work"

s^iyill

54.

(i.e.

business-men) studied in
;j*j^^^ ci

offices.

'j**^-)^ c/''^-''
>

Some people

studied in the schools (j*j' J^J^(JJ^**'j:>^L!l

Some people

studied in the schools of rhe missionaries.

do not

strike

my

father or

my

brother because

wish that anyone strike his father or his brother.

(j^*i

>

-'

^-j

God does

not

Exercise 43a.

to

137

Arabic

2.

The people of this city are very poor.

The whole of the people of this poor city

3.

She dwelt

1.

in a

white house with a lame

are intelligent.

girl,

and they had

a black slave.
4.
5.

6.

Istruck

AbuZaid on his mouth. (AbuZaid was a famous scamp.

Abu Zaid was not a virtuous man.

One of them came to the palace (castle)
the fellaheen" (a playful

7.

The Chancellor

8.

was

visiting

of

title

of the late Sultan of Egypt).

Al-Azhar Mosque

His Reverence

of the " Father of

(lit.

is

named Abul-Fadl.

Virtue) Prof.

Mohammed

Abul-Fadl, Chancellor of the sacred Al-Azhar.

9.

10.

What I hear from my father I say (tell) to my brother.

He has shewn me a favour (lit. He is an owner of favour,
merit, against me),

Exercise 54b.

j^

4I' ii 4:,

aj| ^j^^ U|

^^*
*

^ \.^

*****

***

^^

g^ jl'i!f U

lc;: l\i}{\ iiSi^\

^_^

^^

c^u j^ji o2"

or

138

Lesson 55.
Apply

What
The

real

2.

or

Demonstr: Pronoun

is 1^

Dual

j/i

are right

By adding

first,

and

"that",

is

OU

y'i

i^))4^

'i

Nom. Case.

oi"

Cj}

(4)c5^

'^

Other Cases.

the

word

Mas.

Fern.

^S

"and

this

given above

is

(i.e.,

IJ^

,JIA

-;

Other Cases.

for " that

one" (intermediately

and you get

iJlS

The

cases seem to be as with dAJS in

Now,

the

word

for " that

in the singular

one"

and the

'd;ir

some

13

the one near).

OV'*

5.

or

Nom. Case.
^

and dllS

l-\*

e.g.,

that"?

hardly used alone.*

jl>
^

Now the word

Add U to ii

thus:--

Mas.

the declension of "this"

H^,

4.

declined

demonstrative particle, such as

Fern.

very useful words are formed,

Give,

Singular

But one thought there were two words,

You

3.

Demonstrative and Relative.

to the

the Demonstrative Pronoun (djLi >l

is

Plural

H\

"Case"

the rules of

alif

other numbers and

(5).

(distant)

Add

i!

but interpose

then becomes defective

aii

Nom.
iJL-

airVji

distant)

alif.

Case.

'dii.

Other Cases.
6.

What

is

a Demonstrative Adjective

Demonstrative Pronoun used adjectivally

must he followed hy the Definite Article; as >^l;^l

book" and

o^I'*^Ji

vil^Vjl

(without the article) Oy-*

* It

is,

means "those
^^5" Vj

in

'

every case

J* means

believers";

"Those

it

"this

whereas

[are] believers."

however, the foundation pf the Egyptian Coll: Denionstratives,

da, de^

7.

How

can we

Partly

(a)

tell

139

the Demonstrative Pronouns

by observing the absence

and the presence of the tanwin; thus

a

[is]

book"

dil'Vji "

vl-.j

Those

the definite article

of

Ua

'i->'J3

"this (thing)

women ".

[are]

we may need to say "Those [are] the people"

^_^UI^M}*; and as this sentence may read (simply) "These
Since

(b)

people " in Arabic,

we may (and do

usually) insert a suitable

detached personal pronoun, which makes the meaning clear.

Thus we
lit.,

[are]

^-i*

"This,

N B.

it [is]

the

book"

But which detached pronoun do we use

One which

the honourable visitor

Exercise 5oa.
2.

I.

These-two

3.

He

'J^li

i.e.

people (indef.)

"this is the book."

[are] the

4.
5.

That lady

6.

This

l^/b

An ^'1

is

'

'-.'.

o yi*jl

* J*

(chapters).

two chapters mentioned

gentleman)

jl^^^^l ^jU*

' ^^

V.

(f).

These two suras

(or, this

These

in the book.

the famous writer.

[are] nice people.

[is]

is

merciful and generous.

the noble lady.

That youth (boy) does not obey

his parents do not love* him.

* his

7.

JC-Si j,
I

JCn^ ^'J'
8

father

jl)'j_,JI j^'^*

(0

(t)

J>-V^/.ll
3

'''^^

j/^ji i^)l<li

and

w>-l

and mother, so
\

Exercise oab.

^Ul

(^ *Nj*

jli^jjl
'

is

u^^J^

agrees in number and gender.

These two persons are the guests

This

the people,

These ones, they are the people.

0C:_5CJI
8.

These

say,

are Conj. IV. Verbs.

(Lesson

oUr*
*

4,"^i'p.

76).

(r)

140

Lesson 56.
I.

How

We

the Relative

is

Pronoun formed

have already (Lesson

Demonstrative Pronoun

shown

55)

is

,c':>

(uj-^j^^

that the feminine of the

Now,

to

form Masc

of the

Relative Pronoun we take that Demonstrative Pronoun, prefix

to

and then add

it

means "who"

alladhi which

Mas.

Fern.

Thus we get

also.

and

or "which,"

Dual

Plural
Fern.

the article

fjj\

thus declined

is

Singular

Mas.

Fern.

as.

Nom.

ii>" c-

ill

:i!l

Other Cases.

What
(a)

is to

The

be noted here

fact that three of the

but the other

above have a lam with shadda,

including the four dual forms,

five,

Sound

written lams beside the shadda.

Egyptian Colloquial Arabic

for in
to
(b)

lU

illy,

shadda

the

carefully,

these forms are reduced

all

(who, or which, Masc., Fern., Sing., PL,

That, except in the Dual, there

have two

is

etc.).

no difference marked

between the Nominative and the other cases.

If (_^JJI

means who

By saying "who,

or which,

Similarly,

Thus, "the

his."

man who,

"the

how do we

man whose

his-horse etc.

"the lady who, her-horse"

in the history of

write whose

horse

'\$i^>-

is

lost"

J^JI

(JJ\\

(Those interested

etc.

may compare,

languages

old-fashioned

in

English, the usage "John his book " for "John's book."

"The gentleman whose

Write:

Transpose
write

Note
(^j-^

" with

thus

it

whose son
4l>l

account of

(J*-^'

to

V- A^O-U*'

this long example,

.

"

in

son
"

hid

ij^-o

/C-ii^

which "who...

my

school with.'

at

who, with^his son

3re widely separated.

all thei?' sin, I

was

then

JuJl

their

"And

",

wickedness

those who, on

face from this city." (Jer.33:5).

"

Whom

Whom = who,

serve."

A/i>-l ^j!i

serve him."

"The lady whom

"Behold, he
6.

How

141

whom

Thus we

him.

get " who,

know"

f^* J^

thou lovest

do you explain I^I^Uj

is

^^il

'

sick"

SjlJl

'

J-^

{Ja-\^

^*< ^^^

But you have Written her, not them

Yes;

not only so,

RULE

Recapitulate the
rational
8.

is

is

Feminine Singular

The broken

means who,

the

meaning

learnt.

treated as Feminine Singular,

Do you remember
^^

^11

but

'^j*

'

j^^j-^^

"The lessons which, them I learqt"=The lessons which

/.

or whosoever, while

i.e.

and

of /^*

of

plural

also.

a non-

Neuter. C.f.

/<2

6.

that which, or, what.

Both are sometimes interrogative, sometimes

relative.

Exercise 56a.

wish

1.

2.

Whom

3-

4.

5.

to take

one of your children who are

do you wish

to take

who was ill yesterday.

know a man [who] does not believe in God. (Ex: S/d-Notei).
Have you been-into one of the Egyptian houses, which are
will take the child

in the small

hamlets

.?

7.

went-in with those two ladies

These two men are the famous

8.

"

6.

at school.

The path

Exercise 56b.

of those to

(^- -jf j^ -^j^

^* U.y jls' ^^
I

whom

j^ii

a) jli

r4">;

J:^

whom you

saw.

(s.)

writers.

thou bast-been gracious."

^^^^'^\ ^^^\ j'-T ^J',

o^iUi

(r)

j^^

^f JJji

ji y^'ji jCjCsui

I;

>^^

;;:

"^"^

(v)

'Jus

C"^)

01 j,^/

di:>j

^^

u* :})J}\

o'j*

(V)

142

Read aloud and

Exercise 56c.
f^

study.

ST

V^\ ^
^.

.-^

-W P

J3(i.'

y^^'

til

/^ir^i iiaiis

=?

oj.'iv^ii A^f
'

Ui

'-'

Translation.

56d.

my father, mother, and brothers say to me and I

obey them. If my father says 'Give me [some] bread,' I give him
If my brother says to me 'Give me
(i.e. pass to him) bread at once.
All my brothers obey my father and
water,' I give him at once.
My brothers and I love obedience, and (so) we obey
mother.
I

hear what

We

Father and Mother.

from them^t>. any wish of

we hear

(listen to) their

Parents

never disobey
theirs).

They

(lit.

contravene) any word

love us very

words and act upon them.

love children

who obey

but the one

them,

disobeys the wish (wishes) of his parents

is

only

my

father

is

doing).

So

far as

and mother but also

my

who

beloved by no-one.

People much dislike the boy whose parents do not

actions are (what he

much because

know what

concerns myself,
teachers.

his

obey not

143

Lesson 57.

RULES for AGREEMENT

RULE A

ADJECTIVES.

The Adjective agrees with

attached, in

RULE B

of

Noun

Noun

is

defined in any way,

Adjective must be defined by the

article.

A*^

of the great king

(^j^-^'

its

"

>

^xj

{il J-^^*^

is

^-aV

i^.n

i^'^^'n

In this 6th sentence " hard "

But

>

''"'

of the poor \
a hard one (f.) J

a predicate.

j\*$^lidJVjl

The condition
(

**

^^i^^^y^^zS

of Mo?es

Servants of their gracious Lord

[is]

T*^J

j^.*^" cilLli Z^C>

~^

The mighty Book

people

^^

^^

great house of the king

The house

it is

attached

its

Her great house

The

which

to

Number, Gender and Case.

When

ihe

not an attached adjective but

gender agrees with that of the

subject).

Suppose the antecedent of a construct noun has an ordinary

adjective attached to

RULE C

it,

as in the second sentence

above

The Antecedent and Consequent nouns

struct state

must not be separated by any adjective;

desired

qualify

to

the

antecedent

by an

adjective must be placed after the consequent

con-

in
if

it

that

adjective,

is

can generally

it

be distinguished by the vowelling.

The

)"

child's noble

The noble
He

countenance

cJb^lll jl^H ^'U^

child's

vJd

dwelt in the peasant's small house

N.B.

^; J

T-^Hil

-ill SS

J^Ju

J *^^

This particular sentence might also be construed " in the

house of the small peasant

3.

countenance

",

but the sense

is

against that.

Supposing there are two antecedents connected by "and''

In that case,

mark

this

Supplementary Rule for old-fashioned

''good" Arabic (often disregarded nowadays) ;


RULE D

Place the

antecedent in construction in the

first

ordinary way, and the second

"if or "her",
The mercy and

etc.,

144

construction with the pronoun

in

as consequent.

blessing of God.

(The mercy of God and His

The power and

the

wisdom

of God.

books and pens.

pupil's

(The books of the pupils and

By

the child's

their pens).

book and pen.

Suppose

That

be in apposition
Its

Noun;

any

in

May one
Yes

no

is

difficulty.

Ex.

What

is

the use of the

meant

"evil".

the-best-of "

-^S*

Muslim."
is

Jv-c-

state,

is

^c

'iJy V.

similarly placed
its

"un"

its

l'

to

place.

'^^

Ja

'

jf

^*

"i^

-^

.^^^'a^11' *!
-^

owner of

Oy^^

to

Ex.:

stores

^*"^ <j^ap-

"ijood,''

and

^i
as

mean, respectively,

The

best of creation

kings' speech" a^>^.

is

he-who leaves

his brother

^1. V;
from

^rv->- ?

as the antecedent of the construct

etymological meaning
its

'

> 0^.

is

to be distinguished

"and others") and

prefix

adjudged

now very much used

in construction,

"The worst Muslim

'(.v'J.il 'o'Xi

but

is

meaning

are

" the-worst-of."

J^ " The-best-of-speech

il^ljl

How

and

They

'"

and %t

^a.>-

similarly

antecedents of nouns

7.

words

originally a substantive,

\y^^

the

^^j*-\^

^>. was

**

7^

\'

He

and houses.
6.

is

^^

<^

-^

<C^

1^'

antecedent have more than one consequent

that

great.

is

\V if

dJill
-^

of these people are great.

'

"understood."

of these people

The works

it is

^ "S

retains

it

V*^
"^

this one, the king).

The business
lit

^li"ll
"

case,

"^

hs\

l^'^^)i5<' i
^ V
i
V'

since the Demonstrative

the son of this king.

is

flit:

5.

to its

^
"

case-vowel cannot be written, so

He

\''

Demonstrative Adjective intervenes

not a barrier,

is

"

(By the book of the child and his pen).

4.

^if "k'

(The power of Godand His wisdom).

The

"

'aL^'

blessing).

is

"other-than,"

(c.f.

local usage corresponds to the

or the prefix used

in

Logic

^y^^^

English

"not-" or "non-."

Is

the

The

8.

But

145

Quran created or uncreated

voice of

why

is

my

conscience was unheard.

JLp marked with a fat-ha

Because the predicate of jlf

manub (24:9)

in

Construct State) but upon

assistant

(or the sisters of (j^

all

(for this

always

is

found that he

found him non-useful

is

falls,

always Genitive of

the antecedent j\c

was useful
is

in the last sentence

other words the action of kdna

not upon the consequent at

My

(^ V*'*)

non-useful

\^'^* J^^)

(useless).

(;^;*'^

^^* sS-^"^^

J^y ^^

/|^ ) /*

^>

>^

'

^^

^-^^^
^"-J^^-J

Exercise 57a.

2.

The Lord is King (Emperor) of land and sea.

Wine is the mother of vices (Broken PI. explained

3.

Rivers of living water will flow from him.

1.

4.
5.

6.
7.

God is un-create, but man is a created

The student was non-industrious (was

in L. 66).

[being].

not industrious).

The
is the king of [all] speech.
Upon you be peace and the mercy and blessing
king's speech

of God.

Exercise o7b.

^!lUn*^l7J'l

(r)

^J^

(f)

jjU^'^'i

(t)

y?- *' ->T

3Md^Sy\

'js^

^^'i
/.

i:iy,) ^1

dJi;

'

'*V

dpi

Xw/j '^il

1^

(i)

d>

(v)

146

READING EXERCISE.
Ex.

57c.

**

tf

-^

**

"

-^

^^

-*

verif literal translation :

There was with Halim (He had) a nice faithful dog [whicV] (I) the son-ofAnd he used-to-send him
his-brother (his nephew) had given to him.
constantly to the market to buy (2) bread so the dog goes (3) and comesThen in one of the days (One day)
with (brings) the bread in a basket.
Halim wrote a paper to the baker and put it in the basket. So the dog took
that basket in his mouth and went to the baker, who took the basket from
his mouth and put the new bread in it.
And while the dog was returning (4)
to the house of his master, another dog saw (5) him and walked with
him. Then that dog smelt the bread, so he took from the basket one loaf.
So the first dog sprang upon him, and all the dogs that were in the street

^a;. 5?f/.

heard him, and attacked him, and ate

When

the dog

saw

(6)

that,

all

the bread that [was] in that basket.

he took his empty basket and returned to the

house of his angry master.

Grammatical Notes
(I)

N.B.

The

Relative of an INDEFINITE noun

alladhi contains the article

.^.

continuous action.

see"

is

a weak verb,

vowels frpm

this

'

f.

Ex. 56b,

(3).

is

not written,

(2) Suhjiinct:

(4) Pres. partic. predicate of

(I

^///7.

probably because
(3)
(5)

In the Present,

and

(6)

"To

have purposely omitted a few of the unimportant

School Reader

" Story).

147

Lesson 58.
1.

a^.1[\ 'kA^)\

What

/Adjective Assimilated to the Participle.

It

means

that,

does this

and

is,

therefore,

quite rightly called the Active,

rather than "Present," Participle; but

verb

is

"to-be so

and

so,"

it

is

other form

if

little

meaning of the

the

far-fetched to use the

We

Active Participle for ''one-doing".

for the adjective

it

is

Jc U represents

quite logical to say that the Active Participle

ont-doing,

mean

so long as the verb is a transitive one,

therefore, use

from such verbs,

but the

some
Arab

Grammarians feel that there is some similarity between

One-who-is and One-who-does, hence "Assimilated" Adj.
2.

Give some examples from the Intransitive Verb

Meaning.

to

f/

be generous

mighty, great

to

be mighty

to

be beautiful

to

be brave

to

be firm

0-^

hard

What do we

notice in the above examples

That from the Intransitive Verb-form

very often moulded upon the form
other forms,

e.g.

Li

J*j

an

adjective

the last three shewn.

Adjectives on the torm

IS

but maij take certain

Give examples from the verb-form J*J

(a)

>

^ > ^

brave one, brave

firm,

Yf

o>

to be noble

4.

Verb.

one-noble

beautiful, well

3.

Meaning.

Adjective.

one-generous, generous

U^

ui

glad

to

be glad

cheerful

to

be cheeful

annoyed, depressed

to

be annoyed

"

148

>

and

for its Feminine,

(b) Jiii taking:

^'^i

entirely used for

words representing colour or

Plural,

is

defect.

lame

dumb
one-eyed

cross-eyed

c
^

deaf

blind

(c)

Taking

form

j^l*!

tfiV

hungry

&^

11-

J^

Jy'r

much time upon

not spend

Feminine takes

Its

j^i

and not very important now.

feminine with

A;^\f

as

The

0^*i with tanwin damma, and,

5.

3>1

thirsty

Do

r^>

But

fact

t)Cik't

is

rather intricate,

is,

it

is

sometimes

in that case (only), takes

m co//;

Are there any miscellaneous examples

Yes; any adjective, from a

it

Jiiti

iJ^.i

is

usual).

.''

triliteral verb,

which happens

to

take a form other than that of the regular Active or Passive

Participle (but with similar meaning)

elderly

U-

V^^

good
dead

( tl:^>

or)

is

classified here.

to

grow old

to

be good

to die

c^'S\>

ou

wounded

to

wound

c>

victim

to

murder

3^'

149

^0 ^

6,

It is

not possible to form a

Yes and
;

J^^JL

J^

^aI

from Cu for example

^s>^\

means "dying," but C*** and ^;^ mean "dead".

means "pressing closely" but

Similarly ^jH*^

^J*J?

"narrow".

In other words, the participle (N. of Agent) describes temporary

action, but the assimilated adjective denotes

permanent

state.

Exercise 58a.

When we
road,

went out of our house, we saw two blind men

and they immediately followed

'Have mercy on us

for "

We

told

said to them

The merciful
them

that

57:8) the whole of the blind, deaf,

great city, which

is

(starving) and the

tliirsty,

them

(i. e.

full

them

is

(in their

shewn mercy."

is

'

impossible to assist

lame and others

[why] there

as

for the

no number

in

this

hungry
33:4

to

But the matter was great

eyes) and they said, "

neither generous nor noble:

generous' "

shall be

it

in the

shouting and saying,

of them; while

they are innumerable).

(grievous) to

us,

ah well

(in

any

Sir,

case),

you are
'God

is

Exercise 58b.

iii5

'S-'j*

'^^

,^A^

jV

lu'^jl

jV^i 3jl>-^A^

\^ J^^SttI^'S ">o^I3 J^*' 'r-^^ CuLi

The usual phrase

to dismiss a beggar.

^-^^j

'

w*

^*t**

jl j^s^M ^j^c'V] u!

150

Lesson 59.
NOUN OF SUPERIORITY.
How

1.

The
a

the Comparative denoted

is

adjective being a noun,

noun;

it

is

Does the Noun

2.

"Noun

called the

For the Superlative see

its

8 li

comparative iform

is

of Superiority"

naturally

U^k'*:!

^A

below.

of Superiority take any special form

formed upon J** from adjectives which have been

derived from triliteral verbs, that is to say, before the first

Yes;

it is

radical, prefix

and vowel the

letters of prolongation,

are alike they coalesce,

the fatha

is

If

etc.

rest as above, discarding

the second

and

third radicals

and we use a shadda;

thrown back on

any

in that

case

to the first radical.

)U

learned

more learned
>

great

greater

miglitier, greater

mighty, great

iiV

more

virtuous, distinguished

(better)

more

distinguished, virtuous

^S

good, beautiful

beautiful
t

ugly

uglier

more

glorious

glorious

more

intense

intense

sweeter

In the last

sweet

li

example the wau undergoes a

reverting to (j which can carry no vowel

Can we

\*

"

permutation/'

itself.

say, in Arabic, "sweeter ^/lan"

"

Yes; we translate "than" by

sweeter than honey.

The

^^^

and say

[^c-

a^ ^A>

'J-

preposition min governs the following

noun

4.

with tanwin kasra

in the oblique case,

or a bingle kasra

How

151

J-^ has

if

J-Ji has the definite article.

if

"

would you say "redder, or whiter, than

we have

Since

learned a form J*i

physical defect,

it

of colour or

as a form

clear that adjectives denoting these

is

qualities are already on the

form

Take some such word

and form

comparative

SZ.

so

\\\

ferent plan.
its

tanwin,

we must adopt

a dif-

as Ji)^J^ strong, or intense

more intense

and then say

two

in - the - matter - of- redness.

5.

how can we condense that long phrase ?

Into one word. The madar (verbal noun, or noun
But

is

[6.

used with tanwin fatha

(i.e.

adverbially) to express this.

redder

stronger as-to-redness

whiter

more as-to-whiteness

deafer

intenser as-to-deafness

Can

the comparative be formed from Derived

Theoretically, no

We

useful."

from

For example

learn

word

this

is

of action L:68)

^Ki

is

Verbs

the 4th Conj.

" to

Lesson ^^ that the V.N. of Conj

in

Then

olJl

the phrase

or)

"

He

is

be

IV

more useful

than she*,"-becomes

t^JL*

( 5 JL^li

As

this

rule is completely disregarded in

matter of

fact,

o:>Ul

f.S

modern Arabic, and one of the commonest phrases

This

Also

"

is

more useful than

Then they

in-hardness."

S .-.J

(the hearts)
!x.i

It is

t 6

^J

interesting to note that in English

" than

her,''

is less

because her

is

[are]

SjUi-

To-day, people would say

diJS

that

\S

*/

is

j^b\

lj;i

like stones, or stronger

.aJ

(AI-Qur*an 2

similarly to

we

jf>

^a-

].

69).

say "than she [is}" but, in Arabic

Obh'que case governed by the preposition min.

in^portant, and n^ay be passed over for thQ present, if desired,

'

~
7.

the form J*i

Is

Yes; wiien
say

\Jp[i

Uj

*.,*

How, otherwise

"aind

jj/b

Thus even

mav be made by

as the antecedent to a ^'Construct

'

J^^

J^i "Mohammed

than Fatima.'*

placing the form

Noun"

[is]

the-best-of-men "
^ *

according

gender,

to

thus,

ti^'x.^

'-

and

is

women." But we may a/so say

the best of

way

this

prettiest of

more usual now. fj^^\ J*^

is

my

0>^^

wives.

^*u>*
-"

9.

curious variation

the use of

is

-^

greatest of

"The Prime
"
10.

He

Minister attended"

But, in general,
In a

word,

it is

what

the best, or most distinguished

Can

this

(a)

It

forms

is

j^ljaiNI u^>-J^
:

(see

Ex

Ex.

(Qur'dn).
y^"*"

S^^
1

j^

(c.f.

it

(Revise 45:3d);

Ji Vi^l JlV^H The

\

^^y-ap^

French);

e.g.

we

Ex: J^iM'

33).

(jj<Si

(Jj^

Revise carefully Lesson 43

possible to give

quite

Brokea Plural

"

^^^^

Jo)*^! the gentlest, or kindest.

feminine in Ai)

its

" the smallest school."

(b)

vary according to gender and number

major (greatest) premise

It

^^

in construction.

and get y'i^\

^^^

lj'^

The comparative defined

ui

'

^Ji**.*l

the superlative

is

prefix the definite article to

11.

^0 3^^'

the chief of the Muslims."

is

-J,

t^^x\ M<,kil j:*

^Q

'^J^S

them did it"

X*

"^

j^S
.^

for

"The

the best of eatables,

j\0

lu

"Hind

Jk.^i

**5

but this

example

in Plural, as

might vary

Hind.

prettier than

sort of superlative

Jl?-^

Fem. we

for the

(a girl) is better

Mariam(Marv) was

J* J!^^S

(^

'

can be used.

;^-* 0''
J*'^
8.

invariable

152

i^ ->aJ

the

l^jjJ

3, 4.

a regular plural,
it

thus

sometimes takes a

most distinguished men,"


12.

What

are the

(a) that

main things

^^

''

153

to

means

remember from

"greater than"

this lesson

and

is

invariable;

-^^^ ^ ^

^^5^*^1

(b) that the superlative

absolute by defining

it

with

is

and

al,

the
this

comparative made
superlative varies

as to gender, etc.

To English

Exercise 59a.

UJ

lV._^

oV/UfV-jJ>C

(r)

^^ ^'y ^

(e)

eik! J
I

Aljt

J>':!i^'J'.:/-'^j'-^^s::i'jl<'

lj/;/;5'l'jVll;l

To Arabic

Exercise o9h.
1.

Honey

2.

What

3.

In

is

is

(^)

'JL^I'^I

(v)

(a)

sweeter than sugar.

the best of eatables

any case (anyhow,

lit.

on every condition)!

am

stronger

than she.
4.

And Fatima

5.

She

6.

7.
8.

9.

10.

is

the-strongest-of-us-all.

stronger than Hind, and gentler (nicer) also.

This is the greatest of the matters mentioned.
[kings.
is

Alexander (Iskander) the Great was the most glorious of

God is greater.
I am more pleased

(glad) now.
This child is more industrious (stronger as-to-industry)
than that one.

154

EXAMINATIOjS paper
A.

00.

Translate to English.

.'r^^_;l^

_% J

i-VjS

(t)

(e)

jSCj -jui.

pSbCji

'.l.i

dujl

j.^lr'

a^r^5iuv>
J^ L;ui j^U*j^
1

B.

1.

When

2.

Who

3.

*'He

4.

5.

6.

7.
8.

9.

C.

(A)

( s

Translate to Arabic.
will there

10.

be peace after

the Caliph

is

Believers,")

j^ ^^'i

(V)

whom

now

this

(Khalifa)

war ?
"The Prince

(or

thou lovest

is

sick."

The two princesses, whose abode (mansion) we saw, have

come home.
Salma is my first and most beautiful wife.

We have been to many mosques.

The girl went back to ask her brother.
Her brother was. with Abu Zaid.
Fatima

is

Yes, she

prettier than

is

Mary.

the prettiest of

all

the girls.

Questions.
1.

2.

of the

What words are Feminine

What is the Rule for Agreement
.''

of Adjectives

155 -^

Lesson
EYE, VOICE

81.

AND EAR.

Memorise the following Scripture verses, one

on, Arabic proverbs and other useful sentences

Later

at a time.

be

will

set.

'cuV^iSLSlldlOC

\j%^

^Ac V^3 ^^1

dl^.:;: 3

(r)

^i^

(o)

db'^ij di.i:l? (v)

Literal Translation

And

1.

(To be compared with the references given).

as ye wish that the

with them thus

If

2.

ye remain

my

(c.f.

(or,

Luke 6:31).

abide,

U3e Past Tense after jj^) in Me, and

speech (word) abide

wish and

is

it

yours

people do with you, do ye also

(c.f.

John 15:7).

3.

The Lord

4.

The Lord shine *with His

unto-thee

peace

As

6.

lift

for

24).

face upon thee and be-merciful-

up His face upon

me and my house
:

and grant thee

thee,

we

will

serve

15).

As thy days, thy

(26),

(Joshua 24
7.

you and guard you (Numb. 6

(v.25).

The Lord

5.

bless

ye shall (may) ask what ye

in you,

rest [shall be].

"hollow" verb having middle radical

>v/.

(Deut. 33
(L. 115).

25).

the

LORD

155

Lesson 62.
PRIMITIVE AND DERIVED NOUNS.
i.

What
One

is

a Primitive

that

in

verbal root.

triliteral

number, the commonest examples are

^^5 heart
What is a Derived Noun
One which is derived from the
'^'^ sword

ji[ camel ^j-^ neck.

(j^j^ horse

.'*

(j^
3.

derived from the usual

is 7iot

These are but few

2.

Noun

j^ to study, we get

How many

<*

usual verbal root

j-U a place for study,

e.f/.

from

a school.

i.e.

kinds of such nouns are derived from the root

There are eleven given below; but not

one root.

The first

all

come from

of these

eight are practically in order of importance.

(1)

Noun

of Agent, or Active Participle J^l^ (Lesson 23).

(2)

Noun

of Object or Passive Participle J^*a^ (Lesson 23).

(3)

Noun

of Place

(5)

Noun
Noun

of Quality, or Assimilated Adjective (Lesson 58).

(6)

Noun

of Superiority, or Comparative (Lesson 59).

(7)

Noun

of Colour or Defect (Lesson 58

(8)

Noun

of Excess, or Intensive

Ox-

(4)

(9) (10)

and Time,

"^^^ etc. (also of

of Instrument, on forms

and

(11)

Nouns

What
Its

is

purpose

is

to

show where,

e.q,

^-X^

-place

where writing

The

is

Mim

Noun

the purpose of the

derived from
is

done,

146).

of Species (142

(See Lesson 68

and Time

i.e.

an

to write

is

the

name

6)

9).
t

was done:

and shows the

office,

either the place or time of sunsetting,

Farthest West)

or when, the action

^1^

63).

4b).

;),

of Place

or Sunset, (But <^j-^ for"sunset"is

5.

(Lesson

But

^j^

either

West,

result is generally where, not so often when.

may be

(lit.

etc.

Agent (Lesson

of Unity (139

and of Action formed with

4.

Jl*i^

"Abundance").

more

i,e,

colloquial)

^^\^J^

of ^Morocco.

Give examples using the form J*a4 the place of doinr/.

,.^1^^

office

to write

store

to store

altar

to slay-

synagogue,
conference

6.

157

1:4

to gather

go out

exit

to

place of killing,
assassination

to kill

Give examples of the alternative form

taking kasra (and a few

damma)

J*a-

used for verbs

in their pres-future.

to sit

mosque

to

home

dwelling
west or
sunseet

to stay, (as guest)

eastt, or

bow down

to set (sun)
J
1

to rise (sun)

sun rise /

to put

a place

^
7.

Examples of the

Ali^ (incl.

third form

law-court

to rule

school

to study

printing-press

to print

kingdom

to rule

Noun

of Abundance).

.>

grave-yard
lighth
[hthouse,
(o? 7Vy.

(a
1

minaret)/
/^--

presbytery
*

..

grave

(fire

(an elder

,L;

\^^La

A>.0

^.^

These three are examples of Nouns of Abundance derived from Nouns,

=^ Place

where

that thing

.t

is in

abundance

e g.

aJ^[^ Den of Lions.

*
i

e,

TS8

SOME NON-SOUND VERBS.

(to

to

be learned now,

b>it

studied later in their proper section).

com

to

to

walk

to

throw
(he)

there

wish

to will,

J;\ J^'
y^

-'

it

come

^^

to

was found

is

say

it

was

it

was related

(is)

said

Exercise 62a.
1.

2.
3.

Are you able

With

to (can

all ease.

you) print books

Do you wish books

Some

of

store,

and some are

them are

your press

at

for the school

and some of them

for the office

for the

for another place.

4.

Well; send me some of them before sunset.

5.

Those two books are not with us

6.

The king and queen

7.

When

kingdom.

rule in their

Conference gather

will the Presbyterial

Language "Academy?''

now.

(in stock)

Verb a^^'

>

And

VIH means,

Conj.

to assemble).
8.

They

Exercise

sat

down behind

the entrance of the cemetery.

6:2b.

'X^^k:.

''.I

.o^,|^>.o^^

o.-'lt

c-^jO

Li5 ^^kr j

V'^

>

^"^

^^ ^

j^ir

-^'

*"

( s

u.w>-

(t)

S'il Uifr CJ jC 1:<J1 il;B

(o)

yji '^4.) ^/;ln '^VJ I'j

1-3

l^^*j

3^;^'J
0^0

d^JlJ

o
I

i_^i;

'^^' '^'i^_
^

the

J-

(v)

i>--U 'S^'JJ l^wi?-

(a)

159

Lesson 63.

NOUN OF INSTRUMENT

V^\
r'

This denotes the instrumenS or

I.

action

is

c>5nL^

done.

Now

the most

by means of which the

tool,

common word

which takes the plural c>S L5w

but that word

When

primitive noun, not a derived noun.

for knife

it

is

is

is

desired to

derive a noun of instrument from a verb, that can only be done

upon certain forms, which are

2.

Give

l^ jL*A4 and

few examples upon the form

,l^AA
*iA.*A

li^

^
a

file

a milk-pail

a hand-press

iX.

to

file

tjk

to

milk

'u^.

scissors

3.

Give
a

iTu
-

-^

to cut, trim

few examples upon the form

key

a plough

JUu

c^^

to

open

^'>.

to

plough

to

weigh

to

blow

to

saw

to

sweep

a balance

6-

bellows
a

to squeeze

'^'y.

saw

^
dj3

^i

^-^0
.

Also upon
a

<KrJ^

broom

L.isC^

a pen-case

o^

to trim (a pen)

'J;

a ruler

to lule (paper)

a fan

to fan

y/j

-- l6o
5.

What becomes
It

of the

disappears

wau

accordance

in

PERMUTATIOISI :
essential to the

most cases

Change

6.

Where

this

of the verb jjjj

amounts

same

to the
to

is
7.

JU

which forms

marks

>

In

voivel."

understand the Hollow Verb

Passive in ^^

how

is

was

(it

said); the kasra

supplied to suit

are they distinguished

it.

,,

,,

Excercise

a ISIoun of Agent (or Object) of a Derived Verb, only.

2Vo?^;io/P/aca or r?7?2e,

<*

from the Primitive

(Triliteral)*

Noim of Instrument.
To Arabic
63a.

1.

Patience

2.

This saw

3.

4.

to

is

are the three vowels taken by a prefixed mim, to form a

Derived Noun, and

^

its

as saying

this rule

thrown back one radical and a ya

What

which

harmonise with the strong

This important rule will help us

JjAi

etc.)

form of the word, and change the other."

we again meet with

shall

RULE OF

great

the

"Retain that (vowel,

weak consonant

the

with

is

is

the

key of

relief.

useless, haven't

you another with you

will ask the carpenter for another saw.

The

place (site)of the Vizier's assassination was near the city.

5.

Bring the bellows,

6.

She

left

girl,

and blow the

fire.

her books in the press at the school, but she took

her ruler with her.

Exercise 63b,

To English

Tj^

'

^^-"-^

j^^^^

But as the Noun of Place from a Derived verb has no separate form,

>

^ on the same form as the Passive Participle (88

10).

(s)

it

takes

I6i

Lesson 64.
Quadrisyllable Plural JpU.
1.

How
in

of Place.

simple "Break the word

quite

then the consonant before the

alif,

of sukOn
2.

Noun

do we form the Plural of the Derived Noun learned

Lesson 62

It is

for

and the

first

in halves
alif

consonant after the

Give some examples of

by inserting an

takes a fatha instead

alif

takes kasra.

this rule.

offices

tic-

libraries

U^

assemblies

'^-

T-

^- ^

^ ^

law-courts

sermons
3.

What becomes

7;

of the final

in

the second

example

dropped, because this plural contains four syllables only,

It is

Ma-ka-ti-bu;

additions are dropped out.

name

Thus

Makatib.

colloquially

This plural thus gets

of Quadrisyllable plural, from

infer that

fow (or

it is

all

unnecessary

European

its

which we can

at

once

used for words which, in the Singular, possess

more) consonants

otherwise we should not have the

material to form four syllables.

4.

But where

is

the tan win

This form of plural takes no tanwin

to
5.

it is

therefore analogous

Proper Names, which are called Imperfectly Declined.

Has
Yes

it

it

anything else

in

common

with Proper

and Oblique both end

defined (either

by

in

affixed

fatha (cf Lesson 52:8)

What form
lc;U^

is

is

But when

Pronoun, or by Definite Article)

fully declined.
6.

Names

has only two cases (when Indefinite), so the Accusative

the type for similar

the form for such plurals,

examples

it

is


7.

How

do we form plurals of Nouns of Instrument

three forms

on form

^l5s^
8.

I62

in

Lesson

The one

Noun

just as the

J^Ia^

and third form

63, the first

JI*a

in

of Place; exs

will be treated in

",1=1:5

an arch
\^

>'7^

How may we
By

this

a coin,

money

a rabbit

a jewel

a temple

a star

inn, hotel

a finger

Lesson

diagram

all after

JpU*.

*^

N>

^^

^^ly.

the

first

l^V

^i''/'

of these

which

*^

is

odd words

commonly used

for

mim.

servile

^t'e

consonants?

four (see 3 above) quince

r-

y^-r J^j^--

your Vocabulary Book several pages for the plural

in

Put the form

head of the page.

the

at

the (attested) examples you

come

across.

Enter up

Take

3rd page for the odd words (para. 8 above) and label

Example

of a heading in Note-Book

an
a
13.

plural,

Directions as to Note-Book.

Take

12.

65.

thumb

show the vowelling

Suppose the word contains

Drop
IJ.

^jl^* and

ear of corn

words not having the

10.

>

ilil^

'y.^-

\\

the

their plural

Give examples of odd words which take the four-syllable

because they contain four consonants

9.

Of

Example

>

I--

J^^*^
k::

office

file

of another heading

Form

-*

jewel

* *
'"*''

^/"^f^

all

(say) the
it.

163

Exercise G4a.
1.

If I

had (Had

schools of the world

all the
2.
3.

had) much money

would

visit

(have visited)

And see all the mosques and lawcourts and libraries.

Do you not wish to visit the printing-presses also
?

4.

Yes,

5.

[Will]

wish to

visit the largest presses also.

you not

visit the

Alexandria lighthouse and stay

the chief dwellings of that city

in

.?

will look into the matter [the day]-after-tomorrow.

6.

7.

Is

more useful than the

the scissors

useful than the scissors

8.

It is

knife, or the knife

more

.?

said that one of the hotel guests (dwellers in hotels)

some years ago

throw some jewels and

(since years) used to

and they
have now been found under the arches of the old temples.
[for the children to dive for];

coins in the Nile

Exercise 64b.

ij^J

jVj^l

^^ UiJ

Vocabulary

^O

^jlJa'Jl

cnSClJ

cnSCU

jjjl jl ij^jl

Monday

WiJ

Saturday

Sunday

64.

Thursday
Friday

^5^

;:

J^i

>

C^x.^'

>

Tuesday

Wednesday

-Us ^^^,^
I

"i;

(t)

U>

( V)

ji.V
r^-

l64

Lesson 65.
QUADEISYLLABIC PLURAL.
Form

What happens

1.

to the

u^Vaa

form j^^^

word Cj\j^

the Sing., as in the

See our Rule of Permut: (63

tion to a
2.

How
As

do we show the form

except that

in 64,

5).

if

there

is

plough

Change

which

is

a long vowel in

?-

the letter of prolonga-

kasra

thus

Z^ jl^

we now add

a ya to lengthen ihe 3rd

Thus ^^^'^

syllable.

3.

to suit the vowel,

(_$

etc.

But u'Ja-* has a kasra with

mini,

its

and our plural form has

a fatha; what happens.?

See our Rule again

has

to

Here fatha

be written, thus

has no longer any "raison

for

wau

part of the form, so fatha

is

We

then observe that the ya

d'etre", since

it

was only substituted

which has now disappeared; we,

to suit the kasra,

therefore, return to the original wau, which also takes fatha

here.

The

changed

^ain
to

ya

has a kasra in the type-form, therefore the

to

becomes mawazin
4.

be homogeneous to
(j

yy

it,

alif is

and the plural of mizan

balances.

Give examples of tabulation of

Form

this

form

in the

Note-Book.

LpCi>
Singular

Plural

a key
a

plough

a balance
5.

Can other words beside

Certainly,

the

such as contain

have a weak

Noun

of Instrument take a plural in

four (or more)

letter after the third

consonant.

consonants and

Examples

165

'cM^

o^isC"

sultan

cn^Cu^

knife

^ ^ ^

>

CnrC

devil

poor(wretched)

>

commentary

box

teaching
doctrine

trunk (elephant)

W^^

'f^'-

week

',_,(-!

praise (hymn)

V^^"'

'yS(J.^ sparrow
6.

Can

a spring, source

Noun of Object cV^' <*-' take this plural ?

when the Noun of Object is used substantively.

the

Yes,

maktub

is

Thus

if

intended to denote "a thing written", the plural form

for "writings" is makatib.

Note, however, that this

N O.

^^x.rl5C

Refer to Lessons 23

& 28

sometimes uses the Reg. Fcm.

M.S.

on N. of O.

Plural.

<^^^S^*

a subject
a

psalm

expense

7.

Let us return

shown

is

They

in

to (64:4,5) the cases of the i.ouns wiiose plural

Lessons 64 and

65,

and give some examples.

struck him with knives

,,

,,

,,

their knives

,,

,,

,,

the knives

(with)

many

By

The
case,

first

that

is

Cy^^ j^t

sentence gives an indefinite noun in the oblique

the second

the third
all

proofs (evidences).

is

shows one defined by

its

affixed

pronoun and

defined by the definite article.

said in 52

8,9

Carefully compare
about "Imperfectly Declined Nouns "

under which heading the Quadrisyllabic Plural comes.

(Construe thus "

Exercise 6oa.
1.

What was

(The word yaum

2.

The

i66

The

the subject of your sermon last

subject

was what

Sunday

my

subjects of

"

Adverbial (Time) Accusative here, therefore takes

is

fatlja).

sermons are always taken from the

Injil (Gospel).
3.

4.

5.

Yes (Quite <=o) but what

which you preached about
;

are the doctrines

(lit.

teachings)

in (during) the past weeks ?

Sometimes, "Christ in the Psalms'*, for example; and
sometimes "Christian Evidences"; and at other times, " The
Life and Death of Christ."
But for (Had it not been for) my poverty, I would have had

there

(lit.

was

to

me) many commentaries,

for they are very

useful to the preacher.

6.

(Perhaps) Let-us-hope-you will be able to buy them yet

(later) in spite of

7.

your poverty.

On Wednesday morning

take the subject of the

shall

devils, then, in-evening, the subject of the poor-fellows

were brought
8-

to Jesus

and trusted

Then, on Saturday morning,

than

Exercise

"Ye

in

who

and worshipped Him.

are more-valuable (better

many sparrows."

6'5b.
.

4>d

OlijV)
((

^_

CVl J l^ oVj^ll Mii)

^Jc^'3

Vp J

"^^

^JJ

((

^^^>IIJ^

ol-S^))

ijj>-

lrlJ>

;.-^''ji

J J
i

((

'^* C.

))

^sCJ J "I (r)

oUjVi

\>^-^^

^'^'

cn^llrll b)

(t)

i67

Lesson 66.
Plural

|}^*y and

Forma

J^U*

1.

-^

Are there any nouns of the form J^U (Active

take Quadrisyllabic Plural

Yes, and they act upon

letter of a

the Rule:
it

to

occurs as the second

if alif

wau and form

the four-syllable

(Not geneially used for rational beings).

plural.
2.

word, change

Participle) that

Some examples
jtf-ly

of

J^'y

y?

a rule

r,ru

a prize

'fy'^

a table

a factor

a ring, seal
a

stamp
.c-^,''^

a benefit

mosque

'i-'^
^w.''

3.

Can

thunderbolt

'aIcX.^

accident
incident

''i:f.

there be a form

>1>

or

From

l,;u

a thought

>u

J^^'y

Certainly, on condition that there

^ain

a side

middle radical, as well

is

as

weak

after the

letter after the

first

radical.

the nature of the case this cannot apply to the Passive

Participle,

which commences with a

cr^

servile
.>

dictionary

law (natural)
a spy

^1

^>-

shop, beershop

cri^'y lantern
>

a law (civil)

mim
>

^^y\^

(65

6).

~
4.

->i-i

How

does the plural form J>^*^ originate

RULE
(weak
the
5.

Feminine Nouns having

after

letter)

weak

'.'>

in the singular a

immediately after the

letter

get

j!^l>^

a virtue

an island

3;'i-.

a vice

a church
a sacrifice
^

^z-

few (fem.)
a letter

6.

we

for

a fact, truth

newspaper

good

hamza

a miracle

;rt>

long vowel

J^^^*^

poem

epistle

thus

alif;

a tribe

i^:.

the second radical, substitute

Give some examples of

ii>

i68

^^

jTU^

<iCj

'Jir

a creed

belief

a major sin

tidings,

"/jli>

gospel

The above forms must be

minor

sin

o^i^

entered at the head of pages in the

Vocabulary Book and plenty cf space allowed forthefiist

and the

mentioned

last

as other examples are discovered

and authenticated, they should be entered up, and

EXAM. PAPER
Give the Plural
also Dual

if

(or Singular)

possible.

learnt.

66.

of the following thirty nouns,

In every case give the

English meaning.

Fully vowel, and send up for correction, with Exam. PaperTO.

WV^**

(A)

Ov3ji
w*^l

*^''

<-.^

Ol^^I*^*
(^__>*^

Ci\

j\

'J^

^^^'"^'^

AX.-^-^

y"^

j^

^jU

\^A ^A

Co
j^*l>

j^-^^^

A^lSs^A

\-^^

^^"^

o-aC-v.?

C)j'.>-

o'v^

'

(JV.**"

Ja.C'ljA

c^j*^^ ^_^)^j^
^

crj-:^

j'>^' c?^

i69

Lesson 67.
1.

What words

take their plural on the form

This being a tri-syllabic plural,

it

Jui

used by singulars con-

is

taining three consonants, which are usually

Note the tanwin

2.

plural nouns,

on

form are

this

strong

letters.

fully declined.

Give some tabulated examples.

tiu

man

t!t^.

mule

s.

^^-

t)r^

camel

tic.

rope

tiu

mountain

town

jJl)

a sea

-Sti^.

o;-

?'/

">.

generous

"Jr

dog

small

wind

By

^^l;

%^

big

":,cr

3.

What

class of

words take

Some singulars having

way

letter

Note the tanwin

second radical.
road

their plural in

prolongation

of

apostle

->^>

page

But the word

is

not

*^^r**^

<-Jy

ship

l>t^

not on this form.

is

but the motive in

means a page,

such words as

^'U

U,^>c^

It

A>-

city

newspaper

4.

the

Uz^

book

'i'.
^ ^

after

case also.

in this

^>J^

path

J3

^-l-^*

thus 'cj\^^

it

giving

it

to

show

takes a different plural.

^^iJ^ (fem. form)

^n^L

is

may

that

when

Further,

take a plural upon


Is

170

tkere a plural form ending in alif with

hamza

Yes, there are two, but both of them end in the long

hamza

written after

The

L. 13:4).

it.

first

Note that the three radicals take no weak

but

add a long

alif aftei' the three.

/^5

^li^

-iCiClV
^

i^

.r.

(finan.)

Ally(by treaty

What

i^

is

-^
>t

ignorant, stupid

1 vr^

>x:x^

D.D., "Savant."

'&

^17*^

poet

>u

the other pkiral form ending in long alif with

Af^ila'u

active Qualities),

intelligent

stranger

6.

between them

wise

weak

^UU

fu^ala,u.

old

merciful

poor

letter

(with

noble

-ii^ai

-^^A-i

is

(Used for

alif

which prefixes an alif-hamza

hamza

before the fir st radical.

oi.

intimate!
near
j

prophet
(.

^al

rich

^^i^i-

physician

strong
i.

^1^1

wretch 1

a rascal

precious,

dear

-',.

^liil

intense

pure

a friend
-

7.

What

is

important'about

and

-^vU*

-^Ia**

'

That both these Plural Forms, while undefined, are diptotes,

or two-case words. Note the absence of tanwin.
But when
defined, either

by the

article, or

can be marked. (Compare 64

8.

What

is

^^Ui

used for

by construction,

and 65

all

the cases

7)

.?

Principally for words from "defective" roots,

(i.e.,

ya) also for words with 2nd and 3rd radicals alike.

ending

in

To English

Exercise 67a.

171

> ^

t}^

0'
r*

\J^

(JL->I) Ol'^^^ljl^'^Jr^^^^J^I 0^^

J^J

^fc' jC<J Ij

^di.^^ C\

To Arabic

Exercise 67b.

( ^(.l'/')

*G'^ jUjl J

(0)

^\'Jl\\

*
:

1.

Let us hope that the Allies will win this war.

2.

Intelligent

men

^V (0

''

incline to the Allies; as for the ignorant

ones, they are less inclined to them than the wiscTnen.

3.

and newspaper-proprietors incline

Poets, savants,

to

our

Allies.
4.

But for the English ships, the Germans had succeeded

in

the present war.

5.

The poor and

the small are generous

as for the rich

and

great, [they are] miserly.

6.

There-are-found (there are)

spies; they attend

in the

land of Egypt very

the churches, shops (bars)

many

and other

assemblies (meeting-places).
7.

Christians say that apostles are not always prophets.

Vocabulary

67.

"''
^^j^

miserly

Germans

^.

^ \J^
Allemagne) jUV

7-

^'"

to incline

j^^^a

^s.

JU

person

^\>J^

-r

(^ja^>^

172

Lesson 68.
THE MASDAR jJ.^1
I.

What,
strike"

The

Arabic, corresponds to the English Infinitive "To

in
?

indexes

dictionary

person

the third

singular

in

the

past and present tenses, and shows, in English, the words

"To

strike." Strictly speaking,

however, the English

not of the past or present tenses, but of a third word

tion

which

always given next, and the meaning of which

is

To

The-act-of-doing (Verbal Noun).

Now
But

word V^r^ takes the tanwin

the

why have yow

That

always quoted

is

Arabic

very like

is

Lord"; Arabic
placed

"I

What

verbal noun called

is this

Have we

the

Almost so
up

the

same

is

(l)
is

"To

(c.f.

is,

in

Accusative.

II

:g

U.-laC'

b^

l^sUci

Cognate Object).

verb,

it is

looked

and as most Arabic mouns

the "source'' of everything.

is

Grammar

called the "Gerundial Infinitive"

"gerund" partakes of the nature

parsed like a noun, and the Gerundial Infinitive

in infinitive form.

king"^To

erring

waited patiently for the

:cf. "I

origin or source, for

English

in Meiklejohn).

gerund

wrong.

in

it is

we have what

of a verb but
a

and

as a noun,

lexicons in the

a great fear",

are derived from verbs,

is

is
^

b^^ V^^^i V^^

Accusative ^{j-^

Also Luke

Accusative.

in the

it

in the

Hebrew here

upon as the "source" of the

(look

'-

"ihe-act-of-striking."

the

in

jXa^ Madar, which means

4.

waited a waiting", the word "waiting" being

"Then they feared

3.

given<*-->^r^

>

the "absolute," or the adverbial form, and the verbal

is

noun

means

verbal noun and

fact, a

strike

#=
>

I.

a transla-

is

strike the king

err is

human,

Exs.
is

in

"It is

wrong

to strike

wrong^Striking the king

to forgive divine"

human, the-act-of-forgiving

Madar would be used

(l)

is

divine.

each of these cases

= The

is

act-of-

In Arabic, the

173

5-

But

is

the form of the

Madar always J*^

No, there are over thirty forms,

most important.
6.

What madar
I.

is

Some

we

like

v^^ ^

learn a few of the

will

of the others are quite rare.

used for transitive verbs

Ji and this happens to be the most

common

of

all

madars.

to strike

'U

to kill
^

to

understand

to eat
^0

i.

to take
-

7.

to

make

to

say

Other important

ma jdars ILJ^

'X

to disbelieve

to

be beautiful

to

know

CLi

'i^.

^0

to

'?-

>

mention

to preserve

IV.

J** For Intra nsitiv<s verbs in

to

be ashamed

to thirst

J'

SCi
iVu'o

to

be glad

u>

to

be sick

u>

>.

like-

rj'
LT'j'

i?4

V. J^* Verbs denoting

movement

or

the lack of

it.

> >9

to fall

to enter
-

to

go out

to

ascend

to

descend

to

be tranquil

to

be silent

r>.1
"

>

>

^j^

^0

**

to sit

to set (sun)

VI.

*^)^**

to

\3f'

comes from J*^ which denotes

qualities.

be rough

>

ytr

to be easy
^.r

to

be

difficult
>

to be

to

be cool,

VII. ^il*^

^^

sweet (water)

damp

nr

LU' J_

usually denoting qualities.

^9

to

be safe
o ^

to

be charming

to

be eloquent

to intercede

175

often used for office, trade, etc.

VIII. ^f?

>^^:<:'
to write (as clerk)
>>

'^r

to trade

to

iX

worship (serve)

ili

IX.

^ -

X.

to

show mercy

to

be plentiful

^!^

'4

Gq

to dissolve

GG'j^

to get excited

6i;ci

Which
I

Is

are the most important

IV Ji

J**^

there a

There

^^-

'ir

uSU

>'

9.

r'-'

to shine

8.

is

like the

one which

in

Noun

form

of Place

is

"i^

coming but the

coming.

y^^

'

act of

'^^*

like

it,

but the meaning

is

(Advent) means not the p/ac^ of

It

J-e-

^(J^-^^-*^

is

called

"Masdar Mimi."

with >).

to see

to

'&

.?

different; for'example

J*^

>

ul

VI ^yi VII aIU

J^3

masdar

^3'^^

come

'J.
M.

to

know

to will,
10.

wish

Note that one or two

These

4d jnA

^j".
*[ii

Weak Verbs have

will be studied after the

been introduced above.

Sound verb (Lessons 101130).

II.

176

Give examples of the use of the madar, governing

The madar may be used

(a) In

an Active sense

was surprised

There

either actively or passively.

<f C

Zeid

at his killing Zeid.

in genitive with

Here

thus:

someone"

-^
if

>

<0
1

^ C^-?tC

That he would give them leave

Passive sense

*W^l5

*J

C^-^tC-

.>

^^

-y

w/

msan

"being killed" but

go

to

to enter

was surprised

J^>-IxHj

^
0.0

12.

Disjunctive. What does

When

there

any

is

;^

o\^\

^^

ti\

mean

l>

tvith

thus Ubl

his killing her."

i^i
^,

of confusing the pronoun of

possibility

may

"d

ob\

i!

i!

use a Disjunctive

0^ "f cf

<X3 means "his killing him; UbI 4.3

Note the Accusative Case.

may sometimes

as in the verse of Sura

-^*j

^U^

\S "^P

Li

This disjunctive pronoun

(J^-^t^

>^^|

^^^
?

for the latter.

may be used

and

--

C^^->S'

ji

<^_y
^

the agent with that of the object, one

Pronoun

j^

>

^a

^^j^^^

being-beaten

at Zeid's

^^ ^

ful

j^

/^^I

being-eaten is not lawexcept to the priests

''Its

^j

^^ j*\

^w^U-wlj

^
I

to place

i.e.,

used actively).

{i.e. it is

That he would not order them

(b) In a

<

does not

(his killing)

<i-^

"killing

^
.

1->j^

however an alternative construction,

is,

noun

worship

Jfe,

^o'

"^/i^e

be used for emphasis

do we serve

" also in

Myself.

Exercise 68a.

Write out and learn the nouns of action given above

are carefully chosen as being in frequent use.

much

time,

If this

they

takes too

learn one -half oi the examples given on each form.

(Perhaps the most notable feature of

this

Arabic Course

is

the umhlenesx of

every illustrative word, which has been deliberately planned by the author.

Exercise OSb.

^ ^j'' 03 J" f

HaiTin el-Rashid.

1^4

cni.

J (3^

J>C^Ai

Ij

\^A

L-A^t^j

^"^ ^a)

To Arabic

!xa3

:>l-^*i

'^^i::^>

cn^^j

slJo

jlLl^

^n-:^

.y

^j^lk^j ^^j'-^ aG

(The above are *'known" words

Exercise 68c.

J^^l Oj-*

cj-^-

^ J Jj^i^

..^

lo

}/

cAb

revise them),

j^^

-^^^i

^^

J^^^l-J

^J

^.

^^

and most cultured of

kings {lit. greatest in scientific and ordinary knowledge). Also
his city, Baghdad, was the handsomest of the cities of the
East at that time. Al-Rashid himself, who is the one so often
referred to in "Arabian Nights" (^z^. lOOl Nights) had a great
share of eloquence and of knowledge of philology; probably he
was the best sultan the Moslems had, for he prohibited vice
and inculcated virtue.

Haiun al-Rashid was one

Now

it is

of the greatest

related of this "Prince of Believers'* that he took from

poor, and
upon great and small

the rich to give to the

that

great blessings

alike.

he bestowed

many

Although there were no schools, presses or daily papers

those days, as at the present time, yet poets and

had no difficulty in committing

memory, without writing it down.

(professors)

learned

their

in

men

poetry to

178

Lesson 89.
USE OF LEXICON.
I.

Which

are the servile letters

^oi

The whole
which

What

2.

"Ye asked me

is

for

it",

used

are

letters) of a root to

meaning of

the

servile.

weak)

combination

in

\^^^-*.2

ma> be

the use of the servile (or

is

They

word

of the letters in the

letters

with

(strong

radicals

the

form derived verbs, which we shall study

from Lesson 72 onwards, and also nouns derived from verbs.

3.

How

cjn the derived verb be reduced

Take

the

word ^y

(he honoured me), (a)

pronoun, with the linking nun.

affixed

preliminary alif-hamza, which

Conjugation
4.

IV.,

left

is

do we find the meaning of the derived verb

Take

the Dictionary

and look up the root

below

it

it,

and we ultimately

the

trace
find

the

away

the

mark of

the distinguishing

is

and what we have

and having found

Remove

take

(b)

How

tJ

5.

to its original radicals?

IV

and

II

^y

under Chapter

III

to

-^

Conjugations

show honour.

Give further examples.

(a) j^-^^-^'-^^

remove the
root left

(b)

alif

(c)

Oy

is

Take

from the

to

.^aI^*)

from which

and the original

understand,

Here jj comes
centre,

off,

leaving

-^

"It-was-rolled-away"

away, leaving
"to roll

and get

servile letters --1 (see 1 above)

J^--*^,

zj^-^

off the plural una,

z j^^ which

away", upon the form

is

then

and

finally the

long

j ^
Here only the

a quadriliteral

J.^*i (to

be studied

root

in

comes

meaning

96

97)-

'

*>

Removing

>j^^)^r

(d)

keeping the

disciples" (from
6.

May

the pronoun

for this also

ta,

which we

-UL**

left

t;9-

example, the word

which
see

a strong

is

^^y Uj

^^^

iS

we have
"to

make

pupil, or disciple).

a servile letter act at other times as a radical

removing the 3

7.

mean

to

Yes, and then of course (for the time being)

for

sign, but

a quadriliteral verb,

is

from the lexicon

find

-^^J a

and the plural

first

tri-literal

Take

strong.

is

it

they-are-asking-me.

we have

(^

left

Ju*

Here,
to ask,

For another example,

verb.

5 (d).

What

The

(a)

words

the order of the

is

in the lexicon

placed

triliteral root is

first,

and, in good

lexicons

such as Hava's or Wortabet's, either of which we recommend,

it

marked by an

is

To

asterisk on the right side.

its left is

always shown the vowelling of the Mudari*^ and, farther on, the

(Hava uses two

madar.
to a

word being

may be

but different vowelling

Then

the

(d) After

II

the

one of which refers

specially Syrian).

(b) Possibly there

(c)

sorts of asterisks,

another verb with the same radicals

that

would be shown

Conjugation J^
lOth Conjugation

participles, or rather,

Noun

of

any); the

(if

if

any

next.

III,

IV

'

etc., if

look out

Agent and Noun

used.

for

the

of Object

if

they form specially useful words or phrases.

(e)

Lower down,

the Derived

c^lSs^ at the foot of

8.

fairly

student

from

full

is

the

Nouns may be shown,

for

^-^I-S

dictionary

recommended

for the

fuller

elementary

Wortabet's Arabic-English, which can be piocured

American Mission

Press,

Syria,

Beirut,

American, C.M.S., or Nile Mission Press Book-shops

example

and more excellent one

Press, Beirut.

is

or

the

at Cairo.

Hava's (SJ.) of Catholic

Most scholars use the

latter.

It

has not been

i8o

New

obtainable (except secondhand) for some years.

now obtainable

edition,

of Nile Mission Press, Cairo.

Please note that the student has no expensive grammars to

9.

buy, for the present course, bound up, comprises a complete

Arabic Grammar, including

new and

original Syntax,

in

addition to Reader, Exercises, and Examination Papers.

10.

Lane's eight-volume lexicon,

(Williams and Norgate),

is

formerly

or

five

guineas

six

useful for very old Arabic, such as

the Qur'an and Traditions, but quite unnecessary for practical

work.
Arabic.

Some

will,

The

Jesuit

plus carriage)

For English

11.

(_5^r^'

is

It ip,

one

need an

;^j^j-J

summary

'

Arabic Dictionary

V j^

'

(3 vols,

10

in

of all others,

Arabic Dictionaries,

the best

is

"The Modern'*

by Elias Anton, 80 piastre?, and the next best Ab-

Get an Arabic Gospel from Bible Society.

carius (Beirut).
12

later on,

from now, assumed that the student can search his own

dictionary for

new words.

Exercise 60.
The

diclionaiy

may

be consulted for help in reading the following exercise,

which may then be re-translated

^JJ

I>.|

JaV Ij J5^ J

o\

^li^

Ji5S

<>Judi

J-^^^

to Arabic,

"yj^

3'-^-U

J^ J
I

VI

4il

Air

C-'jJ ^:^.>

y^

S;

Li^f

^i

<i^

<":

l8i

Reading Lesson 70, ^ dd^^^Cj"* ^

" ^ ^
^

5V

jl LiT jG]

jt I'liil'^

jklkft

ii

>^Jlj

ir-MUJl

^iil '^jI:!

'^-i

J^

St.

<*

John

"j jlII
mT

(J

I-18.

A^*^

J^

3^1)f jir.

LI3

4L2r
*

1>JL3-I

-^-^*'

''

,>ij i'/J

<,tf

U3

^f>-

U^*>. /,^

l?-j^ ojl-lj
)

<i\A

,v

EXAMINATION PAPER

70.

A. To English

j^^U

c-VJ' o::^! -tl^-^

(s)

iU^.V

(r)

il^lj

O^li
(

J5.

^1

^^fll

c^^^..

Jii^lSy^Ull

(t)

:^^

(C)

t^i-::.J

To Arabic:
1.

She put the psahii-books

2.

This prize

3.

4.

Another man came

5.

These people are poorer than

6.

Are poor people

7.

Every man has two ways before him, but one of them only
is

8.

C.

^1

.^i^i^

may

the

is

(can) not s.tiike

way

of

in

one of her boxes.

the greatest of all the prizes.

my

father,

my

brother, or

those.

better than rich ones

life.

That he would give them leave

to enter.

(l)

Write out the Alphabet

(2)

Give the Singular or Plural and meaning of the

where possible.

''

(^ ^^^

my mother

to the castle of the Sultans.

If

in the usual dictionary order.

a Derived

lT^^^ "(^J" o>^^

Noun, give

j^^

^y^

its

following,

root also.

Vj^^^

r^'^^

i83

Lesson

71.

SOME ORIENTAL PROVERBS.

"

olJ.il'

WJ

ill

>

o\J^\

A.SC-

(y)

<ii>GClV^r_,

(r)

;7-^a)

^"U!

T-lli^

Va^^/>ilrj:;^!:^'\5;ui

Vj
sjjti^i

Encjlisli
1.

Tramlaiion

Patience

3.

The
The

4.

Patience

5.

The

6.

One

2.

7.
8.

9.

is

Li^

^-o-

Lrl<!i!

(o)

(v)

(a)

beautiful

man
God is

(/. e.

a virtue).

keeping of the tongue.

safety of

[lies,

fear of

the beginning of wisdom.

is

(t)

or

is]

in the

the key of relief.

intelligent eats to live, the ignorant lives to eat.

thing by [ another] thing

minds me of a story").

is

remembered

"That

re-

Whoso striveth, findeth. Note the two Past Tenses after

Writing (correspondence) is half seeing (e. e. half a visit).
Information is not like eye-witness (= "See for one-self")

Notes

(3)

^Ij

is

often used for beginning, or source :<il^

Hollow verb

(5)

^*\

(7)

Note the past tense with continuous meaning.

(8)

The two masdars

(9)

The word ^i

cr

is

N.B. Learn one proverb

is

is

Masdar Mimi.

to live.

are those of Conjugation III (Lesson 74).

used for "news".

a day, but keep up the back ones.

i84 r-

Lesson 72.
DERIVED CONJUGATIOyS
1.

How many
are there

Derived

There are fourteen

used,

found

is

Write

Verb

word, or two, illustrating some of

in the

grammar-book but not met with again

the conjugations in

all

marking

of the Triliteral

but the last five of these are infrequenly

in fact, the solitary

them
2.

Conjugations

off the

full,

with one example of each,

unimportant ones.

Meaning of Example

Example

Form

Special Use

No.

^ > ^

to be good, beautiful
to

to

make

Trans: or In trans

Intensive, or Cans:

better

keep peace with

to

cause

to

become

to sit

Prepositional.

J:

Reflexive of

'o^

Passive of

be cut off

to

consider good

to

be very red

to last

rough

long

VI
VII
VIII

I.

IX

Asking, or Considering

^0

-.

tJui^

J^'^l
'

to be very

vu

etc.

Colour
^

I.

Reflexive of

be red

III

1,

11.

Reciprocal.

to separate onself

to

j;u

3-' IV

Causative.

o-^Vi

better

II

-a

to be reconciled together

to

J^rJ^l

yA
rX

XI
XII
XIII

^0 ^0
to have

a liump in front

XIV
^e

to lie

on a couch

Jd'J

XV

iS5

Reckoning the ordinary simple J*-* as

jugations talie consecutive numbers.

study those up to X, but the

QXote
3.

-AW

What

is

becomes

in II

Write ^^Lll of
".0

.-^

radical,
in

may be

left).

II. }

emphasising
place

of

to

break

This

to

it

Exs. ^r-^

one.

bits

and reaUy

'V:

to

cut,

shadda must be carefully

were written y^*^

it

l^

the

omitted.

-?^
r--J

Note

to cut to pieces.

enunciated as though
4.

shall systematically

the distinguishing feature of Class

making two consonants

4a?

We

our tables are read Arabic fashion riglit to

shadda over the middle

to break,

last five

the Derived Con-

I,

and J^y^

b'.ir

^/j:^

'IT

&jr

Cf

\fS
5

What difference is
^"i^ and II yi^?

observable between the Past Tenses of

Comparing with Lesson

ference
6.

is

18, it will

be noticed that the only dif-

the presence of the carefully enunciated shadda.

Give (Al-Mudari^).

Here again the shadda makes the only difference, except that
the kaf takes a fatha, and the servile letter a (Jamma.
7.

Write the Jussive

(^jj^i)

and from that deduce the Imperative.

isi<:i lilies

153

'j^

"

'

186

Imperative.

r
8.

For further practice,

Ac*

iSj-

St

f^M'

'Vo fi'acA

Past.

UU

id^
''"'

0'-'

Pip sent.

^'^-'''
Do

"

Prohibitive.

nol teach

^;:u'v i;:u-v

d;/

^i'v

Sf

-^H

Imperative.

9.

Are the Derived Conjugations much used

Very

iiuich

cU

'A^

Z^}-

so; especially in Colloquial Arabic

Exercise 72a.
\ ^

o ^-^'^

.'

V,

*-^
I

-^

^-^
t

-^

-1

^t I"

E.vercise 72h.

"Go ye
them

and make disciples of

then,

in the

name
:

of the age.

nations,

and baptize

of the Father, and of the Son, and of the

Holy Ghost and teach them

manded you and

all

lo,

Amen".

am

to

observe

with you

all

all

that

have com-

the days unto the end

Lesson 73.
How

I.

The

> .Ul ^

do we form

from Conj.

II. ?

original formula for the Ismiil-Fa*il Trom the triliteral verb

cannot apply here

RULE:

(for

where should we place the

alif

?).

any derived conjugation, take the 3rd.

In the case of

Masc. Sing, of al-Mudari^( Active) and exchange the pronomi.

nal

tan win,
^it*
a dual

since

Is

Jpli)

noun. Thus, from

is a

a teacher

fem.

*UA.*^

J.)^

).

get

This takes

OlJ.**

and

U^-^i.*^

we

^^aa one-bringing-forward, or presenting.

formed

Lesson 35

First revise

quadriliteral since
-is

replace the end vowel by

and the regular plurals

(jC^^**

the passive of

which

.-*i

one-who-teaches

Similarly
2

damma, and

prefix for mini with

written

it

like the triliteral

Remember

2,3.

equals J*^

^5

that really

Then

Pronounce

it

J*5

the passive
-

>

J*i

like

is

is

l*3

>

^**^

oUi'

IJ

.>-/
0-^'
u.

3.

The Passive

of the Imperfect
>^l

Pronounce

the fatha).

this

Tense
o

P-jUaii

c.

/.

35

noting,

U*i>

0>

Uil

IjiaJ

o ^o

4.

formed from
How is J^*J
RULE" The Noun of Object
I

is

^**l^

Conj.

II

of any

derived

conjugation

formed from the 3rd Masc. Sing, of the Present Passive by

 i88replacing the

from

that

is

we

wedonotalwayswsetheN.

we have

partly because

^J^

get
of O.,

its

Noun

^^

'

i*>

distinguish the

to

tQ-acher'\iuhen unvowelled.

N.B. For the Plural of such participles, see 45

5.

Is

Madar (Noun

the

of Action) of the

different from that of the simple

The Masdar

Quite different.
with

the

to

faih:i

first

II.

verb

masdar of

i.^

is

ation before the final radical, which gives us

i^

3 (b).

formed by prefixing

is

and inserting

radical

derived conjugations

triliteral

of

(one-taught),

formed from Conj. V.

a N. A.

of agent

put-forward, or

e.g.,

^LjO (=one learning, or taught) and also

N. of O. from

fa

ya of prolongU*jw

Thus

the

^a*j

the

act-of-teaching, or (as

r-

Thus

and the case-vowel by tanwin.

he-is-put-forward,

/-^\

ahea^J. If

by

-j,

con-

it is

0.

ventionally used) teaching or doctrine. Similarly

fSAi

the

is

act-of-putting-forward, or presentation.

There

is

in

having

to

clarify

A^A^)

second form in

^^^

As can be

or,

clearing,

conventionally, to clear up, liquidate

or liquidation.

^^

From

differs

it

^^

Thus from

instead of ya of prolongation.
(

seen,

to

we

get

name,

<-^w>

verb

may

..'

the

of

act

naming.

Occasionally

take the second form as in

it is

much more

What
(a) An

is

generally used for

act of praising

Intensive

meaning

is

action); (c)

Denominative,

II

lie',

**to

i.e.

speak

to''

to

deny

in

ya.

often given to the primitive verb

i.e.

the verb

is

0-^

to

"to declare to

to believe (a statement).

73-

be

hardly comes under either of the above-

Study the following table before working Exercise

do the

formed from a noun

Declarative, or Estimative, eg. <^Jo

(d)

God, but

weak verbs ending

specially denoted by Conjugation

At other times the factitive meaning (causing

(b)

4?^-.^)

strong

^^'^ ;13

189

2 ;^

^^-;
\

\1

'>

sb
y-^

^_^

CD

"ID

S
'S

l/i

(U

4-*

ii

.5

^
4->

'O

^1.^

''V
VO

O
4-)

<

.-9

'a

4->

-4-*

-4-J

'5
V4-,

^-^

XS

cu

>>
4^

TJ

')^'

l4i

4-1

O
4-1

t**.

-;^,

':;!j

:A'

(fl

4>

a
b/)

M-)

?^
0)

"c^

QJ

4-I

bfi

en

0)

tM
i<

o
c

\*'i

O
<u

3
o
O

v-a

^
Oi
w

ui
(U

rJ

CTi

a;

-2
,_,

-*-

*-

"^

D
f-

t:

<j

a't

^t

bZ)

h.-J

c c

13

D
>

I'.l

u
<u
-4-

R3

3
'c3

v:3

.5

2?
3

4-

as

\*3

Jr^

0)

TO

i*
wj
'Zl
fJ

Kfi

tj

.22

-^3

<

\*x\*'i

,'^*'i

\*-i

*-

IQO --

Exercise 73a.
(

Sign

"^\

U^tj.

^.

l^!-i^j lj>^
61:^

( N

'

losc- j_p_j'.'4iiirj

jl'l L,G<:!il

J>

jI-IjJ

Exercise

dllr

o\

(y)

ill's

(t)

\)^.^^^^^

(V)

'.il

J ji^ j

jju) j

(^)

73b.

1.

And

2.

AndGod spoke

3.

That-which
to

those

who

disbelieved, and denied our signs.

to

is in

Moses

speaking

(i.e.

earnestly, or,much).

the heavens and the^arth offered praise

God.

4.

That is that God sent-down the scripture

5-

It

in truth.

(He) came with (by) truth and confirmed the sent-ones

(i.e.,

God's messengers).

6.

God

sent

7.

He

8.

It is

God,

9.

We

were not able

10.

The

it is

down

the best of conversation, (^the Traditions).

that forms you.

the Creator, the Originator, the

to believe that

Former

(painter).

good-news.

Ministry (Cabinet) issued an official denial of the

rumour

that the king

iVo/e Students able

Arabic"

first.

to

had been murdered.

do so should now translate "English

to

But both portions must be done in every case.

Official (adj.)

^^J

to issue

jA^

191

Lesson 74.
Coiijug^ation
1.

How

the

is

III

Conjugation indexed

VUij
''

2.

If
It

3.

III.

in the

Jc-^

5ic^lA4

Lexicon

3^1^
"
^ "

^..^

means

v^^I-5

what

"he wrote,"

the

is

meaning

of

s^O

means "he corresponded with" (someone).

Al-M^di:

OV^^

>/r^^
I'^rir'

Al-Mudari* of the same

.,J*L>o

/;*-.)*

l>o

/jLol^o

,/jlJ*l5>J

,^l>o

,^^ l>vj

cXJlsCr

>^\<s

irt
Al-Amr

^x

Crir
There
verds:

usually no need to write out 'the Jussive of "Sound"

is

the "Verb

it is

weak

in its final character"

whose Jussive

will receive special attention).

6.

How
There

do we form
a

is

the tense

the sukiin

Noun

of

Jcliil

good deal of

J\

from

III

similarity

between

the difference being that in

(in the

Agent

is

shadda) and
J^^-*

in

III

II

7.

What

i5

the

masdar

in all

the stress falls

upon

upon the long

(compare with J*a4

a correspondent, J.5l^ a controversialist,

S<^\.^ an assistant.

For the
of J^L*

plural,

and

III

II

see

thus

C.^>-^^*

45:3

(b).

alif.

u-^>

The
0^>

debater,

192

There are twj;som2 verbs make

we

to J^^AA thus

get

^'^'

madar by adding

their

oversight, watching (See also 71:8)

but others in 3^ii take Jl? thus Jll? to fight with, takes
fighting;
ally

and

one verb

^Umay

examples given

in

^^^

takes

(p. 194),

Occasion-

use both madars, as will be seen from the

Lesson

75. In the

has a conventional meaning of

inter-related,

contention

Jl3

students

its

case of

JU-

each madar

own. Lessons 74 and 75 being

study Lesson 75

before Exercise 74.

Exercise 74 B.

'JiC

uil

'J (^_ J.

5"

( \

1> ^ J>'

()

CJ\ 4)J^U

(a)

-C

^0_,-

0,

Wf

j^;i!x^C'jiV

\^:^

y^^ 3V^1 Q; cnJisCj iscj '^Vi

ill

Cil'i

jj;l

(V)

S/ C;1

(a)

liUj

(O

Exercise 74 A.
(i)

Everyone who contravenes the law

(2)

Fight (war) a severe fighting (war).

Accompany (f) thy sister to the house.
Bless me. O my father.
Purify me. then I shall be pure.

(3)
(4)

(5)
(6)
(7)

(8)

(9)

is

(will be) punished.

Assist him, you (fern, sing.).

No, rather assist him yourself.
I do not understand why you (f.)
correspond wiih this
wicked man. Explain to me.
Why do you associate with him yourself, then ?

193

Lesson 75.
I.

J^U

Give the passive of

(Refer to Lesson 73

and

63

c./.

5).

'A^y

0%>

>

-b^
'
>

Give the passive of

'Uil
3.

From

the above, form the

As with

II

so here

Noun

replace

the Noun. This N.O.

of Object

by

-j^

c^^

and add the tanwin of

not used much, for VI

is

^\

is

reflexive to

III.

and the same end can be served by using the noun agent of VI.
Ex. of the N.O. s^J^\i>^\
4.

The
a

The person addressed.

significations of Conj.

table,

which

are best expressed by

Ill

show,

will

at

the

s?me

means

how

time,

of

the

far

derived verb differs from the primary verb, and also which of
the

two masdars

ulary

is

used by any individual verb.

has been carefully selected, and

the

The vocab-

derived

verbs

should, therefore, not only be ledgered up, but adttaUy learnt

5

The grammarians give

(a)

three chief significations:

Attempt or Effort "Wq attempt to perform the primary ac-

upon someone;

tion

this often involves reciprocity.

(b) P?-e/)oszY/o?ia/ converting

indirect

ahsorhinrj the preposition, so to speak.

(c)

direct

See exs.

See exs.

(a).

object,

by

(b).

Qualitative s.hoviiug the quality in acting towards some-

one.

(This

use

of

III

only occurs

denotes a quality. See exs.

6.

to

when

In the following table carefully learn the

verb, as

it is

the primary

verb

(c).

more important than

meaning

of the derived

that of the primary verb-

194

^A
o
^

5
o

tt)

<D
0)
'bJc

OS

4)

1)

^
>
^

>

4-1

jaj

"tfl

^^

\13

.'^

\lf>

;:;:j

:t-

\^
;>

N-^

;^V>

:v> \"S

M^

_3N

;-.^)

mA
r'-s

i-^

c
o

J3

.s

4-1

1^
.*->

C
bc

.3

:j

4^"

\'^

.O

o
o

0?.

^^

cd

ro

bX)

u
o

53

t:

c
o
r-^

>,

a oa
(/)

03
(/i

QJ

bC

CD
(D

;::

t/J

<u

W)

4'

3
w

-o

^
o

"'"'

'^-^

4^

c
o

'-^

t/3

(-1

t/i

^"3

1^

>.

4-

4-1

C3

^ O

x:
"5

0-)

C
D

"co

a;

'o

Jaft

f-l

c u

s^

>^
bX)

3
o
;m

OJ

An

interesting case

is

195

i! jl^ to bless,

^ j,

from

to

kneel (camel)

Exercise 75 A.
1.

Every contravention

2.

They fought

3.

The

4.

5.

Disputing

6.

They watched

will be punished.

a great fight

(Holy War).

was seen coming from the house.

thief

wish to discuss with you the subject of the present war.

is

the source of quarrelling (fighting).

the

army

O mother!

intensely

Assist me,

an intense watching),

7.

Bless me,

8.

The student was punished on-account-of

father!

simple contra-

vention.

9
10.

Then he went
This tribe

is

to his father'

house

ask assistance.

to

(amount) of

notorious for the quantity

ences and contention (litigation) between

its

differ-

followers.

Exercise 75 B,

i;.uLiU

(s)

(S^\A^\/1(>.

(y)

^11

(r)

jljJI^

Aj

Aiiu^L

jl^i

Lrl

^S^A

^f^^z.

<i.>l>cj

(0)

;a,_j-i

(J.

'

^L

<J

ijri^

^i-

-^ ^- ^,

'

^i

iy.ji

^f^

(^)

^;

^ V)

196

Lesson 76.
Conjug'ation IV.
1.

What
The

the distinctive feature of IV.

is

meaning

factitive

we
2.

to

tlie

verb, though, in the

gives a

example which

shall use, this signification is not so easily perceived.

^^^

Trace the derivation of

^^

to

I.

be

and

safe,

with 'peace," while

means

originally
local,

may

>** IL. to deliver, and also to salute

Jl-^

to

III.

make peace

"to "surrender oneself"

modern meaning

''Isldui." It
3.

prefixed alif in the past tense, which generally

also

" to

mean

become
**to

(to

S.^^

with.

God) hence the

a Muslim."

i. e-,

profess

to

surrender up".

Write Al-Madi of Aslama.

-0

jxi

\;x^\

-^0 ^0

^0 ^

CUI

l:.UI

-i.

'

-i.

l:Xl

'::::X.i

Al-Mucjari':
>

>

\J^

C>\jL.^i^
^
-I

-p
Al-Amr:

UWhat

is

The Rule

noticeable about the vowelling

for

prefix takes

IV Present-Future

damma

is

"The

.?

servile

while the ^Ain of the root

pronominal

(in

this

takes

case,

lam) takes kasra".

Rule for IV Imperative

"The prefixed

alif

hamza-

fatha (which must be actually written) and the middle radical

has kasra, as

in

the Present-Future.

7.

8.

"to believe",

^J^\

learnt now.

How

the

As

is

before,

Noun of Agent of IV formed ?

we mould it upon the 3rd Person,

replacing -i
a

Muslim

be studied in Lesson lo8 but

will

may be

197

by

^>-

^y>^^^A possible

and of course writing

an informant, reporter

^^-^

^a/i^^-m

to

Study Lesson 77 before working Exercise

English

ixX.

sJii

^J.

^-^"-^

jVl ji

'

!>*

^^VJ-*'

'\'^

dC tA

1.

Evil

2.

Lead

3.

to 45

A. and

r- )

3 (b).

B.

<5:^"'

'JCJ dl.

ijZ. UJ

j l-UjrV

^'iH vjl^

iJlfl

To Arabic
company corrupts good manners

Exercise 76 A.

76,

:>')

4,>"

S-V

benefactor

ij'iU-

^>^*^^

be thrown back upon

For the Plural of Derived Participles, refer again

To

thus

a believer; *^^^ a lover. (In the last ex-

ample a shadda causes the kasra

Exercise 76 B.

Singular, Present,

^j*^

Imp

its

(y)

iJ'

('^)

y\

(a)

(character).

us not into temptation.

am Jehovah,

thy God,

who

brought-thee-out from the

land of Egypt.
4.
5.

6.

And
For
His

do good

to

thousands of them-that-love-me.

Jehovah will
Name vainly.

Honour thy

father

not acquit him

and thy

who has spoken

mother that thy days may

be long on the earth.

7.

They expelled

with

the informant, but did not punish him.

198

Lesson 77.
I.

To form
i

hat

\^

the Passive of
jg

formed as

IV

Past,

what must we remember

really a quadriliteral verb, therefore

in 35

passive

is

3.

Write the Passive of the Present-Future of

jU

-V

u^

7U
/O

its

h-

-V

IV,

,5nj

J lV.<;

oy

v^
r

Form

the Passive Participle (N.O.) from the Pres. Future Passive.

Replace the servile ya by -* thus from

J

missionary;
4.

How

is

reformed;

r^^-^^

Madar formed

the

comes

to send,

aU>

/^p^^

we

one

\'^

and

with kasra
5.

How
By

can

its

this

this rule

X in

forming the Madar

alif

between

lam, and vowelling the preliminary alif-hamza

thusJl*5[

i.e.,

from the 3rd Masc. Past by inserting a long

^ain

sent,

raised.

Conj, IV. agrees with VII, VIII, IX and

its

get

^^\ A_f

be easily remembered
All forms (VII,

o^Z>-\
?

etc.)

which

in

the Preterite

begin with a supplied hamza form their Noun of Action by

inserting a long alif before the last radical.
6.

What must
It

a hamzat-qafa,

is

write

7.

But

be remembered about the hamza of IV.

if

'Jl**^-'

;-^->^

NOT a

wala.

but always

l>lw.>-i

Therefore we can never

*1^

the verb already has an alif as in

aU

'

''he

raised up"?

add

In that case,
i*li[ raising

199

as "compensation" for the second alif -JExs

dwelling:

giving of rest:

^5-'j[

(This will be studied under the

What
This

are the chief significations of this form

is,

in

Lesson

II/).

"par excellence", the factitive or causative conjugation

iV^oi^/is

but those under (b) are

causing-to-be, etc.)

(making-to-do,

from

Hollow Verb

^iU[ killing.

and have various significations: the

commonly used

to

mean

"to

last

Copy

become".

and

two are
learn,

leaving plenty of room for fresh examples.

Meaning

of

IV

Meaning

IV.

diUI

destroy

to

I.

to bring in

to cause to

Jyi
^

God)

V
"

reform

bring forward

(b)

From

Isiouns

sin

to face towards

Yemen

to be in the morning
(to become)

be sound

to

know

:>

"

?,

0-=^

to

be present

t
-A^-

%.

'".

^)

to
t.

^3
to

handsome

- >^

inform

commit

J>

i.

^0

>-

to be good,

sound,

7-

1.

^0

to

go out

to alight

do good
make

>^

to share

-'

to

to enter

to associate (partners)

(with

to be corrupt

a.J

to

go out

send down

to

-'/

^Ji\

(a person)

to corrupt

iiu

to perish

--.

to

I.

Factitive:

(a)

to

of

>0^

"^

sin,

fault (noun)

'j^)

Yemen

cV>

mornir.g

(S.

^i:>

Arabia)
^0/

(nomO

f.

to be in the evening
(to

.become)

evening (noun)

^\^A

200

EXERCISE

every day,

was

77,

my

Said one of the

sending

in the habit of

(used to send)

servant,

polite-ones,

^-j^o

'^\

Aim

And on one

he brought

with him,

to the native stores

days

of the

which are

in the market.
--

t:

had reformed some

that one of the

of the sinners,

beneficent,

And

two another person.

informed me
the

>
if *

'^

<^

l:il)_Ju

'

for fighting.

[those]

who had been punished,

0>0

our city

in
;

--

>

CnJ AJ \ri^J^'j>^lQ'y3

6-

They-said:

And

"Possible".

is

the reform of

sinners

possible

They

of

>
o

said,

from

their friends.

Where they

them.

'How

rf

will

that'7.

Which corrupted
them.

putting

them

into

And

their lovers,

-o

if

"May God

is

the "Reformatory"

be

>

destroy them

And by

will

said,

>

>

And by sending-them- And which

far

said to

a'^
By taking them out
the evil company.

^J,

>

-'

bless the benefactor",

said

under observation.

20t

Lesson 78.
TABLE OF CONJS I- IK
I.

There

amount

a certain

is

and IV marking these

notice, later, that V.

off as a class

by themselves.

II., III.,

We

shall

and VI. form another class having many

features of similarity, and VII., VIII.,

We

between Conjs.

of similarity

and X. form another.

Forms

give the table (or Paradigm) of

IV.

I.

To be

copied and studied.

PAKnCIPLES
Masdar

PAST
Passive Act.

No.

W^

\'i

etc.

Present-Fut.
Passive Active.

Imper.
Passive Active

I.

Waj

VAJ

II.

III.

IV.
>

2.

Here are examples worked

^^

To be memorised.

out.

'j^'^J<:'J<::^J^'Js^

liiS
/^>-

1A>

--^ijlrc^Jk

^*

Li
^
o

^
V\

0^

0'^

o-fc

r'

3.

These

details are

numbers are

all

easily

that are needed; the other persons

formed

in

and

accordance with the usual rules

(already learnt).

This table

is

Exercise 78

ry
B.

one

Tj^*

To Arabic:

to

be really well learnt, not merely "noted".

A. Translate
^ j^

t^-^

to

English

^y

'(J^^

^ir^-^

AjU-j

(^?^**^

One-honouring; wriring; praise; separate!;

he-was-honoured

one-praising; honour!; honoured; honour.

 ^202
Lesson 79.

READING EXERCISE
(from

"Magani-1-Adab"

Vol.

II.)

-p

>j-UlJ^

uk^'^'l^W-^' o"
of-the-iich^of-Isfjahan

came-to-the-door-of-a-man

It is said that a

>

liJo^ 1) lli

4i

and said to

And-asked some-thing
for God.'

And-the-man-heard-him

his servant

^-

beggar

'

say to Ruby,

and Jewel,

to say to Jewel

tell

Amber,
oi

>

--

"God open upon

his

^ -

and Diamond

and Turquoise,

So he raised

>

tell

and Coral say to

thee.'

two hands

to

and Ruby say

Turquoise,

heaven

O Mubarak

this beggar,

to

tell

Diamond,

Coral,

And heard him

the asker,

aisCj
And MikaU

'^\<.f'3
Say

to IsrafTl

And

t<5 the-state

-oMiis- way.

that he

to Gabn'iil

Lord,

y>^^^ 'y^k^^^^^'^M^^'^'A'^A
And

Kikail

"

this miser,

Say

he says

to Mikail

Dirdail say to Kikail

say to Dirdail

visit,

and the beggar went

And

Israfil tell 'Israil,

The merchant was ashamed,

THE BEGGAR AND THE

MISER.

Translation of Lesson 79.

J.

It is

rich

came

said that a beggar

men

of Isfahan,

and asked something, "For God's sake."

The man heard him, and

Amber

tell

Turquoise to

tell

Ruby

Diamond

to tell

Coral to say to this beggar:

tell

"O Mubarak,

said to his servant,

Jewel to

to tell

door of a man, one of the

to the

to tell

"May God bestow

(goods) upon thee."

But the beggar heard him, so he raised his hands to heaven

and said "O Lord,

Kikail to

tell

Gabriel to

tell

tell

Mikail to

tell

Dirdail to

Israfil to tell 'Izrail to visit this miser".

tell

merchant was thus put

The

shame and the beggar went on

to

his way.
2.

NOTES.
(1)

jJ

After

is

d[ not j

used the particle

these particles causes the subject to be

(2) "Isfahan'' is a

diptote (Lesson 52

(3)

The phrase

(4)

"Mubarak" has no tanwin

(5)

The

miser, of course,

servants.

may
(6)

"for God's sake"

not,

is

either

of

^j^^a

6-8),

common

it is

but

'

in the East.

defined because "vccalive"

made up

names

the

of imaginary

These useful names of precious stones may, or

be learnt just now.

"Turquoise"

a carruption of the

is

word

faiiuz,

possibly

through the Turkish.

(7)

"May God bestow upon

(8)

^j

(9)

(10)

is

thee," means, "I myself cannot".

Quranic abbreviation of ^{j

Gabriel, Mikail

etc.,

The beggar quoted

my

Lord.

are diptotes.

the two intermediate

names

to

rhyme

with "miser", but the last two are the actual names of the

Moslem "Angels
3.

B.

All

of Death".

Reading Exercises

The

??? 2/6-^

curse

was thus a bad one.

be pronounced

tnemorise short (complete) exercises

if

a/o?/f/.

possible.

Also,

:204

EXAMINATION PAPER
A.

To English

80.

-^

B.

To Arabic

;>:^ Vi)l

djjCii

J.:J.^

(r

CJic- Ijji. lyU-

(i

'/^^'j'

'ill

iJ'jC

Lead me not

2.

We can

3.

"I

4.

(Write out) the Third

5.

Ask, from the carpenter, the keys of the trunks.

6.

7.

The

8.

9.

"And

teach them to observe

10.

"And

those

do

do good

into temptation.

this deed, but with difficulty.

to

thousands of them that love me."

Commandment

in full.

put the commentary-books in one of

my

boxes.

very strong now.

allies are

wish to see some dictionaries.

who

C. Discuss ten of these

J^

(v

1.

^^

1-11

^r

^^

<J

all

that

have commanded you''

disbelieved, and denied our signs".

words

-^ ^

^
X

"

>^.

^rc
\
\

tf.

Lesson

81.

AND EAR" EXERCISE.

"EYE, VOICE,

"The Lord's Prayer".

^V

l^^J

^i;;

rX. byi

jAPij

l-J

y_/-^

l-ja^l

'

llilijT

NOTES
(1)

v^

from
is

Accusative*^'
^

^^^^J

(3)

OQ

Radical
(4)

/jSs^J

(5)

c-^U-j

^
...

not <w
^

-^-^

Lesson

jo

A>cJl J

2).

'

-X-^b This will

...

not used elsewhere.

c^I^ ij

jl

(Lesson

Imp. of ^j^ Conj.

(7)

construction, the accent

is

placed in the

come

in Less.

180.

'*to

come" (Weak Final

124).

Jussive of

is

}p

54

the Jussive of the verb

is

(6)

is

alif (see

in

it

the Jussive of Conj. V. (Lesson 82).

is

is

when

only when in construction,

vocative,

(2)

(Heavenly) Father," to distinguish

(without madda) but

'

thrown upon the

The

"

used, alone, for

is

dilj

11.

116).

See Diet.

Lesson 12/

3.

For case of these nouns, see page

89.

:2o6

Lesson 82
V

Conjugation
1.

(^^^

of

^^>*

"to talk, to speak".

ll^S^^J

2.

P-jUll

i^-:j "he talks".

Of

r'^lj-i
,

4.

What

is

specially noticeable in 2 and 3

Previously

we have found

course, the case-vowel,

Form J^Ull

As

(c.f.

'^ain

j^\^^.

^-A,^v._i

of the verb maksur, or

vowel

fatha except, of

is

Conjugation VI.

in

Lesson

84).

Sy^

from

^^1^

usual, take the 3rd Sing, of the Mudari*^ tense and'substitute

^^We thus get^iSCl*

What
The

is

noticeable here

fact that the

radical

a speaker; /-Xil^ one-advancing (leader)

^^ O a

a learner;

jt-^*I^

6.

the

kasra, but here each

marked by

5.

(^^S^O

vll^.15^0

'^i

3.

l-.A.S<0

{c.f.

Noun

y^

-^^ remembering.

.?

of

Conjugation

polite person;

Agent takes

VI.),

a kasra

under

its

middle

even though both Pres.-Fut. and

Imperative take fatha.

7.

Is

the Passive of V. used

Not very often

because we use

e,g.

'I

we do

not say

'\('

U^ it-was-said

^x$^_j

JU)

"

it

it is

said.

was spoken",


We

^^y
He

example:
'

example

can, however, find an

whence

tuwufifi,

- ^

:--

..

medicine was studied Ja)

Sdf-Test
.

(l)

^J

studied medicine

thus written

^^^

^y

in

to

cause to die,

he died (the usual written word). Another

'

207

>

>

^*r

'

The

science of

The Passive

^ y\

^r

"

of

^j^-*^'

is

Note the vo welling.

82.

What

is

the point in the vowelling of the Present

of Conjugation V. that students usually mistake (82

Tense
4).

> ^"^^

(2)

Conjugate

"he advances" (82

>-^-j

2).

Exercise S.2B.

'

- ^

_^2^

Jiiii

(i)

Exercise 82 A.
{\)

"Then,

when thou

causedst-me-to-die,

watcher against them".

(2)

"And, whosoever

whosoever
is

is

is

just,

sanctified let

thou

wast

(Quran "Table Chapter").

filthy, let

him be

let

him be

him

sanctified

defile himself still,

justified
still".

still,

the

and

and whosoever

(Rev. 22

II).

(3)

"The Lord Jehovah (GOD) hath given me the tongue of

(4)

"The favour

the learners" (Isaiah 50

=
(5)

"the

Whoso

first

is

to the

4).

one who precedes" (Arabic Proverb

one gets the

credit").

learns while-small advances when-big. (Lesson 194

will explain

that

apocopating two verbs).

may

act

as

jazmating particle,

208

Lesson 83.
What

remarkable about Conjugation V.

is

The

fact that the

fixed

ta.

This

type-form

and

Also,

11.

There

many

cases, V. acts

servile ta of

Conjugations

French "se"

to the
in

is

"to

Meiklejohn and others point out that

Thus from
and from
self"
2.

11.

II.

me" we

defiled

"it

remembered.
this

Meaning of V.
to sanctify oneself
to defile oneself

remember

to learn

(V.

is

this idea

"opened

even

itself".

"I defiled myself";

get V.

said to be ^

reminded my-

"I

jU^

to

II.)

Meaning of

Conj. V.

Ij^JZ

np

II.

Conj.

II.

to sanctify

'u

to defile

to

remind

to

teach

T'

>
51

to

be cut

is

oneself ") and

it

we have

"he reminded me", comes Y.

Give examples of

to

do

we say "The door opened"

in English, for

in ^'se lavei" to

Greek a "Middle Voice" which

by the Reflexive

translated

usually

this

but with a pre-

II.

primarily, the sign of theJReflexive,

VIII., is itself

and may be compared

wash one -self.

like that of

very important, for in

is

as the Reflexive of
v., VI.,

is

''

to cut in pieces

in pieces
V

to

be smashed to bits

to

come forward

j^^y^i

to

break

to put

to bits

forward

to train, chastise

to be polished, polite

to

to suffer

'f-^

cause

to suffer

O'il

7'
1

to delay oneself

>lr
--

to

become

to

be courageous

justified

5?

ir'

to delay, put

back

^ i

to justify

to

encourage

t:

>'
,'

 209
A

few examples of Denominative

to

embrace Christianity j-^*-

to

be Arabicized

3-

<^

to call oneself prophet,

to

prophesy

to be named(i?e//

Conj, II.)
(jijUa^

Arabs

V.".

'^-*/'

prophet

name

^^J

VV

(c,

Christians (Nazarenes)

of^j^^j

to take a body,

4.

force,

of V. formed

As usual, we form

it

Thus from

1*7

*"^>

A>

Flesh,

become incarnate
How is the Madar

body

J**:*-

j
?

from the Singular Past, but in this case

we simply substitute damma for the fatha of the middle radical.

we

get

o""-^

,.

aJc/)

^Ssii

,.

? j^"^^

"

P^r^^

Exercise 83

act of learning

Jir

sanctification

c^-^^

advancement
rashness

(For missionaries).

a.

1.

A man came

2.

been converted viz, become a Christian.

His conversion took place after the coming of the English
to Egypt.

3.

4.

(forward) to

And after that he made

He says that his wife

me and informed me

that he

had

great progress in religion.

is

now

suffering from the effect of

sickness.
5

God

willing

we

and she

will visit her

shall learn to write, in

one of the schools.

Exercise 83

h.

j^^i^

i^

JaJ.5s..J^1

UIxaT

(j^j*

^*

Ir

*^^

j^<tk>-

-y^^

^^

j V U^ U*
1

-Xjw

^aIj" (ju

"/J^^r

dU i

at 1^.

o|_

(t)

(r)

JjL

(t)

-X*)

210

Lesson 84.
Conjugation VI.
I.

What do we

notice on comparing VI. with

That the Past Tense

III

declined very similarly, the only dif-

is

erence being the prefixed

\i^y

ta.

V"^

^^

PuH

a garment,

(backwards and forwards).

-"

^C/

iU"
'iU"

2.

Is

there any distinction between

Present and Imperative

Yes

and

III.

VI< observable in the

exactly like that between

under the middle radical

in

111.

and V.

II.

becomes

viz.,

that the kasra

a fatha in VI.

Give Al-Mudari^

^
rtJ 1.^1)*

7^

/Jl^^ar

I-^sIj

Al-Amr.

QU
5.

Toioww Ism -id- faSL

the

7??77?i

with

They two

damma

Compare

TaUaT

ii:

L>-

lessons 74 and 82, then add

to the 3rd Sing, past as usual.

(jWUil* \^

are being reconciled.

>>

6.

The

Passive,

(a)

The Past Passive

rule for the Quadriliteral passive

becomes necessarily changed

to

followed (35

The Present Passive

for

_)

is

3)

J^jiJ

The

but the alif

i^^

etc.

etc.

by substituting-)

on the form

wau.
tj

L/.?:^^

(/>)

is

is

etc.

changed from the Present Active

thus fromJJlAl)

we

get

ITUjj: j^ArUl)

(c)

From

Let us continue the table of Lesson

ity

between

IL,

and

III.

IV.

Observe the similar-

78.

Prksent-Fut.

PAST

Passive Active

Passive Active

No.

;?'-

,"'-'''

^ > >

?--->

^^}

^.>

3?-"-

'ur

5^.>^

thus

(conversation).

Imper.
Passive Active

^i^'>

and now between V. and VI.

PARTICIPLES

Masdar

^1

gives us J^nill

pulled from side to side, reciprocal

w>^Utl4
7.

this the substitution of

'ur
v^

^/

-^^

>>

>U: .yKc^

V.

^^

VI.

>>'

Examples

^
,3:^->

?'

A>- ^^>

3^

8.

How

is

5;

^'>

Examine

'

ji

^*I ^^*i -^-L

(j*

-^

literally translated,

take one (some)."

of the

first

It is

"one

then

^jkio

'

"That we

"That some (one) of us not

upon

depends

their

respective

But always translate "one

^%i

another" by

They helped one another

When

*^

specially to be observed that the case

we helped one another

(a)

not incorpo-

the other) instead of God."

reads.

and second ^Ja^

place in the sentence.

other," or,

it

when

VI.

take not one another (one of us

Very

'irU

D-V
"

of the verb

the sentence ^i

^ ^--

>>

^-^

"ITUT

meaning

V.

r^-

the phrase "one another" written,

rated into the

7.-

?"
.

>>

the reciprocal

L.^>

l^*)

Uja*) O-Xc-L*

Jic-U

^^^'Om^

meaning

^;

is

need not be repeated, thus

or ^c-U

the

Thus,
)

Note two things

expressed by Conj\ VI.

:

"They lorgot one another" U^^> l-^Ur

(b) Also, after prepositions, the

word ^<jneed not be repeated

"They two went out together"

1.^,J2a>

"The men went together"

^.^^Vj

^a IV^>-

""Ha^S^}^ LJfc i

Lesson 85.
1.

Give some examples, showing the growth of Conj. VI. from

(We

give the vocabulary in 3rd Sing., but

the subject of the verb

Meaning of VI.

Reciprocal

(a)

must be Dual,

the action

III.

to fight with

in;

to dispute with

be mutual rivals

;3)C.j

to dispute together

J'Ai"

to dispute with

to discuss together

cT-C

to discuss

to vie with

converse tog

correspond tog:

[JlsCr

to

agree together

jsiy

to

be

reconciled
together

'^Ur

(b)

to be blessed,

'ty/^

(God)

sick-

consecu-

yij

tively

be consecutive

(a)
III.

are the uses of

Just

as V.

and only

(Revise

is

j'A-

to

...

'^i

...

ViL

converse wnth...

...

make peace with

to bless

J'l^
...

(anyone)

to elevate

...

iX
'JiV^

...

agree with

d%

'iJ.\;

Jl-

7>'y

(tradition)

What

to

?^

0^j^

ness

to

...

with

to write to

J^-

to be exalted (God)

(d) to fall

to

C^iid

to

to feign

to collide with

to collide together

(c)

III,

...

V^lki

to

mutual,

to dispute together

to

is

Plu., or Collective).

Meaning of

VI.

to fight together

2.

if

III.

3^^^"

*'*

the Reflexive of

differs

my remarks

from
in 83

it

(in
i).

II.

so VI.

is

the Reflexive of

form) by means of a prefixed

ta.

speaking

(b) In

153 :4(c) thus"

(c)

May God

There

How

^''^-* ^^^

'

damma

Past),

c.f.

83

sentence Ex. 77.

of pretending the

idea

J*Lf^ to pretend ignorance.

is

"the leaves

of sequence;

fell

one

days following (successive).

?

middle radical (Singular

for fatha of the

4 closely.

Thus from ^li^r we

A .^Ua;

,,

C.f. last

the

do we form the madar of VI

Substitute

^"Y
J

get j^llir demonstrating (or pretending).

A ^V^}

4.

one

also the idea

is

form for the OPTATIVE,

this

be exalted"!

A still more common

after the other".

3.

God, we use

The example given conveys

action.
id)

of

213

-^

J"f3

yy

^j\X^

^^^

a mutual collision

sequence

in

chain of authority
(tradition).

Cj^*^ mutual deceit( Title of Sura 64).

J^^^ mutual understanding.

Give examples of the use of VI.

I

kept him

off,

so he kept himself aloof

At the coming of the thief, the

watchman pretended to be blind.

They feigned ignorance

The two mutually

>

'^

ij'1

-"

is

has opened stores

"-

J"^^^

-v^

^T*^-^"

^.^^^'^

^y

'jl^l^

'

jy JU"

^\S.S

the result of misunderstanding

The Co-operative Society

^J

U^!a^

forgot their difference

'

\^3

\.

/^
*^

Seven successive days

This

^7

of the matter

God, Most High, sent down His book

>'^'

f n

r"-

Aj-Xc-U

-Vc-U-ts

^j-^

-(

(*^i

'

4!

*^*r^

'^^^^ ^-^

\^

\^^,
/

214 -*

Exercise 85 B.
-:

ssX^ J^j^i
I

L^a^J ji-x^^U:J

J.c^

cnJ^Wllqj,

fi>Vk:i

UC
o^^lfl

\j^

1.

to

English

The two contracting

contract

2.

Arabic

[lit.

^^k>-

(n)

^>.

(r)

jlVjLs

(r)

oOV ::^WU

(t)

JaSLir ^Lll

Exercise 85 A.

pV'j

(v)

iirst).

parties

came

(attended)

to sign the

conditions of the contract).

Some mutual misunderstanding

occurred between the two

sides (parties).
3.

The two

4.

The

5.

"That

6.

''Be

7.

"And

"Then

sides did not understand one another.

leaves of the tree

is

one

after another.

the day of mutual deceit" (Qur'an Chap. 64).

ye reconciled with

God"

the stars of heaven shall fall (successively)".

Peter

sequence"
9.

fell

{i.e,,

began relating
in order.)

The consecutiveness

them

in

information

is

explaining

to

(Acts 11:4).

(authority) of this

respected (accepted) by the narrators [of traditions].

215

Lesson 86.
I.

What
(a)

remarkable about Conjugation

is

That

formed from

it is

by which

to

(b)

That

the form

it is

^^ prefixing a nun, also an

3*^

pronounce

alif

it

which

commonly used

is

(This

the passive, especially in Colloquial.

Write out Al-Madi

2.

Also

4.

l--^-!j (Conj.

is

VII, of

^0

^--J

>?

Suppose the

first letter

In that case the radical

and

found

shaddahe

with

of the primary verb

nun and the

written,

^^J

is

servile

I)

thus

sufifix

thus;

U5v^ and

jj_

nun'^

is

nun would coalesce,

example, but not

a possible

in the classics), just as the ta

with the pronominal

of

^SC- and

with

t'

thus

J^^-^
the

\^[

Conjugate

^^xi

coalesces
of

^^^

Verily we.

''

^ ^0
5

instead of

important).

of the Type-form.

^^0

3.

J^^Ji^

Vll.

to

^0

be cut

(off), in

Al-Mudari^

(jUkiir

>l
6.

Can

...

''^Ui

there be any Imperative to this form

Yes, because in

some of

the verbs the passive

meaning shades

2l6

" to

Thus from J^j^^

off into the active.

spend) we get <^j-^\ to go away, depart.

we

lease",

get

^^\

to

be

dismiss "

to

(or,

From ^j^

"to re-

depart.

let go, to

From <^j^^ we
^3^2^
7'

How

ly^^ai!

does VII assimilate to IV

etc.,

and

JcUn

9.

Give a few examples of the

Take ^jWll and

prefix

j-^^-

before the final radical,

Uij

of

Pray without ceasing

thus

V and

Lesson

c.f.

in

JCi5

77
I

5,

U^j^a!)

c-lWxJl

c^IWajI

^Aji^'U

V0^ ."^^/^^^
"

.ti

'"-nJ

'^

'

J^-

/-

^i

separated from his father

78.

insert a long

'^-'.
necessary for you to visit
Cfji' mV".*" *'
."^^^
7^
^.^^-^ ^
me after the pupils leave
-C^

The boy was grieved at being

(cutting-off)

It is

VI

as usual ^-iy-^l* ^lLl.

accordance with the Rule mentioned

alif

from

differ

Al-Mudari^ (second radical)

8.

^**l

aw^ay".

^j-^'

In the vowelling of

In

"Go

get as Imperative:

"M

ef;^'

'

"

"

^>

Exercise 86a.
3-^i;

^i

Exercise 86b.
I.

j3^* 1^1'^

ju^

^^^-!

''^^^^
'

}^^ cr|^ V^^J ^^^

'

(Consult Lesson 87.)

The Assembly-of-the Nation (National Parliament) has been

completely divided on account of the split-up of the Cabinet

(Council of Ministers)

and the Party of the "Right" has

become separated from

the

of the Opposition,

Government and joined

and there resulted from

that a great upset

The passenger was plunged

(overturning, revolution).

2.

(immersed)

breaking-up of the ship.

in the sea at the

the Party

- 217 Lesson 87.

I.

Give a vocabulary of VH. showing the derivation from

Meaning of VII.

Meaning

VII.

>''.5:j'i

to

be broken

to

be cut (cut

to

be divided

;li;j

off)

to

of

I.

I.

I.

'/^

break

'^

to cut

to divide

'c^;to

be opened

to

to

be defeated

to defeat (a foe)

to be collected )
to join
i

to collect
ipolif: to annex)

open

C"

to be split

to split
-'

be put to rout

to

to let oneself

to put to rout

^u;

be led

-j:

to

be put out

to

be locked (bolted)

to

go away

to

depart

^-0

toextinguise

(fire)

jUl

1,

IV.

to lock, or bolt IV.

jlk;!

note about

to

JL

send off

to give vent to (water)

likJ

>.

and the next one mentioned seem

it

^C;

lead (trans.)

to dismiss

What do we
That

to

"

to burst forth ( water) 1

to explode (powder) /

2..

'r'3*

to

be derived from

IV. Conj. verbs.

3

Is

there any

Yes,

(a)

usually
(b)

for

As

way

to assist the search for the radicals of

Verbs with

initial radicals

take VII. but rather

VIII.,

j J j

to

'do

not

or else V.

there are but few verbs having ta as

VlJ

iS

jaJ

take heed, as VUl. form of

first

radical,

not Vll. of

look

<^

4-

The following may be added

Are there any
Yes,

We may

now add ^^^

dAft

the

Have any

0^

"What

is

the Imperative only

Yes, three

verbs

and J^* come

4!

has

only
the

perhaps, in

meaning

A-.i>

Preterite.

j^W

in

Defective Verbs.

d-^^W JUil

Lesson 36 that ^j^

in

"hoping that"; similar

only

to this lesson

really Defective verbs

we learned

Tense.

218

to

^c

This

"^U

"May God

ilie

sense
also

Dual

lyu

has

this likely to be."

OU give or bring

Plural

of

heal him."

!(e.g.,

the coffee)

d^^come

These may be regularly declined thus

Past

Feminine

Cju

Masculine

ou

^^u

Ou

'ju

i*_,iu-

>

^'

\fx
Exercise 87

a-

I.

The enemy was

"Bring your proof,

3.

"Come unto Me". "Come unto

4.

The Turks allowed themselves

severely routed
if

(///.

"a routing").

ye are truthful" (Qur'an).

the waters"
to

{PL of ^U

be led into the war in

spite of the will of the nation.

5.

These goods are explosible

6.

"God
and

is

a spirit,

in truth they

(liable to explosion).

and those who

worship Him,

in

spirit

must worship".

Exercise 87 b

^'/l
,1:1 Jij/^u
Jijj'^u iJryVf
1

(t)

.u Jn^u ^M^^.U
1
1

(^:
(^)

-j,^Lesson 88.
Conjugation VIII. Jli
>

-^

Slil

l':Ui\

,-0

--

uuii
^0

-,
1

2.

How

does

VIII. differ

from

(a) In VII. the servile letter

(b) In VII.
is

3.

it

preceded the

placed between the

Conjugate

first

VII.

was nun

first

in VIII.

radical

and second

it is ta,

in VIII. the servile letter

radicals.

to think.

j^-^J

cJ>Lii\ Ij^-il

tl;^^C3l^

^^SCli

OjSC:^*^ cJ^^:i

O^l'il
4.

c-jUaJI

tense of

J.--i'l

C>^5Clil

he works.

jSU:i

j^l;^:-'^

jSuif^
^

^;':^;

5.

using

^^^J?

'J^j
6.

As

with

letter
7.

Can

;-^J

II., III.

and

etc.

prefix

to abstain.

^l

'Ai^-'

WUl'L'^l from

Form

.0

'e'

VIII.

take the Imperfect Tense, remove the servile

^ thus j>^-Iaa j,i:i^ ^ll^>

there be a Passive to VIII

Yes, to some verbs, not

all.

W^

it is

borne,

it

is

possible,

'

'

8.

Can

^20

a preposition be used with VIII. as with

Sometimes a preposition materially aids

of

tion

wich

Passive, just as

its

I. ?

VIII. in the

39:6 on

(Revise here

I,

forma-

Prepositional Verbs, also learn Vocabulary 39; then see

Top

of page 103, and revise the note on the Passive of Prepositional

Thus

Verb).
^

^11a

4;.c

U^

Z^.1.1a

"It

was abstained from"

^

Tiie use of

it

is

(will be)

How

is

J^*aJ

then

formed

shewn

Passive

the

" ^^

it)

Similarly [^^ ji^-^i

'-^-^l.

in

<'-^

possible of occurrence,

For the use of

a preposition

This matter

looked-into

is

l>

was abstained from

'^o

"i

thought about"

^^

{lit

be begun l^U*!***

will

"ihe

Take

it; "

means, "I abstained from

}0

and

^II^J

prefix ^

thus

J*--^

thing abstained from".

'the

with Passive Participle compare

J>-* ^ ^*-J

l^-.*

*-^^

'

Those borne-testimony-to ^^ :>^^Jt

The One worshipped (bowed-to) ^

woman

The
10.

trusted

Form jJ^li
Turn back
and X.

in

of

to

in

forming

its

How

is

the

\X^

madar by inserting an

final radical"

Noun

sounded by

formed from

of Place

measure as

J^^ili

^1

and

J^^Ai'

|ir*-^

(63

Self -Test 88.

(a)

Form

(b)

Write

7,

f-jUll

of ^5^-3

footnote.)

from j5s-3

(88:4).

Derived

alif-kasra.

;**I^i

Jc-UII ^**1

prolonga-

to those

this applies
is

alif of

^ 0>

^^^ Same

S^ln.*

"IV. agrees with VII, VIII, IX.

Conjugations whose Past Tense

11.

Relied on

Jj^ ^*ll

U-^i

Lesson 77

tion before the

l^^

:>^>^^^\


Exercise

88.

at

'

->

-'>

^li^Vl

0-

oUU*

^'c. iy*::j:"

Exercise
1.

88.

'A;

(^)

Curjo'^i oi^_/j

(v)

^e

have abstained from intoxicating drink (wine) and smoke,

"We

"

two years.

Smoking

jli--y!

^^- or

Cni-^:!!

were [in the habit of] working with trouble and

travail night
3.

(o)

a period of
2.

((.C.U)

^U Ji: J
,

"If tb.ere

and day."

be anyone

who does

not wish to work, then let

him

also not eat."

4.

''Abstain from every likeness (appearance) of evil."

5.

"That they abstain from the defilements of

6.

"The sleep of

7.

"...

"Then

the worker

and commanding
let

all

this also to

Verily
notice).

we

sweet."

that foods-be-abstained-from."

the perfect ones of us think this,

thought (think) a thing

9.

is

ipJ.)

idols."

to the contrary

then

God

and

if

ye

shall reveal

you."
are God's

and unto Him do we return (Obituary

))

2it

Lesson 89.
1.

What

are the chief significations of verbs in VIII.

of I { = "to do it for one's self."

(b) Sometimes the meaning is Reciprocal like VI. ( = to do it
(a) VIII. is really the Reflexive

one another.")
(c) Occasionally the Reflexive meaning passes into the Passive,
especially with verbs that do not take Conj. VII.
to

2.

These significations are

(a) to

write one's

(j>.fj.

name

subscription

intrans

oP]

(individually)

3^J

to look for, await, expect

one another

to be reconciled

from

>-l

>^'

to bear, suffer

(b) to fight

3>

to twist (a thing)

to

occupy one

w o.a.

o. a.

'Si

J^
'P

to look at, see

to carry (a load)

to fight

'C-il

(in)

to think

to think

to differ

to prohibit

(Jl)oii!

to turn one's self

work

cr^

to abstain (personally)

to

to separate (trans

to gather (trans

:;r

to write

list)

to separate one's self

to gather

classified in the following table

one another

3y\h

'4i%i

to be reconciled w. o, a.

'qIU

LiliiiJ

to differ

from

'jui

o. a.

''&
(c) to

be raised (to

to raise

rise)

to benefit (trans

to be benefitted

to be aided, victorious

-^\

to

to be filled

to be extended

to aid, give victory

il\

fill

to stretch out (trans.)

j^
%:
jT.

-- 223

Changes
3.

^J^

Explain the form of

If

the

first

is

i?

This

.1?

:>

may
to

'

unite with the

be driven

occasionally happens with

4.

and

fja

:>

or

the

first

This

:>

or

j^':>\^

first

the servile

Self Test 89.

i or

I.

^r^'jjl

radical be

Look
Its

off.

is

j the

Meaning

with the

157
ii.1

to

clear

to recline
to take (VIII).

'

The same coalescence

it

"Ul^l

first

is

radical

4).

>'^
J-J

C^''l

.^

LsC-1,

''si.\

changed
if

to

that be

and forms C) or C^
2.

:>

^^\

Explain fJiLL? (89

\

ilts

3).

The word

Meaning

to connect with.]
to be coramuni- \

to agree tog
to coincide

to trust (rely)

to

^J

as

Find.

The word Look

under

ail

of

or C^

Difficult to

be spacious

become

Jo

of

of the verb, and

cated (news). J

'^j

or

I?

^Ja

be stored up.

to

Explain ^j^%\ (89

to be united
to

the Zj

distinct, as >JiL^I to collide.

unites with

Words

^'i

where

as in c^jJUl

may unite (coalesce)

as

under

throng together (mtn).

to

radical be ^

Suppose the

Then

may remain

I?

Explain "^"^3^
If

5.

the

to be agitated

very broad consonants), the thin

all

written, Ex.

Or

'

of VIII.

radical of the original verb be ^^

(which are

becomes

the

in

>-i

upon

be kindled

to fear

>"J

God

>3<^-J

an
j-i

Hours may be saved by memorising this table which really belongs to Lessons
Verbs commencing with ivau (and in one case with hamza)
113 and 114.
coalesce the wan with the ta of Conj. VIII. and write ta with shaddu.


To Arabic

Exercise SO A.

1.

These goods are inflammable

2.

We

work

What

4.

The

is

(liable to catch

Kingdom

for the extension of the

Coptic Church
3.

224

God

of

in the

(Nation).

that prevents

it

fire).

prices of

women's work

war time

in

eatables and drinkables have risen, on

all

account of the war.

5.

6.

What do you think will be

Do not ask the-like-of this

the result of the present

war

question, because no-one

knows

that but (except) God.

7.

Pa)-^

no attention

because he only pretends

person

to that

being-religious.
8.

By examination

9.

(trial)

man

consider (think reckon) that

judgments and therefore

To English

ExBrcise 89 B.

v/l -V-!

^^.

'ill

OJ^f

is

^'A^^^^^^

^1 dii'i

^til,

N.B.

honoured or degraded.

is

L'si

from

girl to

(rash) in her

be hasty

do not depend upon what she says.

oS//" q1

-jj.'

^JjUl

oCJl

j::.Tr jl^

(0

Li

S/

(i)

^ViilcOl'i Jl oii'r

Si

(v)

S/ '4;^

>Lii:i 4;V

^..^^

IV.

S';S\

to

il*

insult or

>

:j

degrade;
>3

means "man,"

its

fem.

ol^JI

and

indef.

^^i

fem.

-^^J
..

I"'

l\^

'

225

EXAMINATION PAPER
A

Translate to Arabic

90.

your stores that are liable to explode

1.

Have you any goods

2.

"Let not your hearts be agitated, ye believe in God, then

in

believe in me,"

was wishing

to

be present with you to-day.

3.

4.

The enemy's army was defeated

5.

Be patient and wait

6.

It is

7.

do not think we have any inflammable goods

8.

do not know what were the subjects of his sermons

said that this

Sunday
9.

in the

What was

yesterday.

for patience

is

a virtue (handsome).

has become a Mohammedan.

woman

at present.

last

Coptic Church.

Khutba

the subject of Friday's

in the

mosque

B. Translate to English

KySJ\ '^y'ii jCiy'i

jjjii ^juT

ju/i Ji

C-

Answer these questions

!:Jj

ill

3^"J

(r)

y uT *jl5C"

(0)

J^ jisCjj"! i;

(v)

jb

1.

Which

is

2.

Which

chiefly expresses the Passive

3.

Which

for Reciprocity

the chief Derived

Form

Give

for expressing Intensity

}

illustrations.

226

Lesson

91.

EYE, VOICE, & EAR.

Having,

is

Lesson 41, learned selections from the Commandments, the student

now given the whole section, Exodus 20 I-17 as an optional memory exercise,
in

j^J.

4l

^a;.-

dAAl

^j___,^

dlol J oil

r-i jui_5

jl Ui (j"^ ^^*A..r V_j ^^i. Jbc

^jlji^c^llill

^U \^\ jW;
U "il

j jV d[i\y\
^^

z'

*:^r

J:^b

i^i

cSJll

J.Xl

A:;Vl

"^

^^jVi c.^'

L"^l cjj^i Ai:Jl

^. ^^^, V ^}\ jV S^WL dlil

ji

diii^ ej^U OA.-- <*id *)IJI ^^Jl Ul_5

dil i*^ cU:-.^^^ dl:J_j iJA.^^ dA:LI_j

jp 3 ^^<''j

ij-i'j^i

^w

ejji

z**-*^

j*y

* dAAi

<i-w

ji

Lesson 92.
Conjugation IX
1.

For what verbs

is

Conjugation IX. used

For verbs expressing

2.

Memorise

fixed colours

and

defects. Revise 58 4 (b)

:

this short vocabulary,

to

become white

to

become black

to

become red

l/*--,

white

U^;i

black

-^-

red

..>-

,0
"^

become crooked

to

yellow, pale

to turn pale

to lose

one eye

Infiect

j^^ Ho

r:>^l

crooked

jy

one-eyed

redden.

l;i;

-e

^^

^'

^^

.)

^^^0^-0

D Jj<
4.

But where do the two

j 's

come from

in

2nd and

1st

persons

Simply from unloosing the two coalesced consonants, so

speak.

This

sukiin, thus

only necessary

is

icJien the final

doing a\yay with the shadda.

"Doubled Verb" (so-called "Surd"),

^
5.

fled

O jj*

she touched 0->

The Imperfect (Note

the shadda)

in
;

to

radical has to bear

We

shall study the

Lesson 102

thou touchedst

he

fled

j;^*-*-^

^^(

'^^0

.^

j\j^

6.

The Imperative (where

feasible)

CJ.j^

.i:

i.9

^U

i.^1

'Ui

Is there a

7.

Passive to IX

228

Naturally there can be no Passive of practical use, and no

Noun
J^lxl

paleness

would you
which

II

is

she blackened
9

on measure

Redness (inflammation)

jl^^

Use

^^

:
3*^-*

pale;7-^^ crooked.

Jl^
How

other parts are

^^\ Reddening

jjitOj*

8.

The

of Object.

tt^^j^}

j'j*-'^

on measure

'

Ja*^J

crookedness.

translate "to inake white, to whiten".?

factitive or causative.

it

white

<^;*

^^**'

<*

it,

He made

Note that many Arabic colours are simply substantive names

of well-known objects

word
(

is

thus

3o^

scarlet,

often formed from

it

^^

A^' :j

Wfj^

(j7*^

Scarlet Fever

is

really the Persian

though the Relative Adjective

kermes;

for cochineal

Lesson 144

^>:-w>a;) violet

by adding

thus;

(^

u-

^>

coffee-colour.

Exercise 92 A.
1.

When

she heard this news her colour faded (she turned pale)

for fear of their striking her.

2.

As

observed her paleness but they did not

for them, they

know

the reason for

your sins be as

3.

If

4.

Her

face

[snow.

it.

scarlet,

they will become white like the

was reddening for-shame during-the-time-of her

standing (while she stood) before the judge.

Exercise 92B.

^:?Ui

^Xa

l^}y J ^.i J %:J>' ^jIa

f/^j

J^^

Lesson 93.
Conjugfation X.
1.

The form

of Conjugation X.

Uil*^

is

prefixing three servile letters to the

2.

The Past Tense

of ^^^1^

first

which

>0

of the radicals.

inquire"

*'to

0-0

0x0

^0

>0

formed by

is

"to ask to understand'*,

^^ 0-0

/.

'

oL

0-0

ii^^A

3.

^*^*\ "to seek knowledge, to ask information".

Imperfect of

00^
-

00
0-

> lO"

4.

Imperative of Ji*l*^

"to ask forgiveness"

0-0

^
5.

yl*-*.*^

The Noun
With

.A-wwtf

Agent

of

as in IV., Vlf., VIII.,

y-"-;

(ij'
?

and with a kasra before

final.

0-0

Thus

jAI^.

temporary husband

j>6l*.
6.

one-asking-pardon

The Madar
00

there be a Passive

many

divorced wife.

*>0
1

act of asking forgiveness; jl.>:j;>

00

A^a-^-J inquiry; aU^cI^J employing,

approval;

Can

to legalise return to

-00

Yes,

one-who-approves

JUaI^ examples jliil^

00
7.

^j^*=^I*

utilisation.

verbs of Conj. X. have a transitive signification.

The Passive Past follows the rule of "Penultimate radical

taking a kasra", but, as in IV., VIII., etc. the alif takes a
damma and in this case, the ta does also. It (he) was approved
;

>o

)0

>
It

was drawn

out, extracted
>

8.

The Passive

of al-Mudari*:

'-

>

^/

>

^^>^^l Notice

the fatha.

The Passive

g.

Compare

d>

J-^aI^J

Exercise 93a.

Participle

= that which is to

on the form

Uil^^*

be met, hence, the "future'

recapitulatory Exercise.

Oil.

^^>tl*w

is

--

sli

Ui\

dLii'.i

'S'

--

ilir,

Exercise 9Sb.

"And
will

give thee the request of thy heart.

the Lord, and trust upon

To English

Exercise 93c.

oUii

isij_j (DjSfl

Him, and He

Deliver thy

said

approve
3.

it

"If

^3\1

l^;i W^^.

^V C^"^

''i-^

that

there

They
is

^<:^

they approve (approved) his

GOD MOST HIGH

in the future",

"Then know

to

will cause-to-act".

thought (idea) but they did not approve

So he

way

Exe rcise 93d. To Arabic:

The king inquired whether
1.

2.

He

delight thyself (enjoy-thyself) with the Lord, and

will

said

it.

{i.e. I

"If

hope) you will

God

will".

no deity except God, and ask

forgiveness for thy sin and for the believers im) and the be-

lieving-women".
4

In the

book

of "lOOl Nights" there are

sharp 'mustahiir

who was married

many

to

stories

divorced

about a
girl

on

condition that he would divorce her again next morning,

but

fell

in love

with her (became attracted to her) so did

not divorce her; consequently her

father were enraged.

first

husband and her

231

Lesson 94.
Conjugation X. (Contd.)

What

1.

are the chief

meanings of Conjugation X.

(a)

To

consider the object to be

(b)

To

ask for the action

happen

to

(c)

Memorise the following derived verbs

2.

Meaning of X.
(a) to

to

consider good,

to consider heavy (a bore)

to consider great,

proud

to consider

etc.)

(Various).

Meaning

X.

approve

to be

good,

(e.g,

of

I.

to

be good

to

be heavy

to

be big

to

be important

to

be strange

to

be small

to

be lawful

I.

^00

>

important
-0

to consider strange

^0

^0

^o consider small,

contemn, despise
^

to consider (make) lawful

^y

^0^0
(b) to ask

to ask

pardon

news

yiI-u

J\.

to meet,

make

y^\

to expect to receive

to

>Z.1aM

use of

to ask permission

to

inform

'>-'

to receive

to do,
^

j'-'-

to forgive

make

t-o

(J^ ll^

to give leave

oOl

-0

to ask one's presence

to attend at
^

(c) to

extract

to be

worthy

N.
3.

B. Make

^-

^0

to
a^

(of)

go out

to be

incumbent

J^

quite sure of sections (a) and (b) as being of great importance.

Form ^-^^1 from ji

I:*.

to ask permission.

232

Write the hamza over the kursy

you get
4.

then act as in 93

(.t.)

jUlL-^l asking-permission,

From aUi^

-'

Compare

and

7-I

^a-^

asking-to-be-excused.

or,

Lessons 77

'jalil

and 117

7,

not being feasible, compensation

uprightness, straightforwardness,

To English

Erercise 94 a.

6 and

is

An

13.

made by

'k>-\

additional alif

thus

<4Uj::**I

j\.^\ rest, restfulness.

iji^'^aLl

oi^Ii)V(4i.L

V>l^>::_;>y!6l
vJl^^\.*JIlu>

-Xid

jaJ

-X^i

0^0

^.>

^ja;>c^

jA+ia.>-

i'O^^:;

-^

,*I**i

^>

'

Jl^-^^"

-"l

-^"^

-^

^
ij^c-

Jl^

.5/^1)

""

0-

j\j:1>cm>

"

To

h,

{y)

^^un

!xJ

J^

(0)

Arabic.

1.

The Sultan gave them

2.

The labourer

3.

Inasmuch as

Hit.

received them) a great reception.

surely deserves his hire (wage.)

I

(Since

person referred

attendance

(Y)

^o-t:--

i>

>*-^ JH^H*---^

Exercise 94

(n)

it

to,

was

I)

was surprised

at the

presence of the

have inquired about the reason of his

said to

me

(I

was

told)

that he did not

ask permission to attend.

4.

The judge has commanded

the attendance of the witnesses

to-morrow.
5.

We

6.

Don't

are ready for every (any) service.

make much

trouble.

of this matter,

for

it

is

not worth your

233

Lesson 95.
The Paradigm (Table)

I.

Derived

of

Conjugations

VII.

X.,

with Examples.

MUDARI

PAliriCIPLES

jjUI

PAST

No

Imper.
Passive Active

Passive

Active.

Passive

Act.

'Ul

^i;

VI I.

^0 }

t!rci

Forms

J^}

VIII.

^.^

5^'

^00

IX.

.CO

0;0 ^

^0

X.
e

--

lil^l

Exs:

Vil
l:::;i
^i^
^

VIII.

>
--0

>0

j^'2,1

2.

Study

^
1

i
^.>

I)

Then

'''-''

> ^
-.^-^ ^ "

-'

^^-0
j/*.x^*

X.

^Ui^ji ^4.*^->

your lexicon.

<i

IX.

-O^O

Newspaper Exercise with

the following

*oV JIiaJ

- >1

'>.

-0

-0

=^^..-'

^*j UG; ^^y

correct by

page

of
235.

--0-0O.J

-^

the aid

^ij

j^-x^:.^J

liV^I

1.

..

>
ao

-O
--

>

--

'^\^

0-

-^

^O
1

,
"^

''
I

;t^

234

Lesson 98.
QUADRILITEEAL VERB.
1.

We now

The same form

used, but the lam

is

the ordinary Quadriliteral verb

2.

3.

How

How

take up the Qiiadriliteral verb.

do we get Quadiiliteral Verbs

(a)

By

(b)

By repeating

(c)

From nouns

(d)

By expressing

a bi-literal

of

sound (Onomatopoeia);

more than three

''he

letters

uttered the formula

learn the examples

"(Rare),

.>

vy^

away

to

shake (the foundations)

to

cause to quake (earthquake)

to

whisper sedition

^>

>

to wail (usually, for the

dead)
}

make

to gird

say that

J.lji

>

to

.?

inserting an extra letter in a triliteral root;

Copy and
to roll

expressed

We

doubled.

is

on the form

is

is it

a disciple

(someone)

(
/

to prove,

-X-.^LJ'

i2aJL.i

9^>

)
\

-^

>

->

\d^^ Jj

demonstrate

to translate, interpret

^'^ J

"

"To -

to

pronounce the words

...

( <w

^;

)
-'

to say the formula

4.

How

(^Ai

-U>J

I)

can Al-Mudari^ of the Quadriliteral best be studied

By comparing
the

Triliteral

have shown

Compare

Verb

(in 73

J^ ^^

with

it

to

2) that the

with

III.

of

has great similarity, since

we

Al-Mudari^

which

rt^^ro

it

of

either

II.

or

former are really Quadriliterals.

5.

How

is

the Imperative formed

Like

III.,

the rest on the ali!

being replaced here by the rest on the jazmated (sukdned)

*^/
6.

translate

The Noun
i

and

IS^^

whispering

roll

^j^J, prove

^"^ J^'^

interpreter;

7.

We
c.f.

is
8.

gave
Conj

Does the
note also

q.

of Triliteral verb (73

employ

to

a Derived

last

(^u_j

can

bi-literal

^yS

one-

^j^j^il slJ^^ jOl^

But the more usual thing

(see next Lesson).

Noun

to the

"^'Jj

of Object

Yes, but

book.

earthquake;

'^-^-^-j

translation;

a ta marbiita

to^lil

J'^ j will also be found.

best find the Quadriliteral

v^re

See 2 above.

for

2).

mumbling, we gather that we add

But the form

How

a translated

The Madar. By observing

AaJ<a:>

10.

Form

remark apply

(^>-j^*

a-V^^

targumdn, corrupted in Egypt to dragoman,

Lesson 35 the Passive of J^lj thus

in
II.

is

Compare

OWy^ explosives (Neiit.Pl.)

substitute for mulargim

III.

also (^^**'^^ one-

one-proving;

Cf J\*

(Satan);

mumbling. An ex of inanimates,

Similar to that of IL and

Agent?

of

,,^j

r j=^-^

letter.

For

Look under

(a)

Verb

Lexicon)

the Triliteral root,

sounds are classified under the

to glitter, sparkle

(in

(whence

oj\

The

(b)

first Iv^^o letters,

a pearl), see

thus:

Exercise 9ob.

ENGLISH

The
The employees

(officials)

of

EXERCISE

matter of the fighting, for they had heard

that the

{lit.

arrived to them) that morning

two armies, the Turkish and the English, had fought together

Sinai peninsula

(///.

so anxious for

it

with

^5.

dispersed exactly at noon, being interested in the

that they

all their effort,

a boy had

like-island).

in tlie

ceased, although people

began to inquire from every authentic source

were
;

but

time passed and they were tired of waiting, when behold

come carrying many

Special edition).

Then news had

copies of the supplement to the newspaper

They advanced upon

{i.e.

him, making inquiries, and their faces

reddened with joy at the pleasing news, and they showed (there appeared upon

them) signs of excitement and enthusiasm.

Lesson 97.
1.

What

of the Quadriliteral

Verb

JUjir with ta prefixed to the original form (Quad.

(^)

3*^

'with /vas/^a prefixed, and

J^-*^

We

Lesson

said in

similarly treated
\VnA)

may

example
This

q6,

that

of Triliteral

II.

be compared to IX:

form

Conj.

may be

csn these derived forms be

.?

^< j=^\

is

last

II.),

second lam doubled Qw2id.\\\).

Quadriliteral

similar to J^^r {?>. Jjir

is

J>^*^i

\\\t

with a nun inserted and kasra prefixed.

'

compared with

3.

Forms

(a)

(c)
2.

are the Derived

(c),

it

(the

V. of Triliteral

Jl^-^*^

'

to

VII,

its

solitary

crowd) gathered together.

may now be

dismissed.

Give some examples of Quadriliteral

II.

lui;"

(a)

0-^
to put on, or

to

wear

y'^l^.LA) J^klJ*

a girdle

be demonstrated

quake

to

be shaken, or

to

be shaken, shake

to

U*-^*
J^' 'J
f'j^'J

to be translated, interpreted

4.

c-jl^Jl can be v^^orked-out

Thus:^*^-j, 0*-^'

^^\

it

How

is

the

^^

6.

r>

^\

intelligent

comparison of V.

fatha over the ha, not kasra. Ex:

he v^ears a girdle.

formed with kasra jUil* ^M.!^

is

Madar formed

The Masdar

by

w^^^^

sparkles. J^W:^)^

But, as in V. Jc-Uil
5.

i^^-^^

of Quadriliteral

11.

would be

J^*^"

Examples

> 9^^

Four frequently-used-verbs on the form

Vlii (/e.

Quad

III):

N. Agent

Masdar

Impel

^11

Present

Past

Meaning.
r to come to nought,
j cease to exist,
V fade away

to shudder,

to be tranquil

o^^J
^.'^

'

,x

'^\^o

--0

to shrink
(with aversion).

.-.1

s^:^i

7.

What

be specially noted about this table

is to

(a)

Three things

(b)

Two

tive

shiver

things to be

which

"Doubled

Exercise 97

(or Surd)

f^:>(f^>^

Exercise 97

In

Verbs

o
C/'^^l
y

The

b.

?*

pupil

jUai'

J^^i!'

after

^'

the Impera-

Lesson 103 on

and the two ways of forming the

the case of

To English

^^

^^^^

only (not memorised)

?20^6f/

and jllljpl mean

a.

be better understood

will

Verbal Noun.

oJ Up

be learned

to

^^^^

to

tranquility, or,

be tranquil, both

peace of mind.

'

-^^j

^'^

"^

"'^^^3

^r*'^^
^^j^^A
^

^^

began

to wail bitterly as

though he was

not wishing to prove his diligence by completing his lessons.

Our

friend

{lit.

(shining) girdle,

(probably)
(teacher)

with

it

it

the one mentioned)

had been given

Mohammad.

the other

and boxing.

was wearing

a polished

so he began to sparkle brightly, as though

to

him as

a gift

He commenced

(boy) and

at last

to

from his professor

rival

and out-do

the matter ended in fighting

MEADI^G EXERCISE
1

Removed-his-clotlies,

'a1

"UaJ

98,

"

on-a-day-of-snow,

black-one once,

i,-'

>

Andit-wasand-rubbing-with-it-his-body,

said-to-him,

and began-taking-the-snow,

In-the-hope

become-white,

Why-do-you-iub-your

He-said,

that-I,

body-with-the-snow,

'a!

)^ J

^^

Then-a-wise-man-came-and-

O this-onc,

Don't-trouble-yourself,

Jlij'^^.iC^'

said-to-him,

that-thy-body-blacken-

increases-not-except-in-

and

it

blackness,

that-the-wicked,

is-able-to-coriupt,

the good,

for-it-is-possible

the-snow,

This (story) Themeaning-of-it-is.

0^ ^ ^

Over-the reforma-

(he cannot,)

and-as-for-the-man

tion-of-the-wicked,

he-has-not-power,

thegood-one,

THE ENGLISH.
A

black

began

man once removed

to take the

said to him.

'That

snow and rub

"Why

may become

and said

to

his clothes

his

on a snowy day and

body with

it.

Someone

do you rub your body with the snOw

Then

white," he said.

a wise

man came

him, "So-and-so, don't fatigue yourself, for though

thy body blacken the snow yet

it

only increases in blackness

itself."

The meaning
but the

is

The

evil

man can

good man cannot reform the

corrupt the good

evil one.

one,

239

Lesson 99.
POPULAR STORY FOR READING EXERCISE.

^i)1

;jSiiii

ji^u

Jii

>_,*ii ^/i

''j_J^^H.

J;li 3^:2.1 j1

This popular story, found

in all

(-'j-i

jSri^ Ji>"

L- v j^V JC
1

Egyptian collections,

carefully studied with the lexicon.

'"

A certain

^jl

is

j1

to be

number of vowels

(only) have been supplied, to gradually accustom the student to

reading the newspaper, which

grammatical notes

<^^3

r^ =

^p^\

(see 25

Jl; a

modern Egyptian

-A>

unpointed.

To be

give a fexo

studied in 122, 123.

/i/era%, "Hearing and obeying". (Very frequent).

:

7).

silver

twenty years.

coin=one

dollar.

(Explained in Lesson 148

the Imperative of -^1 (Lesson 104:4).

^->-\

We

Jaci ^^ji These are Conj. IV.

<-^ jj^lfr

is

Conj. IV. (to be studied in Lesson

107).

1,2).

240

EXAMINATION PAPER
A.

To

English

100.

SiJ'dii'i > \I^z ';:J\

V j 'V

^:;- Ir

ui;

U J dlj i '^

aIj

CJ

'^j^^r

^'^ J

4ji

y;:^

^0 -

C>

^.--^

,.

(v)

(r)

"^
2r* 'j1-*-*

(e)

:-/^ioiy,r.i,^j;-ir'Sl (V)
/>'.

To Arabic
1.

The

2.

And

stars

am

were shining

his disciples

eating,
3.

in the

sky (heaven).

were plucking the ears

and they were rubbing them with

the

Lord thy God who

(of corn)

and

their hands.

brouo.ht thee out of the land of

Egypt, and out of the house of slavery (bondage) thou shalt

,

have no other gods before Me.

4.

Hallowed be thy Name

Forgive us our

sins, as

we

for-

give those-that-sin against us.

that thy days

may be long

5.

Honour thy

6.

But for a misunderstanding between the two parties the

on the

father

and mother,

earth.

conditions of peace would have been agreed upon before.

7.

8.

9-

The book was translated by one of the best of the translators.

You cannot prove that statement.
He went to the carpenter and said 'Bring (to) me the
bedstead'.

C.

Give the Arabic Singular, Dual and Plural of

week month year father mother brother^ sister

newspaper library book church house dog cow
dav

piule.

Plural of this

word not yet studied

(but used once in Ex. 56

c).

Lesson

101.

GENERAL INTRODUCTION TO WEAK

1.

how many

Into

The two main

classes are Aiabic verbs divided

^^ J*?

Jl*-

B.

^.Consists of verbs (whether

are devoid of

have

own

their

j^^ (Not-Sound)

J^i^

(a)

?^-<>t^

Not -Sound.

triliteral

sub-divided into

is

(a)

Correct or Regular: which allows

shall study

j^^^-*

Muda^af (doubled)

c-AcUa>

wau and

ya.

Under

we

(b)

JL^ Mitlidl (Assimilated

>

le.

hamzas as

wau

or

ija.

Mahmuz (hamzated

verb)

with 2nd and 3rd radicals alike.

shall

wau

have

or ya as 1st radical.

Ajwaf (Hollow) ^m;/

or ya or alif in the middle.

^j^li Ndqi^ (T>QiQQ{\ve)wau or ya or alif at the end,

2.

and

.-o

^y^ \

it

radicals,

{Mn^fall^'Neak) consists of verbs containing the weak

ll*

(b)

we

Letters,

special rules.

also doubled-letters, but does not contain

Under

or quadriliteral) that

Hamza, Doubled Radicals, and Weak

for all of these

B.

Jl*- J3 Sound (or "strong") te.

classes are A.

from defect; and

free

VERB.

often "drops

off'*,

The above complete

and

to

and

learn, straight off, all

learn

in that sense, is defective,

list is to

be turned back

whence

be used as a general introduction

to for reference.

the

It

is

not essential to

Arabic technical terms; you will

them, with their meanings, in the course of Lessons

102127.

But the divisions and sub-divisions must be fully

grasped (under the English names, for the present).

3.

Why

not call the

"Irregular"?

Sound Verb "Regular", and

Because

the

"Non-Sound"

regular laws, though suffering

4.

Non-Sound

verb also follows

some changes of

Let us show these classes more graphically.

the

form.

243

4irf

vm

<

Q
5

'TS

a
a

4>7

PJ

C3

(4

j:3

rt

i^

T3

>y
ki

S"

J5

rt

T3

4)
CS

-3

ei

P3

V
.M

.^

;.4

T3

^
N

"O

oj
1

'

R]

JTJ

N
E

(U

>,

^
^

<x

*-

y3
_

73

>

T3

05

3"

X
c
rC

13
'O
01

Xi

-a

>
T3
<U

tn

33 M

rt
(U

Q
?S

1-1

1
1

>j

2
u

(/)

0)

-s

*5>

H-]

J-7

<4-l

u
(U

TJ
u,

^
1

(A

U
tC

M
rt
<u

- Hi ^
Lesson 102
a

DOUBLED VERB.
1.

2.

What

is

^^

the origin of the Doubled, or "Surd" Verb.

A simple
When are

^J^a

two radicals contracted, and when separated

the

They

are contracted

when

sign,

but opened out

when

Inflect the

Thus Ju

verb with three fathas.

triliteral

Thus

noun- Affix).
3,

Lk^U'j

J<^

the third radical carries a vowel-

has a sukun,

it

he extended

before a Pro-

(e.g.

0:>-U

extended.

Preterite of J^
e

iT-U

Ia.

-0

loJU
4.

O-U

What happens

RULE.
the

first

If

5.

.^-X^ji

in the

Present Tense (ex.

the third radical

radical

back upon the

of

we

.5JU

is

he runs away)

vowelled (here by

damma)

not-vowelled, the second throws

first,

get

is

'[Ai

and coalesces with the

-X^)^

Imperfect Tense of

third.

and

and

for jjij

y^

^o think, suppose.

jl)

its

but

vowel

Thus instead

for ^Ja^)

cja*)

> ^

r!i

u^-^i

,Ui

)Ulir

\\r'A

:-^Uir

^
,^

io flee, rui

away.

--

dij^^

u'j^
}i

^^j^^i

--

U'j>

244
^JaP to

bite.

OjUi*

^-^4A0

jl^)^

jl^-o

^J

J^'

u^'

u^6.

What

difference

made

is

in the

Imperative

>

Instead of

^^

and

the

formal

:>X*

jy

and ^J^s-j we write

<

Jl.o

the fatha, in this case, being a contrivance to avoid

two sukuns coming together.

7.

Why

is

there no alif-kasra

Because f'jl^H has thrown back

vowel on

its

to

and consequently, there being no sukun

radical,

extra alif

is

needed

to assist to

pronounce

it

the

first

no

there,

*->

.0

^'^

li.

ijJU
-I

1
1

-\4

.d

iS'j
^ ^

^''

k-J
t^-x^.
*

But note that ^-U

8.

Is

WUil

Yes

it

9.

is

regular

follows the usual rule, except that the second and

jU

instead of

What madar may be

Various forms
the

sometimes used.

jlU instead

radical coalesce.

third

jjli

^1

l^'-

->

^U

of '^

is

jU

instead of

opinion, thought

commonest form

uj^lk jjjli jj'^C*

^^(a Similarly

taken

11^

Ji as

JCj

flight.

Perhaps

Exercise 103
1.

a.

What

is

To Arabic
your

245

Lord of the worlds

about the

thought

(Sad Chapter).
2.

And

3.

And

ye thought an evil thought (see 6 below).

they think about

God

other than the truth (untrue

thoughts) ("Family of Imran").

4.

Then

5.

And

fled

from you when

verily (assuredly)

feared *you (Poets Chapter).

consider

him

to

be one of the liars

("Stories" Chapter).
6.

And

that he punish the hypocrites (m)

and polytheists (m) and polytheists

and hypocrites

the thinkers of

(f)

(f)

GOD

thoughts of evil ("Victory" Chapter).

7.

Say

*:

''Flight will not profit you,

if

ye have fled from death

("Confederates" Chapter).
*

These are Hollow verbs (Lesson

This verb has the particle of asseveration

verily or assuredly,

Exercise

lO.J b.

and

To English

is

115).

used after j^

J which means

(see 128

10).

(from Al-Quran).
cnJl*^

V^-^k Li

(n)

VJ jU '^iiUj

(y)

t/j,

jj:

l^i 4i

jyJi.^

(r)

i5Si<jrj.'4luv ji^j

(0)

L)

Lesson 103.
I.

Form
This

the Subjunctive of the

is

regularly formed

Doubled Verb

e.g.

from

J-^^

3 to indicate, show.

Viol

VI- ol

C)4r

J-^) (J
i

J
2.

Does

the

sukun separate the radicals

Decidedly

so, ivhen the real

would disappear; since

radical

sound J^^

for,

as

is

it

happen

0} ^

is

t.

manifestly

we have shownbefore J

'

JJ

is

difficult to

If it

were

never allowed

in Arabic.
'

^
> -

Vi

VI-

VI0,,0

But Wright

^j,

^'

says,

"In the Jussive the second radical

vowel upon the

its

first,

with the third, in which case the doubled

takes a supplemental vowel",

he

iijr

frequently throws back

What

used; for otherwise one

two sukuns would come together, which

Jj
to

Jussive

in the Jussive

means

is

In

the

ic.f.

102

Doubled

7io^-?//i

and combines

letter necessarily

6 on the Imperative).

Verb the Jazmatlng

particles (governing the Jussive) are often used with the Subjunctive, i.e.

How

is

the Subjunctive

is

Exs

used instead of the Jussive.

the Passive formed.?

(a) In the Preterite

^^U'

<

i to blame)

.0

>>

247
(b) In the

Imperfect ^jl-t^H

^ 0>
A A
*-

''

^ 0>

A A

How
In
I

A .-

-->
"*

verb pronounced colloquially

ya with sukiin

Is it

allowable

difficulty is

C^j^^*

overcome

interpolated between the verb and the

is

Compare

affix.

"i

Thus ^> he passed

Observe how the vowelling

pronominal
5.

"to deceive").

every case without separation.

passed.

^c-

j^-i;r

this

is

^'

. '^

^'

4.

to ivrite

it

^i-^*

in this

we extended,

way

vi\{h.

.5-1*

Wright, late Cambridge Professor of Arabic, quoted words

thus

Goeje (Leyden) have not disallowed

Ojj*
is

and De

with approval, and Robertson Smith

written

because

longer, as in

easily pronounced, but,

is

it

^-^^^

'

one says

In preaching,

it.

one says ^j^ j-^-^-

when

word

the

I continued.

'

Most

>

correspondents

examples of

6,

Memorise

now

this in *^Uj *u.J

this

vocabulary

Ju

to stretch

pour

to

lower

Taking

fat ha

There

^ij

Jl

For example

several

in the Imperfect.

to

knock

3^-^

to

count

L'>

to sprinkle

'5

to smell (a)

j^

Lpj

to cease

to

C-i-S^

draw, drag

to exert oneself

j>-

-^>-

to love, like

are

^^^ ^i^-

damma

Doubled Verbs taking

to

write

to

touch

^j^*

Taking kasra
to smell (b)

to err

to kneel

>

to

cease

-"a
to tighten

^Ji>-

to

be sound

-^
?t^


To Arabic

Exercise 103a.
1.

2.
3.

"And on him I bestowed vast riches".

"And when (if) the earth was spread out".
"And he took hold of the head of his brother dragging
him

4.

248

"He

to him".
said,

We

will

strengthen

thy

with thy

fore-arm

brother".
5.

"What

6.

"And He withheld men's hands from

7.

"Revile not those

think ye of Christ?''

without) God,

enemy)
Exercise 103b.

whom

lest

you".

they call on beside (apart from,

they revile

God

despitefuUy (as an

in their ignorance".

To English
h/j^i^^^A

cX^>-^3

(n)

Oa.:>',Vllir,

(r)

^j^Vj J^V_^

(r)

'y^^^iiLjlJ

(t)

>

^^

J ^

dUl

<J>.\

^^"J

jyliJ liC

(0)

ACTIVE Voice and Passive Voice.

1.

"Active Voice"is called by some ^^^I^^'Jl^U A^.llJill = the

verb whose agent (subject)

2.

"Passive Voice"

= the verb whose

3.

is

is

known. By others ajXhJJ ^J.1

similarly called J^>ii'

agent(subject)is unknown.

"Subject" of a Passive Verb J^li^*'l^

The above

will

= *U.C'U

beunderstood after Lesson

Jj^>ci! J*iil

Or J^^>^U ^J*'

"Deputy
169, etc,

Agent".

on Syntax.

249

Lesson 104.

HAMZATED VERB.
1.

In
It

2.

how many ways may

may have

hamza

as

In verbs with hamza- fa

RULE: A

/^>jl ''I believe,'^

}>
IT'

is

Examples

vowel.

radical) what

(p. 242).

the general rule?

is

(ie.

with sukun)

when preceded by

changed

to the letter

homogeneous

becomes j^l

^j*^^

belief for jUri^

and ^^

is

'

'

to the

written

we

Similarly,

write

^ > ^ t^

Ieat,iox

note that since

\5'

'

is

The advanced

11.
net

alif of

the alif of prolongation and

3.

be hamzated

second, or third radical

{i.e. first

and jUj^

^
1

first,

hamza

silent

vowelled hamza

a verb

student may, however,

prolongation, to change

then to write madda

conventional custom.

Similarly, ya of the Imperative.

Conjugate

fo take captive.

^^*>

Ij

I3-

>^.^\

-a

^-

'^r-*

is

it

to

but a

^^
^

^^

l;'^i
f^>Jli

j^^L

;j^b

1'^ G

J'

^jUj

J" u

vr

u^i;

i>9

.l;

<>-c

l;*

i;.

^^1

-V/lj

'-JvriJ

t5^

v-i.

;'

4-

any exception

there

250

above

to the

rule

In the Imperative of three verbs the

altogether:
5.

Form

ij->>- -X?-

take

'j^ j* command!

one eating

weak

with the Passive of the Mudari^?

RULE of PERMUTATION (63

to our

harmonise with the vowel

to

letter

Thus

the distinctive feature required".

Examples

hoped-for;

J>*

(a)

to order j>

to eat

Cp VU
<

-^i

r-

oj^ U

Fatha

to take

(a)

Kasra

Imperfect

in

1.

"Then

2.

"And

the

Eden

to dress

from what

cat

is

permitted.

-^

'

to

be safe

^j^

to take captive j-^

'

%
;

to regret

^-^

'

set-before (brought forward to) you' (Luke 10

Lord God took

"Of

tree of the

it

all

and keep

Adam
it. And

(the

the

8).

Lord God commanded

Adam (the man)

the trees of the garden thou mayest freely eat: but of the

knowledge of good and

To

man,) and put him into the garden of

evil,

thou shalt not eat of

day that thou eatest thereof thou shalt surely

Exercise 104a.

an eatable

To Arabic:

Exercise 104a.

saying,

initial

1.

0->^';

to permit

he

Imperfect: to hope

in

1,

(b)

will

(it)

is

damma
1

He

^^^* (having

'

VU

official

Verbs taking

"Change

that vowel

if

ji

M c
d^p

subordinate

*"*

'^

5)

food will he iaten.

-Ic'

'^

Vocabulary:
I

from the

^**1

w>-*

^*

(J^J^*

the
J5"^ y^

i
1

hamzj)

J^ili

of

^lLii

Similarly

taken.

thus

safe.

/r*^
^

What happens
Refer back

8.

eat!

JS

madda

one hoping

J^i

7.

>^o

placed across the other, forming

alif is

-^Waking; JS

the

rejected

is

Ji^Ul ^J\

The one

6.

radical

first

"^J

English:

;'^ u VjS^ \

'{-r

u ill

die".

:^

(Gen
^-^^

it

for in the

15-17).

^^ IjlSCi (\)

_-.v -,^x\i viT ^ivi L'\\

5SI

Lesson 105.
I.

We

come now

may

take

it

Fatha as

Damma

The

What vowels

haniza as middle radical.

in

l*j

^-j

,,

Kasra
2.

to the

C to inquire

^^)

Lo

to

be brave

"

^"^ -

to despair

^^)

Mudari'^ of "to despair''

jl**; l-J

(JV.*-

U)
^0^

V-:

>
|Ia*

U)
>

3.

The Imperative
0^0

of 'Yo

.sA:"

>^a

Uj

There

1^1

.t:o

LI

however, another form of

is,

times met with, in which the

al-Mudari^ and al-Amr.

^^

ask!

its

hamza

in

hamza

Example

(We may

J^

drops

n^i

S/Li
tliis

simply dropped out of

is

of the latter

briefly note here that ^^Ij

al-Mudari^ and makes ,^ j ^^j

beggar;
jlj

^b

however forms

which,

The Passive

6.

What becomes
Revise our
a/t/

difficulty

one-despairing

5.

The

no

gives

is

L.]

he

is

its

RULE

becomes

of

asked, or responsible.

-^*-i

asked (about

Noun

PERMUTATION

ivau to suit the

125).

the

in

same way)

it).

of object

once more (104

(Notice the kursy =

form of writing the word).

etc. It will

damma. Thus Jj ^^^

without dots, on which the hamza

see,

(from jij not

roaring

IcUil

of the alif-hamza in

to

^\^ one-asking, or a

thus

"j^'^

some-

particular verb

be studied under the "weak-ending verb" 122

WUii

11

may

sit,

stoo),

6).

or JjL^a
i.e.

?/a

as in the second

7.

What form
It

many

J ^^

request

and J'^** a question]

Exercise 105

"Ask

To Arabic

b.

and

of me,

despair

"And Saul

(Ps. 2

jii 1^1 oi;;jj tijui (v)

shall give thee the heathen for thine

(l

me and

Sam. 27

not search for

"For everyone who asketh taketh."

5.

"Ask thy

father,

elders,

6.

"Ask him, he

7.

"Then

it

to the

then they will

will

(Luke

II

10).

then {so that, Subj.) he will inform thee,

tell

thee" (Deut

speak for himself" (John 9

said to the

woman, 'Has God

eat of all the trees *of the garden'

(Haqqan -

yet

26).

4.

and thy

me

l).

the speech of the desperate (despairing) [goes]

wind" (Job 6

for thy

8).

despair of

will

(any more)."

And

S/ lii

and the uttermost parts of the earth

possession."

^b

Important.

at this stage.

3r J. 9r^ \;

^C:

inheritance,

3.

*^) villainij

depression (or "dumps").

i:!:!

2.

of i\Iadar:

Revise Lesson 13

1.

of the verb (But there are

verbs mahmuzatul'^ain (having the ^ain hamzated).

Examples

8.

depends largely upon the vowel

not

Madar take

will the

"

This collective will be explained

in

Lesson 139

7,

32

7).

2l).

truly said,

(Gen

Verily, or truly).

l).

Do

not

25^

Lesson 106.
I.

Give exs

of

hamza

Meaning

as third radical (marking important verbs)

Masdar

rass:?res:

Imper

Passive

K^

v.

to create
^

to read

to

fill

r;

'-^1

';.!
K o>

*-

Past

Present

^ o^

1-

l'^\j

!>.

cSj

'a'

1>.

ij

^X'

5t

':>''

^;i

fc

^U'
> ^

to

l.k

be slow

to

make

4^0
a

__,

mistake
*

I.

to

'U^^
.-0>

begin

What do you observe

That there are fatha-fatha, kasra-fatha, and other verbs.

(b)

That the kursy of the hamza

(d)

The Pass Pres

over

Do

writes

it

of

it

(lit.

Form WUll

much time now over

again in

tiie

to miss) is
,,^1

Con j

f,-om

dots; then there

6.

It

over a kursy.

because of the preceding

the table, as

J^iil

^1

no

is

will be noticed

practice, kept

up

of the verb in

IV.

its

full,

'J^^

Tiie

Ik:^

meet

verb for

usual

homogeneous ya kursy (with no

difficulty, ^i^5 7-

^^C*

here that
for a

shall

from ^J and

maqruun, read

we

Derived Conjugations of hamzated

Note that the kasra requires

^?y>*

alif,

hamza

Learn the four verbs marked*.

"to sin"

Form

its

ha.

not spend

verb.

to the pre.

writes

homogeneous

6).

The Passive Past always

some

5.

is

(c)

fat

4.

(a)

ceding vowel (105

3.

above table

in the

^(^j 15 a reader.

^U
ywam/w'^^M, filled.

we

are

now discontinuing

the

hundred lessons, of conjugating parts

giving sing, dual, plural, mas

fern., etc.

'

-254 Such special assistance was deliberately given

We

things".
7.

What happens
*

able to save our space somewhat.

hamza

to the final

word "prophet"

of the

and

U'

from

derived

is

e-^
- ,^

now be

will

"simplify

to

is

on the form

L^

but the

hamza has coalesced with

the ya; so instead of writing ^^-^

an-NahVii we write ^^^' an-Nabiyu. The plural of ^^ has been

learnt in
8.

Lesson 67

6 with words derived from final ya.

Give examples of words not losing

^i^*^i

Qur^an ^j^j

evil (written in

1^

anything, something

(Its

plural

is

a diptote)

^^^^-^

with enjoyment ("to your health")

5.

What happens
The

is

"^\

(Lesson

get

'^J

'

Compare

the verb

To English

Exercise 106a.

jX3\i (r)

132).

To
:

to

As
is

the

Arabic

in the

two radicals are

groan

^ groan.

Cf^^

';

dv^^iir^j (o ucj

of thy

Lord who

2.

Eat and drink with enjoyment.

3.

He

'a' (^)

^.iii diu':^

name

said, "Verily

^^

thrown forward, and

iV* ^JCr^J '>^(^) j^'-c^ii" '4

Exercise 106b.

Read

'

'

(From al-Qur'dn).

jAi (0) iS^^ ;^r 3sCj

1.

prayer -leader

/U'^

alike (from ^1 to walk ahead) the kasra

we

^j^

r-

'^^i-**-*

with the plural of

plural form

hamzi.

their original

am

created.

appointing you as-a-leader to the

people".
4.

And

5.

Then,

likewise
if

revealed

we appointed

thou
to

art

tliee,

in

ask

Scripture before thee.

to every

doubt
those

prophet an enemy.

concerning what we have

wlio

[were]

reading

tlie

255

Lesson 107.
1.

Returning

"Surd'' (doubled) Verb, can all the usual

to the

Derived Conjugations be obtained frjm

Yes
is

it ?

but IX will seldom be found, (because the third radical

already doubled

if

second and 3rd were alike

The cognate

trebled).

just as in

radicals are separated

The Madars

I.

of Conjs.

III.,

IV,

The

would be

before sukun

and X.

VII., VIII.,

separate the two, in order to insert the necessary

2.

it

alif.

table of Conjuf^ations with useful examples.

ja-.ll

Jj-ill^-l

>Uli.J

^^ Ull

^^'1

^' Ui

f^J

Jje-^

^il

i!^

ST'

Ju

iS;
5=

t.

;ii

'&^.

:^c

:-^

'^c

b-^'

-'

l;.

5;

J^^

L'l-

i-'i

>

1.!

'i^'

tCj

:Af

^C-,'

L'U
3^-'

6
7

^'%
-U^^

''L\

->

The English
supply

4,/

What
Take

V. to be verified

be unloosed
3.

To extend

I.

is to

out

VIII. to

4.

are

be done with so

II.

II

verify

contact with

III.

IV. to

Vil. to

and V. and memorise them, because they are

II.

10

X. to request supplies.

many forms

and V- Note the

and V. so regular

like

rest.

doubling one of the two original "Surd"

Because the

effect of

radicals

to separate those

is

111

VI. to be in mutual contact

extend

the ordinary strong Conjs.

Why

II.

>

two

in

all

parts of the verb, in

other words, to regularise this forni. Refer to 72 and 83.

Why

are the N. of A.

VII, and Vlll.

Because their

a.

'4U H ^rjil
;iu.*j

y^^J^

Exercise 107

We hear
ing)

b.

(/vY

means of

this

iptl**.^

3i.V.

^'J^

di

c^'

There arrived

U^*!J O'jl-i^

to us) that tlic

transport,

Command-

a quantity (portion)

War

Office,

they

he asked of soldiers and equipments (accessories such

and other things

(j\

and so on).

the present there have joined the i^imy of Occupation in

many

reinforcements, arriving from other countries, until (so that)

for any thing.

after their arrival by a

{lit,

(prepared)

an intensifying non-expected) and a great battle took place, only

attack.

The army has

great praise.

ready

camp

few days, the war became unexpectedly more

preserving ^taking upon ourselves)

firing),

is

Tliey have also prepared for tliem a great

we were
quick

'

(up to)

country

Then

/^?t^^

G.O.C. (General Officer

number of men and

'^i^^j

;"jc>=U3

After investigating the request at the

all

iWj

sv/ V;^

has been said that the army extends from sea to sea and

intense

VI.,

vowels cannot be

distinctive

;U.Vjl '^;l ^3'^"'

sent to ask to be supplied with a

As-far-as

it

jSli^Vl

% Or

reinforced him with

as

III.,

the radicals.

RE -TRANSLATE TO ARABIC

of munitions.
i

in Conjs.

^^^l\ J^

>3ML

Ol'^lil

and N. of Object alike

shown without separating

Exercise 107

256

As

the policy of defence not that of

several armoured trains and

for the

"Maxim guns" (cannon

Ministry of Communications,

it

has deserved

257

Lesson 108.

DERIVED CONJS:
1.

Let us speak

2.

What

And
3.

is Coiij.

Conj.

How

first
Ill

IV

HAMZATED VERB

of

of the verb mahmuz-ul-fd.

of

of the

j^

?-It

is

j^ from

same ? It

is

j-"

are these to be distinguislied

By examining
Example:

J^lill ^m\^

from }

>
'

'

j-\^ilj c-j^^ll

-X>-1

to

reproach

to

cause pain

J y^

J>'i^-*

'J

^ ^^

c-X>-i j-

-^'^J,J

/1a|,

^^Ui
>U)I^^J

JA^II J^.ill^.l

^^'

^^\

1.

J..il

r>n

J..!^i

fy.ll

tji-rc-

f?

La'/)

2,

-'-'','.>

iJ

'J

<_ii^.

0^
6

^>v

^>->

u.

iuri

:;.U

in

'-{:
'>- i>

-^

S>tlA

.x^:a

>:rt.
>-

i>>

5.

Lh^
>

:^

J>cL

6.

s?-

>

^-0

?-

>

'-V

8.

""

^0
-1

8.

i-0

jiUJ.

ji

10

li**.!^

Ji

To

place in trust (^^I>i to be sociable^^ to write a book

~*
* <
^ ^ ^>
,
Learn J^^ callsr - to- prayer (^^^^ sufferer ; ^ ^* painful.
'^*

5.

"'

1^}

Jbil

-\>tjj

'

ii;:,!

4.

4.

'o-^

t.-

Ua

i^n.

3.

',

Learn also

j^'>

a conference, which

on the same form as J^*ii' ^^ (See

Self-Test 108. Translate these N's of
a believer; asking to be

excused

63:

7,

Agent
;

is

Noun

footnote,
:

of Place being

and c/ ^I^).

an author; delayed

a suffering

woman.

258

Lesson 109.
I.

Mahmuz-UL-*AIN verbs use some derived forms

f

J^aU ^J >uti

jJlwall

only.

jUl

.sill

^^
Jjj^f^l

aU>

V^^i

"(%

.'ci

r>

^^

Jj.^^

c^*!'

r^-li

fi

>t

LI
f

Ju
cji ^**r

Li

a.u :uj:

;>'i-

3v;-

IIa^^

JUli

;D-.CJo

2.

llX^

In

aie Conjugations

there

II.

,w.

>^ll)^

r^.'

Where

is

6,

1^0

^0

a possible

ui

II.,

VIL, X.?

example J

to

ask nuirh, but

is

it

not

important. Examples from VII, and X. are not in ordinary use.

3.

Why

are there not

more

.^

Because of the awkwardness

in

pronunciation of the inter-

mediate hamza, and the fewness of Conj.

4.

Which

^^
is

of the above should be

to suit, is

used of food

memorised

^yJ'
J^Ur

^^^^

annual gathering

augur good, ^Az.\

to

bode

ill,

(of

to

person;

and ^V^\

wound healing (edges coming

r^T^

to

(or climate) suiting a

used of everybody asking everyone else

times used of a

verbs of this class.

I.

is

Ji-l*-i

some-

together) while

society).

Also

be pessimistic.

Note the spelling of these words; the hamza

written alone

is

after the long alif in Al-Madi, also in VI.

5.

Vocab:
'

J'

'

to congrat.

to

prophesy

L-^^r

U*
to

to acquit

j^ to reward

commence

'-^->'

(Add

Uo

to cure

these top. 259).

5-

Verbs Mahmuz-ul-Latm are frequently met with.

to take refuge

to hide

to

be

one

self

Ur,J

warmth

\^

to hide (a thing)

VIII.

filled

to seek
6.

259

X.

lo

accuse of error

to

inform

Pa.V special attention to Conjs IL, IV.

iki

n
\i^\

miss aim

to sin,

and

VIII. in this table.

^ii

t^ui
jJU-il

11

p
3

^Vi

J^.ill^^J j-^iiy-i

^>II

Jj<!il

f>il

J..<ft|

2.

>

u,

2.

sUuV.

\^

3ir

!ibC/

J^.

ui<:i

^ir

'lis-

1-1

3.

4.

> >

eir

til.

5.

6.
-/

M-\

Wi'

^j:.>.

\"

-0

11:.

i..",
J/--1

%'j1J.

8.

10

Exercise 109a.
1.

To Arabic ;
bility

being-filled

taking-refuge; pessimism

assembling; beginning

congratulation

suita-

acquittal;

he-was-rewarded.
2,

Also : suitable
filled; a

Exercise 109b.

congratulator

one-requited

beginner; hiding oneself

optimistic.

refugee

one

260

EXAMINATION PAPER
A. Translate to English

10.

>

'iS^c^'>vL\
c>j:<l

oOll"

^(.Qi iruiii

i2.i

(^e-^=-j-. .SC_i;*

^^^^"^..ijlJlGLWl^^J,

'>^l

'41

S'^'l

(y)

(v)

(t)

(y)

^. Translate to Arabic:
1.

Ask

2.

The school

3.

4.

Ask pardon

5.

(Write out The Fifth Commandment).

6.

The

7.

The two women were prophesying about

believe in

the

is full

GOD

(has filled); then

for thy sin,

girls ran

Kingdom

away

of

God

let

and

(fled)

[women.

for the believers

from

their teacher

9.

Those two ladies merit (deserve) your

As

and believing

(f).

the extension of

God.

Thus

(so)

us begin.

and His Apostle.

8.

10.

C.

these two sheikhs where they are from.

loved the world.

praise.

thcfugh he were 'engaged (busy).

Give Second Person, Dual,

(a) Preterite,

verbs: to stretch, deserve, be

filled,

and

(b) Present, of the

write a book, abstain, think.

261

Lesson
EVE, VOICE,

111.

ASD

EAR.

Arabian Wisdom.

^^Li

A>-^i^

s^^kij

j^lii

c-^yi

^J j_^^i i')ir

(\

0^4:11

(a

C;l^.Vlj^U3l
Translation of aboie
1.

Rest of body

[is

to

be found]

in rarity of

Rest of soul in fewness of sins

Rest of heart

in scarcity of

food

anxiety

Rest of tongue in paucity of speech.

2.

Knowledge

3.

Two

is

a tree,

and action

are never satisfied,

its fruit.

the seeker of

knowledge and the

seeker of wealth.

and

4.

In haste

5.

6.

Three things please the heart (we should say the eye)

regret,

in

consideration safety.

than a slip of the tongue.

slip of the foot is safer

{i.e.

7.

is

the river)

and greenness

metrical rendering,

license" j^n oj3^I>).

(i.e.

water

garden) and a pleasant fate.

the terminal sukun being "Poetical

"Three things

send

away

grief

greenness, and water and a pleasant face."

8.

Paradise

is

under the

feet of

mothers {said of training children).

-*

262

Lesson

weak

the:
1.

We

come now

3**^'

to

112.

verb.

What

^*^"

does

*\1ha

mean?

By comparing
^lic-l

be

to

107

hence

sick,

What

to contain a

The

"letter of sickness."
2.

U^ will be found to be the Participle of

those

with j

or

or

in the

with J

or

as

JIjU

(b)

<-^j>-^

with

(c)

/>a5U

3.

and

"weak" verbs

^/^r/'o?

be added

to

weak

2.

Verbs with second and third both weak.

7 with 75

resemble) takes
lation)

third both

meant by the word JLU

Compare 74

its

madar

in

and note

5,

radical.

Verbs with

is

??/z(ic?/e.

1.

What

,-

as j^rs^ radical.

There are two supplementary classes

first

and

**Sick" (weak) letters are j

are the three possible classes of

(a)

UJI _i

called

letter

j[l*

that

\t[*

(Conj.

(resemblance,

III.,

to

or assimi-

so these verbs are called "Assimilated" or "Simile"

verbs because they resemble the Sound Verb.

4.

In verbs

Ya verbs
Verb.

cr

having

ija

as

first

radical,

what happens

are inflected in almost all their forms like the Strong

For example

>\

^U

^jJj

to

despair

(of), (in

105

>

Jju

IL)

2).

.0'

/ji** l^j

1.0"

cb

l;

'*

1.

CJ

5.

The Noun Agent

is

^C

both of which are regular.

and The Noun of Object "^/^-

6.

263

Passive also regular

Js the

Yes, in the Past

from j^^ we should have got j^^

had been Transitive,

but, as a

matter of

fact, the

few

if

the Past

initial

ya

verbs are mostly Intransitive.

f.

In the Imperfect the Passive requires

damma

then what would happen to the second ya

By our

RULE

over-rules the

^My

thus,

8.

laZ

*'to

Exercise 112
1.

2.

Do

PERMUTATION

"o

(63

weak consonant, which

The same

Vocabulary

of

is

over the

( i.e.,

first

the radical)

wau

then changed o

applies to the Imperative

^mj

a.

To Arabic

easy"

not despair of the mercy of God.

Verily after travail

4.

Our crops

5.

After long

are

is

ease.

fruits.

mildewed

trial

this year.

(experience)

did

not find

(1 13

4)

climate suitable.

The Annual Conference

I

be awake."

Let us pick the ripe

7.

the strong vowel

5)

"to ripen," ^^j^ "to be dry," j^^^ "to be

3.

ya,

will

meet

in the city of Cairo,

congratulate you sincerely on your safe return.

Exorcise 112

b.

To English

^1 <:^j^_^uv
\jLl J^J^

Ji,

(n)

j[

(y)

J^\

(r)

l:itjj\

(t)

:%'M'\j^\] \,LijLivla

(c)

^^^''

(v)

"iiOl'jV^l
i:_!l

<JU. i:v

aJ*

<j^

s'A"'^'

^'^^-^

the

264

Lesson

113.

ASSIMILATED VERBS IN
1.

Are Verbs with j regular,

few are regular,

We must

rules.

like those with ^^

like the ya

refer to

of the Six Classes on

j (^^\^ Jll.)

the others have special

verbs,

Lessons 38 and

page

and the Revision

39,

under Lesson

104,

40.

^^ "^ .^ \
2.

Firstly, take the fourth line

(page 104)

Assimilated Verbs

it ?

in

like

very few, and these are regular.

\^>

Ex:

\^i

are there

to

be un-

four,

namely

\)j

^j

1)

wholesome.
3.

XfA

\9.sii

4.

This form

^j..al> '^J.oi

Uaj

\iA

to

l^ij

What happens
All
as
to

is

not used in j

Ui

That leaves

Ud ai.d

U^>

verbs on this form reject the wan

t/;aw

shewn

in the

promise

following table
> ^
Aft}

J.C'

\d

UjJj

p jl^ll and

in

-Xc-j

to give birth
>

to find

to be

to connect, arrive

to describe
>

to arrive,

5.

What
That

its

we say about

Uij "**i
to

in

(^^5

Lesson 39

be found

and that the wau always disappears

to be in

in

in

good

- "

_5

^_JKiJ

^^3 J

Assimilated Verb,

pjUaii

to inherit

condition

(.ji^ vj!^) iwjiv^

to stand, stop

few examples are

to swell

incumbent

^ ^ ^

come

did

j-^'

to trust, confide

6.

Does

Verbs on

th5s

wau

also reject the

li^ "1*3

form are

265

niostiy regular; e.g,

fear

'^^V^j ";i^

exceptions in
7.

The following

pain.

in

^^i^ the wmi

(In

7.

be

to

eight verbs in

they take fatha in Mudari^

J^^l J?'^^^

replaced by

is

two

mention

shall

Ud and

U^j

etc.,

J^l^

We

although

l*i

Ui.-

ya).

yet drop the initial wau.

e '

pi

to be spacious

upon

to trample

ri

C-

y". ^

>".

U4 ^>'.

It

place

to put,

ji

to let alone

to fall

ir-'

h^

i-

j^j>

j-^i

to give, grant

to restrain

8.

to

why have you marked

But

let,

alone

let

L^^
off the

two verbs

These may be omitted, as not much used.

9.

Why

the Past of p.5j

is

Because the verb

10.

is

put in brackets

only used

Let

What

outstanding facts will simplify this lesson

me

<c.jij.

he

lets

him

he leaves him alone).

(or,

That these verbs are

quite regular in

Passive

Derived Coniugations.

Lesson

(c) all

their

&

51 E. V.

(a) all Preterite

first letter is

This was

to

:>^>-

c./.

found

^^
.

^:'

trusted-in
Is

No

there
it

mon

^ij

finding
(i.e.

3).

present)

e. r/.

trusting

^y^*^^ given, granted

Ai

also

ij/*y

inherited.

any special form

may

;^nj

(J^ij standing

>^^

c^jj^>

be

(Turn back to

weak.

and revise and re-learn sentence

E.

(6) all

Are the Participles (Nouns of Agent and Object) regular

Quite

12.

Present and Imperative,

^c^

expected since only the

11.

in

for the

Masdar

take various forms including

UU j

'

^j

ecclesiastical

standing: f-yj falling, happening

l*j

but J^i

endowment;

.o^Vj giving

com-

is

^yj

birth.

13,

But a great
it

many

by adding

and compensate

of the verbs drop the ^

thus

266

confidence

k'sa

a gift

"k^f^

<J

for

j weight

ii^ attribute

<l^ connection

take the

ever,

Exercise 111

form

\^

To English

a.

tliese

j jj

4^1,1

^^

i>j^'

down your burdens

2.

His throne

Had he been

U?^

^^

o^ } ^

J.C-

"J

U^^y*

jJi.

47

( t

4jil

Vj J ^

here.

'

[earth.

(seat) extended (covered) the heavens and the

relying on

have given her

4.

and

^*jjVu^-5^'^ ^*!^

*^^

Ixij")

Put

^^j

may, how-

-,^

1.

last three

Man's nature

is

all

(felt

confidence in) her he would

she asked of him. {A

dm follows

lau).

inherited from his fathers.

6.

[his death.
God did not beget and was not begotten.
He did not promise her that she would inherit anything after

7.

It

5.

is

incumbent upon us

confidence
8.

found

it

in

him

to

accept his word and to have

entirely.

placed on the chair.

9 There is no-one in the house at present.

10. Not every city is as it is described in the books,

26;

Lesson
1.

Derived Forms .

What

Neither in j verbs or

to deliver (childbirth)
2.

Conjugation

Vl^j

to join to
3.

No

III.?

_j

Conjugation IV.?

of Conjugation

verbs

in (^

X^^

to cause to join

l-^J^

r^^^i

to

^jl

l^^^> 3"^'-^

are regular, except the necess-

4-

What

up,

5.

becomes
.1

%^i

- to

in

IV.

w^^jl

to necessitate

-^jj-j

>

These undergo

in 63

to

Past,

Coiij.

f'-^j'

^Jt

f'

^^^

5).

in

ia?^^

but

permu-

wake
C'jUall

difficulty.

^^5^-

y^J-'^)

<-ii>y

^^^^i

Conjugation VM?.

Any

Arabic we have-^

ko be hon^,J^> y

to

be found

verbs on form JIdJ curiously change the j or ^^ to

O and then coalesce

with the servile: thus

(Turn back to the special

Conjugation

The

j'

difficulty in VIII.?

Yes, JL:^

8.

verbs

explain

have easy circumstances j^y^ ^-1'

depend (upon)

In Colloquial
7.

i/a

'

clear,

^^'-^J

cause to exist

to

'

^f,

J^ J

^jl^l (See Rule

JilJ

-^^1

^^^^

Conjugation V. and VI.? No

to hesitate,

6.

of Conjugation IV.

tation of the ya in

make

e.rs. to

to leave, deposit

Vl.^jl

cause to despair

-^J

special remark.

PTaw verbs

to cause to arrive

there any difficulty.

is

-^'^^i

ary permutation in the madar

^^"^il

II.?

^^

J^^^i

aI^^Ij;*

114.

X What

on page

happens

usual permutation of

to deposit (in care),

list

wau

223,

to the

7ckr

and memorise

wau

in

<^:>yl^i

it).

al-Madar?

after kasra.

UU^l**.

"VaA

{^"A

^<>:>^1^\

268

ask to stop

to

\^

U-^X**

^uA

4^.) e-A5 A*-*

to seek to procure (import)

awaken

to

9.

J^Ui ^\
get

-k23^^

The only change

VIII, Jx:>i

10.

agreeing

words

whence we

and

in

^^>

J^->

trusting

J-^:>

Other

connecting.

^f\^l humble; ^-^^^ midwife.

J^^aII ^*-I

Like ^'^l^'

|t-*^l

^y deposited
11.

IV. of(j verb,

arousing, ^^^> necessitating; ^^^> wealthy

-^

useful

is in

Is

jos.-ll

Yes
c- :>

that

^*-i

is

but changing, of course, the kasra to fatha,

;

aAc-JaI^ agreed upon (c\ry/'Sound" Tradition).

on the same form as

Ja^Jili ^*^i

so with Derived Conjugations

63

(c. /.

fjUi
.

5),

f^^M a public depository.

Table of Conjugations of Assimilated Verb

II
)X^.\

and 108

Jj.il^J jeUll^J^

^.Ll,

^^1

<1^.

Jjel'
.

fy.ll

uWli

M
I.

a}

\r

3'.1

^;3

i;i

Xi

'Cr;
^

>

>

2.

3.

>

4-

5.

y.

p'.
6.

8.

-0

10

269

Lesson

115.

HOLLO W VERB.
'

1.

lijVVl

Ui)l

What

Why

so called

(a)

and means hollow, or concave.

'

letter

j or^^ or

'

"drops out"

Explain the theory of the changes

The

^^^^ mean

Because the weak

3.

does the word

on the form J-*

It is

2.

three classes are

Medial Wau.

named

in the Jussive, etc.

in the Preterite.

after the letter taken in the Present,

Revise Lesson 24

3,

4 and apply

it.

9 >

\)^

vij

LJi;

ca;

a;
ib)

The same theory

Medial Ya.

jl^

(to

become)

to

^^

be from

/^^

but instead of

avoid two sukuns together we drop the

IrM.
J^-><i?

We

applies here.

O^a^^

to

>..

ya,

and get ^^^^

o jl*^

IM
Jl^

assume

jl*^

x'

i;,

(c)

Medial Alif.

Jl?- to fear,

IJU

from

*^^

gives C^x>-

feared.

UU

A>-

,A>.

r
Lii
4.

But

do not see any difference between classes

See ^l^i'

(a) is

Cj\

ib)

j^^i but

(c)

is

[h)

^Ul^

and

(c)

5.

What

is

the fundamental

That a weak

RULE deduced

from

3 (a) (b)

and

(c)

always drops out when followed by a

letter

jazmated consonant (one bearing sukun).

6.

What happens

? The

with the Passive

the original radicals (see also f'O

passive

would have

been

letters

to sell, similar to

J**

;*

but

>

being

j^^

the

permutation

takes place, and the kasra and ya are written

J-d

also

;*^>

0}

^fui and sZ^^

^zXS
~
^

was betrayed.

(Some allow c^l^

7.

Any change
Yes

the

Jc-Ui

in

weak

^-^i

letter is

replaced by hamza

JJ^i a speaker%*^l5

saying (adverbial expression to introduce

^.

A>.S,1,

becoming

j-

V***

The feminine
8.

Any change
(a)

we

A>.|

(^b sleeping

From v^*

What form

^^

but

f'^-^-^

is

^^ S^^

(/.e.

03/^

chaste);

possible

j^-^

^ .
death; <^ y^ fear;
.

^j!^^

to ?/a

written

uy^

blamed.

thus

;---*

sold;

'-^^^^tr^ articles sold,

Jy

a saying;

act of going, or pace

"

is

to-be-feared, venerable

V^'

does the madar take

dying.

feared, fearful.

Generally j*^ but not always.

of selling

C^ U

^1

f^^^*'

Oj^

thus <}^

Middle ya verbs change the long wau

speech; "^l^

A>l.

t^^U- afraid

write j^^- guarded

and from Ob9,

regularly formed by
J^iiii

in

Jos^ measured
(c)

going

Middle wau verbs drop one wau

033^'^
(h)

is

).

'^.'^i

repentance.

^y

^)

or

sleep

act

^y

2/1

Lesson

We

^i

according to the medial

Very well

feet tense.
in

how

The answer

is

jj&i yuqivalu

Show

that

yaqidu just as
written

when

its

is

by

J^i

the form
a vowel

yaqwulu

hypothetical passive
yuqdlu.

JUj^

three classes :- Medial waii, ya,

0^

alif,

}^

(a)

u y\

lie

says,

(b)

^Jo

he

sells,

(c)

O^^^

becomes

J^aj^

becomes JU) Passive

*i

>

>

he fears,

one of these only

Inflect

^''

J^A3^

the hypothetical form

actually

is

for the

this

il

why do you say

but

Imper-

letter of their

the sukun of the fa replaced

is

but that becomes jya

2.

Hollow Verbs range themselves

said in the last lesson that

in three classes

118.

(he sells)

0"

;t.X)

J;V

(^*-Jo

jl*-a.r

^^*rl^

.Jo

^Jo

;t--Jo

4.

Why

has the middle

Revise our

RULE

letter

disappeared from the Fem. Plural

"When

then the long vowel before

the third radical receives a

it

is

changed

sukun

into a corresponding

short one because a shut syllable cannot admit a long vowel"

(

ie,,

two sukuns mav not occur together

Turn back
us for the

to 115

and very carefully

).

revise.

This prepares

most important section of the Hollow Verb, ^^'j^^

(jazmated, or jussive).
93 (Lesson 36

really grasped,

6).

One example was worked

There

is

no

out on page

difficulty at all if this

and many examples be analysed,

RULE

be

272
5

"He did not say":

Inflect

'JA/

'lA^i^

%k^

'^^f

,M

NOTE on

lam

yaJnai,

same form

Some

as above.

shorten lam yaliun

in eight instances only

of the

rj>^

poets and Al-Qur'an

still

further,

and write

f
<-A)^

6.

he was not

iJ

Imperative of the same

was

not.

> >

Jy

'v;^
7.

"He

Jussive of (c)

did not
^

--

fear.'
*

.Jli

8.

^^^^
Imperative

"Fear!"

uu

^iU
9.

Jussive of (b)

"He

did not

^\^

sell."

r,-.-Lj

^^
10.

Imperative

0^
II.

J
r
"Sell."
I'

Jussive of Passive

:.

"He

(it)

was not

UCr
i

t^X)

'

UD

sold."

ca?.
^'-/

C-^
i.Q-

L^-

(^,

cr-r

erf

12.

Give a short

list

273

Hollow Verbs

of

in frequent use
> -

>U) aU

to sleep

to venerate v-jI^

e^l*

JLo Ju

to obtain

to adorn

lT

J-

to live

to be fitting

O'J

to guard

i^U

to die

^Jl) iS^

to

j^-tAi jl-^

<^^J*

**-i?^

blame

V^'-

'r"^

>^
to be

on

^A<^^''A<r

tlie

point of

-^^i -^

to increase

-^ _/

^'

to repent

t^>*Jj

Exercise 116 A.

became afraid

of not selling (lack of sale of) the books.

1.

2.

Guard (Hold) your tongue

you betray

it, it

if

you guard

it,

it

guards you,

if

betrays you.

bought books and sold them again, but the sales were small.

3.

4.

He was

not one of the blameworthy ones

who betrayed

their country.
5

6.

It

fear that that person has not repented sincerely

{lit.

3.

true

repentance).

was

(is)

said that the Khalifa

Harun

the

Wise one night

did not sleep, so he arose and said to Ja^far, "Get up and go

with
7.

It

me

to visit the city."

was said

of General

{lit.

Leader) Jouhar that he lived

honoured and died regretted.

Exercise 116 B.

^:5CJ
"dl;

^^

U- '<iL^ o\J^ dl;

J.M.

^. U;

a::i^

jj

U o> J\

( \

dl; llj Jii^

( y)

274

Lesson

117.

DERIVED CONS, HOLLOW VERB.

1.

Does

Hollow Verb

the

conjugations

~ No,

only

in IV.. VII., VIII., X.,-z

2,

-."'.^^

will

upon

&

IL, III, v., VI.

-

"

to outbid another

^ ^

'

to adorn oneself

K A

-''.

to be dissimilar

U)

principles

Weak

I-'.

U9l^.o

to be white

letters

^i

.-'O ^
wa-.X)

may

UJo

oppose

to

marry

-?j'

JU-^i '^ J

by a

^U ^'^X^_ ^jti

to exceed the

wfl-o

y^'

bounds
to be black

bO

j*.-

'

:>*-> ^

be inferred from these examples

marked with shadda

weak.

(or followed)

to

l-^j

,^0

*
,

consonant with shadda

(b) In general,

Ai

->

:.>
1-j

to straighten out

r*''

L
^"

(a)

-^

(at auction)

(IX.)

(II.

& V.)

or followed

undergo no change

by

undergo no change when preceded

letters

letter of

prolongation (in.,VI

& Madar II.)

Give the jussive of one example each of medial wau on

III, v., VI.,

5.

-i'"-

>^l >'

which examples must be memorised.

IX.,

'"

'^t^ ^^i

come

What

the

all

do so by giving examples of both wau and ya verbs

to cause to be-

4.

-r"".!

>-^'J

in

Prove that statement by examples upon the other forms

We

3.

-f*

>

in

e.,

from the strong

differ

Now
.1?

IX.

i_j)

jjU:^

^jv^i

give one example of Conj. IV. ^*i

he raised up, trans.

(or,

cjj^

(Compare 76

he stayed, intrans.

IL,

cyi
:

(i

3).

r'

Gi;1

11.1;

15

I'^i
/

What

is

observable here

The occurence

..

of our fundamental Rule (115

5)

"Weak

drops out when followed by consonant with sukun."

letter

7-

What

0/0

^^

comes from
>

^ y^i

^^^^ (76

c.f.

>

>

o^-A
-0

275

does ^jWl come from

>

.\o

JU-A)

4 and II6

>

2).

>

(J

("';

('I

r:
8.

pjii of the same.

^ * "..0

.i-

^r^

^^
11. ;

10.

the effect of the sukun

1^^; J

9.

Watch

The Passive

(a)

Ui

Indicative (he will be raised).

/^U UT

.^U IL

r
^

>

....

)U uT

05A liT
')

,ju

(J

U\A

aU'

f'^

was not

(b) Jussive (he

0^

i_j'^.

>^lS"

P'lLi^

(J

|,\

formed fromp-jUai' thus

^A^l is

removing
J^iil

\\

(J

restful
^^ j'

12,

>i"

r-*>

J^Ull

<f
_.

11.

raised).

^1

j^^^ prolonging

C^^-

obeyed

insulting;
^\aa

c^ staying

Z^-^

^Sa making permanent

r-^^ obedient

raised;

Jj.

j'

\^ beneficial.

Ji> removed;

^Cm brought back.

fatal

jl^

insulted;

276

13.

Should not the Masdar take the form

It

'jot

of

>

|l3

from the

the two silent alifs one

adding

^'^

act-of-raising; or staying;

*^^l

5iUl insult

obedience

making permaneni;

^j^

Is

o:>lil

Ul

to

avoid

killing;

'^^l

removing

"^^
j>\

benefit (to others)

management,

repetition; 6:>'^[ will; o^-^i

14.

and

get vl5[

,j

<uld|

A^llsl

and

'

and compensation made by

deleted,

is

we

latter

<iiy lengthening;

j*^*

,-

not of

be the Masdar of

A ^^\ would

should; but

Jli|^ ?

o ^U-l

direction.

there any instance of a verb on this IV. form in which the

weak

letter is treated as a
.--0

(to

"The Glory of God

to

is-lacking-to

them" (Rom.

lacking to him

(Subject

is

anyone) thus

be lacking

(Subject of the sentence

is

is

23)

is

(=he

is

destitute of

it)

the one from

"wanting" (N. of Agent of Conj.

To

a^)

ijai)

This root 3>^

Exeroise 117.

an accented consonant)?

(i.e.

Yes; jj^^

Wisdom

strong one

'
\

^..''

*^,

"]

^^'

*'^-

<-^y^JJ

which we get the

coll

j\^

l).

English, and vice versa

c>3

^1>''''o>'-o,
^

^""f <'0*^

ixJiA rU3l oA^

(n)

i.ioSu;yij^^i

(Y)

iJldl

A^lUl '.:v^

(t)

i'lj J

(0)

'/ Vui

UUi

c^lLTi^j^ C 3^^

^Ikr j

li|^

y-'vj^-v>3:^^

(V)

277

Lesson
CONJS: VIL &
I.

118.

VIII.

(HOLLOW).

Give as an example of Conjugation VIL Hollow,

oneself be led

"to

".

^ -0

^ ^0
~.

\/AZ

r>\i;

0^0

-0
^

2.

Supposing a passive of VIL, were

written

Since

form

let

...

^^

how would

possible,

it

be

J.*aJ

its

takes

passive

(if

passive

its

(if

any)

\^

any) thus :

'

in

Jaj

Or even

.^U) J

would

-^-^J

^0jjjii)
^0
.

* -

..

-v.>uir

^.lAir

(Jlr

-0

1-

^Uli

NOTE There being

but few transitive hollow verbs, there are

o

few taking Conj

trodden
4.

If

down

the Jussive

jSZ

VIL One other example

is

e/

"^^

^^ ^^

(crops).
is

.-^a-^)

-V^-^j

etc.,

'j^Uj

JcUn

5.

J^ili ^^'j

6.

What becomes

give the Imperative

'UJ

<^*-^

of

in this

the

alif

c5?

case are alike

of the

verb

-Xa)

:>\aLa tractable.

when

inserting the

usual alif before the third radical to form the madar.?

It is

permutated

to ya

because the preceding vowel

Thus ^La^
7.

is

kasra.

o
I

tractability

VIII. ^i:> jj to increase,

(j-'t-^

being trampled upon.

be augmented (see 89

5).


(j^^jl

Ij^oj

2/8

C-'iiS"

->

0:>bjl

:>bj

._;^^jl

(wJ^^j

O ^ O

l;^^
8.

Passive of
'.

-".

w^^^ J
jll>-

to choose,

^n.^

is

occasionally heard.
>

>

^r^^
>

>

9.

>

>

Give ^jl^l of jl.>3^

to

be adorned.

0^0-10.

The

Jussive being tj:>j etc.

oo3i
11.

what

is

the Imperative

Ji^3j

i^;i:>3

Why

the shadda in the Feminine Plural of 9 and 10

That

is

u->3j
?

caused by the coalescence of the radical nun of the

verb and the nun (affixed pronoun-mark) of feminine plural.

12.

Give the Passive of

^^j^

P-jUall

(Jussive)

Jj^ J
'0 >

>

^ji:^

jj

^0

"y.^Y'

r
13-

J^*iii

14.

The Madar
>Ll>.

(^*A.lj

Icljjl ^**.i

choice,

arealike

According
option

^^'y

to rule.

r^ y

Exs

^lo*;l increase

J^-^

^U*>

^iJjl comfort;
;

.^lllC'l

custom,

279

Lesson 119.
CONJUGATION X. (HOLLOW).
I.

^\\ ^lliof ^V^J to

^^^

be upright.

--0

-^-

U^I**
2.

^1

J^.^*J

//

^.

of jbL.1 to consult.

^;,lil

>:

>

f y^-

.^

-v^X<U

3-

4-

^jUll of

*>

of

^' fjUii

Jj***^

to derive benefit.

jUi.-!

..

>

,^Ui*l

to

^0 ^

^0

^0

^0 ^

answer (prayer, request,

etc.)

^ '^

^^

I"

^..

c^

5-

^^

cjj^l

jl^".<l

to scorn

(compare with

3 above).
o

*"

"

"

^'

**

(jr-*-^;i

^Vl

of

yU:^l

l^

C>^1^

c>^ ^
to

L5-tf^'

6,

answer (prayer, request,

etc.)
^0

V..A^%.^

'

28o

7.

Jc-Ull ^^1

Examples

^aI^a upright

benefit; ^^>^L^a answering

8.

Jjili

j^**l ?

Govt

to

the

Is

No
of

masdar similar

possible

c-lLTl*-.^

to that of VII.

consultation

ojl-lI.*.ul

or prayer)
Is

A>l>tlw^

similar lo that

is

it

ic-lLl-*

there a verb (as

sound one

(i,e.

X^kl^A receiving

despising.

c>\^I^>

jCLI^a one-consulted ("Adviser"

^Ul*.^ profited

request)

(a

Agent of IV. and X. with

ness

10.

Examples

scoffed at

but

Ai^ijX^Z^A

9.

power,

we found

t^^ answered
c-lL^^^

and VIII

of

IV.

VII.

and

i)l?cI--

^i^ impossible.

(contrast the
VIII).

prayer

4.*

answer

U:**.

(to

Nouns

upright-

a request

ability,

in IV.)

treating

an accented consonant)

its

weak

(see II7

letter as

14).

Yes;

The

root idea

example
sound

catechise or examine (legal enquiry,

^>^1j^\ io

is

that of asking for an

answer (^l^>-) Another

^^4.^l4*l

(^^1 a^I**-

Exercise 119 B.

etc.)

to

a.^2Ia*

To English

(See

p. 281).

consider correct.

The masdars

'

Ja5 A^^^^-i

Wr^"

'f^^ ^*^^J

are

Exercise 119

a.

To Arabic

1.

Be tranquil

2.

How

3.

She made show

(fern

(see

page

280).

fear not, because thy friends are safe.

are the dead raised

as

28l

though (pretended that) she did not find

Note

the weight short (deficient).

verbs like

wajada can

take two objects, both in Accusative Case).

4.

It is

not in

my

power, nor in the power of others, lo-grant

(the-granting-of) your request.

5.

His Excellency the Adviser did not grant

said that the matter

6.

my

request but

was impossible.

They requested her presence, and interrogated

her,

but she

did not consider-right (approve) their interrogation of her,

so she did not answer them with with a single word

EXAMINATION PAPER
A.

To English

(at all).

120.

i:y% i^vji^

ui

:>(^

ijT q\ *^^^' fi^y ly &

(0)

llJ

(V)

;>, 'o^q

(A)

:'^UI j'^Ce-Vl

dll'jl

(N)

0^

B.

>

5t^.

^-

282

;J-.^,0-.

To Arabic
1.

She did not

2.

Despair not of the mercy of God, because He

3.

You cannot

find in her father's

find

house more than eight coins.

very merciful.

is

any person exactly as he

is

described

by

others.

4.

We

blamed thee because thou

It is

said that the house was sold at a small price.

6.

The

children of Israel were punished because they did not

obey God but opposed

7.

"Awake thou

didst

masc

not visit us.

his prophets.

that sleepest,

and

arise

from the dead, and

Christ shall give thee light."

8.

We hear that the

the
but,

Q.

We

10. Is

C.

Army

G.O.C. (General Officer Commanding) of

of Occupation sent to ask for re-inforcements,

in spite of all that,

will

weigh

it

he was badly defeated.

in the balance.

not the plough more useful than the sword

Give the Imperative Plural, Masc

meanings

of these verbs

and Fem

and the English

Lesson
EYB:,
Reply

(Coll

(jC-.:^

<-A,

121.

voice & EAR,

L^

Salutation

"Sj^

^'

U^^*

(Welcome
(Salaam

U>-j>

dl^U.^Jl

(Kind Inquiry)

(When

Jli-I

eating)

^V>

l:*4*^*Uair

(Thanks)

diljaj ^^SCil

Uu*

(To one eating)

^ jt-.^

(Feast-day)

dLi iJjL

4jil

^!'

^1

(Congratulation)

(Weddings)

c>:Jl

(Recovery)

-J^^

?^lij^>

dll.ilpjLfr4jijui-i

(Arrival)

'i-^tJI

(Birth

-.,ja>.

J.C4i

Jui-I

o^^)

^S^-^.i'^^
(Condolence

(New Year

(Long Life

!)

(Thank you)

(Good bye)

^,j:i!)

i:JI

^Ij)

dXli^ ^1^

4il

'^j^ J^^
ii^A^^JI

>

Lesson 122.
1.

Why

verb so called

is this

Naqi

and the verb

is

defective in the sense of any of

much

better

name

Into

what classes can

this

short,

its final

But

off."

it is

tenses being missing.

its

:~

used by some

is

come

to

name because

given this

'The Verb Weak of Ending." (This

2.

^aJ

being weak, has a tendency to "drop

radical,

the Active Participle of a verb

is

be defective

710^

- ^iUI Jxill

;>-

Vl

U^^

constr. expl. in 148

verb be divided

i*AJl

16).

.''

Four, according to the classes of verbs given in Lesson 39.

^a

Meaning

Example

Type-Form

^l^'-l

jjj

(a) to call, invite

(c) to run,

(d) to

throw

(b) to

J" J"-^

endeavour

(J^. c/"

j'i^.;>

be hidden

any on

there

3.

Is

4.

Any on

Uij

Uaj

UJ

No

U*5 ?

JjHl J^r^

only example given and that

5.

^^^

Give

is

"^^ ^^

magnanimous"

vC-^

l>^

jC'Ji

(a)

s:>
^

^(^:>

J^'

fj"-^
U'

(b) of

the

^'^^ \^^

is

very seldom met with.

of each of the above verbs

dj^^

and 113:5.

see 39

^c-^

^ J,.

^J

^o

throw

c-^

[Iaj

L>.j

o*-'
^

ci-.
[:,.j

>

285

of (i-J j/u to run (Note

(c)

(J^

>

K^^

VJ^

***

there are very few on this form).

^x

r-

^0

i::c.
^0 ^

X-

^^ to be hidden.

(d) of ^3i2

g'i
.'.

L^

r.

u::^;.

ui^
6.

What

is

specially observable about the above tables

That when the weak

(i)

sukiln)
alif

on adding the pronominal

maqiira of both (b) and

wau^

viz, (a) to
(ii)

is

radical

(third)

(b)

and

radical

is

damma

in (d) a

thus C^o:> C^* j sZ^*^

being formed direct from the fern sing,

7.

What form
Always

will the

weak

(See Lesson 127) but long

8.

Is

(a)
its

the

weak

place

In the

alif

Nom

shown by tonM;m

thus
(c)

and Obi

A^asra

The missing

Jii-^i^^in^j^i

The

Jbeminine

is

weak

the fern,

dual

(c)

where

past,

cases,

Noun
it

^U-

thus
letter

UU-

radical

,cljji

c.

/.

also.

it

of

is

^j
,>-

Agent

(_^.5UI1

the

thus

omitted and

^l-*

f\

f^^^

LpL-^ LI j Lc>l
y

:>

restored in the definite

is

fully-declined

is

Deiined

the

and

before an affixed pronoun

But the Accusative retains the weak

(b)

supplied,

dropped there

radical dropped in forming the

Indefinite

radical

radical take in the Derived Conjs.

except in the 3rd. sing

(j

is

it

is

also,

weak

this

third fern. sing, of (a) (b)

dropped

and the

(c) to ya.

dropped out altogether, but

in the

with

return to the original leUer,

That before the wan of the masc. plural

(m) That

jazmated

is

the alif of (a)

affix,

(c) all

Redeemer.

}^^^

^^^'-^ \^^- ^

286

Lesson
1.

What
The

noteworthy about the passive of the past Of ^j^LII

is

fact that the

wau replaced by
it is

2.

123.

weak

radical ya

The reason

ya.

preceded by a kasra (63

restored,

for the latter

and the weak

obvious, for

is

5).

U^ and

Give the passive of

is

^j
u^.

cnc^
,c-:>

>

>

>

r^^p :>

c;-t

.^c^:>

1^^

il/,
>

r-t^^
l-L*.>

3.

How
(a)

From

verbs

coalesces with

we

j^c^J^^

'^

^'si%M
3'

(b)

4.

formed

whose

>

>

AS

radical

final

wau,

is

long wau of the form,

the

get ^c^J.4

invited,

called.

this

From

verbs with final

pjl^U

of

3^

a the long

with the final ya, and the

^*^ thrown-down

get

y^^

ll:v to

^^-.^ built

kneel (like

and instead of

Also ^>- j*

wau

hoped

permutated

is

damma

to kasra

jr;i;.

is

'

to be noted here

There

is /io alif

A'

aiter the final

lt;a^^

thus
etc).

;i=

't

;^-

ya

).

'o<4

{i)

for;

to

{^^^ gathered (fruit

^i^Ji^ Ip:>

ii-_,V

What

radical

pardoned.

to coalesce

we

>

J^iil ^J\

is

>

^:^

of the masc. sing.

287
In

Ui)

2nd

fern, sing,

}'

'^y

(m) In 3rd and 2nd masc.

result that the niasc.
6.

c-

of ^5C->^

and

becomes
pi.

one wau

is

omitted, with the

those two cases.

fern, are alike in

to wcH^p (like

(J^j

(X

^ ^.. ^' j )

iCi

<!;

L>

What do you notice here

What the weak radical

7.

ya

is

dropped from the 3rd and 2nd

masc. plu, but retained in the feminine.

8.

of

f'j\^\

^^ J.. ^^ )
,

L^^

to ba

^a^..

pleased (like

(^a:^-

^J-

J*"

J-"

o^-^j,

What

9.

is

obser\ed here

That the fatha of

and the

(iii)

There

{iv)

[n the

diphthong

is

alif

changes

Ui)

That the ya of 2nd fem.

fatha,

^^

sing,

maqsura drops

forms

diphthong with the

out.

an exactly similar one in 3rd and 2nd fem. plu.

3rd and 2nd masc. plural the

wau forms

a wau-

(au).

v) The student should

now spend some

contrasting the three types presented

10.

^^ to

Give the passive (the same for

(i.e.

time comparing and

in

...1

and

and

three classes).

all

>

jl'-^Li:-

jLi^_
- 9 >

.0

.;_._).

288
11.

What do you

We

observe

observe that the passive

fatha verbs,

The

reasofi

Is

is

very similar to the active of

is

for the similarity of the permutations

maqura

No, various forms are taken

that the

Madar

^U j

hope

^\^':>

call, petition;

good pleasure.

L^ J

is

each case.

in

there any special form for the

jA^ pardon

the reason

( 8 above), but distinguished by the servile

final letter is alif

12.

What

Vocabulary 123,
(a)

kneel

to

>

(b)

to

hope

to

grow

L^

^J^

^^j>.

to give to drink ^^'J

^^

to flow, run

u^" l/^

to

be pleased

to

be ashamed ^'iii

Exercise 12B
1.

3.

4.

6.

c!^_>"

J^l

'>

3>.

to

approach

to

pardon

Ui
lit

to pluck, gather

^^^

^^?*

to build

^-.j^

^)

to

weep

L^-Vi

to fear

L^^-

to perish

to

c^-'H.

remain

L>^i

L>

(.5^-^

l5-*

(JH

a,

The mind grows like the plant.

As for her, she knelt on her knees, and prayed

to

God.

Let both of them (113 9) grow together until the harvest.

And when he found one pearl, great of price, he went and
:

sold
5.

f^j

^Jp j

to meet, find

2.

to raid

A^-ij

to suffice

(c)

l^-

j^V

all

he had and bought

The

gazelle said

that

which

It is

clear to

Creator

is

hoped
{lit.

it.

'That which
for

despised saved me, and

(requested) destroyed me.'

not hidden from) owners-of-minds that the

Almighty.

Correct by Eaercite 123

b.

(on page 291.)

'

289

Lesson 124.

in the Subjunctive.

Give examples of each of these three types

:^

y-^
>9 -

:^^
}0 ^

cnSs^o

u^^-^

l^^-t'

U^^

<)

L>^-^
1-

0.

U^^j

L^'i (^)
".

",

'

^"^ J

^J
2.

L^->

By comparing

(O

the three types together

that the vcau of (

fatha,

or

and the

other distinguishing

without any difficulty

{ii) that in the

the dual),

the

nun

(Hi) the retention of the

Why

is

Because

mark

both take

of the subjunctive,

apocopated, as always happens

is

nun

agrees with 30

in fem. plu.

the vowel of the subjunctive not observable in (

alif

maqura

after

is,

all,

form of

6 with 52

Give the Jussive of the same three verbs

>0 X

> -

>^.

'^^.

)9 ^

}% -

y'f

^^

'^

the

carry any vowel (compare 1/

4.

of (<-j

masc. plu. (also in the 2nd f em. sing, and in

with the subjunctive

3.

?/a

we observe

^>'*

> ^

-:

^^

^'^<.
>^

"^

>'.^

alif,

(c).

?- ) ?

and cannot

4).

^
>

'.

j.^

>

C.^

i^'

:^i

290

dl:

dl.

en.

\^z

cn>

ic:

LsC:}

dij
fr

dij
*

''0

U^^7
, '.

r-.*.
^:^j

'-

0)f J

5.

Wliat

is

the great distinguishing feature of the Jussive

;u'
6,

i>7

ij^

the deletion of the

Give the Imperative of the same

tliree

>o

weak

letter.

verbs

>

:::>i(a)
>

<:

d{,
.0".

(b)

.
1

Now

recapitulate Ismul-FcVil (l22

U^jj

(c)

d.lV

(a)

iJi;

(b)

8).

^-

CTi:
oL-s^i J
8.

OLr

"^1

A-.4^1

"the

c>l J

coming things" or "the coming ones."

Ks\

c-^i
'^

'cJi:ri\
9.

'

Weak Verbs

Exercise 124

used

40, for

revise 122

examples

124.

a.

Write the Arabic, Sing, and

of the following verbs
flow, pardon,

Exercise 124

J^'S/lDef:

Then

in Scripture.

Indef

LfVl

Oi

Missionary students should study Isaiah ch.

of

(c)

b.

Plu.,

to

fear,

be pleased, throw,
Correct 124

a.

Masc. and Fem., of

UUII ^J^

weep, kneel, be ashamed,

call, build.

by classifying under

7, a, h, c.

iJxerctse 124.
(J

'

^'

Translation

To be studied with

^ LT^'^y o^
'

""iS" ij-^

the Lexicon,
'>'^'^.

h ^'^J ^^

^j*

'^

'

Hon grew old and weak and had no longer

any power over the wild beasts, and so he wished to scheme
He pretended to be sick and took
for himself in order to live.
refuge in one of the caves. Whenever one of the wild beasts
came to visit him he killed and ate him inside the cave. One
day a fox came to him and he stayed in the door-way and
saluted him saying "How are you, O King of the Beasts ?"
The Lion said "Why do you not come in 'Father of the little
fortress?'" The Fox said "Sir, that is exactly what I had
decided to do until I saw many foot-marks coming into the
cave, but I do not see even one foot-mark coming out again."
The meaning of this story is that a person should hot rush

Once upon

a time a

into a matter without taking time to consider

nick-name given
Exercise 123

b.

to the

Fox

is

(After Lesson 123

an allusion

page

it.

(The Arabic

to his sagacity).

288),

'C.{/\p.^^^yl/^^

(N)

What

Lesson 125.
"DOUBLY WEAK Verbs"?

are

Verbs whose radicals contain two weak

e.

i.

letters

i.

a ivau

e.,

and

(There are also a very few examples of verbs trebly weak,

a ya.

One example

consisting of hamza, wau, and ya.

be

will

given at the end of this lesson),

How

do Arab Grammarians classify these verbs

They

class

jjjX

(a)

Exs

them as

^Ji*aS

(Lafif-joined)

Exs

to guard,

to

We shall,

126,

(a)

has

and also

its

its

ya

wau

keep

(^y^j (S^^

'v>

of treating classes (a)

its

wau

an Assimilated verb

J^

^1)

^Jj

and

quite strong
(c

f.

Lesson

Defective verb (124

"

'^^

f^^^^

(b)

lr>

ir>

13)

4).

b>

c^>

-'
t

^'^.>

::::,>

of ^^y.>^

>

^y

*7o he stvoncf^

Cy

Ijoy

Vf

>

U:jy

<

'^.y

r'-/

^
*

^^p'

i;>
^lli

J^.

c;.>
=

study the classes of verbs containing

in the Jussive as a

of

jc-^ui

as

to ya

having wau and ya apart)

ya defective, but

its final

Class (b) loses

(Sj\ (Sj^

be adjacent, to follow closely

Lesson

in

thus

ijj^^ (Sj^

hamza and one weak letter.

What, in brief, is the method
Class

4.

up

^)jAa IJ&A] (Lafif-Separated

(b)

having wau adjacent

i.e.,

be strong

to

3.

<JaA\ (wrapped, or complicated)

to fold

~m6.

Aj>rjl of ^^^^

^)o
C_,kr

01 >w

>1

0'

e ^

;',

I',

Mj

C .kr
^

>1

.k;

fJ>II

of

c$y

(^y.

0^
X

^ ^

l/^iT

^/J

0^

e ^

J ^iu

8.

^Vl

Ol>j

l',ll

^M

C/JI

L$yj

iVyl

CJJ
9

Let us

now

to Class (b) which are Assimilated and

Give the Past, comparing with 122.

turn

also Defective.
^

'y.

l3j

IJj

Ji

S5''*-..

-'

^ e -^

0^3

-;'.'

0J3
0^:*J

U'^

l:J
:'->

LJ'j

r^-

U
10.

For the pjUall one example of ^3'j>^

will

suffice.

Because the lexicon shows that they are formed

u2r
i.ir

Why

alike.

1*1)

L.

3'

II.

When

the servile letter

is

deleted to form the Imperative will

there be only one letter in the verb

That

so

is

but a ha

sometimes

is

u^
12.

Learn both ways

affixed.

Li

What happens
It is

inflected exactly as

of the present tense the

^"J^

two

(<)

weak" verb

to the "trebly

^j

"to take refuge"?

except that in the

first

form a madda (see 104

alifs

c/i.-

person
:

3).

A-

--

^3^

if

or,/
Exercise 125
I.

God

the

3//
a.

save the King

Queen

3.

[Long]

live the King).

Success to our native land

the air used to take refuge in

its

it (this).

and your families

will 'out,*

Exercise 125

>"

Jlj

and

7,

ye

who have

[against] a fire

6.

2.

4.

branches.

with him, but did not overcome him.

follows

Long

The

5.

live

birds of

She wrestled

Another chapter

believed, guard yourselves

whose

fuel is

men.

8.

Truth

will not be suppressed.

b.

'^jtU

(e)

L^uVl Ji ^/ir

'^<:Ji^\ \) ly-T^ii'l ^r) t

(V)

*Ol

'jjA>

'j^'S^

<A>

o;ir (0
(^)

^^'"^


What

1.

295

Lesson 126.
"DOUBLY WEAK"

are the other

Those containing a hamza, and also

three types

and are also "hollow"

fa,

of lessons 104

and

Those

like \jst

(c)

Those

like

What

JCJ

to turn

Hollow

verb,

come

(*!>l!l

and J^ C

^1

for

^jl

^^*^jj:>J} ^3^^\ o' ^^I

to return

What happens

to the

middle ya

parts are

shown

>wi

^>

and

C^\

is

and

etc.,

'

JIT

'^^

^^j^ and the Imp

\\jLi

in this table, to

^.j

-t

\^S iK^ with middle wau

Ci middle

which

(^ j is
'

^Nl
,ra.

j^^i

1-

-tlJ

"J:
^y-

uu
^^
uu

>

-^^'i^

^.iJ

^-

v'lj

dr

^^

--

^ >

*u.

added

(see

below)

^.Ul

f^^ll

J^ll

^M

^p.

v-

a'-

*c^

iSJ.

i^

.Li

*U)
^

^,

>

K\t.s

^
*l^

_^

*L^

t^V.

Their chief

alif.

tM\

^-i

^--

e ^

JI"

weak verbs with hamzated lam

These are of three sub-divisions

i:U-

C^\

is

'

similarly treated.

is

Agent are

of

(j^^^J j^*^)-

to refuse

115).

-^^

"to turn, or return,"

hamzated

^^=rO'

j^-f-'J

the second

present being ^>j^|, the jussive

The Nouns

J^l

which have

are of

they accordingly follow the laws

to

Lesson
>

They

or ya.

are-the principal parts of <-Jj^;,V^

(c./.

\^^

to return to their lessons.

3rd masc. being

dj^j

3.

AV

The

The

wau

115.

(b)

They refused
2.

3/ji d

(a) like

verbs?

^^^

lib

4.

While the above

'^^^
use,

^ ^>-

more

will
fully

290

be generally su^cient,

on account of

and also the tendency

its

give the verb

exceedingly

to error in spelling

common

it

:^W(l)
\j\

U^

LTi:

ki;

li
^

Zjt

U'::

r-^

C'jljall

0^.

(^)
'J".

'J"
'JT

^o?^

^,U1 (^)

^,>ll

>

^^

c;^'

>
t^
:^-yi

(.)

>

ens-

-7

This imperative
5.

Is

the passive

Yes

as

it

is

^,

is ?io^ wsec?,

1.^

JUT

(87

5)

being substituted for

^\

in actual use, similarly to

a preposition, the

Thus : She was brought

i^

it.

a Prepositional Passive, only understandable

when read with

used.

U.

mas':, sing,

l^

Hell was brought (Qur'an)

i^^>.

they

^^,

^^>-

is

invariably

were brought

See the passive of

fainted
or
6.

X.^ls-

we may use
any

there

Is

Yes, one

I'^l.'i^.'^c.l

really Irregular

cover,"

is

as

lit,

Jp-

aJ.^

^ti

he

"was covered over her")

dLi

(c./.

Verb

with

Well done

ilj^j

).

much used

as

any

in the language.

ought, by the rules, to form pjUaii thus ^^1^ but,

as a matter of fact,

ing f^j

she fainted

and that one

to see,

(^\)

"to

^^Js-

^JlI

297

is

rejects that alif-hamza altogether, form-

The

instead,

The Imperative

it

Preterite

not used

^\j

is

^j

similar to

J^\ being used

instead.

(Indicative)
"

jj^^

0^^.

jl^.J''*

Jy

ovy

^J

C^V

c^'.l

and Passive)

(Buhj.
^

J^>ci' ^y,aj!S\
^ >

>

'

ky.
-

>

.>

iSJ

>

^i

iVy

cy.y

^^

{Jussive)

f3>il
-

'v;.

'Vy

k'J

k'y.

Kj

^^

J
''

"^^

,>

{Imp, not use d):

'

O'P

jl

Ijj
k'->

/J

(;>


7,

What
It is

It

is

J/**

used with I

used
1

a.

mean

"I

wonder,"

To Arabic

you wish

Then she

When

another,

2) to

happen

will

saw

her,

reached the king, and he said

and look

at

her

if

see her,

you do not bring

servant

the

or, Is

possible

it

thus,

wonder

e.

<7.

(Past, c.f. 61

said, If

Interrogative Sentences

in

Have they met one

do not know what

4.

^ j.

All these affictions will turn to good,

2. If
3.

O, to

principally

SyG

Exercise 126
1.

the specially idomatic use of

is

I)

298

{Hi.

God

will.

come with me.

come-with) him you

to you.

he went running, until he

to him,

O my

master,

come

when she

so the king went in to her, and

saw him she screamed and swooned.

5.

Creator of heaven and earth and of

all

things visible and

invisible.
6.

Then bring ye

7.

They

said,

[position]

a sura of the like of

it

("It" refers to Qur'an).

'Hast thou come to us to turn us from that

which we found our fathers

in ?*

And Pharaoh

...

me every knowing magician

To English

said 'Bring ye to

Exercise 126

b.

(sorcerer)'.

4il

il^ jj J^k\

J[ 5jy

^[JJ
-

4i^j^>_

l; -jj:-

% o
^,

UGI U'fr U'i^j

Ce

^^^

ol^
^

L- "(J 'o\

^
.

- ^

^^0

(n)

vjui (r)

1.

> ^

LuJii Uli^l IJIJ (Y)

299

Lesson 127.
DERIVED FORMS OF 'DEFECTIVE:
jjU\

^u.

t^ui

>Uyj

J^.Ail^l

9
3

^H\
Jj<^l

Jj*ii|

r-^il

v-

f>i'
5-

<Jua

2.

(/^/

.1^

j^

>^r

sh

J^*

,3^

c^'jtfi..

c5jlH

UjyT

<ii

c^Olr

3.

J3I

jVi

i^-

,i?

5.

>

^3 J
O^J
^

.5^-1

."%

.%

^v
^

0-

I.

ci-^V

>

6.

0^

>

^ e

'>^-

->o

>

(^^. ;>.^i

observe in the above table

(a)

That the past

(b)

This

(c)

The noun

alif

copated

of all the Derived

^I>i

8.

JvLi

10.

^0

j>j

What do you

forms ends

in

maq^iira becomes ya in the present,

f^

and

apo-

is

and imperative, leaving kasra

in the jussive

7.

cr^''

c^'^'

-o

of agent ends in tanwin-kasra, as a substitute

which should have borne tanwin-

for the apocopated ya

(Jamma;
(d)

The noun
which

(e)

is

indeclinable

The madar
(See 73

Madars

having fatha, takes

of object,

of

5). III.

II.

substitutes alif for the

IV., VII., VIIL,

The Madarof V. and

(f

Some

maqura,

(Defective) always takes the form

weak

letter

(c./.

X. are similar to one another

the servile alif the weak letter becomes

substituting

alif

hamza

VI. apocopates the

c.f.

JLiT

74
:

7).

after

(revise 77:4,5)

ya of .\-^
[S^ J

Jl_^ and /J'^J^

of the pseudo-passives are not usable

(e.

g. VII).


2.

300

Useful examples of jliCil^-.!

^J"^*

a prayer-place

(c./ 63

Vocabulary,

to eat

noon-meal

to take supper

cj"^^

ij^

(^-^^-^

(^-^

Six-"-

iy^

come consecu-

n"

u"

to curve

lS-^^I
end

to be decided,

pray

to

to clarify

(^^*^

c^*^

to

comfort

to

pay attention

(5

>. c^>

-^0

^0

L>^y

J> J^^

tively

^\ j\.) ^\ j

to mutually agree

to

^^

(to)

i^S) (Jl^^

Ju

;
to cry

^ -0

to deliver, save

iS^*"^ lS^'^
^

are

etc.)

including words in the table

to be transfigured

ll)

a school chapel).

ie. g.

^>t-I> a curve, or bend (railway,

3-

:7foot,and88

^izij) ^^^-^^

aloud

(S

"^^"^

iS '^^

'

7-

to imitate

to

be disclosed

1>cIj

1^

^O ^

to be guided
(by God)

^^-r

to be content (with)

^I>sj ^i-'^

go far
(research)

to seek to

''
..

~;(s

"

..

to execute
'

to fulfil (a

}.^

^***5^

is

'

to

show

^..<^

to please

intended to be an exercise

students are not expected to memorise

takes

much

vow)

^0^0

to consider rich,

Exercise 127

c5-^-^J

(J^JLJ (J^-^*"
0-0

4.

>

to blandish

c^^-^-lc^*-^;

to take possession

to dispense with

"

^0

time,

do one paragraph.

all

in

Weak

Verbs;

the words.

If it

Exercise 127.

(Isaiah 40

c->J
lilc

j-^

Ji^S-

Dli

^^

^j V>*V ^^j ^ W^ ^"-^

/yl*-3

.^^U jr\5

^^^^

1-17).

>..

iX

301

]a^->- w/*;3I^)

05

'Cjy^ /JSC"

^::c ^^J

l;^

U-ua-..w

<

a1c>

'rr^

/T^*-^

j"^

A^.

'Ji v.

:>y'.j>

^^^l

Al^'-

j JU^-^'

ji V'l. 'ci^""^'! J jca'ii Jt,li

A^-

^^

u^*^^^**^i

^ 3^
^^

OUi'jJ

^;*^i-^

l>

c^ ^j

j^^'

il^-J

^ji^ ^itj\
-

>o

^b;^.

oy/j ^^-j^i

"^"t^

;.i'y

302

Lesson 128.
NUN OF CORROBORATION.
1.

Having now completed our study

(o^*)

of the accidence or inflection

sound and non-sound verbs,

of both

stud)^- before completing

Syntax

(j^)

Broken Plurals and of Derived Nouns.

there remain two lessons, the

first

we have

all

But, before

which

of

to

the remainder of

is

doing

this,

will be occupied

with the "Nun of Corroboration,'* and the second with "Verbs

of Praise and Blame."
2.

What
It is

is

this

Nun

of Corroboration (^>3l) oi^Ul

a letter affixed to the verb to render

it

thus can often be translated by "verily,"

should then be prefixed to the verb

translate

it,

"never," or "not at

all "

<?

more emphatic, and

the lam which

or, if

translated "verily," the

is

When

nun may be rendered, "surely."

j^

used in the negative,

In Lesson 29

(c), I

called

Emphatic) Mood, that

this state of the verb the Energetic (or

The

being the usual term employed by European writers.

Arab Grammarians do not speak

study

jl5"1:II

of

any "mood," but simply

(This Arabic word

as a sub-section of the verb

jy

is

madar of

the

etymologically
3.

What

jS^\

jS'i'

II.,

to affirm, or corroborate,

and only

if

jS/

but usually written

parts of the verb can have ai^bl

Only the ^jUil

ative,

Conj.

(incl.

jy

is

is

).

affixed

Jussive of Prohibition)

special emphasis

and

and the Imper-

required, as after the use

of an oath.
4.

What two
It

in

forms

may have

may

this

nun take

shadda and fatha ly jJsJ "he

which case the nun

is

said to be

^*

will surely strike,"

heavy

consist of a single nun with sukun, which

is

called

or
'*kJ^

it

may

jy

light

nun.
5.

How

is it

affixed to the verb

The verb always (except as

jiS^yJ\

jy

but the apocopated

in 6

weak

before sukun, naturally gets back

and

verb,

8)

takes fatha before

which has

its letter

now

lost a letter

that the sukun

303
*

has yielded to fatha

What happens
(a)

an

If it is

to

alif

t,

it

remains

also

thus from A^-^^**

we

of plural,

etc.,

Do

The

"light

we

jLlSvo
but an

get

jUxI^"

all.

write ^-^^^^-J

nun cannot be used

this

before

nun

thus

damma

because the

and

jLj;5vj

get

alif is inserted

dropped before

sufficient indication of the plural,

is

not throw at

left,

is

we

instead of j_^-.JSwJ

(d)

>

from

is

The wau

(c)

vr

any barrier between the radical and nun

The feminine nun

(b)

O^

thus

to avoid 2 sukuns.

after the long alif, etc., in

dual, etc.
7.

What vowel

precedes J^fji^\dy

Usually fatha, but in 8

8.

What happens

(b)

to the defective

wau-damma

takes

(a) It

and

(a)

we

find

damma, and

verb taking fatha

for the plural

jjl^

kasra.

in ^ jUll

retaining

its

fatha over the second radical.

Ya-kasra for 2nd fem. sing

(b)

on second
9.

How

is

cX^

retaining

its

fatha

radical.

jyJ\

^iJdl

vowelled

Usually with fatha, but

it is

given kasra in the dual and in the

feminine plural, both of which we have noticed above.

10.

What

vowel

its

lam which usually accompanies

the

the lam of qasam (oath) to

It is

11.

is

Learn

is

this

mean

.0

>

.?

Observe that

"verily."

fatha, not kasra.

example

^Va\\

:J
.

it

'> > .A

3>3 i>J
^

.J

Oj^'
12.

And

these
>

0^

(a)

y^S
>

(b)

...:ll

>v,

o>
.

>

" >

304

TJRAlSlSLATION.
Exercise 128
It is

related that a worshipper once started to pray

he got as

words "Thee do we worship," the thought then came

was worshipping sincerely, but he heard an
inner voice [lit. a voice sounded inside) "You are a liar, you
only worship created beings."
He repented and separated
himself from other men and once more started to pray.
This
time when he reached as far as the words "Thee do we worship,"
he
the voice sounded "It is a lie, for you worship your wife"
pray.
arose and divorced his wife and once more began to
When he got as far as the words "Thee do we worship," the
voice sounded "You lie, for you only worship your wealth"
he bestowed his wealth (gave it away as voluntary arms) and
once more started to pray. When he reached the words " Thee
do we worship" the voice sounded "It is a lie, for you worship
your clothing"
he arose and gave it away except that which
was indispensable. Once more he started to pray, and this
far as the

to

him

that he

time

when he reached
"You are

"Thee do we worship" the

you are sincerely worshippGod knows best [whether the story be

the words

voice sounded

ing this time." Anyhow

right, for

true or not].

Jl

Uj CU riJ J
I

'Lic'l

4i

P-^

^' <:>

J ili^T'^j^ Ul "^^

I!.)

i V U
li

^j

j:.J-x^ j

IV.

^^^ "^A:*

"^s^y

^-^ ^^1^

^^

305

Lesson 129.

VERBS OF PRAISE & BLAME, AND WONDER.

1.

What

are the

is

""^S
2.

JUi

^JlJI

'"*JJIj

I.

Only two

of each

^^

feminine

good"

meaning

What

^J<a

blame.

with the sukiin as shown

but

and the word

the verb expressing approbation

not otherwise inflected.

is

ijli which

is

word

the

"how good

(or

to censure, or

"IS

"Ijo

are there

usually written

3.

Now we know

the madar of

How many

is

called in Arabic

first

is").

is

^5

it

may

It

means, "he

take a

second verb with similar

quite indeclinable.

is

verb expresses censure

.?

1j^) which takes

be
4.

trajislated,

What
Rule

JU-^ but no

"how bad

This verb

other inflection.

An

is."

occasional alternative

rules govern the use of these verbs

should either have the article or be

which has

or

it,

This subject

is,

it

may be

in

iC

is

Tlie subject or (agent) of the veib

i.

may

'y^>

or

"JiJ

construction with a noun

word U before another word.

the

Nominative Case.

of course, in the

Exs

Good

Bad

Rule

If

2.

is

is

what you have done

an indefinite noun

and

Accusative,

is

called

This accusative, tamyiz,

One example
"Zaid

Rule

3.

is

it

The

subject of

4.

be

now
is

good as-a-man."

fem, dual or plural

Rule

"He

is

>

io.f.

^o^j

59

and^^^^
Jb

Ka

'^

f^Jo

must be put

explained

fully
(

"^.J

an understood

Jb

good man,

Jl^^j

followed by

"^1.5^^

used, this

j^^jn to

will

will suffice

Sterling translates
it

^ j J,!^

the slave, Zaid

3
is

"fJ*>

pronoun.

Lesson

in
)

Zaid"

in the

-^
;

177.

^^ J "^
I

render

in the

masc.

but

4, 5).

may

itself

0^^}^^^y^,

combines with

be

-^* ^J^ ^siljj

it

^)L5 U*

11

5.

What

else

be studied in this lesson

to

is

306

Verbs of Admiration or Wonder

6.

How many measures

jV^l (a; II
Two
:

7-

Measure

Most

I,

are there

>^^l

'

jld

^Ji

4,

can any verb

triliteral

take this form

verbs can

active

certainly

those

UJ

in

expressing qualities, but not those signifying colours, because

the form for colour
8.

What
is

function

is

of this measure, c./ jJs>'\ j^>-\

by the word

is fulfilled

This word

an indefinite noun which takes the place of subject, for

the verb

How

J.d

generous

governs the following noun

is

Zaid

in the accusative.

Ujj

9.

How

beautiful

How

good (goodly) he

How

gentle (kind) she

How

excellent his father

How

is

is

the view

Measure

is

is

AlJU
l^ikj

is

oli

That

is

%,

'\^ U

used

II.

^klj

^^

0^0 ^

l^i

T*

and the

Imperative,

thing-wondered-at

10.

<:^,.^>clll is

How

generous she

How

good (goodly) he

How

wise they are

How

excellent Zaid

How

strong his father

Can

the verb of

inserting

jlS

is

put in the genitive after ^^

l^

is

excellent was Zaid

Form
!

^ ^iCi-

<^,

wonder express wonder

in

Jb _^ *Lla5

is

\,

is

>

^3

between
3"*^^'

O^^U

in the past

and J^i

t,

^j^Jil

fYes by
;

Thus

How


Exercise 129
1.

O Jehovah
name

O
2.

To Arabic

a.

And

of

the

up

lifted

Hosts

Lord

(i.e.

And how

How

How

God

will save

them

as a standard) over his land.

He

is

(Zech. 9

in that day, as a

How

crown

good He

is

16, 17).

his lot (luck)

had he

died,

glory as Alexander the great had.

4.

Al-Hariri said in praise of the dinar

5.

And do

'How

who have been

not count those

[i. e.

Thy

sweet are thy dwelling places,

happy would have been

God

is

as the stone (jewel) of the

rather,

beautiful

glorious

their

having as much

of

how

(Lord) our Lord (God)

flock his people,

3.

in all the earth

Lord

307

precious

it is

!'

killed in the path

"Holy War") as dead, rather [they

are] alive

with their Lord.

6.

The Professor was

tutors

Exercise 129

^^.-io>

and guests attended.

b.

To English

jaiSC^Vjo G ^5^rj ^^
I

^^'^c^j uj*^*^

^>

4I

jL/ji

J>^^

oCo y
I

U^iz.:^

^J^

it is

the antecedent of the Comtruct.

''^^

<!i:^ jiiL

}^'^

NOTES on (i) (a) ^r-l "^" c^" ^"^y used

(b) We have before remarked that the vocative
when

crowd of

invited to a banquet which a

IbJj^^'

ill*-

(r)

^^5

(t)

ijD

'

.^

(^)

before the definite article ^\

is

See l8o

placed in the Accusative

3 (6).

308

EXAMINATION PAPER
A.

To Arabic

1.

Said the Khalifa

2.

Repent

3.

You must

4.

It is

6.

When

"Get up and go with

me

take supper with

pay attention

How

me

to visit the city.*

and ask forgiveness of God.

true that the

5.

130.

to

man

related the story to me, but

did not

it.

excellent that
the girl

to-night.

man

is

she cried out and

heard Hasan's story,

swooned.
7.

She came

8.

Sell

as for him, he did not come.

what thou

hast,

and give

to the poor, then

come and

follow me.

B,

To English

oi:^^l

S^\ '^V ''4'J'l

iso

C.

--

-i,

(r)

^ ^

Jt.^.Ccijp'OjAj

(V)

Give the Noun of Agent (Jplijl^i) both masc. and

fern,

(sing,

and

plural)

L^^^J

and meaning, from the following verbs

(J

ci-?^

f^^

->^->

V^"

PART

F//.

309

-Lesson

131.

ORIENTAL PROVERBS.
1.

Knowledge

man

to a

is

in the breast
like a

2.

The testimony

3.

Man

crown

is

sun

in the sky,

and

'brains*

to a king.

of actions

(consists) of his

like the

better than the testimony of men.

is

two smaller [organs], his heart and

his

tongue.

people acted justly the judge would

4.

If

Actions are only [reckoned] by intentions (= "Take the will

rest.

for the deed").

6.

Do
(

not level the hjgh with the low, but the low with the high

down

*'Don't level

but level up").

7.

8.

Cut your coat according

promise

is

a debt to the freeman.

to

your cloth,

{lit.

According

to

the size of your bed stretch your foot).

9.

10.

"Impossible with

Most

fire

men

is

possible with God."

comes from small sparks ("Despise not small things").

JUJl

l:>\l^

j^ '^^^ JUilt ;:>l^

^131 7-l^V ^IJI

iJwJl_jl

^Ul DUVl

(y)

(t)

Icl

(e)

JUL >l^l jL J. ^\}\ JUI ,U H

(A)

dl)ip^jjudlj:1^3 !^

Jc

(a)

rjj>

Jj^^ ^^^^A

i\ xj^

J\:}\

^s^)\

Jama

(v)

(\)

310

Lesson 132.

MORE BROKEN PLURALS,

1.

In

Lessons 132

we

student's time,

by

138,

which may be sub-divided

shall study the rest of the

We

the "Broken Plural."

four measures Jd

Ui Jli

of Paucity," because they

said

and

may

measures taken

Lesson 49

in
i)L*i

to suit the

are called "Plurals

be used for things numbering

numbers

three to ten, provided that a second form exists for

above
2.

Which
Jl*5

3.

ten.

no second form, then the

of these has been studied

in

If

Lesson 50

this vocabulary, Singular

Learn

-^^

iJL5

and Plural

and

Uxd

together.

A>0

>v >y

foot, leg

one does for both.

first

that leaves us Jii

that the

>>**
^>

month

Form

face,
*

palm
4.

It

Jo

of

will

hand

'^

^^

Jo

>-

0^

letter (alphabet)

^^ot:

eye

t^

^c:^\

/Jo

soul

J-.i

hand

page

>o t

oU

bucket

"^
1

>

tongue

:.

^'

fore-arm

Vi

'

/^>0

cn^

cnc-l

^j^

line

be observed that the words on the right have their

singular on the measure

JUi and one on

ld

but two

of

the others are

on

Ui

o-i.

5.

How
Jb

is Jo

explained

has really lost a

(Lesson 144) thus

a

"weak" one,

it

letter,

Is^'^l
is

tanwin kasra when

defined, thus

^^^i}

which

is

manual

restored in the attributive

the

restored letter being

represented in the plural of "hand" by

indefinite^

but

(their hands).

it

is

written in full

when

6.

How

do you explain

The second and

cJl.S

What

is

(palms)

becomes lJl5

the next measure to be learnt

There are very few nouns using

could (and often do) take j^jii
^^0

youth

^^^0

What about
oT^ldoes

S^

L^*

Is

/^U-^J

AX-i

this plural,

and

all

of these

instead.

^f.

f'

A>

- >

youth

"(.%

make

not, itself,

the third measure

a plural

olJ^ or

a)l*5

more used

rays (of

arms, armour

a place

used for

All

a deity

shoes

"^li:-

^-

\^,

an example
^^

j;

medicine

-i

.^

/>>

^U.

'

it.

Very much more.

wing

un)

is

'^C-J

bed, bedstead

building

>>

brother

^^
9.

"doubling"

# -

\r\

woman
8.

third radicals being alike,

takes place and kJaaS

7.

311

Xa':^^

a loaf

(^Pj

answer, reply
1

question

valley
10.

What happens
^l-^>

we saw

as

it is

11.

as an

Take

in

permutated

What
plural

is
is

to the final letter of the last four singulars

example of the others

Lesson 123 ^x.
to

hamsa, but

noticeable in

all

^1

this last letter is really

to build

in the plural

it

in the

madar

reverts to ya.

but one of the above

That

this

used for singulars having a long vowel as penultimate.

312

Lesson 133.
^0}
I.

Our next measure

Because

Turn

to 58

Then

learn the following

is

and

>^*i

fern.

blue

crooked

^0

By our Rule

Exception, the yaovercomos the

Whence do we
entirely

'^c^

from singulars

^u^'

damma and

forms

in

<)Li

thus

a copy (of book)

Thus
its

canal

^^c.

suspicion

knee

duration, period

sentence

pearl
^'1

dynasty, power
a drop, point

r'
t)3'^

Li;

lecture, or

throws

"

fatha

^^\

fT

IT:,
.)^A> -X'

aJ

its

1/

^^

,v>

nation

<Ja>-

^^!a>-

^.-^.

chamber

i^^\

Ud

the Friday mosque-sermon, on dropping

radical,

^Y ^^y ^^

^^\

get the plural measure

back upon the second

'>i

should become

^^)

>

green

(white)

\
:>^-a.i

red

^>'
the plural of ^Jcl\

,.0

>

black

&

bald

Almost

palsied

3.

Ui

(or

'o-V

is

on

and defect

4 (b) andTevise the examples given.

leper

What

consists entirely of nouns of colour

it

adornment) whose masc. sing,

2.

Why

easily learnt.

is

l*d

picture

chapter
opportunity

J_,^

'-ir-,
r}

aU^
^-^

>

0^^

313
>-

4.

But
to

of the measure il3

a!j"^

is

mean

nation or "power"

Powers)

is

an exception

5.

The

^^'

fi^'

next plural form

singulars

manner

in

4.ii

is

Is

it

usually take

analogous

maxim

u^

-4

Others do not

why

The Arab grammarians

and they are

^;.'.

pond, pool

Some European grammars now

plurals,

Yes

tii

"r^.

needle

tale, story

\iA ?

for plural.

ld

wise

to

a piece

of life

division

forms

*^0^ ^ village.

/T

Ij*^

..

(5^

service

6.

There are a few others

to the rule.

^^^'^^

now used

^ ^

VJ' r ^jy

word,

this

(^^n-50 Jjii^ The Great

ie.q.

0,

'^^-'.

No

give

\*i

-;r-.
and

Ui as plural

correct, as

we

not real

"Collectives,"

these

call

shall

shew

Lesson 139

in

3.

Lesson 134.
1.

In

lesson

this

aLj^

"A.iA

and

we

shall

a)Lj3

learn

the

first

first

two have, for

plural
in

measures

common

beside

their distinctive use

is

for Jc-UII

-,-*-l

for participles of three generally sound radicals, used as

descriptive adjectives
participles having a
2.

new

Have they anything

the appearance of their forms

The

three

Some examples
labourer

of

while

weak

illji is

entirely reserved for active

final letter,

wau

or ya.

(See 122

8).

a)l*3

y\i

guilty

f'

A>

treasurer

seller

6J^

student, seeker

scribe

ul

r-r

Lii'u

IJir

3.

But

J"

(seller)

I)

Yes, but

has a hamza

plural of Jol^ (written X.*-

^
4.

permutated ya, from

it is

314

Study these examples of

^^.jo

iU

Similarly,

the

a chief) is o^l**

"^.

<li

j'3

adulterer

>

raider

judge

sinner

shepherd

pastor

archer

'
jr.

governor

inviter, caller

propagandist

if

>

.!>

naked

'su

rebel

if

>

A>

5,

But

how

ol^J on the measure

is

Remember

that

pis was wau,

(in

6.

Is

the plural) the

^c-ol

little

monkey

o^y^'r

it

letter is written alif in

may be
a cat

and

ya, Ja^^^izS

that of

S^c^

Instead of writing

U^i much used

indeed, but

Ic-^

weak

the third measure,

Very
a

was

final radical

its

Ali

A-^ai

each case.

y ^ ^

Examples

noted.
<JL^i 7-

l^j

A^

-r

:>J

Li elephant.

Lesson 135.
I.

What

is

characteristic of the measures

\a and

Both are plurals of the Noun of Agent Jdill

former

is

much

less

used than the

latter.

Jli

^1

Examples of

but

the

e>t,\

asleep

^
absent

c
u

worshipper

-be**

*.

kneeling

T'

'^-


2.

315

Examples of JUi

'^\^

ruler

reader

^,ur

r^-

infidel

^L^J^

artisan

leader

deputy, (MP.)

""^

servant

rL

workman

t]i^

>u

* >

y^>

visitor

3.

How
'^l^J
->

do you account for the

comes from

^>

is

> " ^

chiefly used

participle" (see 58
5.

Examples

of

the last letter being

5)

(to

med.

letter

being wau

be deputy) the med. being

wau

characteristic

is its

for adjectives
:

hamza

';.

\i what

is

"'jlk';

^15 (to lead), the

^y:ij^\)

Our next form

It

^^aj

4.

'^.'

>

^?

last four

i^? (to read),

<^

overseer

"assimilated to the passive

on some such form as

L*3

lJ
^

thrown down

wounded

(in wrestling)

killed

Stung
i.

V'l

hired

dead

6.

j^^^sC

Measures

They

Alli

and

^o\j^

ii^j

what of these

merely intensive "supplements"

:

^^11

jlic?- r- ^:>c:-

J>

drowned

are omitted by the best native

Examples

LS^y

prisoner

Jr

drunk

sick

to Jl*3

stone

grammarians as being

and J^*j 67 and

<>^^C'-r-

49.

"Ic paternal uncle.

316

Lesson 136.
1.

We

come

to plural

ij%i and

j%i

measures affixing

What

That the four words

plural
2.

il*^

in

all

is

the

learnt

first

in

alif

and nun.

These are

thing to note about j^Ui

Lesson 132 as forming one

take another in j^li

Give examples of these and of others.

^

wall (inclosing)

brother

large fish

youth

woman

rod, stick
>

fire

'j^

u'"^)

crown

f^^

}*

youth
eagle

neighbour

^.U

0'-^^

raven, crow

3.

Is

there any difference between ^^>-[

Yes
4.

2j>-\

means brothers

Give examples of

(jlj>-i

,-'.

V^^

^^id ji^>-l

brethren (of a community).

j'^ni

monk

horseman

trJi

brave

tr-/*

Si^

lamb

J^

,1^

intimate, friend

cross

,..^A>^

^'

blind

What

C^.^23

boy

Lu

young man

black

5.

rod, stick

is

town, country

noticeable about the last two

:>j^\ takes the plural

= country

of the blacks)

Sij^M

1;

for colour, but also (ji^^*

and ^C'\ takes

^^

and

(Sudan

jL^

317

6.

i..-.

We

conclude this lesson with jLi which

syllabic plural.

What

The shadda upon

is

observable

is

a form of quadri-

and

the ya in both singular

Exs

plural.

chair, throne

concubine

wilderness

ll\j^

i*l*^ a

7-

upper chamber

J,

derived from

is

ifra^/,

a familiar household

Ou^W China, Oriental

word;

is

it

trays being of porcelain.

Lesson 137.
1.

We

have

all

but finished our measures of "Broken Plural."

There remain a group of three which have much

viz

2.

3.

(Ji^(Jt*i and

JU^

JUd

(b) a special

form as

How

explained

L|jut

The singular

is

like

in the

alif

4.

Examples

(6)

is,

on the feminine form

which coalesces with the

z/a

alif to

avoid ,^

and

(b)

servile

c f.

LVl

its

"he lives,"

angles, is

\j\j)

cCu

orphan

'ij^

present, gift

A)Ld

which writes

distinct in the plural,

(But the sing, of Cljj

of both (a)

^ll)

gifts.

that
a

is
is

maqsura as long

sin

finally Ull-i

<)-X*

singular but

which avoids ^V:

bl^*

in

but the lam of the root

ya

and then

common,

ordinary form, clearly showing the origin, as

(a)

is

in

(a)

J-.

sorrowful

J'>

virgin

t^ji-^

e ^

gift,

offering

flock, subjects

calamity

i%

desert

CiO*^ \y^^

drunk

/jisC'

-3i85.

What is known

of Jli

?
/v?

It

appears to be a variation of jr*i for the two words

lazy,

6-

and jl^^C/ intoxicated

used for

a "distributive

one,"

unique.

or,

What
(a)

as

which may take

numeral"

Certain words of the measure

-il

in the

^>i

and one or two others

.>c^

which the tanwin kasra

Three very common

triliteral

is

It

is

"one by

as

all

either.

^ .^1^

case of

JUi

singulars form their plural in

letter for
(h)

-0 ^

j^LS

(^^^^

and of

of these have a

'i%5

weak

a substitute.

nouns

IJ

\^

and

(j^ j

also adopt this plural without any obvious reason.

7.

Examples

collar-bone

night

a claim

f)
(b)

t5'>'^
0^

-"

jg

y}

judicial opinion

JUI

people

>'.

(a)

3li

a virgin

Ji.

a desert

jUw9

C^^^

1^0

land, earth
8.

What

is

the specially intricate point here

That the tanwin kasra

is

Tiie defined

the ya.

pare 122

above

is

.?

observable only

and Oblique cases of the

noun

Indefinite,
is,

in

the Nominative

the Accusative writing

of course, fully declined.

Com-

8 but note this difference that the plural in

quadrisyllabic
Indefinite.

JQil

jaii

Case.

Jd

'Nom

ag

Ace

jg

Obi

if

ij

319

Lesson 138.
SUPPL. TO QUADEISYLLABIC.
I.

What words
(a)

use the measure illUs

Many words which came

originally, even

from foreign sources, as ^L**

the Persian

(b) substantives

more than four

more than four

letters

centuries ago,

a professor, or teacher,

and adjectives generally,

many

(c)

if

relative adjectives,

from
of

if

when

of

letters.

Cassar

professor

Pharaoh

pupil
A>-

giant, tyrant

philosopher

U:>-

A>-

deacon

4*w^L.v*^

angel

The

is

.0^'

Nubian, Berber

What

metropolitan
bishop

tj^\

Moor

2.

C?;/.^.

bishop

peculiar about this measure

addition of

to the usual quadrisyllable

form, and

the

A*

consequent

inflexion

/^^//

many grammarians

which

to exclude

it

from

causes

the quadrisyllabic,

plurals, v^hich are diptotes.

3.

Is

^\

there a "Plural of Plural"

Yes, there are quite a number

places

O^t"^

'1^

note the following varied ex

r r

hands
sayings

names

(see 136

6)

k''-

'

CC

ifUl.1


What

the

is

called

It is

name

When
name

of the final form

c^t,4^\,P>llA Ai,.^

"measure," and

320

9'j-J^^

cJ^-^"^

Now

means

Ai-.-^

means

"form" or

"the last of the plurals.'^

applied to the real "Plural of P)ural," the reason for the

is

obvious

now

however, used

is

it

in a

general

way

t^

denote what Europeans call the Quadrisyllabic Plural, whether

5.

Can
Yes

the "Plural of Plural" have a regular- ending

;

the regul3.r feminine one,

way, road cl>l?^L

7-

,jj^

Tiuis

^>

-r

Mention a few quite irregular plurals (from obsolete

Obsolete, or
Plural

Meaning.

Real Sing:

fictitious

Sing:

Obsolete

Aa^

Lip

))

b^b

mouth

))

"^oi;

tu

.c

water

>>

)>

:.it

mother
man, person

>

sings., efc.)

.1"."

Fict

J-./i

woman

'^IJ
it

gold coin

ll>"

5)

li'^i

carat
govt, office,

i'l^

))

Exercise 138^ on the Broken Plural

coll.

poems.

(1)

Enter up every measure on a distinct page of Vocabulary

(2)

Take

note-book
a

some

require several pages.

mixed selection of singulars and plurals

above order) and

test yourself.

take two or more plural forms.

(not in the

Note the singulars which

321

READING EXERCISE.

jl

I^pU !^^U ol5^j 3^V^

TAe above was

*^^V 3 3^,^ J jV

(J^^ (J[
'

set at

London Univ

'

\^^

TRA.NSLATION.
Exercise 138

Al-Rashid's was one of the best of reigns and the fullest of

events

and

the most

covering the greatest extent.

part of
regents.

and

the world

No

legists

writers,

history

levied taxes

and the owner

of

(doctors of canon law)

upon the greater,

Egypt was one

many

Be used
gift

was himself

to

and

Quran-readers, judges,

lift

him up

a distinguished

classes

at the

door

bestow upon every one of them

and poetry and sound of

was respected by

of his

savants, poets

boon-companions and singers as gathered

most abundant

also he

He

other Khalifa gathered so

of Al-Rashid.
the

and beneficent, besides

maojnificent

taste

to the highest rank

man, a

poet, relator of

and discrimination, and

and masses alikeY^'S'om Original

!)

322

Lesson 139.

THE COLLECTIVE.
1.

What

the

is

meaning

"noun of plural"

means

of the expression

there

another

is

"like-plural" (semi-plural)

name

which

2.

What

forms

may

is

the collective take

(see 7 below).

l*dand

\iA

which

used for express-

"noun of unity" can be formed

There are three principal ones

^^>.

each of these expressions

denotes a "collective," but the latter one

ions from

^\

*>-

l-^i

Some gram-

marians (not the best) even classify these among the "Broken
(Possibly

Plurals."

of
3.

them

Take

in

the

Lessons 132 137.

first

\^

Upon

\i

Now

Ja\j signifies

we

6).

find

-X&j

a deputation

>A>.

servants, retinue

people

>^i>

"One

arriving" as an envoy, but any

which has altogether

make up

a deputation

a collective idea

mounted person

or passenger, but

Similarly

the collective sense.

about

forms of plural, but aJ^

^.^l:^

v_^j

number

^^

\j is

j caravan, has

a servant,

not one of them.

is

True,

(delegation),

Also

it,

^c

and

these cannot honestly be called plurals

of single arrivals will not

a single

But see 133

two.

Upon measure

sheep.

some students have noticed my omission

has several

This word

is

reserved for the collective idea of "household staff," or "retinue."

4.

The measure

L*^

^^d.5 flour, or fine powder,

form were

is

But

is

adding

there not
I

But even

classified as a plural form, there are only

examples : A^c^ slaves and

5.

a collective.

to singular

sort of
}

Yes

^j^^>-

this

this

two useful

donkeys.

collective (or plural)

;

if

formed by

applies principally

to

the

Noun

Intensity (Lesson

ol

ilU^rJUj> camel-driver;
form
6.

is

What
This

adding
\^
7.

,i

What

^
is

to the
^.1

it

A*

is

collective.

insects,

is

to

the attributive

Thus

attributive.
-IJUL-u- 7-

Moors

f'Tlc-l^

trees,

fruit,

vegetables,

etg.

no plural but have a collective ?- <J^

kind be required

This singular

is

called

o-a?-^1'

A single one

Meaning

Collective

is

affixed to the

^o>\
Meanin^g

Collective

figs

:P

bees

apples

5^

ants

^0

when

say here that

which

usual to form a "collective" plural by

a single article of that

Single

booksellers?

*i^f--^

the *'Noui\ of Unity," or Individuality"

birds,

that

to

it

watchmakers

generally require
if

as in

ya-shadda of the

meant by

means

it

This

JlV* radish-seller.

the collective plural of the attributive in

long word

\\

the ending in

be studied in 144. Suffice

is

^U^tir-

JUi workman

?-

often used in the colloquial dialects.

is

is

illii

146)

roses

ostriches

^'
"...

ILj

trees

ducks

reeds,

pomegran.
8

If,

in

we

paragraphs

learn that

and

may be

6,

adding

By remembering
and

that

forms a

collective

to "things in

trees

and

how

in

shall

we

'^

refers to

6 to the relative adjective, as

Unity applies

leaves of

0)3

the sign of a simjle one,

distinguish between the uses of

'

pigeons

sugar-cane

the intensive form

j j^

groups" such as

while the

JU

Noun

trees, birds, etc.

of

SHEADING LESSON.
(

^^i?

^Klij

^^-r"

ij>li

^J,

L^;?^i^*

Vb

The

jO l^^W^i'^>l Ji;> JUUI

L>U^I

>^;ir^^V

(n)

cnU^lJl jl5^ (r)

xjj^ii;Lil

^.^;i>i ji;^.

\^^.j ^\A^j

TRANSLATION.

Exercise 140.
1.

^^:^^

nights are pregnant, they bring forth wonders (The usual

form of

this

proverb

is

"bring

forth every sort of wonder").

Previous Sultans have had a splendid record (lit. have been

owners of white hands) in encouraging benevolent enterprises.
There are many examples, e. g. they
God have mercy upon
them
took to visiting the hospitals and refuges in their king-

2.

dom

distributing valuable presents

and orphans.

among

the sick,

wounded

were extremely sad at

their deatlis for they were an example to all kings and rulers.
The whole of the students struck work and left the institutions

3.

of learning

In truth, their subjects

and joined themselves to the mob in the streets,

and unemployed workmen, etc.

pedlars, booksellers, labourers

When
.

the head-masters of the schools issued orders to return

they refused to return and passed a resolution,

was necessary to continue the strike, and
secondly, it was incumbent to send a deputation of the
inhabitants to have the honour of interviewing the ministers
to their lessons,

firstly,

that

it

in their offices.

EXAMIISATION PAPER
A.

Translation to Arabic

Two women had

140.

each a child but one died, and the mothers

They came

then quarrelled (disputed) over the remaining one.

to the

prophet David

who decided

(upon him be peace)

(sentence) for the elder

woman, but

(greater)

as they

still

disputed he sent them to his son Sulaiman (upon him be peace)

whom

to

me

they related their story.

a knife."

Sulaiman then

"Cut the living boy into two halves,

But the younger (smaller) one cried

but give the other

woman my

"Take him

is

for he

(The above

B.

To English
*^i

3 Ol^^

is

^>i^

not cut him at

So he said

all,

to the smaller,

thine."

^^-4 ^ ^-^

What do you know

^U

said,

each mother one half."

out, *'Do

share."

''Bring

one of the various oriental versions of a well-known story).

oi;;iil Li^Aoj

C.

to

said,

him and then he

knife was brought to

^^<p^

V*

^"^

y^^A^

-X>.V "IJ

Cil>i;^>3'^;<j^

of the following

(^^^^ Jl^I

^^

'ilj>c,^

JUlII ol/^

(s)

(r)

l5^^' ow 3

olJ^U ^Cl

o^^J

i^^^Cj:

f^>'

Lcj

3^
A^l ^Ij

326

Lesson

141.

EYE, VOICE & EAR.

\^

^ "^

-1**''

^\

Suratul-Fatiha (the Opening)

In the

name

^'''''

"^

'^

>

of God, the Very-Merciful, the Merciful.^

Praise to God, Lord of the

Worlds

The

Very-Merciful, the

Merciful Ruler (King) of the Day of Judgment Thee do we

worship, and Thee do

path The path

we beg

help

Guide

whom Thou

of those

Not those angered with

to

us to the straight

hast been gracious to

Nor the erring ones.

U'l

O )AAM

fr'J

Suratun-Nas (People).
(This

In the

Say,

people

is

Chapter

name

14 of Al-Qui'an,

l.e,

the last one).

of God, the Very-Merciful, the Merciful.

take refuge in the Lord of the people

The

God

of the people

The king of the

From the mischief

of the

Who whispers in people's breasts

And from the jinn and men.

whisperer, the withdrawer

Note that Tlakman

The whisperer

is

is

rather stronger than Ilaherm, a point overlooked in

Satan,

who withdraws at

the mention of God).

327

Lesson 142.

OTHER DERIVED NOVNS.

1.

Which

Nouns have we

of the Derived

(a)

jJ^J\ Noun

(b)

Ji^Ui

(c)

J^aJ) ^^\

(d)

(jUjl^'j jlSCil^l Nouns

(e)

o^rCSol

62
(f)

of

Noun

Agent (Lesson

Noun

see the

y VI ^1 Noun

23).

of Patient, or Object (Lesson 23).

of

of Place

and Time (Lessan

62).

Abundance = Place where an object

abundance

in

of Action (Lesson 68).

^1 Noun

found

is

so far studied

(Sufficient

words marked with

examples were given

in

asterisks).

of Instrument (Lesson 63).

OS;

(g)

J^ixJl

(h)

JcUk^L

Noun

.^^i

of Superiority (Lesson 59).

A^^JI

<i^|l

This includes among

ciple" (Lesson 58

of J-i

for colour

"Adjective assimilated to the Parti-

and defect 58 4
:

its

measures that

b).

(i)

2.

o-b-^l

What
(a)

Noun

^-u.1

other Derived

o^Jl

^**l

Nouns

"Noun

lit.

(b) p-^^i ^oj\

of Unity

lit.

a single object (139

are yet to be studied

of Once,"

"Noun

i.

7).

doing the action once.

e.

of Kind, or (Species)," expresses

manner

of doing the action,

(c)

^l'(^^I^J
this

noun

/iY.

"Noun

included

is

of Vessel" ^.r.'
in the

being the same (Revise 63

(d)^^'JI ^J^\

(e)Lwlll^^l
(Lesson

lit.

lit.

144).

Noun
:

milkpail.

of Instrument,

its

But

measures

2).

"the Diminished

"Noun

^\k

Noun" (Lesson

143).

of Attribution" or Relative Adjective

i^A*5ol

^\

328

Noun

lit.

of How-ness,

this is the real Abstract. (Lesson

145

4^lpl i;^^

(g)

Note that

"Form

//Y

and

(e)

^\

first,

(d)

e.

g.

"^

<i

freedom

57.

of Exaggeration" Intensive (146).

are derived from other nouns, not directly

from verbs.
3.

Taking S^J'

^j'^ means

give an illustration

'act of striking"

affix

of

to

its

this

r>.

A)j^

act of striking o?ice."

sitting-down once"

dying once

Aj^/

4.

Is that a

It is

not universal

on the form

formed by adding

5.

fj

Similarly

a single flight

to affix S

but

from the derived conjugations

to the

word

^1

the

masdar

o^Jl

from the

tri-literal

madar, whatever

act of turning round

that case,

"act of

l>\t one draught

to the

aTUiI

But suppose the madar already has

In

0^

lJ<

one session.

-K^ly-

Ui

RULE

general

from oUll

madar and
/^>

you get

use.

oJ<^\j

its

verb

is

always

measure

it

is

thus

a single turn.

(one),

may be

written

e.g.

d-U'j <A\i\ (a single stay).

6.

What
To

c^yJl ^^1

used

for.?

express the manner of doing the action

was
7.

is

killed in a

bad way,"

What form does

Always

*^**

Arabic name
thing
y.:5

(in

y.M

no

this

lit,

"Noun

other.

is a little

^^

UxJ

llJ

"he

"he was killed an evil killing."

of

Kind" (Manner) take

Thus

confusing

*^^-^

it

manner

of dying.

The

does not refer to a kind of

the sense of "a sort") but to a '^manner of action"

dMLZej

We

will kill

you by the worst form of murder.

"

329

Lesson 143.

THE DIMINUTIVE

'1^'ji ^-"^
^
"

1.

How

the Arabic Diminutive formed

is

By adding

ya-sukun after the second

vowelling that second

letter

word and

letter of the

with fatha, and the

with

first

9,}

0.

Example

(Jamma.
If
2.

little

there are four radicals, a kasra

How
(a) to

3.

\^ ^

the Diminutive used

is

is

is

taken by the third and so on.

express smallness or fewness OU^^. j^ a few coins

(b)

insignificance \<^^y^ a petty poet

(c)

nearness

Form

What

UJ

j>^^\

the diminutives of^^ftj

is

-il

^^.a,^ ^l>c-.*^

All, except (a)

name

form
6.

of

etc, remain as they were,

be thus "diminished"

God

and sub-

wau) are changed hack

(b)

L3

*^

How

How

is

compounds formed

the diminutive of

from

4jil

first

J<^

Suppose there are

off the last.

From

From

4il Jc^-.t

is

^*j^ we

live letters
\>-

.?

and leave the other alone

half

a quadriliteral singular

As shown above.

Cut

words already accidentally on the

(c)

thus the diminutive of

8.

indeclinables, such as personal pronouns

Follow the rule with the

7.

and

before forming the diminutive.

What nouns may

the

L->Ij

stituted letters (such as alif in place of

to the oricjinal

^G>6i^l and

iSJ^"^ ^^y-^
^rv.*,^

before the dawn.

./ws^

deduced from these examples

That feminine endings,

5.

^*

on the measure

These are respectively j^^ j^j

4.

man,

get

(t^^j^

1^ we

get

-r j^'a-^


9.

What

done

is

in the case of a

The diminutive

formed

is

330

broken plural

from

direct

the singular

the plural

if

of the diminutive be desired, the rational beings

males)

(if

take the regular masculine plural, while the females, and also

Oj'^t^J and

regular feminine plural. Examples

'
> ^
<^V^^j:> also OUj^I-j (small books).

10.

Nouns which

are defective words

Go back to the original

^ of
in the

case of ^y}

to omit the alif,

as well as to restore the wau.

should be learnt

my

brother

little

Words

Suppose

it

little sister

'

v--^)

Aijj^jj

To

"little

occurs after the

Thus wi-^-J

(r)

is

the diminu-

is

way

of sneering at

similarly called,

leaflet").

((

^0

LcU:>.Vl il^Ji

ii
/fi

^rV-*

Ul

--

/fUfr

'^-0^

di uTiik diiiitC ^js di;. oi;;yx

0^

The

ya of

not confuse this with

(a favourite

O^^O^^^

''5-

:)(>

Do

His paper

a;

little sister.

<>^^^^ a small sun.

thus

English, then back to Arabic

(Last two words=Society).

>u

(used in contempt).

a rival newspaper-writer

Exercise 14S^

my

'

^\

diminutive of

contempt,

The following

coalesces with that ya.

<P

^-^

we have

little girl

*^-->^>

of prolongation

letter

tive of V^'^'j^

^^1j

^-^

son

little

with the diminutive

diminutive

Then

^> my

metaphorically feminine

These take
12.

tlie

--

RULE

11.

take

non-7'ationals,

tlip
- >

lam-alif in the last

word

is

the end of a line of poetry.

in

331

Lesson
The Relative
1.

What

is

L^ll

How

^\

is it

L'-

'

r^-^')

-^r^

(Noun of Attribution), also

(N. B. Distinguish

formed

Ya-shadda

i^

jg

Egypt.

v-j^*lJi

^^wJ^

from

affixed

the

to

primal

noun

iSj^

as

it,

ft--^/

^^lj

th6

Suppose the original word has

remove the

(^ is

show some

to

an Egyptian

Note that the vowel before the

In that case,

special relationship to

3.

Adjective.

the Relative Adjective called in Arabic

relative noun.
2.

144.

^oa

from

always kasra.

before affixing [^

nine relative adjective be wished, re-affix the

but

if

a femi-

after the

Study the following table :

Meaning of Relative

Rel.

Fem. Rel.Masc

Original

scientific

Meaning of

Original.

science
.^

sun

solar

religious

Ur.?

Nazarene

Turkish

tsC

Meccan

religion

Nazareth

Turkey

Makka (Mecca)

'-

s:;^i

Basran

vulgar (slang)
Pertaining to M.

<r^^ii

I.UI

i/>

ul'-'/l

&

Medina
2aitun-ite (native of

Zaitdn)

!>>-

Basra

common

people

"The 2 Harams"
(Mecca and Medina)
Zaitftn

a place)

4.

Looking
(the

what has happened

at the table,

two holy

The mark

Mecca and Medina)

cities of

of the dual (or of the plural)

attributes derived

is

from names of places

cf. Zaidaniy, Midaniy.

lost a letter

That must be restored

5,

in all the

dropped before form-

Suppose the original word has

48

{c.f.

wordj^/-'

to the

This must not be confused with

ing the relative adjective.

5.

332

6) or

replaced by wau, which,

following examples, makes up the iMrd radical.

^^

A>5;

A>-

-^

'

\3\

manual

hand

Jo

<S3\

blood

sanguinary

paternal

father

^1

brother

fraternal
**

'"

J-

son

filial

annual

\^

AjLwtf

year

a:.^

Isi-^

language

linguistic

of-slave-origin.

Omaiyid
6i

slave-girl

Suppose the original word has

That 1$

is

rejected

result, there is

by one

letter

(J

when adding

no change

only as in [f-

^^y

the relative [$ so that, in the

rel

(living), the first

fatha and the second changed to wau

7.

If

the original has

This

is

nameof
(See 143

the origin of the

the tribe
:

3, 4).

this is

changed

word "Omeyyad"

was BaniUmaiya <.l

The

^,=

But,

^j^y

ya

is

if

preceded

marked with

iSj-f^ (vital).
to

wau

if it

occurs as 3rd

in histories of the Khalifas.

children of the

little

usual relative adjective for things Islamic

is

The

slave girl

^^^'.-.l

or 4th
is

8.

From nouns ending

'l'^*>t^

is

^[^\

Noun ending

j^ii

take

(5 ^^15

we

get

or

"^ "

^^^^

j^j^

second,

primary) but ^J

10.

How

Restore the noun to

J^^

fJoA

but (j^U a judge,

may

-^

*^j^I^*

it is

i ^

^j'

secondary (compare
end, limit.

apocopated.

and form from

singular,

its

ignorant ones, ri-*l.^

religious rites,

very

'

'*

l^y^^

from

fi'^^l,

from plural nouns

from

get

the fifth or sixth letter

If it is

Is^ j-"^

we

From

4).

the second or third letter, thus

prophetical

%*

From

Alham(b)ra

if it is

([^^7^

48

(r./.

heavenly.

ls3^^

to wau,

it

wau

to

-^^^^i-l

ij or

in in

These change ya
from

giving

^'

changed

and from

C^j^j^*--^

similar

alif-madda

in

usually

is

youth, (Jj^^j but in long words

Thus from (A^^^ we get ^^^^^

apocopated altogether.

The hamza

9.

^*

(thus from

letter,

j^

from

Note that

that

Thus

J?-lw- ^-X>c*w.

from

in really old, classical

Arabic the Relative Adjective was always formed from the

singular.

(N. B.

In

Modern Colloquial Arabic, exactly the

reverse is the case).

proper name

11.

{e g.

If,

however, the plural had become a

of a tribe, etc.) of course

(Companions of Mohammed)

it

had

^ jl^

from

j\^'>^

Two

interesting exceptions to the above rules

from

-^l*-^^

(the city)

and ^^j.

from

to stand, thus

^^

'

are

(the

^^^'>^

province),

both in South-West Arabia.

12.

This Relative Adjective

is

of books, patronymics, etc.

of extremely frequent use for titles

Exercise 144

ULi

334

31k;

a.

\:y^

^r^ v

9^ *

i^ui

r. .

r^jj

icl'>.

(n)

c-

^"^J^i]

Exercise 144
1.

b.

iUU

A*^j H4

To Arabic

dli i Jlc^JI

LkijlTo Aj^Uft iT.fa

Abbasid Dynasty the scope of

Arabic Literature {lit. Arabic morals, or polite books)
extended very greatly, and various sciences were propagated,
such as (lit. of) religious, moral (or, literary), linguistic,
In (During) the rule of the

mathematical, medical, philosophical, historical, and so on,

2.

[both] those which the savants (doctors) of Islam originated,

and those which they translated from foreign languages.
Abraham left the pagan religion in which he had been born
and brought up and embraced the true, divine religipn, and,
after him by centuries, there appeared Jesus of Nazareth (lit.
the Nazarene ) who is (was) the founder of the Christian
religion and who explained to us in the prophetical books
Then,
all the references to the Messiah who was to come.
after other 600 years, the Arabian Prophet arose and instituted

the Islamic religion.

Note

A./.^i

Arabic Books

when

not religious

"Moral or polite," whence

the language,
is

often called

i.e.

literature.

i^lH

J*'' 3*^''

Cu>

"The History

v''^^
3:r^.

^T^.^"

of

are
:>

often

called

polite-books of

Arabic Literature"

33S

Lesson 145.
1.

How

o&mpound expressions

the Relative Adj. formed from

is

Usually from the former half of the word

we

get

_j^\
2.

but use commonsense, for

|^X*j

Abu

^j

The following

from

tlie

^.J***

former half of

Bakr, will not give us Bakr-ite but "paternal"

are exceptional

Hanifite

(seci)

Medinan

(or-ite)

Abu

<A^I>.

Fianifa

(tribe)

^ l^S
4.

ei'^^'JJ

What
names
It is

is

Li^^y

the termination <-

so

(^

as well as colloquially for trades, etc,

Meaning

Singular

J^^

a mystic

orthodox

Can Relative
Yes
^J

\^j^

result

get ^j*-^

is

(adj)

From

O?^ J an

ri

6).

Singular

So-

artisan

'J---

-^

bookseller
}

sometimes curiously "abstract." From

and

abstract noun of quantity.

ness."

tentmaker

<

bazaar-

Meaning

Coll.

i^U

in

often used for sects

adjectives be formed from particles

and the

we

is

(See 139

heterodox M:
5.

heard

oriental cities

and

colloquial,

the

upper, lower.

frequently

a collective of the relative in

Coll.

in

{jy^^

more native quarters of

in the

>

Spirit

commonly used

very

15

a fruiterer

li

ti->
^

spiritual

^1

Medina
Quraish

Note that

note for future reference.

Quraish-ite

3.

A.^-j

From

substantive

(subst.)
^-jz-j

A--*-.^'

"HoW-much-ness"=

we

get

<-a-.:

substantivity.

"how-

From

^::

adjective \-ii^j adjectivity.

From ^^^^>-

particular,

336-

-^>i7

or special,

<^^^>-

From

particularity.

What

Ci

i-^U substance or essence (but colloquially, salary

6.

What

is

really the

meaning

of

is

il

!)

L>c*^l

Christianity, (as a system, not a collective to denote adherents)

similarly aJI ^aIJI

7.

(Moslem word

Other expressions useful

from

<w-j

.,

J3^ J

Lord

^t;^)'

A-j^>j

Lordship

<J^?-j

manhood

ijOl

humanity

^^^'^ understood

i^^]

L^jl

or

^.''

"!."
,,

get

man
human being

(jlJl

it)

Judaism.

to philosophers, etc.

we

a deity,

4jl^

for

'^:*-^('^^

divinity

understand ableness
intelligibility

^1^

-X>-

.,

jl^'

plural

Lju^

one

being possible

8.

Is

U^

Ja.>

there

ISC

,.

balance

<ol

uniqueness
possibility

freedom

iJU

JC wealth

:7

^ tree

plurality

finance
/balance-sheet,

^r^L^

r*

budget

any other way of forming the abstract

>

Many

centuries ago the ending

from the Hebrew

JIjjI

or the

Oj

came

Aramaic

Zj^\

a few much-used words having this ending

Deity,

Cjy.S

Godhead

priesthood,

mightiness.

0^-^l>

O^Jl^

humanity

into Arabic either

There arc now

among them Cj^pH

O^SC-L kingdom

crucifixion (a ("optic term)

These words are masculine

in Arabic.

Cj^ j^>-

-- 337

Lesson 148.
Ii\ TENSIVE
FORMS Wl^Jl^;
1.

What

is

the origin of the Intensive

They come,

shadda over

added
2.

What

with an

e.g.,

it,

after the

to the primitive signification, as will

the ti/pe-form of the

is

J^

^t*t

an extra
3.

alif

Taking

(the

Then

^^^'

added

jc-lj

(Active

second radical and

the idea of (a) intensiveness, or (b) habit,

There are several. Jl^d

J^*

originally, from the verbal adjective

Participle) but,
a

Forms

to the

the form Jli

Noun

iilLJl iL-^)

referred to above)

Also

ordinary form).

'^ICmiu

give examples of the two uses

Habit (Profession)

baker

3^>

a glutton

perfumer

jili

great liar

aviator

there are the forms <]l*3 etc. (having

(b)

tithe-collector

be seen below.

of Intensity

common one

is

Ui-

J^U

(a) Intensive

jl.i

J/1

JiTi

'v-^^J^

->

'jCl^

very learned

jlll

very grateful

j^sCi

:LiJr'

,^;

very daring

tailor

l}t:^

porter

builder

4.

What
Some
a

5.

is

the

it>

chatterbox

of the

two columns

verbs have an intensive form J^*i

few use

What

meaning

very patient

both, as the

of j^mi

and

'I^

y)
in (a)
;

some use

Jli?

but

examples show.
U5

The most common example

of

tlie first is

ly^-^ "most holy"

(only applied to Deity)

useful words ^^)

'"J:

338

of the second there are the following

a great

very truthful, veracious (Joseph's

6.

Give examples of the extra

great traveller \K>-^j

Here we have the

found affixed
7.

to

some

Exercise 146. A.

man

form JU3 but

mim

JI^a. honourable

P'ully

writer)

(e.g.

it

of the other forms given in

Give examples of the forms with

Jl Juk loquacious

l)Xa

(intensive)

affixed to the

drunkard

(Distinguish from (3>^-J^)

title).

a learned

^SC-

drinker;

!^

<a^C'

may

also be

2-

c>SC-*.> poor, miserable.

vowel the following passages:

-r^llJlJli
c-jl^ ^jii

^.

Answer

Jly J$^ Uj

to the

above

to

aLa)

^)\^ JUi J5^ Uj

be carefully studied

^Ik

[5a]

Jly

JS""^

f.j

(r)

<Ui) (^jlii

>Ll!l Jli (r)

J'uiJ^^J

Translate the above with the aid of the lexicon.

Lesson 147.
,rHE NUMERAL
NOTE
I.

147 and 148 are difficult lessons

':>J^]\

students

Write the cardinal numbers from one

Masc

Fern:

to ten

Fern

may

take extra time.

Masc:

(i;

6
^0

A>

^0"
7

v":
jUJj

1'"

j^-w

di'>[
"
J

S^9
^

^Ic

d J-l^

2.

How
As

are the cardinals

substantives

place

*C

^:>jJ\

But

Yes
that

is

not

iT,

ji

a7-

treated in Arabic

jiUc'*^!

is

^jJi*Ji

X ^V
I

in construction, Jb-

Feminine

numbers from three

in the opposite

marians

to think that
is

^
1

in

form

is

method being

which

will then

J^Vj

^]

used for

to

gender

ten

A*)jl must,

inaccurate.

to

be put

^^^ -^'-^

that. (c./. 42

8)

but one of the greatest curiosities of Arabic

that

apposition" to it, thus

"in

unusual, the usual

thus

>
>
:>j-X*^jl

but

'J-

10

in construction to

in the plural genitive

3.

.>'
~ -0

supposing they followed the thing-numbered

but this

cannot be placed

t^X

ItSit

would be placed

:;jJJI they

^jl

^
^

<

^ -^

take

is

the fact

the thing-numbered

This has caused some gramin that case,

The RULE

stands

be masculine,
in

Arabic :

'

^j-AiTj

(j-5C^ ^J^J

/The

*N.B.

Many students

make
to

ask yourself of what gender

was

How

How may

this rule

illustrative

How may

jU

the original singular).

construction

in

^ LJ

Accus.

Memorise

''several" be translated

word

for this

(Note that
It is

o a^j

men," and "8 women."

/^

^^

placed

it is

.a.*-;

which means "a

important to remember that jl:l*

in construction

^.^^) -^j

aA*

are sometimes written

<JC*

i*>l*

;t*^)

^U ^ \J ^i

"4

4.*.^)

few," namely, "from three to ten"

numerals

.?

just as the

Ex

be best remembered

examples.

a special

is

thing-

(In Broken Plurals

in its original 6'/;f^MZrtr.

it

when

declined

is ij\*l

"The opposite gender of the

a slip here.

numbered" means opposite

There

7.

[gender] of

nor to eleven and twelve which are compounds of them).

By
6.

the opposite

is

two,

Nom. and Gen.

5.

nunrber

(But this does not apply to one and

the thing-numbered."*

4.

--

340

jUH

i^-**)

follow the rules

of the Dual (Lessons 47, 48).

8.

Write the Cardinals from

II to 19.
^

j-^^ /WW ."^

.C

A^^:^

o^lC'^J>-l

15

j-^^

-^

^:t

U)

i-

'

II

16
^

o ^

-''

;.

''

.C

.0

.'..

'

c-

ft

can these compounds (13 19) be memorised

By remembering
:>j-VJi (j-'^^'

that while

as in

3,

Why

Because

the

first

yet the o^ic-

with the thing-numbered),

wise.

<J*!A*

13

-o^^

How

12

9.

17

A*^-;>

is

half

of the

:>jaJI

word

is

^& j (agreeing

But note that II and 12 are other-

and

2 are.

These compounds
for
10.

^Ic

How
The

greatly contracted in the colloquials, eg.

they say in Egypt ^l*oi

do we write 21 (one and twenty)

jj^cj(jU*l

4^)

''

several, '^

C3^^3'^^3

'

and united by the word

"One and twenty,"

^f-

can be similarly treated

Give the tens from 20

'

''

^.

but in Algeria (J^\S)\

units are written before the tens,

''and''

11.

U*

are-

34i

U\*^**i

thus j^^^-^ j

^0^

70

ji^

Cf.^-?

8o

uy'^'

90

'.'"\
UUjjl

CnJl^*
^

12.

What

is

j^*^i

cnuj

peculiar to the tens

regular masculine plural

14.

iTU

is

15.

What

mi

a)

it,

all

60

have two

but not inflected as

to case,
^^

<I'l-

is

il^)

Ex.

147.

1^*3 J
^ ^

4
-^

oV

remarkable about the cases of numerals 13

Copy
-

Olli^^

this without vowels, (b)

c^xSCv***

J
^

<4C.jl
*

"Christ fed 5000 with

tjJ

7-

of the

modern books.

are quite indeclinable

(a)

the spelling

-^

\^J^ <Si\
^

19

They

cases.

peculiar to the Qur'an, but aIa

is

40

'

but being on the form of the

declined as

is fully

Arabic Bible and of

. >'0^,

o^> J

cjender,

Their plurals are

to gender.

30

cni**

they, like

But what of mi'a-tun (coll

alf,

20

-^

50

1000

That, like

^ ^

100

'^l-

That they have only one

13.

<Jaj

to 100, etc.

(J^^*-

'

etc.

l^-r*

vowel

it,

(c)

memorise

\1^^ rt^l^\

^^_~

Vi

it.

'

loaves and 2 iishes and they took up

of the fragments (pieces) 12 baskets full."

342

Lesson 148.
t.

What
(a)

is

peculiar to the syntax of the numerals

Numerals

ID

and are therefore

(b) II

(c)

2.

3.

the accusative of ^jaJi

is

but

I77 178,

Ja c

We

S,

leaves the 99 sheep (lambs)

^jj>-

of

C^LJJ

jlJ-

^^l-

i^:>ll

first

i*)C

Cr

4ji

ti

Uj j
I

l^

ninth

,.'^^

oi
''

S>Lc-

r}^

observed

in this table

That, excepting for

"first,"

form, whereas

J""*

is

^Lj

''

1'

'\^a\^

fifth

tr-i^

each ordinal
is

really the

from Jjil thus Jjl which becomes

the fern, of ^\-il

^0

fourth

;;^tu

jju

;^0
J-

Ul

:)ji

third

W-lill f^*jS

Jii

z"

''

^'

is

^l>.

-i

/J'

eighth

As

A.!i

L;ir

second

l*A.

;)

^'

tenth

4, 5.

J3I
^-

What

"first" to "tenth."

rJ---

5.

in 59

it

\j <^^x.]

V?-

seventh

fully

it

100 years

is

Write the ordinal numbers from

sixth

ix*-.

200 camels and 2000 donkeys

4.

jl

'^^

C-**-

study

shall

A)

^\>- j^ii^jG>-

99

1 1

illustrative sentences

created the world in six days

The century

of

we have already had one form

Memorise the following

He

cf. again Jt>-j

in the singular genitive

^jJi*Ji

called in Natiu (Syntax)

God

it

99 take the indefinite singular accusative

But what

in

place their ^jJ^*Jl in the plural genitivo,

"in construction" to

100 to 1000 place

It is

Jj

is

Noun
j

so the fern, of

on the simple
of Superiority

hence

Jj

Jjl JsJ^'

/io^

Jj'

6.

But what of ^^l**

There
the

another form il-- which

is

one

first

is

most used (though

In forming fractions,
7.

What

we may say J^rU)

in co//.

'

'^%

Fern

11-

17th

"S
^c

:'-,.rr

i8th

^^

';,^l;

19th

>'

>^

ijC'iSth

^_lft

'^1'; 14th

A*.lj

- ^

C~' <^u
^

'_,i^;;^.i^i5th

Ji^-^-^j j^* 22nd

8.

How

are

As 22nd

ordinals higher than 22nd formed

all

^.

e.

^c^iL-

lOth

wiU

"the-

"the third-and-twentieth" j/t^*)*j

seven-and-fortieth"

j^j jVlj

'Vj

nth

jlTiith

^^

,-

l$i\^

>'-

ol'

-o>

J3^ic.ji^:>U jj^icj^:>U 21st

^.

Masc

;>

03^:^^ 20th

Oij^f

'jLt'

-'

> *

on the regular form, but

take *'one-sixth" ^v-A^ from ij^J^

we

Masc
^

is

are the ordinals from llth. to 2lst., etc.

Fern

343

-''

Note that ordinals are

usually defined, and then they are declinable. Those given in

(II

19 only) are indeclinable because undefined.

e

9.

But o^jtS'

Yes

is

there

is

of 20, 30, etc,

10.

it is

But look out for the

not regarded as

What supplementary
(a)

no difference between the cardinal and ordinal

article.

Does the ordinal numeral agree with

Yes,

11.

the cardinal for ''twenty"

^-Xj^

its

^jj^*

number, but

Numeral adverbs, such as once,

to write o^>

"kk^

classes of numerals are there

twice,

adverbs, are written in the accusative.

is

"one time,"

O^ ^j

"twice"

etc.

an adjective.
?

These, being

The most
etc.

usual

way

But ;^'JI 1^\

(142

may be used

3)

344

Another numeral adverb much used

(b)

ments, proclamations, discourses

accusative of the ordinal thus

bl*

thirdly; l^tft tenthly

is

ij\

>fc>^*

of Conj.

fourfold, square

j^\:)l J*Ajl

(Compare

How

Fractions formed

are

with

Fractions

with plural on
a fourth

^Ij j

jl-lcl AjL)

kasra or

needed)

=
13.

(s)

half

of"

is

J^ll,
"

'ki

"per

j[li^\

- Computation

form

jUl* two-thirds

eJt^ar

either with

i.e.

Jd

^j^'J^ a sixth

more used.

^^

jV

Its

plural

(if

ilJl,

and hundreds are J>UI

;

of Triangles

}^

OUUJi

90% =
jL:

Ji/U

Triangles
- li

^^3^^ ^*'^*

jl^c-i

the plural of

"per mille"

0'*

il^'-f

Tithes =

units, tens

'LIp

j^^^

annum"

^)

^lli^l

the

^-^^^ a fifth

is

used; thus

Fractions are called ^^-o

fractions

are on

"Percent" = aLJI

Also ^I'U-

But for large denominators, the expression

^Ui-I

i;llj'i:;l7-^^j

the former being

three parts out of twenty.

In Arithmetic

Quatrains of

a third

^*!^* three-fourths

^l^

.'

Thus j^l*

nine-tenths.

"part

O-* ^!?V

JQ

damma,
is

Triliteral verb =^

The

denominators

small

I2lhly.

roughly spelt in English

Cl^ll^lj^^i

Omar Khayyam,"

thus, "i??/6o?'z/^/ of

I*

triangular;

triple,

the Quadriliteral verb ^^^t^^i Ja!1

five-sided, ef seq.

12.

^L^

^\^1a octagonal.

^"-^

gives us

II.

Ul* secondly

iithly ;^1<^

**

The J^iil ^^1

announce-

in public

firstly;

^It^^lV

"

killings.

expressed by the indefinite

(c)

two

in the dual, c>-l^-5

f--^^,

dj^}

and decimal
"per mensem'*

i^ll^ Trigonometry
,<

c-^U^

Squares

OU^

14-

How

is

345

the numeral defined

The numeral becomes defined

(a)

When

as

iwjVlJlV^II

(b)

state

the numeral
it is

is,

--

in the

defined by Jl

numeral may precede a definite noun in the construct

and be defined by construction

men =

(c)

Sometimes the numeral and

men

JCs-'^JI

^ j'

the four of

0^jl1::kJI (oLli]l

The following

{i.e.

nouns

as other

adjectivally, in apposition to its noun,

the

(d)

same ways

*-lu)

is

its

noun

both

have the

article

Jl *^ with the seven chosen maidens.

the modern usage

article prefixed to the

Ol Jrv->-

numeral only).

^-1* ) Jl

But Wright

(II

-V>.

244)

suggests that this arose from the case-endings being omitted

in

modern

which

writing,

usually unvowelled.

is

the article outside a bracket, to imply that the

have put

words

w^ithin are

looked upon as a single expression.

(-A)jJ*-l

15.

45Ca;)JI

This usage

the

"Chemin de

Fer,"

rose-water (from ^ j j!l -^U

the Indian d^ate

[^-^-^^

(^jji-l s^^j*)

*Llai)iJ

the tamarind

(/i^.

^\X'2^\

^^^

{{S^>-^\

^^U

fj^) J

blessedness

the

to-the-

^^y^\ the youth-little-of-experience.

noted in these examples of Lki] As\^\

That the ''construction"

able to

4dQ?Vl verbal construction, as

the-strange-of-race

pure-of-heart jCx>.Vl
to be

The student should now be

^-^1.3

is

:>jjljl

also

Ij^dl

noble-of-disposition

What

JCJI^lj)

and ^^JO^

Verbal Construction.
grasp the syntax of

17.

similarly explained.

similar to the compounding of phrases such as

is

JUllJi the capital invested (from

16.

is

is

verbal, not real,

the

antecedent

346

being, in every case, an adjective, and the article prefixed to

it

being placed there after the annexation has been constructed,

so to speak.
18.

Think

of the phrase as a

compound,

(c.f. %

Quadrisyllabic plurals are formed for the following

The

early part of the

The middle

The

month

month

part of the

latter part of the

J^l
ji^\

month

**

iTIj

Ja--lj

15).

*^'

Exercise 148.
Copy
it,

the following without vowels, then insert the vowels in red ink, correct

then translate to English

finally translate

back to A rabic.

^61 s>^ JSVl

'> alii
I

'cj'

'>^i 6'

347

"

Lesson 149.
THE PARTICLE ^)A
I.

We

have already learned many of the

more

We

be studied.

to

particles, but

there are

had, perhaps, better revise in order

as the recapitulation will be beneficial.

Prepositions are
(a)

(b)

Inseparable
by,

to (sometimes,

"^

C (^

l]

like,

^1

or ^iT

of oaths) 4ilj

into,

concerning,

from, from, on behalf

from, (see Lesson 34

to,

unto

Z.>-

up

to,

of.

for

'3-5

^a^ and ^^).

as far as.

except.

*l\

over,

Ji/^jJ

or

JlI.*

(in

above, upon, against,

j-Vi

with, or before

some books Ju

etc.

(i.e.

since.

in front of).

*^ or

"!

Accusatives of nouns, used in construction

68.

X5

Ju> etc. F'or further

We may

add

v-->j

is

with.
as

prepositions

examples revise the table on page

which governs the noun (which

subject!) in the genitive

sign

of,

'^U

By God

man.

as (jCi^l5^as (or, like) a

^ away

Separable.

(b)

for).

(all particles

Separable

*y

with.

in,

in,

Inseparable

c-->

jj

(c)

(a)

S jLc^

Jl>

jLi^

Oj

more eloquent than an expression" uya

''Perhaps a questioner

may say"

(i. e.

Someone may

is

the

"Many

\^
ask)

^^J

2.

348

Adverbial Particles. The number of these

tion the really important ones, omitting

is

great

we

men-

will

some already studied

^0

not at

^^S^

ail

whilst

nay rather

IA$Ot>

thus

l^

not yet
(with jussive)

only, but

f^Ixj

tnat

^"^ yes (after neg:)

IS, I.e.

whence

ry

liy^

lo,behold(^^)lil

not (Qur

v^^

behold

lo,

\^^^A

j|

:)

^^

i]l>

there

only

dlSJS^

likewise

affirmation

3.

How do you explain

We

J[

C.l)

much used

is

Z^

-^-l
3

^)

'

(J^

as a particle of

when

when hypothetical

such words as

truly,

verily

J^ -^

precedes

jl

(see

9).

damma)

(with

explained on page 68 that words given in Vocabulary 26

nouns used as prepositions and vowelled with

as construct

fatha, can also be nsed as adverbs

and are then vowelled with

damma and

a*j

beneath"
cheques
4.

J which

Also after

the subject.

wherever

'

attached to the predicate

it is

\^

at all, ever

Note the lam-fatha

whither ^'^

JaS

But

if

to

are indeclinable

^y

''above"

exs

C^l>-

"yet"

C^

"where", ^jj^"^

is

"from

ry*

written on

prevent fraud, and means "no more", "only."

these words are used as prepositions

Then, as we have shown, they take fatha and govern their

noun
5.

in the genitive case.

But suppose
IJ

(>>

it is

-Xi^

needed

to use

them before a verb

(and several others) can take an affixed

"cushion" before the verb, which

thus

^^ilU-XiTi

^"ftSljlj*))
6.

What

other

"after
j\.*j\

go"

C^:>.

is

as a

not affected by them

may

(This

Clxj

whilst

also

was

be written
travelling.

compounded adverbial expressions can be formed

A.n

Adverb

genitive.

of

Time compounded with

il

places

ij^

in

the

Several very frequent expressions are thus formed.

349

^3

at that time

then

at that time,

>

9-

after that, afterwards

J^J.*

at that

day

before that, previously

^-5

at that

hour

^Vi

accusatives
not at

(with neg

all

\>%

gratuitously

1#0

decidedly (no escape)

(he) alone

0-A>-J

(they) alone

and

^^^p5^i

one time (occasion)

;>-

(another) time, occasion Ij^U

used tomean* one time. ..another time...".

means, on the contrary,

I)

Cairo to Alex, and vice versa.

8.

Q'.

UjI;

Ij^L? are thus

The Conjunctions

-^1

perhaps

j^j

(she) alone

oj\j

except, but

illi-'^

Name

or, vice versa.

/j^SCl*!

Ij

j i

j-Xl5s.*^

oj^Ult^

Vl jl

the principal conjunctions, accord-

ing to the order of -Arabic grammars.

y-.H:
We

have used

^sCl
these

all

difference between

\\

/l

li

',
:

but the student should notice the

^ which

is

simply "and",

and

.i

which

denotes order, and has often the meaning of ''then."

Since both conjunctions and adverbs are classified as peptides
in Arabic,

it is

(and un-Arabic) to distinguish one from

difficult

the other.

In fact,

while others call

it

Wright

classifies

Jj

as usually an adverb,

a conjunction.

9.

S[

is

a Quranic

word meaning "when",

or since

(Conj.)

>0 ^

*(^I)

^1

Since

we have been

have seen them. jlcV

justified

by

used before verbs, but

faith," --

j jV
1

etc.

Ij

\j

/j^^ -^

Note that j

'

before nouns.

i|

jV

"Since
etc.

are


means

KA^

"either,"

iSPj

i.;l

"either the

and

y>

i;i

man

or his wife".

ol5

and

''had

are

li^ (j^^ "had

10.

(jl j)

:>jij:^^i "I

The

Interjections:

nouns

compounds

of

was wishing

that

particularly before

as

is

tf\

called

and
"

i.*

\xS\ "lament". Ex:

have been inflected

from

far

it!

ty^^ J^^ IV

O^^ "how

'

had
Cil

l^n^i^

C---5

even"...

is

o*"

'

".

as

" alas "

the atrocity

we may add

prayer "

to

C^lJ^ jll^

"0

ClU.!

that

God

OC*

the "call to prayer" by

is in

in

(^^! "Would
LiU- "

before

^-^- ^Vi'

Also

"How

had been a

forbid !"

and ^1 "ugh"! *4^ (with finger on

(or.

lips)

colloquial corruption of this

is

oC^*-Ji

wide

that..."! as in
bird, then

^-^

flown away

The Egyptian

(as little as),

meaning

ij?

Lesson 87

come

far!

son.

ll^t^^^l j
in

"^1

precedes. This form of speech

the difference between them".

Ojai

it

"j

sometimes shortened,

is

Article,

come! " the special use of which

j^^^J' thus

is

noun which

after the

"even"

it is".

usually

letters

interjection

O my

^^

(when)

had been possible

must be used before the Definite

takes

^3

it

1^1

condition

"but for",

Begging

The commonest

^^

SI *'if

V*^t

it.

with

request

j thus

jl j^^l

non-existent

not been thus".

O Mohammed,

-^^ \

been, then"; but jlS^t

mimimum

the

state

it

it

supposes

'^M;;jJ

1^1

generally used with the

is

it

or else

or,

"either he or thou";

the hypothetical particle

is

followed by j

is

past tense and always

350

Never

Silence

*\

).

II.

Then

there

is

0*^4]!

a stone falling

(jlc-

(onomatopoeia)

J***

351

Noun

of Sound.

^ixL

is 4.;A>

w^y ^S

((

^U

^*.i)l

))

l^^

Jail

^;;_^

oUlj

J^j

jA

/"j^

^^

5njI

^^'^- ^"^^

^ 0^j[\

ftr-^-^^

iiAiil ^-x.4j j^[z.]\

pU? Lj

^^

150.

-^""'-^

en*]!

^\y

(Jj'^

J^"^ r*^'

_^\

L^U

J>-.5

9'^ -^
<->^-

*Jl^ 1^ V^r'^O^

Jl^ ^jMj ^"^ ^r-^

((

NOTES

sound of

are, of course, not subject to rule.

i.^]U- ^c. jIc-

^U

These Nouns of Sounds

a crow's croak.

BEADING LESSON

4JI

Exs

^^li

*^-^

^^ y^^

^^*

^.^^^^
fiU^c.

c^Ai

1.

Abu Nawas was

2.

His

first effort

a witty poet of Rashid's reign.

read

"My

poetry

is lost

on you as a necklace on

(black) Khalisa^
3.

His second attempt read,

"My

poetry shines on

(is

adorned by)

you as a necklace shines on Khalisa".

4.

There

is

that this

a smart 'play on words' in the remark of the bystander

was poetry which "saw (shone) best when

(letter *ain)

were plucked out".

its

eyes

352

EXAMINATION PAPER
A.

Vowel the following and Translate

150.

^J^\j y\}^\

oJc^lj <*1

^IjJI J,i-

^Ir^ilJ^l^l Dj^I

S.

Translate to Arabic
1.

you, but perhaps

it

will

days of next (coming) month,

2.

We

do not wish

1)1^^^
it

*uJ

iJUj

(n)

.U j!

(r)

i!U

(o)

ju;

cannot say exactly when

visit

c>v*:J

jU-:

0}i

to

to

if

will

be possible for

come on one

God

me

of the early

will.

pay the amount of the subscription

your monthly magazine

does not arrive; the last number

(^-^c- )

aI^
is

because

here (found)

but the tenth and the eleventh did not turn up (reach
3.

us).

That poor fellah has not yet sold more than three-fourths

^kJ

of his cotton
4.

to

The Messiah

said to his

twelve disciples at that time

Freely (gratuitously) ye have received (taken), freely give.

He
5.

also said

There

will

"Repent

ye,

and believe the Gospel".

be more joy among the angels of

God

one sinner repenting than over 99 righteous who

no repentance.
C.

Translate, to

EngUsh, Exercise

146.

over

need

353

NAHU

ARABIC

FIFTY LESSONS.

IN

Lesson
1.

what two parts

Into

The nominal
Inflexion,

word

is

(SYNTAX)

151.

Arabic Grammar nominally divided

is

^^^^ which

means,

literally,

and _^^ pronounced Nahu, or Syntax. But

this latter

division

into

is

very often used to denote

the author of

GRAMMAR,

in general,

ARABIC SIMPLIFIED has followed

^j^

orientalists in declining to totally isolate

practical study.

Hence

master the remainder, and, above

fall

into

the

and
best

from

in

the student has already studied some

of the most important rules of syntax in Lessons

to

all

150.

But,

that those studied shoiild

their correct relative position,

Syntax must now be

systematically studied as a whole, and in the Arabic order.

2.

But

why need we study

in

order

Oriental

example, did not write his second volume

True, but that

was very

The

my aim

Prof. E. H. Palmer,

If

at

is

for

Oriental order!

German

quite differentI

of

want

THINK ORIENTALLY.

necessity for this

Arabic

Wright,

largely translated from the

Caspari, and, in any case,

the student to

in

may be

best

shown by

a quotation

froiii

Lord Almoner's Reader and Professor of

Cambridge, who says on

we analyse Arabic sentences by

syntax we shall find them

full

p.

287 of his

the

rules of

of anomalies.

But

if

grammar

European

we

discard

our preconceived notions as to the concord of substantive and

adjective, nominative case

from an
and
3.

ARABIC

and

point of

verb, etc,

vieiv,

we

and look

shall find

at the question

them consistent

logical".

What

is

the special Oriental order of Lessons

151 200

.?

Definition of

354

Nahu

The Sentence and

Parts

its

*^>

Indeclinable and Declinable

OR Uninflected and Inflected
Indefinite

v^Oh

_^J^ ^V=^

ON

^j ^^IsCji

ox

and Definite

<&^J.Ij

11

00

l^'^\

oY

^^

oWy^i

nominatives
'

Accusatives
Genitives, etc.

Appositives

Sequents)

(or,

Imperfectly Declined Nouns

ol ^il

oU^i^i

Ar

^\^\

Ao

A^

Subjunctive and Jussive Particles ^^j^^lj^^^^yH

^^

Verbs of Wonder etc

^o

<-lr^^^

/iS'j ^-xilj

^.^^xli

Classification of the Particles

(Examples of Parsing
4.

11

^-^ ^

The above

table should

JUl

ciji-i

c-^[;CJ

now be memorised

ili^l

in order to give

a ''bird's eye view" of the order of the subjects dealt with.

It

has been prepared, with great care, from cUlU ^1 (most

famous of

Arabic grammarians)

all

of the most capable

commentary

modern Syrian

of ^Ll^

^lx*vjjl

and

writers) with reference to the

^1 on cUiU ^i and more recent works.

N. B. Memorise the Arabic terms rather than the English

5.

How

do Arab grammarians define Sarf and Nahu

The following
is
* I

(two

j>-3UI

definition,

quoted from

my ARABIC AMPLIFIED,*

essentially a "native" definition.

have here quoted many of the examples which I had already given in
wiiich had been previously vtrritten though not published.

Arabic Amplified,

Literal translation
initial,

Nahu

medial or

Sarf

355

final characters of

the Rules by which are

is

known

the Rules by which are

is

the

words, as single words,

known

characters of words, ivhen compounded

the states of the /?ia/

(i.e.

when

in sentences

or phrases).
6.

may be memorised)cil^ j ill) ^j

(This example of exposition

From Sarf we

hamsa

learn that the

of

and must be marked by fatha and the

mim

Accusative,

Exercise 151.
(see

But from

has a sukun.
i.

e.

'

Nahu we

*jS

is

(not wala)

ra with kasra while the

learn

why

IjJ

and

tS

are

from the influence of the Transitive verb.

To be

translated to English, then back to Arabic

Reader).

Lesson 152.

THE SENTENCE AND

1.

What
It

is

is

meant by

What

word)

(a

PARTS

a single expression indicating meaning,

words j|
2.

\^

ITS

is

and

i^l?-

A^AS^or

and

Jo

each of the

(sentence)

il?-

e. g.

compound expression conveying complete information,

as

the sentence Jijjtl>3.

Of what may an Arabic sentence be formed

Of two words
verb and

or

more

noun, as

e.g.

of

Jo j iX>-

two nouns, as

i*;?-

^^11

or of a

and as the verb and implied

(understood) pronoun in

356

Jis-1

or of a particle

and two nouns

^

as

jC^\

L:?-

4.

There are three parts of speech

5.

What

verb

itself)

and
6.

What
A

is

and noun, as j^Si

ji or particle, verb

that

and

in relation to

,li

j-^ -^3

which indicates meaning independently

to
and Ti

Verb, Noun, Particle.

the Arabic definition of a verb

is

rf

(i. e.

time (Past, Present or Future) as

in
'^?

are the distinctive features of a verb

verb can receive

(?.<r.

be affected by) certain special particles

such as the Subjunctive (Na^b-ating) and Jussive (Jazm-ating)

also

particles,

it

can take Ji and

take affixes such as

7.

j and

What

the definition of a

is

noun

is

that

What

it

and the feminine

can

the ^^ of 2nd. fern,

noun

which indicates independent meaning without

relation to time, as
8.

of the Agents,

also the

or

and ^5^* also

^v-

Ju^ and

are the distinctive

iSC*

marks

and

of a

It

can take the prepositional

it

can also be ''annexed" (placed

^]

noun

particles, also Jl
in

also the tanwin

Construct State) and can

be a 4ji -VI_^ Subject of a sentence,

that-which-is-predi-

lit.

cated-to).
9.

Translate the Arabic definition of a particle

particle indicates

meaning but not

in itself (i.e.

used independently of verb or noun) Exs

and

it

cannot be
It is

dis-

tinguished by the absence of the distinctive features of verb

and noun.
Exercise 152.

(See READER).

357

Lesson

153.

^TENSES OF VERBS
1.

How many
Three

^->-3^

distinct tenses (or states) lias the verb

^lii

J-i)l

Past

c-jUkl^

resembler) and

the

(///.

y^\

Imperative.
2.

Then

jjS\

not called a

is

Certainly not

moods and
tive,

In fact, the three so-called

tenses.

is

headed

the expression

often used.

How

It

"Tenses of the Verb,"

^^>-

'.a

Verb"

of the agent (doer)

sZ^^- C-)^=^

also the

Jl^^l?-

of feminine ^^\.>-

said that

is

^^li' indicates

may be used

j^lll

The

historic past

to

denote

either

"actions actually

{c.f.

when

They

it

Give

details.
^

the Greek Aorist

which represents an act completed

at

and English

Preterite)

some past time

as to

was completed must be determined by the context.

sat

down

God spoke
(b)

not

is

aLJI

Uill

completed, or mentally conceived as completed."

(a)

Jl^>l

\i!l

calls these ''Divisions of the

^li' distinguished

is

By the

^a'J\

(Indica-

Declension of the Verb

lJilic>-;iy>l

Ua]I 'k:AJ\

The Arabic

(in respect to time)

4-

moods

Subjunctive and Jussive) are called ''States"

Even

Arabic knows nothing of the European idea of

while the chapter

3.

Mood

to

The English

moment

to table

Moses
"perfect"

S-Atlll

Ai' \^Ji^>-

lS^J"^

representing

^^

)^

an act

of speaking, has been completed.

which,

at

the

-358%

Those

whom

to

thou hast shown favour

N.B.

Verily

-^5

(l)

plus

-^5

jo

to the preterite.
(c)

An

optative

the line of prophecy in the seed of Jacob.

gives the sense of the English pluperfect

''But

had slipped them

it

therefore future

benedictions and the

God have mercy on

God

J/-'^'

as a particle of (J-^^ (assurance) assures the perfect.

we have placed

B. (2)

'

ilj^s? i:;/0

us by your presence

You have honoured

vl^*^*'

^-r-^

...

meaning

prayers, curses,

in

like'^

'^'

her

perpetuate your existence

The Sultan God

j\Sj

^^A Si

-J-i-ii

him

preserve

^^

*^!^>-

W-*^J
P-h]

<AJI

jlU^JI c^
'-

May God

^l
'^^

curse you!

May God
they

be exalted above whatl

associate " with Him J

N.B. This optative tense

(d)

negated by

is

die may God forbid

^'

^-7

not

^^

rt^^^i sZ^a bi

you were

continuous meaning; as in sayings of current value.

to

The sheikh

An

...

4i)i

03j^^^^ ^Ai\

agreed

said (says)

^^

(*^*-)^'

action performed by the very act of speaking.

you

this (on the instant)

sell

[agree, now, to]

Wright suggests

God

(are)

...

^) L?
JC^-

If

The commentators have

(e)

,^

^-i

give

it

to

that the use of

has already done

it

to him,

i-^*

you

w J <^x..Lcl

^lil here may signify "If

o;-

for him.

^x*)

it

be as

wish,

Athanasius and Gairdner speak

of this use of ^^U' as the action being "mentally conceived as completed".


5-

Why

P-jUaW

is

Because

Man

359

usually called

in

English

the Imperfect

generally indicates an uncompleted action.

it

God

arranges,

;-X^^ 4i)lj

disposes

jJi^ o^*^y

God knows
6.

7.

(a)

What

distinguishes

it

should be capable of receiving the negative particle

may be used

denote

to

By

it

one knows

or,

in

or

<~^

of a^S^lll

O^

as

^^

as

'

and ^1

i^J^ ^\J

^}

''^
.

(N.B. This

it

U (not yet)

The Greek and Latin

Li

a:>J

Uj

And no

the

"^i ^j** Your

(ii)

^rv-:i-

by the use of

future

The

will

particles of <_^^>

\y^^s j

or

Lord

|j

did not hear what

not

is

with the ordinary one

(Jazmated)=he's not
[d)

iO

Pas/ Tense when preceded by

you said <tXjy^ ^J\

will die.

give to you and ye shall be satisfied,

as

\*

jj Truly the days

'^liVl

^l> ^^aJ ^^j-XT

(j^ji

limited to

is

It

CA.il also

the present only?

as ^^xl

what land he

Future Tense.
(i)cr'

mean

to

^^

be restricted

the use of

are passing

(c)

letters

Present Tense, as

can

^'

^j'^laii

always commences with one of these four

How

(h)

'i'i

It

C'j Uall

much used

to

day; do not confuse

^^-^ IJ when he comes.

yet come).

Imperfect, with

o^

^^

He (upon him be
It

8.

It

9.

i!l>

ji-^)J^^)

jo

d^

Oj^^

does the Imperative denote

denotes a request for the performance of an action.

Has
It

prayers and peace) used to say*

used to be there

What

36o

any distinctive mark

it

must be

meaning

Imp

r/6/e to

often does take

To

Exercise 153.

jj and

take -^o^xll

command

of a

or request.

-^-'^-^l

oy

contain

the

does not follow that the

(It

but

must

it

it

must be able

to

do

so).

English, then back to Arabic.

Lesson 154.
INTERJECTIONAL VERB.
1.

If

word has

the meaning of a verb but shews none of the

distinctive signs of a verb,

It is

V^W ^J\

called Ji

^\

what

is it

which some

called

proposed

have

English "Nominal verb", but Sterling calls

agree with the latter; some call

"Quasi-verb", but

name only Ism

2.

(a)

What
(j^U

classes
;^J\

J5

Examples

God

How
^.I^

is

is

"Adverb with the

to call

it

by

it

"Semi-verb" or

its

proper Arabic

has a past-tense signification.

Far be

ought

divided into

it

it

(from me)

be said

the difference

wide
is

ive

call in

fi'l.

is it

forbid that

Great

it

to

and Wright, "Interjection with verbal

function of a verb",
force".

"-^Vt*^

dlli Jlx^

Ol^^*

ju^

the difference between

a technical abbreviation of

be God's benedictions and peace.

}^^

them

A.lc

Or, roughly,

<i)l

'^-^tHH

l^

"God

Upon him

bless him."

O^^^

(the prophet)

(b)

ugh
(c)

j\

So
3.

U^

f-jlja*

li

be

let it

dear

formed on

-i-^^L^ (by usage) or

i-i^W^

are all

a definite

JV

What

is

this

but there

^-^^^-^

Be quiet

<^

triliteral

j>\

j^ ^^

JU

on the form

J^3 Catch him

form are said

(by rule)

to

be

connection between

Merely that the

latter is

declinable

Exs

J-^*-

'^^*^^

NOUN OF SOUND 0^]i ^J

the

one kind of y\ J* ^J\

is

model from the regular

After him

Examples upon

'i)l

^1

)
and

<1jj^]\ ^s^

considered as a sub-section of the

former, for treatment.

5.

(a)

(6)

Give examples of the two classes of

Sounds addressed

0^i

^^--^

to animals, etc.

To sheep

^^

To camels

Jl>

Imitations of various noises (onomatopoeia).

Sound made by

a falling stone

Sound. made by

These are

Exercise 154.

all

e>\

verb can be formed a

Wonderful

c^_5

C>^\

Are the above

The above

4.

^^\ has an imperative signification Exs

J.*3

Mind

has a present signification

^*^\

Oh

361

^jU

crow

^Jlc-

\jX^^ being subject

To English and back

to

no

rule.

to x^rabic.

Unimportant,

^62

Lesson 155.
DECLENSION AND INDECLENSION

1.

How

do you define

vowel of

word
2.

(as,

(or

change

then said to be

is

the opposite of

is

<^j**

^l^^il

the retention

viz,

particle

is

then

is

Uninflected.

"jj.-^^

Can the verb be declined

The

in the

or governing

a regent,

unchangeableness) of the ending of a word, which

is,

where as the noun

as well as the

in origin,

is,

^^a

noun

but parts of

it

in general, <~^j^ but parts of

it

are

^j^a

are ^->

always quite ^^-^

State what parts of the verb are indeclinable.

^111
to

5.

The word

the

is

-UJl

is

The Arabic verb

4.

^^^j^a

word caused by J-*U

(Indeclension)

said to be

3.

a particle).

e.(j.

Then what
A'^]\

and

(declension or case-inflection)

^j<;^y\
final

's^^iJpVl

is

J--^also jVl

^S^]\ jy

(see

butP-jUll

Lesson

is

is

What

meaning of ^^a

the literal

Thus

"Firmly-built."

Arab grammarians
"Built on fatha."

whereas

r^^^\

Vj*^

in

Tttijl

N.B.

nun of feminine

declinable.
?

translating the expression of the

^ ^^a

we may roughly render

The Arabic

means the

^.a whenattached

128), or to the

otherwise ^j^^i
is

only

state of

^^

means

which *^x5

is

it

the sign fatha

a

symbol.

Upon what

363

"buili" (what does

it

take)

{(i)

Txxi))^^-^ (takes fatha) ordinarily as

w--->

(6)

^^\

6.

(c)

7.

(a)

^j^^^

is

^ ^^

when attached

o_^J)\ ^c- ^^A attached

Upon what
jj5v^}l ^c-

is

j*Vl

to a

"built"

^^^ when

rtxiii^

(c)

j^-)i O-X?-

nom. vo welled pronoun, as uxx-S

?

totally

^ ^^

as (V^-^i

l^::5^l

case of a

What

wau

9'

weak verb

^c-

as

j^^ when attached

Turning

strative,

to the

NOUN,

(3) relative,

(6) interjection

sound,
Is

there

They

2nd person,

(j'

its

[weak] ending)

j^'

about p-jUU

The indeclinable nouns

10.

of plural, or ya of

in the

1x5^^1

(jj>s^])^c^^^ when attached

txIaJI

the

unattached as JI^Sn^Ij/^xSs^i

<^^>- ^c- ^J^A (upon the suppression of

in the

(in

(upon the suppression of the nun)

case of the alif dual, or

8.

of the plural as l^-.xJ

^^ when attached to a nun of corroboration as ^x>s^l

(b)

fij^l

wau

attached to nun of feminine

sound verb) and also when

(d)

to the

(8)

to

feminine ^^^^j'^^^iy -Ll^l

to -V-^"

which noun

^s

^^'

is "^:^ ?

are (l) the personal pronoun, (2)

(4)

noun of condition,

with verbal force (Lesson

some adverbs,

(9)

numerals from

any assignable reason

are said (by

^^i^t^

ivhy these

Arab grammarians)

demon-

(5) interrogative,

154),

(7)

noun of

13 to 19.

nouns are mahny

to

be

^^a

like

the

particle because of strong similarity to the particle.*

The alleged similarity varies in each case, and would be considered by

young student at this stage "far-fetched," but when he studies ARABIC
AMPLIFIED, in Arahic^ he may see as the Arab mind sees.

N.B.

the

364

Lesson 156.
{
1.

What

2.

How many

are

THE DECLINABLE

CASES

called in Arabic

^^'

kinds of

Vj*^'

vL?^)*'

fl?^'

and what are

their signs

an

expressed

are there,

^j

Nominative;

damma

....^...

..*...

Thus

3.

What

4.

Which words

(a)

j^

Genitive;

sign

The

.?

Vj^l

letters

O'^

father-in-law;

but not

when

These are

sign

fj^'

J1;U^

father

ex-

Jussive,

its

in construction to

..."..

vowels.

^^"^ ^^1

(5

take letters for their ^\jC'y\

The Five Nouns,

vo^

its

is

original

its

the original signs of

are the other signs

t^^-o^..

sign *^!M^

original

I^^' Accusative

pressed, (j^^^ or

sign

its

(^

'

of

brother

first

J mouth; and

possessor (see Lesson

_:>

(ir^

54).

ib)

The Dual ^li\

(c)

Regular Masculine Plural (>J.^^ jjS^^a Attached to this are

as d^:^^

and

cn^^c-

several similarly constructed words, as

possessors of minds.

Also (>Jl*)lOj

But more particularly the

id)

5.

The Five Forms

Is

there

still

The verb
(*j^

by

^j>^-^l i

of

*^*^^

decades^

lord

the

of

^-^ 03j^'^

'

worlds.

^^^^ Oyy^^

^^ J^l ili^VI of the Imperfect of the verb

any other "sign of inflexion"

weak-ending
<^j>-

^IJ^I j^y

in

J_$\

c_3-\>-

j>- *^IJJ^iJA]i

is

(suppression of the

they did not weep,

ij^ j

said to

weak

show

letter) as

he did not consent.

its

in

Lesson 157.
.{

1.

What

2.

lit.

in

d^5s.:]l

means ignorance

^^'

(a)

^^.l'jo^:)l

used for the

is

classes of

these are

words

of these

knowledge,

How many

(c)

meaning

quite literally

Seven

3.

the

is

Taken
4i/ll

INDEFINITE AND DEFINITE

or indefiniteness

definite.

are there

Personal Pronoun, (b) Proper Name,

Demonstrative, (d) Relative

Noun

(e)

defined by Jl

(f)

Noun

construction with one of the above, (g) Specified Vocative.

The Pronoun >.^^'l

into

two main classes

Into

jjUi

:^

That which

is

5.

How
It i5

is

is

apparent,

J^^i-'

j^*-^^\ sub-divided

u'

whereas

J-*^-^-^-

separate.

according to case (parsing) into:

Pronouns of nominative case only, as

(b)

Pronouns common

^j

^*^

(a)

divided

expressed, as

i.e.

\^1a annexed, and

divided into

classified,

L$'*J^

is it

j\.Z.^^ jy.^

past tense, 3rd person, as

jjUi

classes

implied pronoun supposed to be understood in

j\,lJx^ is the

4.

how many

and

to accusative

That common

6.

Into

(a)

Nominative as

(b)

Accusative as (^0' and ^L'"

to

and

in

\^

C^ C^ C^

cases, as (^ in

"^^U-

<^_5

<

nominative accusate and genitive, as U in

what two classes

^^'

^-

and genitive

in ^.> j <^AjS

(c)

^ ^-

is J-^aiJ^i

j*^^U\\ sub-divided

and C^\ and ^* and branches

(see

Lesson 25)

anddUj and branches

(see 68 :I2)

The j

and

in

common

it IS

oy

called \^Ji\

is

f^\j^

366

to the verb, as

^^-i

most of jj Ol^^l as

nun of precaution

the

^^>J^^

^"^

^^^-

lS"'^'"^

and ^-iJ but not

^^^

3*'

to

^^

we say ^d(^l]

UV

and construe ^3 Ui

Self-test 157. Translate

8.

l:^* U.

Lesson 158.
PROPER NOUN'

{
i)^ is a

1.

-X*.^i

name placed

and

'^>-

How may
Into

it

may

It

four classes,

(a)

Compound

else

may

Simple, which

:>jA.*

-^i

it

^y

(b)

a verb

be classified

As regards meaning
show

Compound

surname

the antecedent

it is

and

As
*

to

Compare

usually

divided into

or epithet; this

is ^>

or

^'

fully

as

j> as <l^yj^>-

-^-^

subject, as ^Jyl

its

(a)

is

title,

v_^ji^'

-^--^J'

(d)

Pre-

t\.->-

as-^^j^)'.

(c)

j^-**'

which must

in -^--^J'

a construct

-^jj^^

noun of which

which includes

all

\^

precedence ^_^Lm must follow

during the

not covered by the foregoing, as

4.

indicating an

is

;j>-y

^y

either respect or disrespect as

(b) *L^-S

X^

indicating the whole genus.

(in construction) (Jl^^^

dicated ^^l-^l

How

^>^

(a)

was imperfectly declined with fatha before

it

being used as X^ ex

3.

be either

be classified as regards derivation

declined, unless

(c)

given) to denote a specified thing, as

^^-^ X^

individual, or (b)
2.

(or,

1)1

its

noun, as

-^--^J'

j^^*

the extraordinary expressions by which children were labelled

Commonwealth

in

England;

e.g.

"Praise-God Barebones",

367

Lesson 159.

^DEMONSTRATIVE
1.

What

The demonstrative

How many
b

masr

s.

O^^

and

forms has

(j:>

o^ or (J

or

that

is

which denotes
as '-^

sign,

and

-ij'-^

it ?

dual fem

C>y

noun of sign)

{lit.

by means of a peceptible

a certain thing

2.

^^

ojl-i^>

the definition of

is

ojUVl ^^1
^

'-^j'

jb

fem*:

s.

and

dual masc

^^:>

l>

(common), also

for plural

for place.

3.

How

do we get the word ^)i

with or without

is

desired to denote that which

while

forms, as
4.

What
It is

is

Can
Yes,

* found

called '^--^'

going

is

may

or

(J

afar off as

or

^^

'>

if

it

and <-^U>

be used with the other

it is

in

and

^-^

is

commonly

used with the verb

used,

^^ U

or

as in

0-^

U^>

i<^^ hayigy, he

to come).

be used instead of

i5 ^

when more than one person

examples
Exercise 159,

i^

^^y
the

is

be affixed to

alone (without

(In colloquial

5.

J may

i)

in

As

is

being addressed, (see

j^j^li

usual

the

Exercise back to Arabic.

student

is

required to translate the

3-68

Lesson 160.

^THE RELATIVE
1.

J^y.1

a specified

after
2.

that

(lit.

it

which

object by

How

is

Into

^"^

is

J^^yi divided
special,

The former has

(J^^iS^^ sing

connected)

is

means

sentence

this

Jj^>^jil

noun used

is

)
denote

to

of a connecting sentence mentioned

called a

<^i^

and tjj^Z.A common.

special forms for

and

jlJ^)! j^illl

numbers and genders, as

their other case, dual ;(J^lc/y^'

plural.
3.

Mention J^A-lii "common"

^^
to

is

common

either,

/U

ever one rises. Jl

means
4.

What

^j-^**^

<^3

e.

^f:^*i
is

I*

admire

to

non-rationals

all

(or,

it

(^'

pleases me) which-

also reckoned as a relative

^y^ CT'^

(^-X3i

are the rules of

The connecting
i.

rationals

to all

^^^1

relatives.

aI*^)!

clause must be \j^>-

'^^'>-

(narrative

clause,

informing) and must contain a pronoun which agrees in

number,

gender,

etc.

with the relative.

This

pronoun

called ^'U)i
5.

Give examples of the use of

-x!"!*]!

a:Ju;

Exercise

160.

Arabic

to English,

and back

to Arabic.

Jiij-I

(1)

is

369

Lesson

161.

^DEFINED BY THE ARTICLE.

1.

2.

How

It is

prefixed to a noun already

as

Can

To
3.

does J! define a noun

^Ji

this article

^) j\.^i

ojAi

be prefixed

few only jU*Jl

<wJu*^

known

or previously mentioned,

proper names

to

there

^**'V*'

no

is

rule.

(jl*i

ill

is

understood

to

mean

<J/un^

noun

OU>
Jj^y.1

to

defined by

''

is

construction "

nouns

one of the defined

tw>^ii

Jl)

annexation

'

^^^\

becomes defined

it

{ VOCATIVE.
5.

The mere

by

J^ju

for

it

is

To

annexed

above-mentioned,
:

itself,

iS^V-l\

ojUi Vi

viz.

^1

by which

may

define an

as,

which then loses

its

tanwin as

evident that some definite person

intended here.
Exercise 161.

being

act of addressing a definite person

otherwise undefined noun,

^^AC-b

A*)

jLil

^^1 )

{ BY CONSTRUCTION. i^UVL
4.

have the meaning of "the whole genus".?

J^ ever

Does

Yes

<"

^Z^ni

cJ^I )

Jl^

English, then back to Arabic.

is

370

Lesson 182.
oUy^l NOMINATIVES. )

{
(

We

here

Subject and Predicate ^>^lj

commence

new and

which really follows Lesson

programme
1.

What
It

2.

in 151

Which

or

^^^'^

we take up consecutively

(a)

^jl^l being-about-to;

How

do you define ^i^'j

\mSS
It is

is

4.

Can

a predicated

defined as

^>^'

is its

and

uj and

its

its

we

A^

sisters;

sisters; (d)

that

What
u:-.li

is

^Wj

and

Second,

the Deputy Agent.

J-*'^^ or jy^^>

0-X>cii the-spoken-about.

^\

CjSz^

very

common

\x.SS

is

what-is-related about

in

called

Arabic.

Such

a sentence,

\^ ^^ Nounal Sentence.

it

may be

indefinite only

an adverb or prepositional phrase, thus precedi?ig

and

s[;l

Jjrvil

it.

l-V:-.il

should be a definite noun

as'^J^^^-^-^

its

\x^

are the conditions of

is

(b) verbs of

shall return to

noun not affected by any

predicate, or

composed of

^>-

ju

(governing words) of which

these two nouns, alone, form a sentence

7es, indeed

5.

J3j^)

the agent, and Third, JpU)I ^)\i

Jff-liJl

3.

(c)

T^y

After that long interlude

sisters.

(j^y^

or

its

j^f^3

noun

CA^^j* we deal with

are the principal

is

(N.B. Continually refer to the

156.

3).

iX-I) with

First

very important sectionv-.>^iij.J^l

are the possible cases of a

may be 9^^^

i-XxJ.1

vlj^ fcb

J^Li

there's a

if its

l-^J.)

remedy

^
for every disease; or

J^^l

in
6.

What

is

meaning

The word means

preceded by an interrogative as

is

IxJ.)

of

"the beginning,"

always put

is

It

it

>

^y^j

the

if

the

in

a described-noun,

A>l

What
(1)

it

IS

a 'Ka^ not a

^i^i

There

may be

will,

meaning, as

-^^'

in

"The age

be

^:t- a

(is

may be

Knowledge

is

j^k]

pronoun
9.

sentence

l-X:Jl

sentence,

of a slightly

different

two days" O^jl

jf>Ji\

%-X)

o >-\

l*u5C.Jl

in

breasts jjJu^ll

i*)l

what special condition must be

pronoun

in the

^^^ ^^^

a phrase, as

as in

remorse

(contained)

is

must contain

callediijij

(consists of only)

praying)

invariably observed
It

given above

a singular, dual or plural noun, which should,

result of laziness is

When

^j-^j

of course, be sentences

j^\ may

The

8.

originally a substantive

but in the instance

way, agree with

The king prays

(3)

It is

it.

are the conditions of j^>^^

in the ordinary

(2)

head of the sentence.

...

J3 (^Xc

7.

or

nominative case on account of the

absence of any word governing

<^ji^y

3;i

to link

sentence

Must ^i^l be single

^S>

it

to the subject; this link is

oJ^\

,^^\

the

-Li>lj

is

the

No:

10.

may

it

Must

consist of several

attributes,

etc; as

always precede J^>-^

t-^--il

Not invariably; but the subject must precede

cases
(a)

If

ih)

If

any ambiguity,

is

one of the

is

naturally

If

-A>^'

is a

observed,

sentence
(c)

11.

If

^i^l

jUI

as

as

a sentence

verb as

/I*

-^

S>jA^

of which

restricted by

is

When may

When

it

-Xj^j

^\

When

it is

is

its

as

l^'-l^

May
I.

U^^j

>

subject

its

7^-il \^\

subject in these cases

t}y^\ ^y\

C*ii

(.Jj-5

<^-*

<vU

jUI JSOj IjS

man

(interro-

JU

(^-^1p

:>^j>-

J^O

a mistake

contains a pronoun referring to something in ^>^l

jU'

(j for

it is

evident that
:

if

we

said ji>AJ!jj

^>-lv^ of what

either the subject or the predicate be omitted

i-X::^il

^)^Ja]\^j>\

stumble and every

the hearer would not understand

12.

'^^ verbal

the agent J^U)1

a prepositional phrase, as

l-^xJl

\^

one of the "commencing" words,

is

Every steed makes

When

nouns of

reverse order be

becomes

ji'

as

the Predicate precede

(-A>^l)

those which

i.e.

the

(for if

IjA^

(c)

ij^l-^^^

(interrogatives, or

the sentence obviously

gatives, etc.) as

(b)

are definite,

^"^

^J

The Prtdicate must precede

((/)

when both

"commencing" words,

commence

condition),
(c)

following

there
it

in the

must be suppressed

in the

following cases.

l^^U>

(a)

after '^^

(/>)

When

(c)

It

and [^)

a j-A^^

MAY

The

Had

if

may

predicate

<LI l.<^

the context

(or,

to

is

as

it,

clear,

^i J (y) 3^jl
Ac-li^j

that

^^**,

thus s^lj*

j^.
is

instead

be the reply to C-'i ^-^-^

omitted after ^ji

is

Zeid not been J^5s.-X^

perished

V^r^

(^^)

used to allude

is

be omitted

of (Joi^j> In

II.

as

But for Zeid,

j^^)

^IJ ^^^ present,

had perished).

Also

in

had

one or two

other un-important places (See a more advanced grammar).

Lesson 163.
^GOVERNING PARTICLES
1.

What do you mean by

?T^'^-51

(from

?t:w5

^i:lj I-uii ^1^1

)

^^J\y^\

to abrogate, or cancel) are verbs

which change the declension, or

affect the

and

particles

meaning

of the

subject and predicate.

2.

Why

We

do we study them here

leave OUy_y.l

for a

little,

to

study such sentences b&-

cause they are bastd upon the original J^^3

Examples
3.

(a)

{b)

Of what

we

three kinds are

Verbs which

(Lessons

shall ring the

make

changes upon 7^1^

sentence.

X^.?tii

?^l^!

first

noun f'^y and the second ^^^l*

163, 164).

Particles which

(Lessons

the

iJx-.^

make

165, 166).

the

first

<^y^l.*

and the second

f'^j*

-- 374
(c)

4.

Verbs which turn both nouns into Direct Objects, (Lesson

The verbs
If l^:i-lj

(i)

(2) ij

5.

of (a) are of two kinds,

j^Kana,

what are they

167).

and'slsters.

jUii Jl*il to be dealt with in Lesson 164.

Name

jo

the verbs which are

?^^i he was, or

acted,

CJj>'\
the

in

morning (modern meaning,

he became).
^j>6^l

he was, or acted, at noontide (he became).

Jk

in the

shady time (he remained).

in the

evening (he became).

at night (he

i-

^^^

Ol)
Jij
T-r

U
L*

,,

stayed the night).

he ceased not.
he

left

not

off.

dAiJil^he desisted not from.

'^iU he relinquished
a\:>

6.

he became.

jC^

not.

II

whilst he remained.

||

^^^\'^\ Jl5V)

Are not these verbs called

O^ and

its sisters

and

nominative alone

their

^j^ he

is

not.

Defective Verbs

are called <.^l^ in the sense that with

a

them

complete sentence cannot, usually,

be made.
7.

Can they
Yes

ever be used as

here are examples

the heaven

and

'^Ij J^^'

^j)i\j CJ\j^\

the earth remained,

i.e.

^^b

existed.

as long as

J^

o^ There

was
8.

Do

O^d}

^--^

2vas rain.

If

there be

any

praise. jlS"^

the other tenses of these verbs act

U j^^what

be was.

to

same way as the past tense

IjS

375

L^^JL:

Ij C^lJ^' Qj*

^J

Certainly

^ Be whose

upon the nouns

in the

son thou wilt, but get

politeness.

Q.

What
(1)

there special about

is

^jJ^ has none but past tense (though

past at all
(2)

The

predicate of

Am I not

Does God not

(of this

J'j

and rj;

11.

What

is

is

by the use of

meaning

NOT

is

very often changed from Accusa-

as in

r^^-^ J,

etc.

group)
etc.

J'jr;

suffice his servant

Are ^0 and J'j

imperfect

^j^

your Lord

v^

its

).

tive to oblique

10.

^j-i-'

is

i-^ *^l^3

always accompanied by

always preceded by

4Jji

"^^

^j^

l ?

as long as)^

preceded by the negative of preterite or

1

^>^

ja "tj^i^

meant by ^))^\ Oylli'

^wjJj Oy--^l^ are four parts

work done by ^j^

itself

1^^ 1^ u meaning

l^t>

which occasionally perform the

these are

U*

^^^1

O^j. Uj ^j

jj^

as,

376

Lesson

VERBS OF APPROXIMATION ^.jUHjUlV

(OR,
1,

What

i.e. it is

to

happen";

express hope of

Jl*i

Then why

When

are they all called

its

**i

two or more things are

taking place

jUii Jl^l

name

of

^^AixJl

classified together the

the one

is

sort of

"government by the majority" the verbs of the

transferred to both^^\ this usage

more numerous than the

class are not

3-

"about

^^jZ}\ u\^\ express an ar^?m/ beginning.

III:

2.

under

collected together

f-V^-Ji

are

jUil JUsi express approximation (or near approach) to the

4,

action,
II

Imminence)

of verbs

three classes

this title
I:

164.

Mention some
Class

of

iijUll

I.

His breathing

the

dbjlj

v^^as

II.

May God
Class

^Ujl

May

heal him

III.

93 j^"^

Noah began

be

^^^'^ j' <*Aa>\ Zj:yO

Cj^^ ji

(^>

c.f.

d^jJiW

to

Z^^y

j'

^ ^'^

V-^l

\-J^"*ilj

'^^-^3

J>-J

9j^

l>^d ^Jo

an ark

poet began to chant

Moses began

oly.1

^^'^

>

The

more used.

.^15^

to die

it

to build

third, but

address the people

for^^ll and

first

verbs of these classes.

about to cease

The woman was about

Class

chief

called

is

^i)l

,._^.-lll

^^i
^^J)e>\^

r-y

?'

J^

>

jz\z}\

-A>-1

i^j* ^^^

4-

But

do not understand

verbs which

where

The

is

make

you say

(as

if

all

5.

Are

these verbs

is

case of \^f^^3

of them, of

a verb in

jO

P'jUall

The guest

will scarcely arrive

P'jl^l

^^

^^

(wJL.-Ia)l

^Ds^^

there particular about

^^^

is

occasionally used with a pronoun, since

hope he

will

[}!

come

thus

which

(jlS"

and <^^y may

is

^j^^

What

resembles

these are

J^^^^ jL^iVl

e.g.

which the chief are

be used in

closely

3)

The same phenomenon may

^J^^

these verbs confined to

all

No: four

6.

in the

takes the place of the second noun.

be observed

in 163

the subject 9-j^j* and the predicate

the predicate

predicate of

377

^^^
its

meaning

^t j\i!l*c

(^r^ '^

^^

J' *^*-^

Lessons 165166.
PARTICLES RESEMBLING VERBS

I.

We

come now

known

to us as

to Class B, this
V'j=*"'-9 o|,

consists of particles already

but also called J*aH) i^.iil cJjji-^

because they have the meaning and government of verbs.

They
from

are said,

by native grammarians,

verbs by reversing their government",

i.

.."instead of .....If this be a fair explanation,

it

to
e.

be "distinguished
their subject

and not

has

far-fetched,

solves the curious Arabic problem of the reversal of cases

in the

following typical sentences.

; :

378

J^:>1\

\^>^^

2.

JUVl

Mention

O J oj

^^;>0 but, yet; j>^

3.

What

is

They

that...!;

though

no

may

and the second

be

j^>-j U:--

9^^

it

(adj.)

then called jj

(it is

which

making

sentence,

is

the

the

noun or subject

^>-

called jj

Give other examples.

J dl; V.

1^ J JU

iil

How

do you distinguish jl from jj

That

is

a technical point

are usually given.

/.

as

haply, perchance,

upon the original

5.

jO

the action of these particles

act

of innci)

if

noun ^y,a:^

first

4.

that,

ol5^

Ol^llil

truly, or verily

C^J would

jj

is

(a)

After the word

The

When

i.e. (i)

(It

(first

LU

j!

oi:U

2 examples)

upon which long detailed instructions

chief points are

used

JU

The accused says he

(b)

^^I.

at

will be

the

or
is

meaning

derivatives

innocent

is,

commencement

its

-(^^ ^>j /tfO.)

Jja^

"Verily", truly, or certainly.

of a sentence, as

observed that l^J

is

shortened to

^^
i^J

jy-^^ ^J

l>ft-i t'j

-- 379
(ii)

By God, he

J is used
When it (with

HI. Either

(b) After

its

answer

as the

lij,

(/io^

ii^

<ijlj

j^^^-

(i^l^l

to a condition

*^i

UTl^

*H

s-li

UJ

Ex

cJ^J^

thought Zeid absent, behold he was approaching.

I

means

that these particles

shadda and written thus

point
will

Thus the
^;;5CJ

reads '3*'^ Vl'

Suppose U
action

N.B,

this

may

is

JU

d^'

^Jli>

it

he lightened of their

had

in

\Jk1^a

of

the original
\f}^

nUn

g,

,|

is

noun

becomes

mukhaffafa

rt

A^
is

there then

any governing

1]

nun-

'

but with the

affixed to the particle,

action of the particle

^ j Uj But the important

do NOT govern the noun, which

original j^>-_$

A^

mean

(j^^ O

therefore retain the case

J^UdU

The

that in that case they

is

sentence.

7.

^[

allowable

is

uj O'js^ c-ii^ S& what does

It

^1

brother!

nouns) can be replaced by a madar.

or j'

After

(a)

6.

my

is

'

clause (videJvi-i)

askedhini, being convinced of his generosity<*;\^A-x;J Jj<dL

(iii)

//.

a subordinate

to introduce

is

suspended

restrictive as well as suspensive.

if

V*

be suffixed.

'

8.

What

This

the

is

khabar

its

for its

^^

9.

is

the

la

the absolute negative.

It

9'j^j*

but

it

Why is

4il "^j "<ij

it

makes

ism'^j^'^

its

has more drastic action than

V means

5^>*

O^J

impossible to say

All

Other examples

man
(ji-'

sharper than Truth

this,

V No

deity what-

in either

action

is

^^ Ja5

v-^llSOl^^

case

suspended

The

lesson

May

the

Yes,

we
it

is

J^J

vI^J^^I

(j

there

^
3^J

1a..*--V

has to be repeated,

V^

no sword

is

A^-' J>-^^j^^

indefinite, or is separated

and

its

from^

"^

special

.V

A.ly

nor Zaid

is in

the house.

neither difficult nor long.

be omitted

often omit

^-^^ from

jy^

^^-'^

^^laJ

Ji^"^-9 <,^^*^^j^]|^V Neither

write

^^^-^^ (J

at all is in the house."

Suppose the noun of ^is not

Then,

Jj

negates the whole genus "man"

means, "no

tacitly

11.

which negates the

is existent.

Because

10,

iilJI

jj CJy-^

last of

not only accusative but singular and indeclinable

^h^s

{(J-1-*)

ever

i.e.

which was given as the

^jJ^I

called

is

whole genus,

and

word

38o

of

the sentence ^^^-^

^i

^nd

(^^>^- Compare ^^-^^ "no more," or "only," usually

written on cheques.

12.

What

the

is

meaning

The

derivation of

now

to

mean

pleased

me

>^A.*I

may

which

it is

38i

of

U^^

[^^

"especially."

"no equal," from whence

^*^^'

u^^3 ^jaW ^-^^

it

comes

The

tribe

but especially their prince.

be parsed in more than one way, knowledge of

not required of the elementary student.

is

Lesson 167.

1.

We

said that there were three

the

first

^'^

being two classes of verbs

i.e.

other the verbs of approximation, etc

the third

and

ij>-'j

^^

But

why do

the native

O^

the second kind

assimilated to verbs Y'Ij^-'j jj

and the

was the

we now come

to

which, being doubly transitive

verbs, transmute ^>^ij UxJ.) into

2.

4^'j>-b

particles

last

^i^lj U;-ll

affecting

two direct objects.

grammarians

The name has no connection with

call Ihese verbs -j>y.3U^*l

"hearts" but merely with

"thinking"; most of the verbs of this class have to do with

considering, thinking, estimating, supposing,

be called "VERBS OF

Thre are

(a)

They may

MENTAL ACTION."

really three sub-classes, of

based upon ^a^ij

etc.

which the

first

two are

lAI-ll

^^^ Apj
O}^^^ A^J iSJ^^

Verbs of probability jUc>-Jl

c33 ^^**.>-j

(b)

Verbs of certainty

(c)

Verbs of change Jj^^i)!

JU^^b
t.

e/^i? -^^JJ J^-5 (S^J

(J>*^0 -^**-^-?J*^3"^'-3'-^J'3

^^J^J^^

3.

382

Examples

of their governing action.

Original

Jit

if

jPcaU

from

(j^U

j^>^

Orig:

j^lilp^^Ull

one of these verbs

If

B.

usual one,

it

Abu Hanifa

He

used the

What

make

^r^^?Bll

CajJp

a direct,
(to)

^Dl

^^jl

in a sense different

from the

with^^lj he held,

^^ ^^^\ jl^

^^Ij

^J

J)^j^i) Jj>tJI Juii verbs of change.

li-^

IjlSC^ l^Jl i^1

a crutch

^j*^^i

li^-^^

C>!a)l

^^3

/^-^J

Q-^J

L^j -^^'

be verbs "requiring two objects which were

to

(We

J<f^3 \^^1^

and one an indirect

the

ii.:?-

ablution with rose-water.

of the verbs

gave

The

:>j^l

to

staff as

NOT originally
was

li^U?

the clay into pottery

These are said

6.

it

/le/c?

Give examples of

made

Cj^>-^

(doctrinally).

be allowable to

We

j>^\

cnliU

used

is

lJus

may only need one object. Thus

was convinced

5.

comes

Orig:

N.

4.

this

winner a

As

object).

^T

prize.

sulta^n pres^ented,the^she^kh}

Three-object verbs.

should say, in English, one

'^^^

'j^^^

^:^^^

^^, ^^^,^,

supplement

to this section

we

will

mention some verbs taking three objects.

0-X>-j

These are

Examples

^a>-j >->-Ij

l^LLu iJbj |JU^

We showed Mohammed
God

will

to them.

show them

[that]

Cjj

UIj

(^jIj

i-^^

IJjjI

Zaid was going away.

their actions [to be] objects of remorse

^liT'^ CJ^j^..>-

^\^\

-Ujl

^^^y^

"

- 383was informed

my

that

UU-

[was]

friend

may be

absent. (Note that this

for jl

and

may

^^^

its

N.B. See Lesson 169

of a verb

now

l^

c>-^i-^

t:

O' ^-^^

'

take the place of one object).

^\j

Jff'liil

written

w^

(^^.-^

for the "retained object"

in the passive,

Lesson 168.
^(oWy^

1.

We
It

now resume OUjijll

will

is

JcU]l The Agent,

like,

What

JcIa)\

is

is

first

Noun

of

N.B,
leave

like"

<Ji-i iU-

Participle)

madar may precede J^^"\

These are

i-AxJ.'

J^ull

Agent JpUll ^^\ (Active

^>^'j

action, as ^A)i\ yj2>-

or assimilated adjective, or even a

as in the following

was

noun preceded by an active verb, or the

meant by the phrase "or the

In certain cases a

class

denoted by

is

and denotes the doer of the

What

J^U)l)

Nominatives. "

"

the

be remembered that the

The second

2.

THE AGENT

.1

tricky sentences

them and pass

on.

^^

^ >

>

>

and favourite "problems,"

3.

(a)

Summarise (and

learn) the six rules of Jc-Ull

may be

J^Ull The Agent

be a personal pronoun
be masc. or
(b)

O
(c)

(d)

If

Agent

the

If

as

and

(as in

sing,,

w>^^

),

and

'^^^

separated from

is

If

or
If

may

may

not take the

^^^^*M-^i

fern. sign.
is

allowed, as

fiXiff

a "broken plural*' either

is

either

is

allowed, as JU-j '^r^

Jl>-Jl Cj>jJa>'

Agent

the

N,B.
N.B.
in

or

iZ^A^ or

the Agent

case

may

by one word or more,

verb,

its

only a metaphorical feminine,

in either

it

and fj j^LJ

If

verb.

dual or plural.

may

is

its

either an expressed noun, or

the verb
it

and

feminine, the verb normally takes the feminine

is

Agent

>,

(/)

fj*

the

^> r
(e)

fern.,

384

I-

is

dual or plural the verb must be singular

Distinguish from

Hebrew usage

which ^i^l

is

a verb

^jj^^

as

in this case.

Distinguish from that "nounal sentence" j^^j

2.

l-Xx-^

J^Xju!! But, in this latter case,

c

jy>ll)l

is

not called a Jc^U at

all

verb; in other

words the sentence

(j^SiUI jli

a verbal sentence.

is

but a ^-^-^ whose

is

j^

is

a noun sentence, whereas

Many young

students

fail to

get this cleared up.

4.

What
its

(a)

is

the rule about the position of J^U)! with regard

uyji* (Accusative)

The Agent precedes

its

object, as

<>lxJS

^U.xll

J^

to

(b)

But

if

there

is

385

pronoun relating

affixed to the agent a

to the

object, then the object precedes the agent, thus

(c)

Similarly

if

JpU^i

is

uy^

noun and

is

merely a conjunctive

pronoun, the pronoun precedes the agent (merely becanse

\^ ^j-^.j^

cannot be separated from the verb) as

it

*^j^

fj-*^'

Lesson 169.
^ DEPUTY-AGENT
1.

2.

What

is

the difference

The deputy agent

is

voice, or the like.

It is

between the agent and deputy agent?

a noun preceded by a verb in the passive

called

JpWI

What

meant by 'or the

is

The verb may

J^Ullw'

^^^

^^}\

place of

as in

w^'U )

J^lill

like"

because

v)

it

takes the

^\ Vir^ ^

ZJ>\

(occasionally) be replaced by a

masdar

by a

or

noun of object (passive participle) Jj*iiL-*l as j^^'J^'^j^C*^^

from which we gather that

which means
3

What was l^U'

Originally

uW
4.

(i)

^*^j

(*v

also

^-^Ij

^^^"^

^U

as,
>

<^^j^

Jb

originally?

^^^'

^^

we get

from which we get

A^Uil

w>^

WUII ^ll

follows the rules of Jplill

and gender;

*^!A^

^j^ ^j^^

an object, thus 3^J^ \yj

Give the rules of

JtUll

j^tS\ ^5"^

oljli

>

C-A>.

^UH jl.>-

with respect to number

jlJuJl

C^^j^^

*rir^

(ii)

386-

Jc-UJI^lj may (occasionally) be a madar, as y.*^Ajlx-Sc^^-J

,j*^

^;^--*

^A-**'

or a prepositional phrase, as ^\'j^

was seen
(iii) If

there

objects

others

to

was

^^

or an adverb, as o'*aj

j*^^

ij>

*^a.AjI <w^j^-^

'-

the matter

J^'^

Zaid was passed by.

(originally)

more than one

object, the first of such

becomes the deputy-agent; then what becomes

In Arabic,

they were.

we

say ^lU-

j:^^

^^ The

rest

of the

remain as

But English grammarians call the second "retained

object."

Ciii
S.

N.B.

^j^'i\

1/Ui

'ji;^\

- foU

JJ.VI '^^uii '(.iU:i jji.*)

sentence composed of verb and agent, or of verb and

deputy agent,

is

called

<^ ik^r

Lesson

170.

4 ACCUSATIVES OL^ll')
I.

Give

a list of the Accusatives in the order in

which we propose

to treat them.

The Direct Object

<\

<3*W J>^'

Absolute (or Cognate) Accusative

Accusative of Cause or Reason
Accusative of Time or Place

Accusative of Association

J^'

(^!)

^^ Jjii'
V Oy'^
<-

J^'

37

Accusative of ''Exception"
Accusative of "State"

JU-I

Accusative of "Specification"

JaJI

etc.

{'^ i,*l;^^/'j) (^^Ui

Specialisation

^Uoi- ji

Vocative,

2.

Are

^^^IL.11

any others

tiiere

There are two already studied

^^

o[.

and JS jk^ and words

See Lessons 185-8

apposition to accusatives (sequents).

in

on

All the above are nouns but

;'jdl

governed by subjunctive particles

we must

not omit the verb

s_>w^i^l for it also is

said to

be ^j^aI*
3.

Define
A>

Jyj^} the Objective.

A.

jyA\

is

noun denoting the person

upon which

(or thing)

the action has fallen (the verb being in the active voice) as

J^\

<w^Ul

same thing
passive

4.

A)

It

may

as

^1^

*--yl

J^Wi

In regard to

V^

the verb

but in the case of

J^iil

Is

He

^j^

4>

changed from active

is

the verb remains

J^^ill

always an expressed noun

be a j*lU

^>1

as in w>llxJl

me

mean him

to

active

J or an

X^j^ or a disjunctive pronoun, as

sent none but

w^l; denoting the

attached pronoun,

(5^^|,^|,

\*j

himself, or,

'

z^^'

refer to that

very thing.
5.

If

the verb takes two objects,

the usual procedure

thus A)'

dcS^\

is

to

and both are attached pronouns,

detach one and

make

it

disjunctive,

6.

(a)

Should the object precede or follow the agent

The

If

may

object

^j\
(6)

vJl^xJl

^f

as

^xJI

or

c->ll>JI

one of them

restricted by

(d)

The agent must precede

iJu*

^'

to
7,

object must

May an
Yes

come

A^U^ ^^^'

as

it,

deputy

Because

first if

may

its

any case of ambiguity

which

tell

by the

is

agent from

order.

the agent has a pronoun referring

verb

precede even

agent cannot do so
in the latter

tell

as,

J'*"'^

object precede

an object

must precede the

must precede,

it

the object in

we must

tht form of the word,

The

U'^

Since we cannot

^J

it

U^^i

If

as

^,

^f^y}

an attached pronoun

is

(c)

is

often either precede or follow, as,

one of the two

other,

(e)

388

Why

its

verb

but an agent or

case they would not be verb

&

agent at

all

but^>-^

i-^I*

and the sentence would be turned

Lesson

171.

^ABSOLUTE ACCUSATIVE
I.

What
It

madar written

strengthen

Exs
(a)

The

it

\{y^
first

jikLi J^ill

jlkliJ^Mli

is

is

into^j*-^^ il^^

(it

may

C^y^

kind

is

after a verb

from a cognate

root, to

also be used to express kind, or number)

U^JJi

L;^

w^llLll (j-jJb

called (strengthening

^\y)

as in

(b)

That which expresses kind or number

Can

Yes; by

aTjU

its

(d)

d^*^

its

(e)

What

denotes
its

synonym l^Vl

U-^

adjective,

its

its

'^l

demonstrative,

O^

-^J^'

^^

pronoun,

by

(h)

manner ^j>

its

number

Ai^Jli

or

JS"

^-j

JUi^P

*^

as

iJ:l

dll

^^^'

UO*

'

crosslegged.

^^-^

him with-a-whip.

with the madar, as

<x^l

J.11

Jj>*

Jf

ijli 5li

the verb of

which

lost sight of.

^V* Jr^ Steady

1-k^

*^ j^'v21^**W

^^j^

^-^^

in construction

has been omitted, or

explica-

^'

Give some examples of isolated ^y^f^

>l^

[Oy^

^*^j*

'i^^ Ijlli)

'^y

lf^>-'

else

its instrumentAll lasl*j-*'Cy^I struck

(g)

3.

^^^y

(a)

(c)

(f

called

madar be replaced by any thing

the

(b)

is

^j^;*^* JJ-^"

tive) as C>r j^:>

2.

389

Uc^ dB .-^Jl Ji

Lesson 172.
^ ACCUSATIVE OF
I.

What

does

^>r^ Jj**^'

a).i>-V

J^iii

(which

is

CAUSE aUV J^l ^

denote

sometimes called

meaning) denotes the cause

(z.e.

4)

JjmL' with the same

the motive) of the ac*^*on, as


^!j*

li^.

fled /or /ear.

390

^J C^\y^\

L:>1"

4l

my

chastised

son for correction (training).

2.

What
It

must be placed

in the accusative

following two conditions are

the

same

verb,

of action, as
3.

But what
It

Oyi^ being

are the conditions of 4^^ >

fulfilled,

indefinite,

(i)

^^

when

j-^a*

the

not of

agreeing with the verb as to agent and time

(ii)

\^ ^jj

(the visitor

meant by a

is

and be

accusative

means "a madar

^J^*

being the one

who

loved).

jX^^
and other

of emotion," such as love, fear

motives which determine men's action.

4.

Why

should

Because,

5.

But,

if

it

if

it

be a madar "not of the same verb"

were from the same verb,

which

in the genitive.

came

to time

AJ

to the well for water,"

and

water.

agent,

il!^

he sat down

(a)

What

is

When
it

is

him

cannot be accusative,

J^ail'

Thus, since you cannot say

-v.*

i.e.

in the genitive thus

6.

would be called

the conditions of question 2 are not fulfilled

In cases in

"I

it

nil

^*w He

the rule as to

quite indefinite,

^1

sl^>>- 1

^^^

came

ZJ'*>-

it is

put

to the well to [get]

knowledge

being indefinite

i. e.

^J|

<ill.x.B

fjMkp-

he went to make wealth.

?

without either J' or construct case,

placed in the accusative, as

out-of-charity.

tl*

placed

is

not agreeing with JU*>- as

travelled to get

its

it

being an exterior object,

Jt^J

to write.

^y<'i& U'J^

rared in-honour of the visitors.

<\ Ijl**.^^ l:^kc.l

K^jXS CJ^iJ the city

we gave

to

was deco-

(b) If

J' without construction, the genitive

defined by

"more usual"

The

preferred) as

(i.e.

accusative

In the construct

used, as

l\^j0 s^UlV)

(U)i

to please

state,

3^^^ij*

4jy

is

^^

repro-

either accusative or genitive

cJjii ^l^^jf*

Jlill

^\j^ ^"^

*j^^

said to be

is

seldom used, one solitary instance

is

duced by most of the books

ic)

391

or

Jlill

may be

^J^ ^.j*

tX^jPi\^} zJiXaj

gave alms from desire

God.

Lesson 173.
^ACCUSATIVE OF TIME & PLACE
1.

What
It

Jl^klA

2.

This

N. B.
1M.J

being

^Jai\

to denote the time or place in

was performed,

action

X-t

noun used

is

Jj-ili

A.i

is

(jaI^^

JjA

jUj

may

wl*-L>

prayed

at

night

also be called <JJ^ Adverb,

c-ijU while

be either fjA^'^

means

whereas

^l

as

which the

walked a mile.

may

O J^' )

"specified,"

^^

^^

is

or^^^What
as

means "vague,"

called joC*

is

o-^

'

meant by these terms

came yesterday

A?-jUI ^t>-

as

Oy^

O^iU

travelled for a

period.

(jA^

of place

is

a defined area,

whereas ^1\ consists of the

<-^j

^^*^j

JUj

as -X>*^l in

six directions:

c>xj -^^j <iy

-X^^xi <J

Jl^L^

L
3-

What

the rule as to

is

392

being accusative or genitive

c-^^laH

(a)

All adverbs of time can be accusative;

(6)

Of

the adverbs of place only

accusative, as

\^'^^

(c)

The (jA*^ adverb

(d)

Quantities

4.

What may

j'.^IaIi

jXaW

(6)

SjUVl

(c)

<JuaJ'

(d)

^J^Jl as (^U i*>

5.

Is

Some
or

as ;fJ!

are

J^J^S*'^

^^r*

of place must

be

put

inthe genitive,

are placed in accusative, as

9^

as iJl>

Jl^laLLl

j:.Jt.^

as ^^^y OjlalJl

O^laH

the "vague" ones can be

as

5v^ 0/-

take the place of L^JkW

(a)

^1

\^3

OU^i'

^1

meaning

and

"j^lW

meaning

di lu^

5^i^I^ t*j

''Oy

declinable or indeclinable,
j-J^r^al*

non-adverbs,

j>tJi\ ^jIIp "jC^

i.e.

<^j^a.U

or

c-i^">

^^

these are those that can be used as adverbs

e.g.

you may

^y^

say

Others are f^j->^l*j^ indeclinable, being only used as adverbs

or the like
Ja* AlLi

{i.e.

with ^y) as

also U-Jo

as

(^^^-

Jy
^'^

l^>

C^^

'

while

^
I

'

was

'*

-^i

-^^ as

sitting.
o

N.B. Note the use of the accusative, and of the genitive after

6.

Revise vocabulary

26,

page

68.

393

Lesson 174.
ACCUSATIVE OF ASSOCIATION

{
1.

What

is A^

shows

in

A^ii jij

Ex:

2.

(a)

or A.j>.l^li jij the

Irvil'

wau

Leave the

tjj\

Under what conditions can '^

It is

when

only accusative

it

This j

done.

is

it

called

fool to his fate. Literally

it

(to) fate.

J^*iil be accusative

.?

cannot be joined by a copulative

conjunction to what precedes

(ie.\n) the morning.

is

ivith

of association.

Leave the deluded one with

reads,

(wau) meaning,

a special j

what association the action

^-^-^Ij

J^l

Uj^\

noun preceded by

It is

<*-

-^^-^>-'

it

t^^W^

OjiL

travelled with

P-j^^b -^IJ ^j^ Zaid walked

along the new road.

Now
in

it

is

quite evident that

^;l^)l

did not walk with Zaid, as

-U^j "^IJiS^ ^^^^ ^"^ Mohammed walked together,^Zaid

walked with Mohammed.

In

-Aj^

jj C^-l/ there

is

no copulation,

for,

to copulate,

the

attached pronoun must be repeated, thus \:)3 w' C^^J^ land

^
>
Zaid walked; whereas \\:)3 C^^/^ is read, I walked with Zaid.
.

(6)

When

the form of the verb requires

more than one

doer, the

ordinary conjunction must be used and both agents take the

nominative, as ^^cj
(c)

In certain
is

J>

ll-5l

cases with conjunctive meaning either

of the

two

allowable (but the accusative here would be rather weak)

3-

Is

'*--

much used

J^*ii'

In the poets,

example occurs

in the

Strange to say,

it

Aruh-waiyak,

seldom found, and only one rather doubtful

is

it

394

Quran 3t:\5^3

v5

re-appears in Egyptian colloquial ij^j

go with ihee=lit.

Jj*\ I^^^

r-j;'

go and thee (disjunctive

pronoun).

Lesson 175.
{
I.

EXCEPTION

^Jilw^il is written in
it is

JIl^ll )

some books

s-ull-i^^i

noun mentioned after one of

the most

common

is

five or six particles (of

^[) excepting

judgment on what has preceded, as

disease there

The
2.

When

Oyl wij^ ^b JxJTo

every

i(

*^

^[.

J^^-^

^j^i

examples,

also,

has three separate classes:

The preceding sentence

all

noun from the general

remedy except death.

must ^^JL^ll be accusative

meaning then

(6)

this

which

trees fruited except a figtree.

^ix*Jl by ^j
(a)

is

the act of excepting;

is

must be accusative, as

^^^-IL*.!!

\\_)

both affirmative and complete in

r^^L Ojj

i\

in the

above

passed by the people,

but Zaid.

The preceding sentence

then

^J.Il*vll

may be

is

negative and complete in meaning,

put in the accusative, or be

made

a J-^

Appositive (see Lesson l88) and take the case of the preceding
word, as

jl^Jljl

O^'^llVl

0^: L.<1>lll ^L-

(tf)

The preceding Sentence

lined according to

incomplete--then

is

what

Jj

3.

What

,*

j\.'^

or

though

(as

^'^

particles other than

Either

dec-

).

C-)

'

Two classes (l)

(l)

is

required by the preceding clause,

is

whether nominative, accusative or genitive

were not present

^*l*il

(Jj'^3 j)-^

(jj-*

are there

^'^

may be

Upj ^U-

l-^U-j

(2)

put into construction with j^IJL.ii

Since both are nouns, either one takes that case that would

have been taken by ^IJLai

0^11

What
The

l/v-^ ^^3^

has happened here

^*^-^

^llwil

adverbial preposition.
(2)

UU-j

I-Xpj

^U-

may

as

^^

/*-"^>y

itself

which may be

^}

4Uli ^_A^ ^^

^^l*il

special case of

(or iSj^j

by

-b JSCJ

after

has been

being now

very

See

transferred

in the genitive

roughly

looked

j^'^

to

governed

upon

as an

p. 65).

be regarded as prepositions, in which case

.

the usage

is

similar to that in the case of

^^

Or, as verbs, governing in the accusative, as

If

preceded by

as r^^3 '-^(j^-l L'^

\'^ij

(an "extra") the accusative

'-^^ ^^'^\

is

\J

necessary:

Lesson 176.
{

1.

Jli-I

is

STATE

JlJ-l

noun which denotes the

)
of the agent (or the

state

object) at the time of the occurrence, as

The prince came

riding

cribed)

example JU-' ^?-lv^

agent

the

is

J^r^^'

J^^'

one whose state

(the

but, in the

^;^.>o^l

^'^' ^^

'j

^^^

Quote the information correctly

In the first

^-^

"

is

des-

second example, the

object jl;^^i

2.

Jli-'

Is

It is

definite or indefinite, primitive or derived

usually an indefinite derived noun

above examples.

Occasionally

it is

pronoun (construct. state) as tij^j

oJ^j

3.

(a)

may

It

C^>i

'UjI)

God

believe in

reciprocity

defined by annexation to a

I-Xj^

*U>

(c)

arrangement

(c)

metaphor

4.

when

go by yourself.

,^^:>]

alqne.

^-)

qualified

by

Ll^

J^Ji

Llj

^- l^i

^xJ-iJ"

a descriptive adj

and

this use of

it

is

U-^j

U-'l

Does JU-i occur as a sentence

Yes, often

i]

Lj 'CjS^

if

^j-^j Uij.5 AXio

price

{[))

(e)

adjective) as in the

(i.e.

be a primitive noun in certain special cases

when denoting

Jrv-i^l

\:>j

^Ui^Vl

L jS^

\:>j

C-*^^-^!

/>^J6^

^Ul

Ij^^

dUyl

.jU
Ij'

very

good idiomatic Arabic.

-Wroccurs as a narrative sentence

it

nected with Ji>-^

The

Jli-I jlj

Zaid came to

(u)

An

(m)

J^-i

of "Ml," as

This J^'j may be

i^lU ^-l)ij 1)J

The

jj with an attached

or,

left their

they went

J^l

his

rose

when

rose, the

Is

(or other)

hand on
I

his

pronoun,

head

j^b

lT

-X5

and

^^

6-V>^

<^)i

sI^J.>

^r*'^^

iSs.-^

^'j

y*-?

^ y^

the thousand.

a preterite verb, as,

had

the sun

risen

^j-.*-l)i

JI^U^

J3j

^^i

or,

sun having already risen,

and that of JU-l

^A^

Yes, they must agree

number and gender

as U;J--^

name given

to a

of a preceding

jlrj\> 2I

O^^U

177.

{ SPECIFICATION
commonly

of Jl^i

Lesson

jj^

home, thousands of themeJ^i >j A^^^-^c^* '^^j^

there any relation between the

^t^-^

.j^

(J^J

as,

j^^

was young

away from home by

with

j'j

J^U

^LJ ^j^uJlj vlX^j

orator spoke whilst sitting

They

while the sun was rising.

learned that while

I.

ja>)j*

must be con*

it

"understood" pronoun in a verb of P'jUail as

Aly came with

5.

wau

special

me

by a copula

but

arrived whilst people were asleep

(iv)

w>L^

\j^ ^^

y^t-^'i\

called in English "Specification,"

is

the

noun which discloses the more exact meaning

noun or phrase having more than one meaning.

398

That preceding noun or phrase

S^

Mohammed was

<J\^

matter

2.

59:4.

5).

of-soul

Mohammed was happy

of-origin

What two

kinds of

may be

Ja.-C

of weight, measure, area,

aLj

etc.

They purchased

We

have

He owns
The

earth

it

is

We

made

c^LS

was planted with

I.

j^^*

\>XC'

jj^^^^

\^\>^tS

in-riches)

the earth break out in-springs

^l "

^j2^
'>

^^^

^'^-^

'J

we gave two

Other examples

trees

kilo.

'jj\^i

iSLi

\
I

Ui^^-Xl

\^^b

l^^ji

\>\^>-

Question

is

"
^cXi^

flii"1l^2o
"^

called ^^^-IHJa-^c of relation

in

j^^j*

distinguish from Fr.

qaaba of land

Zaid is richer than I

Zaid is greater than

{lit,

twenty she-camels

other kind

This kind of

thirty horses

examples of

The

applied to nouns

^'^>-

measure of capacity

understood,

-kJ^^A.^

is

Examples

bought two kailas, corn

is

^>U

-^ This

number,

^l^i -X^^

lineage)

have the weight of a mithqall

in-respect-to gold (= of gold)/

We

3.

jy

(substance).

Jrv--C

(=

^^

-^--^

expressed, or (b)

i?^iA.

(a)

l*Ai

are there

Instead of -U^A- some say

called Ol-Xii

the

clears

in-respect-of-soul,

Mohammed was happy

Jn.*ll

(a)

(c.f.

may have more than one

happy,

^4'

word

inference, but the

example

called -A-^' For

is

^-^j^

^'S^l J -^

u^J^^

'

^0^

How
I

399

brave was Napoleon as-a-man

was the youngest of them \

the least of them in-age)J

But

is

Yes

Oi-^]l

truction

more usual

not

it

Jr^^c

^il^^lj

to

{-

^^ |^V^'

(lit

4.

^^^^

Oj^y.

>^?-j

say

v^*^

<l>-

(^-^-^

1*1

^^

^^"^<^

^-^

rather than

is

often expressed either by placing in cons-

or

by the use of

rjA

Lesson 178.
^SPECIFICATION OF NUMBER
1,

This sub-section

is

students) that

takes a separate lesson.

it

so important

studitd in Lesson 147.

with Lesson 177

4,

for

But most of
its

form of O^ji'

>^c )

(and so tricky to inattentive

we show

Here,
it is

^-X)i

it

vi^as

close connection
Jr^--x

but

can

not be used with the numerals.

2.

Sunmarise the rules as

(a)

Nos.

10 and ^>

plural, as
(b) In the

required;

(c)

to *^U?V1 construction, etc.

(several) put their

A*j2> -Xi

^^.i'

%\Ji

^U

in

JUj

genitive
i*> jl

two instances of lOO and 1000 genitive singular

\>-^

1199 place

their

illustrative

is

iTU

t^kjl

the accusative singular, as might

jrv.-c in

have been expected from 177

An

Ja.^

example, given

2.

in

\j>t.'^\

^jj-^il

and

other

books, might

U^^

Or
3.

is

dual

and

etc,

where we say

to

and

11

Examples

3 9 will

(c)

10

JU

be, in

:>j-Vil

j!:s'

but where are

What

and

i:>-j

-X>-ij

man)

and

J^u)l

also

gender,

when

^Ij ^lc<

^^i
?

except
the

for 2

of

o-^>ij ojla*-^

JUj

i.c,

S^Ip

o^l^

>-.**

exs

not

but

it

is

the rule as to

of

21,

-^^'j

J^

A^^

'i---'

compounded
is

y^>-^ yiS'

show no gender

10,

this equally

figure

units

^j^^==^>S'

single

AjjU-

as

Multiples

^j-Ajli

Note that

the

to

O^^J

O^'-^^

^^.^ssiP

numbered.

:>3^i!S

jij

'^^
distinction

i'i.

5.

J^;

Gender?

12,

when compounded,
(d) ^j^^y

4*^;^

only used as an adj. (following not preceding,

2 agree with the thing

W)

is

lOOO,

are the Rules as to

applies

22

w^ O-^'

used.

is

What

AiU) *L% C^U-IaT

<L*^ lj.5c^i j^j t^x.S

j^^:>

The above covers from

in colloquial

(a)

AXp-.i^w twill 9

the following

"One'*

4.

memorised here

well be

JLC'J.p-]^

400

*^-^.

Since *Wa> means "a few, not less than three, nor more than
nine/'

it

follows the rules of the numerals 39.

--I.

1^

"It"'

401

Lesson 179.

^ORDINAL NUMBER ^j^^'

1.

What

is

the special form taken by the ordinal

That of the Noun of Agent

agreeing

The

2.

"2

3.

in

gender with

it is

Those vrho say

that

God

On what measure

is

is

^Jj^'

the

Does the ordinal agree with

does, as

What

is

Exs.

it

is

first

a descriptive adjective,

third.

its

noun

an adj

t^y

5.

in

c.f.

^^

The compounds il 19 take ^i^ (m)

:

being defined by J^
/;t^-J'

and the decades

or

o^^

N. B. J3y^^

is

with

(f)

if

defined,

8).

>^ 'jibi ji s>> Vjui ji s>p

The decades and

^U5s.Jl

'obi 4iUl

the rule as to the compounds,

the units are declinable (see 148

(6)

a third of three [gods] are infidels.

fully explained in 148

it

noun.

its

and moon) have no

^Ijl ^LiSCJI

(a)

as

(sun

Naturally

4.

J^U

moons"

J.jiil

^-^^^

their units are united

by j

<oU:i
as

the cardinal, ojyi*!i the ordinal,

'i^uii

5-

considered to be an addendum to the section on number

is

why do we

has two uses

and requires

How many
But,

^jl

of

is

in the accusative ^-^-^ l^*j^

it

has to be genitive, as

means

easily

dist

annexed

is

from

A^I^ax-*2(1

This

servants.

He

is

(a)

5 puts

is

all,

called

Jl^J.^ juX'^

common

poor, give

is

it

many."

"several, or

have several horses

many

\f>-

is (b)

not interrogative at

colloquial Ji^j^^ AjJapi^A^^

\ff^^

interrogative,

For how many piastres did you pur-

l/ j^ y

(^-^^

Very

ask the

used to possess

How

'k^[^Al^\

called

be put

(informative) and

'^IJ^>-

5 when we

first is

to

S.-)

The second use

the

noun

its

kinds"

9'y

preceded by a preposition,

if

chase this

Exs

instead of

dirhams have you

\j^>C^)^j\^\

(b)

^^y 5

say

"How many

question,
(a)

4C2

him

in

Egyptian

few

piastres.

A^l^ix**'i

its

noun

in accusative,

(in construction) to its

noun which

but

is,

therefore, in the genitive,

6.

In o^y)\

is

means

word

"lots

of," or

4^JJ J-*^

Cj*

provide

own

It

its

^v^

food.

somewhat similar

"how many

Cj}^ Many

to

a"...

a beast [of burden] cannot

405

Lesson 180.

^THE VOCATIVE
1.

(_^^lli'

such as

noun mentioned

is

to attract the

l>^

2.

The vocative

3.

What

{!)

(S)

O
(,^)

(4)

(5)

is

^j}

o:>yaJiA

of eight classes

^i

IJ^

In

*'-93

^JH^'i

L^l?

a^ap L

^^t*-?

^ l? ^i

^1^)

this takes a single

damma

(-ir^'^

-^^''^^i

Indefinite but intended (specified)

construction

j^^Jw* b

jLid

as

^U*-t

this takes fat-ha, as

o^^^A* jd^lj><> Indefinite and unspecified, as (the cry of a

blind

man)

This

is

c-il-^ll

iS^t^.

"^'"

^^J

<-x^ Semi-construction

>>^' (J ^^^^

^^.

Voc. of the Defined by Ji

word

some man take my hand.

indefinite accusative.

accusative.

is)

ye lovers of justice

<^Ua^

owner's attention as ^' -^^ u

particles are

X^ Proper name
as

after a special vocative particle

the Rule for each class of vocative

is

(_^iuii

(^^1:11

(^1

or

<j^'

with

A-.-.ll]l

O
*

this also is placed in indef.

(any) well-doer.

if

is

the noun has the article the

used, as

{7)

The Sacred Name may be

404 -written

<A)I

but more usually

"l^llt

't-

and

is) <;'

1^*

or

V.)

have special forms.

/'

6^

'

^CALL
One
it

2.

HELP

<;l;x^Vl

What

are

its

one he

is

three forms

4*Ul^ill

is

Sometimes

(j)

Sometimes

It

'O

is

Call for

by J as

followed

help;

one called upon from the

to distinguish the

called to the aid of, as

(2)

What

generous ones [give alms].

U) Preposition

3.

FOR

can be best remembered as marked by

\ or oUJ I and

181.

of the sub-sections of (^^l-i'

J^.^J.] L

Lesson

1.

Either C^>

U^5

as

only, as

>i^J.] L

i-^jlkl.]

^y

\i

^y

,_^>tdl

a form (similar to the above) to express admiration, as

is

s^UU

l>^

or at

its

what water

colour,

etc.

to

express admiration at

its

sweetness,

<^ ^>txii = the one admired.

{ ix)i )
4

4)j;]i

ticle

as

is

lamentation, and has a special form the original par-

being
d^-^j

^j

^j

with

o\

usually affixed to the

poor boy

But

I)

is

name apostrophised

also used,

in

that case

5.

there

is

(jJ,S

Ij

What

no special

O my

liver

as ^J--^

suffix,

(c./.

<^jxll

(b)

It

(c)

It

may

may end

retain

in

may end

Hebrew

the

in

its

my

[the ligfht of]

idea of bowels

^^

and

Oy*^>-^j

eye

= emotions).

name lamented

original form as

(to imitate

the

the long-drawn wail) as

of pause (also imitative) as

ouJ^-.-:>-ij

Husain, lamented on the Feast of Muharram, was the

N.B.
slain

grandson of Mohammed,

Note

In colloquial, we say
(

What

is

O dear, O

dear

f^^^^ }

the opposite of ^-^^Ji

whereas

out,'*

U**'i 'j

^^^^^

is

^:^^)1

^S-j\,]\

is

chopping

more especially the vocative.

for

^^

three forms are possible to the

(a)

6.

405

Fatima J^^^i

for

which

is

off of the

For ^^^[^ b

Ibrahim we say

ojj^

a "broadening

end of a word,

we say

t-I^ b

Ij^

Lesson 182.

1<

What
-Kco/i

ing.

is

the difference between

(incitement to action)

is

^i^t-Vl

and

j'i:>6:)l

the opposite to

jk-^^*^'^

warn-

Both are examples of the Arabic accusative dependent

on an unwritten verb. Ex

of (l)<*-^llj-X^*)l

Keep covenant and guard conscience

means. Beware of the
Thee
In

2.

how many ways can

By mentioning only

{2)

The thing warned

{3)

The one cautioned and

Beware of

Beware

How

is

the

is

<^S>L]\^

It is

is

(2)

means,

JLu;VljL*V)

jX>.\

iJLl illjl

the one warned, as

against, as -l^Vl

also the thing

lies

of innovations

i!U =

J.S)i\

warned

ji^-l iJl,

and

against, as

v^-XSCJlj

iJU

C'l*iA>:Jij

i!lj|

not learn

jX^\

the case explained in the last two examples

explanation

What

lJC[

warning be uttered

The elementary student need

I.

(honour).

warn.

(1)

3.

ilb^^

lion,

means i*i!l_5a^i)lc,!j

.^

The

this.

'official'

equals

iJl/'

CjJ^CIh ji^

Ij 'jl-^

i!U

^>^l^X:^Vi

the official explanation of the

phenomenon

of an accusative

occurring where one might have expected a nominative in

apposition, etc.

^J
iipon

Cj^
<-^j*^'

Ex

but an

^UjS

i772/9/?c<:/

governing

it

Vj*^

0^

we might have expected

verb (either -V^^i

in the accusative.

or

(^^'

acts

The sentence then

^^V^CvL^' -^^'

reads

407

u^

'^^e

the Arabs

mean

are

generous.
2.

This

called (j^Ua-?-^'

is

C>jy

^LxJVI

^U

specialisation.

(j^^?)

(- All God's prophets are

Other examples

We,

Thess. 4

poor).

Cri^-}^ ^^^:=="^^

15

are the most liberal

{i.e. on their guests)

the Arabs,

any who spend

of

specialise (refer to) the

of prophets, have nothing to be inherited from us

company

3.

j^ We,

End

of

^|J^

'

U^
'<

.^ >^J\^<^ A\
^ '^
^
-^

'

ol^^ili)

Lesson 183.
OU^A^I )

^ GENITIVES
1.

Nouns

the Genitive Case (oU?^^i^li

in

of two kinds

( i )

(ii)

The
(

signs

signs

The

The
five

^re

(preps, are
<^^

called^ ^^3J>^Uai^

of two

in construction.
is

the genitive indicated

OU^aJI

are

usual kasra,

reg. fern,

(ii)

Those which form the complement

By what

<^J3J^

Those governed by prepositions

nouns
2.

or

pi.),

letter i^

nouns.

as

when
4jil)

the
1^1.1

noun
:

in (a) the dual,

is

singular, (and

when

it is

C>ll.*^JJ Ji
(b) reg. m.asc. plural,

Exs. of these are found

in this

sentence

(c)

the

^^^

relatives,
(iii)

Fatha

He

and

the needy,

What

resumed

is

j^^* (J ^j^4

Lesson

Jl

added,

is

as

etc.,

are the chief prepositions

which we dealt with

^\>.

in

3.

The most ordinary

(see

if

Also UU-j Ucj

j^j

J.ij

Lesson 175
4.

nearer

parents,

to

dwells in Egypt.

j^' ^3j>-

^>j

Give

Jac-^

imperfectly declined nouns, as

in

But kasra

3-

(^^^IjiJ

C>>^^^b

iS^3

4o8

149)

uses of the above are familiar to the student

the foUowing^

may

also be

memorised
if

Instead of

This

is

him

<-^

from God

Get away from

me

^-^.

JlLp ^>*

<il

^^

ii*

^i^i

(Endorsement of cheques) [Pay] Sayidl j^^lj^^l J| -^

^
Ahmed and charge to my account
J

Have
Sit

they asked about

down

at

my

right

me

^^

hand

soul shall not makel

satisfaction for another J

cT

On

tradition]

Abu Huraira

We

the authority

thank God for His mercy

At the time of Abu Bekr

^ ^

o^

<J

4-^

J^;

^?-^

jJa^\ ^j-i

For the soul of the departed

of

J*

^^-c ^^^j-^^'

One

[A

^**

^J

I y J^

i\

^--^ ^'

<*>J

J^

J^>

-^i*

ij}

^
%(-

j^

^ J^

^n

And we
Of

preferred

some

to others

There
this

is

man among

and)

JU a^I Ij*
.^,

./-.

O") y^-

O"^-

like a lion

-^^

He

created the worlds!

from everlasting
/

t-vji

;.

^-^^' "^^

morning

See also Lessons 197

^j^-^^

C*i^^ l5

^S Vj

slept until the

^'-^"^3

Jac-^U-^

neither a learned nor a great

An eye for an eye

a toofh for a tooth

^^ ^t^*i

killed for their crime

people

is

(Jai

U^i(l^

very great importance

They were

He

409

\\

O
..

^^'^

(J

/hc

^
-i

l^

;^L^a]l ^^s>- C^s.

198 on the Particle.

Lesson 184.

ANNEXATION

{
T.

What

are

"Nouns

The antecedent

What

(ii)

3.

are the

*UiiU)

are these

^'-^-^^^

<^

is

wVi

Real construction, as

4l^Vi Verbal

may

Those residing

<l^i^

.?

has the force of an implied preposition, thus

be taken to

in Cairo

watch of gold

T-y

as^)^j^jU

construction,

two kinds distinguished

aJiJ^\ 4U>i(

r-y

cJUail the annexed, and the consequent

two kinds of

*^^Ji-l <^\^i\

How
(i)

Construction" called, in Arabic?

(ascription) of the one to the other.

4-^5

(i)

is

^Uail the one annexed-to. Arab grammarians speak of a

*'J1

2.

in

AJUVl

mean

7-^^

D^U)iy-j

^jJi <'^aJ^\

l*

o^u)l jlSsJ**

v_^^ apU


In

(ii)

*UiaA)Ln

'^i^ as

iilj?

<*U)i

j(|

410

OWali

usually,

derived adjective

*^^

ci i" ^^^

fC

^^j V-^^ ^^^ ^^^ who struck Zaid.

old,

0^_^l

tall of stature,

J)^j\^

is

There

days of

is

no implied

and that

of dual, as

preposition in this form of construction.

4.

What
(i)

are the rules of LLii-l iil^^l

^Uaii

(iii)

tanwin, as

its

must be deprived of

It

Verbal Construction
5.

What
(i)

(ii)

are the

^^cS^fj
plural

J' (but note the

same as

from

distinction

wia)l

in this point).

A^j

AdUVl

are the rules of iJaAJl

and

<WI

nun of masc.

also loses the

It

(ii)

loses

i^^Ji-l iiU?2(l

but

oUali here

is

a derived adjective.

ejUall may, in verbal construction only, retain J' in certain

(iii)

cases, viz (a)

The

dual or reg. masc.

dwellers in Egypt are safe

noun

itself

of race

6.

if it is

already defined by

(i.e.

the alien)

noun

nexed

to a

03^

as,

itself

j^\

Jl,

(6) if

j^^l j^a^

cf

important of these are given on

fully.

though

not,

C>^

Ua*^

few others require

which

is

(jl*j|

M^i^

JS"^

p. 68.

(Vocab-

26).

OjC J5^ means

.W

by

(Revise page 345).

The most
Revise care-

Cj^s,

meaning

or (^^*i ^Ul or

TS^

^>-I

while dj-*>^l cj^^^ means jj-^*^

niay mean^Ui^joiw

an-

(c) if

defined

to be 'in construction in

always, in form;

to a

as ^j-*^' ^ij*^^ thestrange

to a third

^*^^

^a-S L.11

annexed

it is

Certain nouns only occur in construction.

N.B.

or

or

as in

s^->^ the benevolent, or

annexed

J^V^' C^^J^

pi.

(^^^

^(_^^'(j^*f

X^^

411

JUi >

{ isCdl .U
7.

What

there peculiar to iSCdl s-U <^U>

is

the first personal

Examine

pronoun

the following

^Li(^-\?-i one of

He

is

one of

These

From

budaya,

me

difficult,

How

We

something

is like

rule

I0-I2 on p. 88

(^l^^ for

which would be

(^'-^*

like hudai.

(j^ d\

about that ending

say that

What

We

JVi

Truly

it is

annexed

to (J

my honour is my

s^Ul

IjI'Ia

cJo^\

the

vowels are

alif.

^jli-l

^^ JUllJ^oj^^

to the lack of

life.

as in (^Lac- ?

in (j

dX^j^ jjci

about ^^Ull and

say

owing
N.B.

easily seen

it is

implied owing to the difficulty of vowelling the

10.

we

say that Ot>ji-' the vowels, are ojI^a implied or under-

What

We

own

do we parse the ordinary noun when

stood, as in (J^t^
9.

judge

^^

iS"

and from Lesson 34

guidance,

my

^X** -^' j^

euphony requires the avoidance of

that

8.

my

^^

teachers

leave the student to deduce his

(_$i-^

stick

danghters

are they that love

these examples

my

(^Uac-

my two

my

the annexation to

i!l

euphony

CJS^J>-\

(lit.

the vowels are implied

heaviness)

This "implied vowel" parsing

is

if

ya take (Jamma.

called {SJ'^"^'^

Vv^^

412

Lesson 185.
J/J )

{ APPOSITIVES (SEQUENTS)
1.

Is

the Appositive a

Precisely; >oU]l

word

"in apposition" to a preceding

the appositive,

is

2.

What

literal

3.

j^'

followers, Sequentia.

under J-^Ji

/y-^' ^^^^^

Some grammarians, however, make

C-*JI

I'eal

of

what two kinds

attribute,

(ii)

j^xJl

**

noun which

causal"

attribute,

L^lJ^li C^^-j^

denotes

i>y\ s^^i

U-jJij
^r -^
I

whose form

We

^ J^j'"^

the
is

it

T^^s

garden
beautiful

saw the youth whose!

face is comely J

^^

^^^ whose

itself).

affair is strange.

These two boys whose

mother was handsome.

^
(

'-

j^, \^^;_^

>'
'^-^

in

follows

does not qualify the preceding noun

\j^\
d\^
ir^ oUJI
^
y -.

entered

V^jo,
quality

something having connection with the noun which

Exs

it

examples:

were introduced to two noble men

it

shall

is it?

the

qualifies

We

(observe that

five

do not agree with them.

follows; as in the following

iJ>JI

-^j^ corrobora-

<-^^ explicative appositive, which we

Commencing with
(i)

is

adjective, cjikc- conjunction,

substitute.

J-^

by adding
find

^\y

of

it.

are the four kinds of ^)j^\

^jo descriptive
tive,

meaning

declined with a similar

declension to that of the noun which precedes

Note that the

word

^
C/^^

jj

.^| ^.J
-^

L^

4.

What

Usually

Object
But

usually

is J^JI

it

is

may

it

a derived noun,

V3^^

'

413

Noun

as

J^

^ Attribute as

madar (used

also be a

JJ^ ^j^ trustworthy witnesses

of being turned

a descr.

into

Agent v*jU>

of

or

J^j-*^

when

5.

or the

word ji owner,

good pious man

What

= ^^

are the rules of

Cjy^

sZ^^\ agrees with

or

indefiniteness,

(6)

in

gender,

(c)

in

number, as c/jL^li

as

{d) in case,

What
^x*j1

as,

C^I

it

.*

it

or a

'U- this

man

ji tJU^

J>-j

follows, in definiteness

j\^2\^
.

cJl-^'^^

|[;>l';

Alj^jl^ iiL**

Ai-l^ Sl^l

^J^

They

passed by two noble

are real believers.

<^J^

^^Jl J>JI

agrees with

or indefiniteness, but

agrees with

Jp-j

q^^ y

are the rules of

capable

J>-j)

which

^y,aj6\

tJU?

as /i-ili

^y^

or possessor (5^*

7t!U

J^'

^y^^' wJl

(a)

generals; (j^JL^^.

6.

it is

(jy^^

as

demonstr. qualifying a definite noun, as 1-^ J>-J'

came

as

as, a descriptive adj.) as

(but only

adj.

/-*'

or of

it

its

preceding noun as to definiteness

qualifies the

as to gender

as

FOLLOWING

noun, and


These two boys whose

many

are

faults

Remember,

8.

man whose

passed a

N. B.

>>

^_^-J^-'^

girl is

man whose

Remember

^.-7-

meaning of a

Other examples of
This

>

in this connection,

practically the

7.

414

that

has the

J'

-^xrr^

<-^

and

status

relative pronoun.

C^l)l

honourable

AxJoJ

A)uI?liJl

1>-J|

s-U-

ancestors were honourable

that a C^>

Ai^

also a

is

attribute.

Lesson 186.
{ CONJUNCTION
I.

What

Jac-

uence and

is

is

whereas

O^-^^^ <Jis.^ will

There

very

is

The Arabic

little in

<J**J^)1

^kc-

the connexion of seq-

to us, in English, as the

common between

definition of

Conjunction,

be treated under the heading of

Ji^uA.)!

between which and the noun

particle,"

treat here,

^JAs.c-

often called

well-known

which we

v-ibJi

the difference between

is

and the so-called O^-Ji

This

^*]1 )

;Jaw
it

J-^-j'

the two.

is

that Ja)l

follows

is

is a

^>\r

"conjunctive

or conjunction.

Note that some of these are disjunctive, others copulative.

415
2.

Name

the conjunctions.
II

Disjunctive.

Copulative,

or

and

either (one of two)

and then (order)

but

then (after interval)

but rather

even, until (limit)

(in

general)

not
3.

Examples, for careful study,

to

show the

use of the above

particles.

Success [comes] from knowledge and manners^:>^ij .Dl^Uclll

Zaid and

He

Mohammed

insulted

me and

Zaid arose, then

The savants

-U^j

arose

^U

Si^'j

struck him

Mohammed

(doctors of law)

entered and then the princes.

All

men

We

stayed a day or so

die,

Did you, or your

raise the

This or that

.UiVl

even prophets

.?

fathers,

heavens

|
J

p^^
T

(This, or rather that)

^i* U U

Either this one or that one

Khalid did not come

but his brother

is

here /

^^

the bow, not the sword

IT*

'^\
C^ -^^^^^

i*<:^t'^il-

.1

"^=^'

Fear not thy enemy but rather thy brother

Take

l-i^

^-

iJ\>-l

J>

ilj-^i^^J:^

(^^IV

lj>^2\

J>-

4.

4i6

Mention the chief rules of the use of conjunction

(l)

Noun should be coupled

If

the

is

to noun, verb to verb, sentence to

Exs

sentence.

God's

Kingdom

of heaven

ye believe and fear [God]

and earth

He

you your

will give

^jyr /^^^ Jl ^y^^

rewards.
(2)

To make

conjunction

an

with

'^**^ 0^3

pronoun

implied

j\j:^A ^A-w or with the attached pronoun, as

(3)

the suitable detached pronoun must

first

We

V^::^\s^j

To

and our company

left

This

is

^^-^

between me and thee

In the case of

be added, as

^^^j=*-

as,

^S^\

dllp-Vj

For me and thee

(4)

etc.

couple a pronoun with one governed by a preposi-

tion, repeat the preposition, as

'

six.

"neither

...

nor,"

the

second^

J^V

requires

^ii Vj

Neither this nor that

'"^

l-X*

Lesson 187.
4 CORROBORATION ^y^\^
I.

What

is

^y^\

J-SjlJl is a

word.

It is

^^^*^

-^y

A)

of

and what are

It

its

two classes

which confirms or corroborates the preceding

two kinds,

^a) xS y

verbal corroboration, and

corroboration of meaning.

^Joa]

2.

jSy

is

417

merely a repetition of the

first

word whether

verb,

noun, particle or sentence.

^^^

j^^"^

Zaid has come, has come.

"^U

Or

the second

He

cast

How

3.

By

down

word may be

he threw

the pen,

synonym
it

of the

aUj

down

J.a)1

a detached pronoun, as

bl

(^y^\

-^-^j^^^

words, put
it

in construction

refers

They

6.

Are ^i'5^and

all

Ij

iU

yo

^f*--**!

of

are only declined

when

in

O^

passed the women, both of them

passed both the

men

them

women

^m

l^*i)

-X>

^xi-l

.U

lA>-}\

!)^^U

construction to the pronoun

the two men, both of

of the

Ol-XJ^il

Both the men came

saw

Each

C^>-

C^c

!.>

*d6

lAS^ ever declined

may have

-.:?-

it.

70

with the pronoun of the noun to which

IxJd

The army came,

cnTLlI Idr

consists in the use of one of the following seven

The Hinds themselves

5.

^a\\

w-^

^^^-^ ul

Thou wast the watcher over them ^.fJs-^.^J] CJ\

4.

as

an "implied" or an attached pronoun corroborated

is

myself came

first,

^^*t^^ CA->-j\

U^

Olj

L^xI^ujTIJlI Cjjj*

^^lA'

IxJl^C

djy

a predicate in the singular, not the dual, as

is

smart

Each of the women

is

smart

ia-^

0^}\ ^^^

ik^ cX

IJil lxL>

4i8

Lesson 188.
^SUBSTITUTION
J-VJI

is

^t

which

substituted

is

which was not intended by

prepare the way for

JjJ\

is

preceding noun,

being mentioned only to

J-^)l

this is otherwise called

substitution of the whole for the whole

came

brother,

to

whom

Ex:

thou hast favoured.

me

ii^-l yf^

Jt:U

J>^Ji ^y (Ja*^\ o^ substitution of part for the whole, as

the loaf, a third of

I ate

The moon was

(3)

itself,

straight path, the path of those

Omar, thy
(2)

for the

Identical substitution,

J^'cy J^^' J-^

The

of four kinds.

Jilk J-X,

(1)

JjJi

JU-Ji

ill

<^*

it

eclipsed, a part of

J^

it

* JJ?"

comprehensive substitution,

cJS^\

*^:r^J'

i.e.

j*^' ^-JuS-

of something

inherently connected with the preceding word, as

name,

Zaid,

i.e,

They

will ask thee about

his

the sacred month,

(4)

OlV' ^"^

(jl^c***i)l3

in

filled

i.e.

me

with admiration

^^^

about fighting in

differing substitution,

JaUJl Jj)

^U^^ -\|^j^-:>^l

J^^' u^

f'-A'

^^^

it.

which

is

otherwise called

the substitution for error or forgetfulness,

which the substituted word merely corrects a

Give the beggar three, four

I

shall be

away two

mounted

the horse, or rather the camel

or 3 minutes

'Uji

slip,

<)%

as

J;L.Jl

0!a> O^-^^^
<?Wl

(j*'^Ji

Jac-'

VO-j j

3.

What

is

the condition which must be observed in

and jL^^Vl

^jIa*-JlJj^>

The J-X) must be

to the

it,

4.

419

(2)

and

(3)

Jjlj ?

construction with the pronoun corresponding

in

preceding noun

The sun, part

^3j>' ^j^^^y^ Oa*-S

of

was eclipsed.

N.B. Most reliable grammarians hold that

plicative appositive

is

merely a form of

j^^^

^Jjli^ii'

<Jikp

J-X-.)l

have dealt with above, while others hold that

it is

the ex-

which we

^j^^ (^^

a fifth class of appositive.

The point

5.

to note is that here

jLJl ^JaP may

^W^

is better -known

than 9j-^'^

consist of
'J-

(1)

title

after a

of worshippers,
(2)

i.

name, as
the

e.

A described name

{^k^\

^y=)

^jA

(j(^-^

W^ y'j

3^

Aly, ornament

model worshipper.

after the descriptive (or

^\.y^]\

^_^iJ.Aill

nickname) as
Ibrahim (friend

of God).
(3)

Noun

after demonstr. adj. as <_^ls5s.]lU^ this

Note that demonstr.

Exercise 188.

book(Al-Quran)

adjs, are in apposition to their nouns.

Read aloud and

(

End

of

translate as usual.

^.1>)I

420

Lesson 189.
^IMPERFECTLY DECLINED NOUNS J^aIjV U)
1.

We have already shewn (in Lesson

into

is

fj^

totally indeclinable,

sub-divided into

-^^-^a^-o

imperfectly declined.

2.

is

the mistake often

They think
"devoid of
is

^^a)1

that

all

Complete declension,

Is there

made by

we study

students here

the sigii

is

means

not the case, for sincecJ>^i

u>;.ua:^ fS' or

j^

^j^*a j^^

^^

f^'*-*^

is vital

and

its

Egypt.

0>^li ^* ^J^^ means

In

Egypt

ability or inability to take

j'^^ {^

construction

tanwin

connection between the two, for the capacity of

the noun to receive tanwin,

fact,

jJ>

lJ>j^a:.a

any special connection between a noun being "imper-

fectly declined"

There

divided

in 190 the obstacles to full declen-

declension." Such

'Vmper/ec% declined";
3.

is

jo\ja

<wVr-^l

What

and

declined,

fully

and

noun

and v!^*^ declinable, but Vj"^'

In this lesson (189)

of full declension c^^^-!^

sion

155) that the

when

not defined by Ji

the sure indication of

is

its full

or

declension.

some native grammarians discuss the division

by
In

into full

and imperfect declension under the heading of J^i' J^^30y^

By j^)>^they mean ^^olij^^^y^

Nunated and Non-nunated.

4.

The explanation
stage, but

what

of

is

^^dl

in

6 6
:

(p. 16)

the official definition.?

was

sufficient for that

*'Tanwin

421

quiescent nun omitted in writing"

is a

(i.e.

not written

as a consonant letter) "but retained in pronunciation"

reading Al-Qur'an,
pause,

i.e.

^j^

or

etc),

"except at

'^^-^ or <^-^>

the end of the sentence, either one of

is

(At the

the pause."

<wii ji'

pronounced madina; similarly

in

{i.e.

O-Vl' jj

is

(there)

pronounced fil-madina.
5.

Is

every tanwin of the

No
(1)

there are four kinds, of which the

UA>>^s]l j^^J"

,^^^ (j^^^^
(2)

same kind

this

(see

tanwin

Lesson

j^-**

the most usual

first is

VI ^j^^ that

is, it

makes

as ^j^li

instead

it

190)

{j^y^^Cy^y^ gives "compensation" for the omission of a

letter,

of

and jl>^

^^^li

for

..

/f

isJ^yr
-

weak
(c-f-

137

'

6,

7).

It is

also given to the

word

when adverbs

3'

of

9-

time arc put in construction with

it

we

write Xx.>s>-

and

(3)

<Luil J^^^"

(resemblance)

marians to be given

for

^1

C^Jj

is

for

-^,

U^>-

^\

Jlxi^

also -Xlxc-U etc.

supposed by native gram-

to the reg./em. plural that

the nun of reg. masc. plural (sic)

at that time,

as

it

may

resemble

OyX*^ OUi*^

422

(4)

^yT

^rOUxli

It is

is

not important to us here.

used to distinguish the author Sibawaihi from some other

Sibawaihi*
*

(Sibawaihi,

So was

4)
^1 A-^ri-*"^

wT^'

AjriH

'^->y

one of the earliest Arabic grammarians, was of Persian origin

Firfizabadi, the early lexicographer).

Lesson 190.
1.

What

is

^%^s^\
i.e.

^^\

causes

Hence
2.

the other

it

name given

to

become

What

is

Since

^J>^* means

declinable

nym

Vj"^^ (*^^

declined noun, and the tanwinissaid to

meaning of

it is

^'^\j^

declinable.

that kind of tanwin

the

to

is

called

^jSCT^

cnSC.')!

a5C.s>

declinable, (j>^'

^^j"

^j>^x^ means

more

applied to the fully declined noun as a syno-

for ^Jij-^^A

From

189

we karned

that such a

noun

when indefinite

receives tanwin.
3.

The Table

^^^

Declinable

imperfectly DECL

Quad

PI

Indeclinable

FULLY DECLINED

(2 sorts) (3 conds:) (6 conds:)

4.

423

After copying the important table at foot of page 422, learn

i-i^l

the following details of

Ac^iJil

-U-.2l

There are

four classes but these have sub-divisions or conditions.

2.

(a)

Noun when

^^\ Proper

O^

fern

triliteral

bearing sukun)

is

W\ i^^>^^ foreign name

Arabic name with

4^-X>-js->J^^ji*utli

{i.e.

name

proper

in

^^ j}
^

(^j*

^r'^j*

(d)

Oj^j

7-^l>

must

l>-_^

^i'J

mixed compound, of which the second part only

can be declined

Hadramaut

7-^

letter
^

be nunated, as ^y- and

original lan-

proper name with quiescent middle

triliteral

letter

name

girl's

its

>

(c)

middle

a silent

allowed tanwin, as Hind, a

guage) as vy*i.-9 ij^^3

N B. A

by form, or meaning, or both, as

But note that a

(t>,

it is

(S.

Having ao^w j

at

all,

as

Arabia) Cjyj-Sa^
(extra) of j'

to the original radicals, as

and J^'J^

<^^^i

{i.e.

passed by

^)j*

these two letters are additional

jUlc- and

jUA**
'"-

{e)

On

t
measure of a verb, as -^1 and

and y-^

(These are

said to

beO>^ll^ ^y^^ because they resemble

C'jUaii

tense

Palmyra,
(f)

-^^j^

is

Yazid was a Khalifa

now

at

Damascus

the parts of

Tadmor, or

a ruin in the North Syrian desert).

Changed from another form

(so they say)

j^^

is

asserted to be

>

a variation of ^'W
>^

called

7-

'J

..

Other examples are r*^ (the rainbow

"

-^

^y) y^ J

Saturn, etc.

is


To sum

424

grammarians say

up, the

A-^l*)l

that

being

(fact of

a proper name), plus one of these conditions, prevents tanwin.

//^

<A^)1 Attribute!(descr. adj.),

{a)

0^*^ jj^
which
the

drunken
^6^

J^

jj^

colour
(c)

Carefully note that

nunated and the

is

fern,

cJ^^

of

which

^^5^

Changed from

^^^t*

it

Exs.

Ending

Note that

jL^;

J^ L Ojy

^^

It

ijyy^^

^J>/

0^*j

f'^lJJ

4 or

3,

added

in the

this alif

^j^^j
2,

C^y>^

at

^I>

time,

as

which marks the

alif,

most not be original but additional;

but

(a)

it

always

is

has tvvo forms :

as in ^ il-=^

(b) (^ as in(^jS

-^

Ua-.)

K LjJI

^J->. '-^SJ^^

\a^

N.B. these,

/F. f'^^';^^ *^:^ Quadrisyllable Plural as

Important note
said to be upon
5.

but on jiA**

fjj>^

j:i-\

does not always mark the fem. under

additional.
(a)

A>^*

is

of superiority (Lesson 59) or of

the J*l

is

a previous form, as

Jo ^y^

feminine.

not on the form j^A^i

is

it

These words mean, respectively,

///. C^jJll)^

jl-lkc- thirsty.

/*

This

as

it is

which

fern, of

^UJ

is

(L: 58).

etc.

where

If this

form gets a

iUli

which

is

K L-il

in(_^

^f*'

for

j^

are not diptotes.

^l^.^

some

C^^A--'

plurals

it

is

fully inflected (Revise L: 138).

N.B. Having learned these twelve classes of nouns forbidden

complete inflexion, the student should now carefully re-study

Lessons 52

610;

54

6; 58

64

4, 5

65

6;

;, etc.

425

Lesson

OF VERBS

{ INFLEXION

Which

1.

191.

part of the verb

and which

^^-*

is

This was fully answered in 155

The Arabic

2.

What

puts

are these two nuns

without which

3.

<^j*^ ^

Lesson 128) as

in

^ yJiJ

^^Vjl

Cj\^\

Now

revise 29

3, 4.

is

(l)

and

is

What

The nun

simple that
4.

What
(

(ii)

it

Noun

is

Verb

^^^^aJI

firstly

can be disposed of

in

then

are the three

j>-3 ^_majj

^^

V;^j

^*j

*.-*^*a>j

for ^J'

^^v^

A**^l aIlVI the

five

forms

which end

Learn the

five

in

) it is

forms

Note that

That applies

it is

to

it

(i.e.
'

U^^\ ^J>crOL-iT

not to

so

is

^yA*^

^^si as Ji) jl

the five forms of p-jUaW

as

^^-^'i ri

ij%ub j&Uii

'

^jf^-^/j)

(jJ<*a> j^lui)

inaccurate to give a third i^yU- for

^^^i-l

is

few words.

are v.^^m^I OU^ac- the signs of the verb being

N.B.

of -V-^*^^ (revise

What

In the singular (and in 1st. plural)

In

^-^ and

be

the nun of feminine as in

(2)

are the three possible to the

of study

to

and note the resemblances and differences

possible to the

Our order

crOy)!^ jU^l^Uail

between the declension of verb and noun.

'states"

V^

8 which see.

which cause ^jUai'

it is

Cj^r^^

of verbs

that V^i'

it

^'^\ v"/-' (J )

^.^^^W

This third one

.^.a^aJLII

(given,

some books)

inaccurately, in

weak

of the

example

In the

not

uJI

but

letter,

it

426

O;^

for the

c-3-X>-

only applies

really

^^j^ lT^-^ ^^^

^j>- ^J>- suppression

*u]l

is

^^Jl

"^^h- of

weak

be studied under

5.

What
The
^!

6.

said to be

is

may

also,

When J

is

^ ^

Jf

Let him eat

simply a compound of

occurring.

also called

it is

or even with

= ^}^ ^

called >^>-'

*^:^^^

f^

the

sZ^ ^

Distinguish these lams from

find (J

it is

it,

\ l/'^:^^

(N. B.

is

(but

or together with

denial, as -Xc-yl (^iU-

7^\

Lesson 30

motive).

preceded by a negative

and therefore

0^\^3 i^3 j' though even

the lam of

in order not. i^lS^

Ex

in

particles v^^^'^JI

lam of

not v>^t

w*.^

for the others given in

be used without ^y

^-^^

is jjl)l<^-X?-

Mi the lam of

j^Xxdi

It

how do you account

But

^^

four 'original' ones are

formed from

below.

O^n

are the original nab-ating

is

/^^i-l

disappeared even

letter

the Indicative J^^*-i ^^e to permutation

to

to

^*^i

J^ LJ

^j J
1

(^

which

is

(*3l^

so that

even here we

The same

,^

applies to

precedes an implied

'

427

which

really a preposition

is

C^rH(3'" "

^-^i^-

^
o

gets distinct.

/.

Jij*^ ~

'^"f-^l t^*"

None

either introduces a reply, as

b[

and

j^l^

there any difference between

Is

'j*r^. cj

j>'-^"

*^^>-'

which

(J^ until

it

i.

'

(3*" JJ^'**^

l^j,

J^'J C^*-*'

(The student must distinguish I^Mdhan, from oMdha, which

has a different meaning).
%

8.

What

is

the most important function of

'

(ji

is

not only

place of

.^4<a>

eJ^^ but

with

also,

and has the meaning of

therefore called {JjXola l^j>as A)_j-X^ll (j\

'an

which

It

is

is

its

the

verb, takes the

masdar and

commonly spoken

also

of

j-Vjtl

like

iJ'^l^xJ

is

it

J^-1 =

-^^^f^"

-Jjl

J^^-1

Lesson 192.
^
I.

To

No
^

THE SUBJUNCTIVE

continue the subject of

it

may be

'

is

Ji31

hidden, implied.

^^i^

always o^ll^^ expressed

'^j-X^ suppressed, or, as

^j-^-^oA

(Contd.)

it

is

sometimes called,

2.

When may

428

be *^3-V^ (In other words, when does

it

it

unexpressed B-fiQCt the declension of the Imperfect)

(b) in

3.

When
j

( i )

is

after

is its

implied

not God's

After

Wait

until

it

is

^-^>ij

*V

JJl:)l

suppression

its

as

suppression ^^^'j

after the

way

to

lam of

(j^j:>*^

After

make

Sit

(iv)

j'

After

till

But this

i-i

^^*-Jt>

till I

reach

my

else the prince will rise

''^

(j^'j^l

Ot

^^j' ^>-

J^^

^>- '^>^'j

'y^

they repent ^j\y-l(^^(j^j^^(j^'^^

light of difficulty

*^t^r^*^'

or

j'^^^ j'(JI)

^)i

which has the meaning of

down, or

^^^

torment the goodUji-UalO^^ii jlS^U

Eat and drink until ye are satisfied

(iii)

denial, as,

return to you

Chastise the thieves

permissible

a preposition meaning(jl^ (thus

is

essential.

not expressedin five cases

^jT^ f^ -^
It's

(ii)

instances

five

_/L>

It is

^L> l^-^

one case

(a) In

though

^^^ causal

follows either

{2i)JfC}\

(that

(Jl

of Vj^

or

aim.

^r^^ Vl ^^a)^

^jJ^'

which expresses

negation, or

effect).

(b)w^5^ request

Exs

(a)

Do

not hurry or you will repent

He

attempted

(b) Visit

me and

not, so

will

Are you listening?

N.B. "Request," here,
(v)

429

wau

After the

is

^^^

found not

am

telling

-^y*^

honour you

dXJ>

you

J?cr

{J j j

vlAjOp-li^J^^r

J*

wide term; see under 4 below,

of association

V^^

j'j

by a negative or request as under

A-.-Uall

or

preceded

j'j

(iv)*

They did not command [others] to do good and forget themselves

41.^

jljj

Do not forbid a trait (t.e. manners) and produce

4.

What

is

comprised under c-Ak^^

and

in (iv)

^_^lyi Request, comprises seven things

(a)

(6)

(c)

Command.

Be generous and you

Prohibition :the dog or he

Do
will

not strike

you

bite

(e)

(/)

Wilt thou not study,)

order to please thy teacher ?
/
:

'

ri\\^

"I

This, to

a Western

student

of

|
J

Arabic,

i*

V-

/
<. ,5C;i

^o
\^

15

^-

'^

^ -

"^1

^^ Jb
>^

-^

^JlT
^^

^j^-

that thou wert a teacher, to teach us

a conjunction.

'j^^

^
\i

Wish, or desire :

Hoping:- Hope our friend will

may honour him.

dS*^"

"I

come, that we

'j^ji3

Incitement, or threatening
Wilt thou not believe and be safe ?/

O
{g)

^^ j^, ^

Exhortation:
in

(v)

will prosper

thou
(d)

the like [yourself].

Where goest
Interrogation
?
that I may follow thee. /
:

^ cr N

jU

Nil'

L^-^
j^^
*^

^^j

j*

Ljl^
u
"*

seems obvious, since wau

is

430

Lesson 193.
{
1.

Our next

THE JUSSIVE

particles

This

jjS^\

(ii)

A..^l

For

v^ Which

answered

the original

2.

and usual

sign, as in

^j
rise.

weak

Jx-ll

result of

its

3.

weak

J*ii!l

V;i-1

(Les

upon

he was not agreeable, but

by

True,

aIJi

^^s- ^0?-

122126) but

v5^:>-^l JaIi

it is

also,

means

is

c.f.

the

last letter in

well to note also the

i.e.

suppression

of

letter.

What do we mean by ^jyT^ and how many

^yyr

in the

letter.

grammarians usually mean the suppression of the

^ H\

<ij^^

4).

ci-b- Suppression of the

he did not

in 191

of governing

jyj\ ^J>. Suppression of the nun

see not only

j^^^

the action

All^}(l

<-^j>'

exs,

also

is

/jj^ by

be

forms (see 191

five

(iii) *U)I

is

oU!Ap

^^i-l

lesson concerns the Jussive iVlood J^aII

part of the verb can

2.

J*i)l f^j^j^

the plural of

a particle

^y^

are there

.?

or of /jW w^hich, in either case,

which apocopates

(c/.

<^*>^i^Jl)

There are sixteen apocopating words which we must classify

under two heads.
4.

I.

Apocopating: ONE

particles

^J Jj

verb only.

^-^3

These four words are

all


(a)

(i

and

(not the ordinary adverb of time, but another TJ )

TJ

both negate the verb,

What

is

is

to

not

may compare

the

two particles
^jUa.\}

difference between these two particles

yet,

as

J^*

UJj ^^l^i

J and ^

from present

to past time,

is

that

The guest has

*l?

to

the action of vav convers-

wau which converts from present

yet eaten. j>Ji!'*AJai^Uj ^Ip-

(b)

but this u) not yet.

not,

change the time of

past (Hebrew students

The

meaning

the special peculiarity of these

Their property

ive

431

etc.).

means

U.)

arisen but not

came before dawn

ad appeared
for they

give the Imperfect a future signification

give directions about an action not yet accomplished.

J which

is

commands and

used for

also for prayers,

y)l\^^ and should be readily distinguishable from

and from :>y>^\ a^

Ex

Let every

(iQI

6 and 192

How

3).

man know

j\*Jl^

is

^_/ull

bless us

>

jTull JaaJ

"

(c)

Does

^il

the la of prohibition, not

Note the difference.

oj

preceded by

*?

place

him do

Then

let

or j

it

it

l:5jLJ

iilJlV

^jy^ ^

J ever take any other form

When

j;^*'' (*^

A.nJ

JT

May God

called

.?

Let the murderer die

is

may drop

^ii

its

J*^t^*

kasra, taking in

its

432

Lesson 194.
5-

I^-

TWO

apocopating

^J^y^

Li^Sj l,^>j Jlj

^Jj jljj j^j

ij\j

Are they particles or nouns

The
6.

Do

first

all

two are

so,

is

none

This

!!

j-U-^I

But

non-existent.

it

put

(to

^jj^ do not apocopate

may

j'^

sometimes only one;

colloquial way, these

it is

Uj ^^j Uilj

of these invariably apocopate two verbs

Not invariably

there

U.^,3

the rest are I^^^^i

particles,

number.

twelve in

verbs, are

simple

in a

it

second verb

save searching for a second verb,

may sometimes

if

if

be discovered as in

^J^^\ See below.)

What
The

distinctive

first

is

names

are given to the

l?^''

called

Those fond of Latin terms

Ji

two verbs

and the second

vl^

i^l''

call the first verb of the conditional

clause the "protasis" and the second the "apodosis".

7.

Examples

of the use of the

two particles :

If

ye be lazy, ye

If

ye shew mercy ye shall be shewn mercy

fail

J-^^^

Whenever ye study ye advance

8.

Examples

of the ten

i^^^f

Whoever shews mercy

Who

is

doth evil shall 1

be recompensed for it /

J***^" O'

j%.>-^

aJa:)"

^j
inxT

j"

U^l

j-U*^!

shewn mercy

^^J^ &^J o^

'^

-^^

*^

I**

^'*'**-

^
.


Whatever good you do
God knoweth it
Whatsoever ye ask ye

When

433

-|

you perfect your work you 1

achieve (reach) your aim]

meet good

{i.e.

^1

you will)
to us yoi

good

U^*

LJlJ
WJlU^^x:
'

-?

^Vk)

-^^

\^-

cT

-^

shall find

will

3me
Whenever you come

^"j^^

-^

--]^-

x>.

<-^

'

\^^]^

reception). /

Wherever ye be death

>^ u
I

will overtake you.

j^j^J^- |;<^^
^v
\

^^.

::^

Whenever ye go

ye shall be

Wherever ye two go ye
will sit

will be just as

We

but (3^^>

strike

\j*j>^-J

^-^^t^

U^^

^^ir^

t/*^^'

^y
I

'^-^-^"^J

honoured ujS^-^^yS

you are

said under

c-jU^il

shall be

wherever you do.

Whomsoever you
9.

honoured

Ui-S

J>^^

w^^l ^^a>

strike

6 that sometimes one of the verbs

Amplify

is

U'

not in

statement now.

this

There are four theoretically possible ways of using jj

Example

1p^\

L^tll ^U*.

-1

....

.1

J.i

^jUl

^,UI

^lll

^Ul

(,jiji)yi'^jji^

Note that the

this lesson,

first

and

case, No.

the

^ilil

^,UI

^jUi

^ai

i, is

mosi usual.

the one

which

is

the subject of

10.

What
^111
effect

Cases

in the other

always ^J-^ and therefore the >^11

is

upon

Which

^^i

observed about

is

434

it,

are the

^li'

more common usages

Of one

may even be

^\^ have no

they only govern verbs in ^jUai'

?

Either to use two verbs in the Apocopated,

in

^jUai' or two

^3j>^^^

and then one pjUal'

in ^^^i'

from government by the

released

the latter

particle,

as

Aj5i

^^ j[

Rules for i?^)! Jd

grammars; but the

11.

Account

for

criterion for the student

^SCj W:^

Arabic, lending

l_^c^l

itself to

(L. 32

may be replaced by

rat^j -X^x>-i

12.

^Cj

replaced by

Can

and 'j^^^

is USAGE.

6).

by

j^

i.w>

ZJ>^

So

l^c^^il

rc:i>^

thus

here, *(>*-!

c.f.

.Z^^-^

f^f^-^^

f^***!.

also

lj-\^

( i^P-jll

be omitted after j[

Speak good, or
13.

May
Yes,

<w5

if

be used

be silent

ye love

is

doubled in

w^*-

Vlj

li

^^

j^

) thus,

i^-*"

the answer v'l^>-i

some other way

If

else

and

'J-^j^

^jt^\ Ji be omitted

may

d\

L^^^^^^^l

'jr^^

It

higher

in

epigram, often substitutes the im-

perative for the verb governed

is

be found

will

is

denoting a demand or in

a ver

not suitable to be a condition, as

God, then

follow me.

/J^**"li <i'
"

O^r^ ^^-j

'

jl

--435

{
14.

15.

What

we say were

did

r;>J

^^^

J*AJi

*^

When

is

c-jl^l

THE INDICATIVE

7^^^

Of

the 3 kinds of

these

we have

there only remains

V; )

j-ill

J*^]!

J^H

vL?^'

dealt with J*a]1

^^^ and

;tij

a verb f'^j*

is

P'^j*

when

no^ preceded

by any of the governing

regents already mentioned.

16.

What

are

Damma,

OU'^Ui

as <^j^^ or the nun in the

examples as

Cj^^

^iJ j^^i^

Lesson 195.
(

1.

What
-^^"'

is

DEFECTIVE VERBS
the definition of

J"^^^

is

that

^j^ and ^^^

defective verbs;

J^^l>-'

which keeps

whereas

JUVl )

J"^^^

to

one form, either the past as

or the imperative as

O^J.^

which can express various

that

SJuU-l

w-"*

These are the

real

JaIi is the inflected verb,

i.e,

tenses.

N.B. Use the Arabic name, to avoid confusion of'English terms.

page

should be revised and memorised.

2.

d-Xli-l

3.

By jl:i^l we mean the two forms or models.

Jl5

2!l

2l8,

These have been given

129

510)

in sufficient detail

revise, also re-write Ex. 129

on page 306 (Lesson

A and

B.


4-

Is

there any olhef

Yes
flow

common

his as

is

Way

436

of expressing admiration

expression

an orator.

'^:-^

is

By God what

^j^ ^^

Originally j^ meant the flow of milk

from the udder.

5.

Name

the

l-X*.9J

^y^li^

'i-V^/fJ

These should be re-studied

in

Lesson

1.

of verbs,

i.e.

JO

Lesson 129

I 4

(page 305).

196.

governing the object

Are there many such

The grammarians
cases,

it

is

Examples
But for
If

give ten, but as the action

is

obscure in some

sufficient to note the following four (learning

of a j-W>

first

two).

governing like a verb.

God pushing back

God had

the Accusative.

in

example of each of the

(a)

By "Nouns with Verbal Action" we mean Nouns doing the

work

2.

Blame

four verbs of Praise or

the people

not pushed the people back (^Ui

{b)

was surprised

(c)

was surprised at Zaid's being-beaten

at his killing

Zaid

U;^j

^^j

^'^^

^'

(j^^-^'

^J

*3-^^ i

^f^
V-/^C^* ^:^

<a.x5

^j*

an

3.

What

is

In (a)

and

(b)

but in

(c)

with

Is

jX^

li

jJ.,a^

and

(c)

the former

on

is

Agent,

its

more frequent than the

p. 176).

as to

when

madar may govern

j-^l' can only govern like a verb when

of being replaced by

What

(b)

placed in construction with

Object

like

Rule :

5.

between

is

RULE

there any

a verb

its

(Revise 68

latter.

4.

the difference

437

is

meant by

^\

its

equivalent verb as in 2

capable

above.

j-^-.^-* ^*"'

a quasi-masdar;

is

(a)

it is

it

is

said by the grammarians to

have the same meaning as the masdar but not

to

be called

jJ^^A because of being defective in one or more missing letters,

without jCompensation.

Thus from

jW

the

madar

is

iW

and o ^^
also

is

called jXa.A ^^\

^ J both masdars,

for the lost 3

6.

Examples
(1)

of

You know

He

is

for the

of the latter

is

Jc'liil

/^'governing

compensation

like a verb.

oj-\3\^jU Jij\

his value

in 4, for

L^- ^i!l ^*

it

equals

= "^i

e>jJ3

<^j^

L.^\)\ ^*

the bestower of good.

Exercise 196.

j jj and

This follows the rule

(2) "^^i^l

But from 0J3 we get

Read aloud

as usual.

(See Reader).

vI^Jl

* 438

Lesson

197.

^THE PARTICLE
I.

Lesson 197 we take -^j^'

In

particles, then in 198 the

is a

particle

The

How

{i.e. it

that

tical characters

The

first

latter

3.

The

(2)

h.

may

and they are

made between
<-*5f/"'

(3)

all

cJjji-l

meaning

^^ ^

*^ji-l

indeclinable

\^

meaning alphabe-

particles.

^3j>- Letters

of building,

be classified in various ways :~

(l)

and the

common

'^

pertaining to the noun, as prepositions

pertaining to the verb, as ^*^'^Ji

studied

But what

Particles of meaning.

Into 3 classes,

a.

particles,

and

<-^3j>-

particles

particles.

which does not indicate independent

are called ^l-Ai

S^

the different kinds of

cannot stand alone).

a distinction

is

f>j^^ ci
^i"** (J^

There are about 80

2.

<j!\\J\

meanings of the

particle is:

meaning

^ji-l

to

noun and

and ^jyr^

verb, as

Into (;o?;erm7ig' particles, as i^>^'jJl

and

already

cJzW' ^3J>- conj

/^J'j>-'

and Vl^-^^l

and into non-governing, as J*

c.

By meaning they

are sub-divided into 24 sections, of which

the student has studied, Prepositions (incl. particles of oath),

conjunctions, particles of vocative

subjunctive,

M'^>-'

There remain some

* I

jussive,

and exception,

etc.

15 other classes to be learnt.

have not troubled to mention the ludicrous

two-letter, etc.

s^J^^'^\

classification into one-letter,

(1)

Particles of Reply

(2)

two jl j^^

last

is

are

much used

not

repentance

^^i-l Vl

(i.e. it

foji

Condition

(4)

Interrogation

(5)

Incitement

We

Future

(7)

Masdar

(8)

Demonstrative particles

(9)

Corroboration

O 'j

^jj

extras)

4)1

(14) Stringent
(15)

Vl

^j

-^^J

Denial

j Ij

-\3j

'

vJ^^'

j-X^i' ui>j>-^i

^'^"^^

c-ij>-l

JuS^yJl

(wS>j>-l

^w^'

<-i;5-l

jl

ilj Lj l^

UlJ;

but occasionally

1^1

i[

>i^x]l

J-^ cJ^

i.e.

Uliil Uj>-

j'

^_^

"
:

'

This

^r^ axJI

^d^

is

<*-lj^

<-ij>-

jU'j

Ji with P-^l^i

actual happening).
^l^""^

\j>.

Jl-^-**^' v-^j^i

'

Ulj Vlj

Adversative particle

^\aZJ^\

^^^:>J1

ij*'

j!j

'_5

it is

^^1

i/:^

'

'Yes.*

with^lli

no hour for

is

jl^

US'j

"Vlj

(j^J

(13) ^ojp^cto^ton (Probability)

(but

^Uj

Jj jj j^

^1

^^^'

"^

U' J

Explication'

He nodded

^U

(/^^^

^*^ There

UjSj ^Ij

L'^^j V*_^]j

(i.e.

^-^3

intended naught but good.

(6)

(10) Pleonastic

f^^

and J* but sometimes

'

particles

V^-?^'^j^'

'

J? -9

has gone).

ji^

'^^"^-^

^-^

C12)

C^l,-?

seldom used.

l^ 'j *^j^j

(3)

(11) Surprise

'-?

o'j ^"^J ^^ ^3 0^3

Negation:

oV

AVj jr

e^

a?

The

jj^5

439

^;^-^

^:>J\

iSb-^---'*^!

(J|^:^

vJ>j>-

440

Lesson 198.

I.

Taking v'jr' <^j^^ give examples of

is

(J)

He

used after an

inter,

God

used with an oath, Yes by

is

contracted the colloquial

2.

^}>cM

said to me, Are you not the king's son

(^j

C^l

neg

may be

prefixed to p*'

We

giving 9'j\^\

a past meaning, as

have seen that

begat not, nor was he begotten

(b)

(j^

The

(c)

\*

meaning

For

I*

to

mean

Some grammarians

condition are d\

that

is

and ^, and
^)

is

as

and

much

uy ofy

called pUX/ii

j^

tion

<^i

klxJLA )

(But he did die

said, Certainly.

From

this

is

-^J,

I^plj i-\^

1-^--^

of ji

U.>[

and

and they say

as X?'

^^

of

^j>-

men never

was never

ij

the order of ^>-j

thus ruling out

and U

all

^^

'

say that the only 2 particles of

ie.,

through non-fulfilment of condition.

God's conversion of

jilj

^ J J^

<^j^>^^\ J-^j^^I

^j-jJ

compound

c^\:1a\

^-^ji

must be observed and be unrestricted.

I^jJlW ^j>-\

Cf}

and u are "Conversive,"

never speak the truth.

^j^^^

^)^1'

as in Syria, jr^J

^^-^'i c.^j>-i (a)

liar will

USE.

^yj

He

3.

their

non-existence
^J/^^l

uU^J^^I

of

event

t:>.j:-jj

occurred, because the condi-

fulfilled.

thou wast not here) ^>-' Jl^

^^ C^^ y

^jJ and

441

are particles of ^j^-j^ v-Ux^i prevention of occur-

\^j^

rence through observance of condition (contrast with j^

USCJi^i
"

up
v^

4.

had

:>^3

4il

But for the existence of

died.

cJ

requires

3^i5^^ ^Jj'^ ^J

V^

as

Example

*l|i2.^^i

^>i>^\^

of use of

j\S

But for you turning

God we had

perished.

^^^^ ij* j-i^ ^^^^

with

^1

5.

may be used

^^^k^clll ^j>-\

believe in God.?
Jl^x*

8.

*^J^-J^

^-V^

-V*
9.

-^-J^x))

slip

as a

to act

I4I

commence

djj^^'i

(j^
:

^jCLi

the phrase,

J^lil Vl

jjl

^^j>-\

J\
:

Don't you

Vl

j:.li

<iil>

form of rebuke.

as

sJJi
said,

Lo

here

am

I.

Behold we look into your matter.

^AjiiX^

ij\

d\[^l

J,dl

Truly

are said to be

for they

C^"^ U;

c^jl)

from your mind that your friend

^^\a\

and

These were dealt with under

2I

iJXa.W

but they are not particles.

etc.,

6.

'^'

Note that there are many words for interrogation as

^-^

as

am

J*

Jl5

acting.

^y>.j*^i^

is

a robber.

He

said.

Let

it

never

Be so good as

442

Lesson 199.
\ PARSING

v'X

'^^*^

yi\

o^>-l

(J OjA>lb A>eX5 A^^'i

\.^J

aI;?-

oj-\2>

^il^^l)

4,i^^j ^^^^;>

4)i^i.lj

j^^3

A^J? A*5j

^ J^ J j^^J' J^

JjftAA

4>

Ux-..

^U^Cj p^*j'

J^->

\y^y^

^^^

J^:^^

J^.

JL^ J^t

1-XI^>

^!1

).

^1

4x>.!)lc^j

ttJI

4X4^^3

J^iijJ*^
TTiil

4p4^*

<)

^y^ O^c^^

v-J^i<a^4

-^.3 *1^

(jlS'^ii-

l-r^j

4^^lo3 <w>j^A

Jl>.

(r)

^j^

'Ul

Cc/ljol^

(etc.

(s)

(t)

~~ \'^

Ujj
^^3

^^l^

l-j

'j

()

443

EXAM. PAPER
SET AT

200.

'

Matriculation Exam. (Univ. of London).

Translate the following easy story

I.

(a)

1.

(b)

2.

Translate the following passage, and rewrite

(The extract already given

see

page

321).

vowel-points and other orthographic signs

>jjl*3l JaI i^;l5^<4y jljj^*, l^-'Jj'

UIji c>-^
3.

Give (with

may

4.

full

be, of six

Give the

1st

'C'^i^j

J-^J

adding the

U^'jl jL^^ViJaI^^]*

piji 4)^4 Cj)Ci

*^]^L

J.>.j

^Ui

^^1:^

words:

only of the following

person singular and the 2nd person plural feminine

^*

of the imperative
5.

it,

vowel-points) the singular or plural, as the case

of the perfect (^^Ul)

^^

^L^'

and the imperfect

(p-jUall) indicative of

J ^nd the 2nd person singular masculine

(j^')

of "^j

->-

j^^^

p^j

Write out the following sentences, with the vowel-points, and

state the rule followed in

each case

i(i

^\j\

j-u.

yjA\

444
I

- ^i

jui^.

"

Sa

411

VI iji

^11

% jj^ V

6.

State the rule for the construction of numerals, with examples.

/.

Give the rules for the agreement of the verb and

gender and number,

8.

in the

the following day

the sea-shore,

and

subject, in

case of a verbal sentence (V**^ *J^)

Translate into Arabic (with

On

its

full

vowel-points):

we reached

the city, which

is

situated on

both well-watered and well wooded.

is

Prince Frederick, the heir apparent, came to receive the queen;

and the inhabitants

also

men, women, and children poured

out of the city to see the show,

foot.

We made our entry

some on horseback, others on

into the city about mid-day, along

with the queen and her attendants. But when we reached the
gate of the palace we were stopped by the guard, who said
that

we could

not go in without the permission of the King

(Answer

in full,

and send up).

Numerical Values.
Arabic

Value

Hebrew

30

40

r
:

50

^'"

60

L
^

70

fii

8o

90

Hebrew
in

:2

r\

U^

200

i:

Cj

400

-j

6
7

iS

Value

100

300

Arabic

10

20

44

"

INDEX.
(Students should use (he proper

(The nos. refer

Abgadiya

Terms)

to the pages).

Call for help, 404.

letters, 42,

Absolute accusative,

ARABIC

172, 388.

Cardinal numbers, 339, 399.

Abstract noun, 335, 336.

Accent, Rules for, 9.

Case, 74, 132-4, 370, 383, 386, 407.

Accusatives, 386-407.

Changes

Causal attribute, 412.

of warning, 405.

in VIII, 223.

Causative, 199.

cause, 389.

Characters, 40.

state 396.

Clause, Nounal, or Verbal, 384.

specification, 397,

Collectives, 313, 322, 335.

association, 393.

Colours and defects, 148, 227.

time and place, 391.

Coalescence,

88, 215.

Active voice, 248.

Command, 81.

Adjective, 143-8.

Commandments, Ten,

Admiration, (see Wonder) also 404,435.

Adverbs, 57.

Common

of time or place, 68.

Adverbial prepositions,

68.

phrases 81, 97, 348, 349.

Gender,

106, 226.

1 11.

Comparative, 150-2.

Compound
Concave

Tenses, 95.

(see

Hollow

verb).

Condition (see State).

Affixed pronouns 35-8,87.

Conditional sentences 432.

Agent, 383-5

Conditional verb, 432.

Agent,

Noun

of, 58.

Agreement of

Adjectives, 143-4.

Conjugations, Derived, 184.

Alif Maqsiira, 43

Conjunction, 349, 414.

Consequent, 49, 143.

Allah,

Consonants, 40.

53.

Alphabet,

18,

40.

Construction, Verbal, 345, 409.

Ancient declension, 135.

Construct State,

Annexation, (see Construct State).

Conversation Exercise, 104.

Copula, 62.

Antecedent,

49, 143.

Apposition, 144.

39,

150,369.

Corroboration, 302, 416.

Appositive, 412,

Particles of, 379,

Article, 20, 25.

Assimilated adjectives, 145.

verbs 264, 267.

Attribute, 412.

B
JBi'sa

and Xi^ma,

Broken

305.

Days

of week, 163.

Declension of nouns, 132-5, 362, 364.

of verbs, 74, 362.

Ancient, 135.

Defective verbs, 218.

plurals,

126-9,164-70,310.

Definite, 16, 20, 365.

Quadl., 164,319.

Definitions of verb, noun, etc. 356.

446
Definition ofNahu, 355.
Demonstrative adjectives,

I
138.

pronouns, 138, 367.

Denominative verbs,

Deputy agent,

209.

Imperative, 74, 81.

Imperfectly declined, 132, 161, 170, 42O.
Indeclinable verbs, 362,

385.

Derived conjugations,

Indefinite, 16.

of assimilated, 267.

of defective, 299.

,,

of doubled, 255.

,,

of hamzated, 257.
of hollow, 274. 277.

Derived nouns,

nouns, 132, 420.

184.

156, 327.

Indicative, 74.

of 323.

Infinitive, T72.

Inna, 89, 378.

Intensive meaning, 188.
Intensity,

Diminutive, 324, 329.

Diphthongs, 23.

Noun

Individuality.

Noun

of, 323,

Interrogative pronouns, 64.

Diptotes, 132, 170.

Disjunctive pronouns, 176.

particles,

Irregular plurals, 320.

Doubled verb, 243, 255,

Doubly weak verbs, 292,

Islam,

Meaning

Jazma,

41, 81.

Dual,46, 69, 121, 124.

Emphasis

12, 439.

of, 196.

295.

(see Corroboration),

Jussive, 74, 81, 85, 430.

of doubled verb, 246.

Exception, 394.

Examination papers,

19, 34, S2, 65, 79,

105, 130, 154. 182, 204, 225, 233, 235,
240, 260, 281, 308, 325, 333, 352, 443.

Eye, Voice and Ear,

337.

Interjections, 350.

53, 80,

106, 130.

Particles

,.

of, 82,

84 430-

K
Kor'an, (see Qur'an).

155, 183. 205, 226, 261, 283, 309.326.

Exercises (see Lessons).

Letters, Solar and Lunar, 25.
Factitive, 199.

Numerical value

Fatiha, (Sura l) 326.

Lexicon, Use

Feminine,

Lord's prayer, 205.

43,

107.

Figures. 19, 42.

Five nouns. The,

35, 364.

Fractions, 344.

Madda,

Forms

Masculine, 107.

of verb, 98, lOl, 104.

Masdar,

Future, 66,71.

Particles of, 439, 441.

33, 41-

151, 172, 188, 389.

Mimi, 175.
of emotion

Use
Gender,

of, 444.

of, 178.

107.

Measures of

390.

of, 176.

plurals, 126-7, 161-170,

Genitive, 49, 74, 407.

310-20.

Gerundial infinitive, 172.

Governing particles, 373, 438.

Mental Action, verbs

Model form,

H
Hamza, 30, 32.
Hamzatul Qat^ and Wasl. 198.
Hamzated verb (initial), 240, 257.
(medial)

251, 258.

(final), 253.

Hollow verb, 269, 274, 277,

Homogeneous letters, 24.

259.

279.

of, 381.

55.

Moods, 74. 357MudariS Meaning

of, 74.

N
Nahu,

353. Definition of, 355.

Negation, Particles

Ni^ma and BVsa,

Nominative,

of,

305.

370, 383.

12,13,75,82,439.


Noun

447
Particles of corroboration, 439.

of agent, 58.

jussive, 79, 80, 82, 430, 432.

subjunctive, 73, 426.

action, 172-175- 188.

reply, 439.

colour, or defect, 148.

..

.,

diminutive, 329.

,,

,,

,,

(Derived), 187.

abundance, 157.

masdar, 439.
resembling verbs 377.

Passive, 90, 248.

excess, (^intensity), 323. 337.

hina, 378.

,.

intensity, 323, 328, 337-

individuality, 323.

,,

instrument,

kind, 327,

Paucity. Plural

relation, 331, 335-

derived conj., 187.

of

(Retained), 383, 386.

Past tense (see Preterite).

Patient,

59.

Noun

of, 58, 187.

of. 126, 310.

"once," 327.

Perfect tense, 95.

Perfectly declined, 132-4, "362-4.

patient (object), 58, 187.

Permutation, 162, 164, 250, 25 1, 263.

,,

place and time, 156, 160, 220.

Personal pronouns. 64.

,,

sound 361.

Pluperfect. 95.

.,

,,

species. 327.

Plural of foreign words, 319.

,,

superiority 150.

Masc,

object, 58.

Fem., 118.

112.

Broken;

(derived), 187.

1 26-9,

164-70, 310-

unity (individuality) 323,

of paucity 126, 310.

,,

verb (Nounal verb), 360.

,.

of plurals, 319.

vessel, 327.

,.

Irregular. 320.

.,

with verbal action, 436.

Nounal (Noun) sentence 370,

Poetical license, 261.

.,

Praise and blame, 305.

Number, 339 345-399Numerals 19, 42.

Numeral adverbs, 344.
Numerals, Syntax

Nun

Precaution,

of, 366^.

Predicate, 370.

Predicate of inna, 378.

of kthia, 62, 89, 93, 374.

of, 342, 399.

Nun

of corroboration, 302.
Niination, 15,420.

Prepositions, 342, 407-9.

Prefixed, 87.

Prepositional Verbs IO2-3, 220, 296.

Present-future, 66, 71, 93, 96, 98, 359

Objective (see Case).

Preterite, (Past), 357-

Object, 387.

Primitive nouns, 156,

Oblique case,

Pronouns, Attached,
Separate,

49.

"One another,"

211.

Onomatopoeia, 234.

Suffixed, 35, 37, 87.

Participles, Active, 58, 105, 187, 377.

Passive, 58, 187.

Personal, 64.
Relative, 140, 368.

,,

Demonstrative,

Interrogative, 64.

138,

',67.

Prohibition, 85.

Paradigms, 201, 21 1, 233, 237, 253, 255,

Prolongation, 23, 44.

257, 258, 259, 268, 295, 299.

Examples

,.

Parsing,

Disjunctive, 176.

Ordinals, 342, 401.

Oriental proverbs, 183, 261, 309.

35, 37, 87.

64.

Proper noun,

of, 442.

Proverbs,

366.

183, 261, 309.

Particles of future, 71, 439.

incitement, 439.
,,

interrogation. 12.

condition, 430, 432,

,,

.,

negation.

12, 13,

75,82,439.

Quadriliteral verb, 90, 234, 236. 339.

i

Quadrisyllabic

plural,

167, 3I9-

133,

l6l,

I64,

448
Quinqueliterals, Plural of, r62.

Transliteration, ii.

Qur'an. S3Selections from, 326.

,,

Triliteral, 14, 344.

Triptotes, 132.
Tri-syllabic plural, 169.

Reading

Type-root,
exercises,

84,

104, 142,

146,

i-77,

149,
18 r, 200, 202, 233, 238,
239, 256, 291, 301, 304, 321,
324,
334. 351, and 1-36 (Arabic

Reader), also '"Eye, Voice,Ear"

Reciprocal, 2i2 222.
Reflexive, 2o8, 222.
Relative adjectives 116,
331, 335.

Relative pronouns 140, 368.

Retained object, 386.
Retained passive, 383, 386.

Retained preposition 103.

Rules for agreement of adjs,

of accent,

of dual, 121.
of kdna, 62,

,.

55.

Tenses. 66,357.

Ten commandments,

196.

u
Unity.

Noun

Use of

lexicon, 178.

Verb, Agent

of, 323.

of,

383.

p'-jcedes its agent, 69, 384, 885.

,,

Verbal sentence, 372, 384.

Verbal construction, 345.
Verb, Interjectional, 360.
143.

9.

Verb, Prepositional, 102-3, 220, 296.

Verb, Inflexion of, 66, 74.

Verb
93.

of regular plural, 112, ri8.

of syntax, 62, 69, 76, etc.

Salutations, 283.

To

Be, 61.

Verbs of Admiration, 306, 436.

of Approximation, 376.
,,

Assimilated, 262, 267.

of Certainty, 381.
Defective, 218, 374.

",,

,,

Denominative, 209.
Denoting mental process, 381

Servile letters, 90, 178.

Derived, 184^ 236.

Shadda,

Doubled, 243, 255.

Hamzated,

Hollow,

Sarf, Definition of, 355.

Sequents, 412.

20, 41.

Sisters of i7ma, 89, 377.

of Juma, 93, 374.

249, 251, 257.

269, 274, 277, 279.

of Imminence 376-

State or condition, 396.

Interjectional. 360.

Specialisation, 407.
Specification 342, 397.

Irregular, 297.

Lafif, 292.

Sound

plural (see Plural).

Substitution, 418.

Subject and predicate, 370.

Subjunctive, 76, 425.

of Mental Action 381.

,,

of Probability, 381.

Six classes

of. 98, 104.

of Praise and Blame, 305,436

of Wonder, 306, 436.

Weak,

Superlative, 150.

Surd verb, 243.

Syntax, 353,

Doubly Weak, 292, 295.

Trebly Weak, 292, 295.
Sound (Strong), 241.
with Three Objects, 382.

Sukun,

of weak verb, 289.

of doubled verb, 246.
7, 41.

et seq.

158, 241, 262, 284.

Vocative, 205, 369, 403.

Tables, (see Paradigms).

Vowels,

10, 18, 41,

Tashdid, 20.

Tanwin, 15.
Ta marbuta,

16,

41, 420.

43, 108.

Wasla,

Weak

28, 41.

verbs,

158, 241, 262, 284.

Trades, Special form, 335, 337,

Wonder, Verbs

Transitive, 382, 387.

Words

of, 306, 436.

difficult to find, 223.

r^

^^ % <.^U Oj^^

^\ o\

0U3

Ml .^t

<j j.iAki

^'^^^^

J^j^^i Jij .0^11

^^.-^i-lj

Jjl^i-L

Aiy^ii

JlxiJlj ^fJl vl*iA>- .^

<;JMI JJLI> jUjI

J,,

^i.

dl:Ji^3 dlr^Aij j^.^J

I

'7^a\^

Ic;3

^'>U

"if I

;lu-

j^^ J*

jo L

jl

>^^l

^^1

M JUiJl

I'Xfiij

jl>ti-l> a-l1p

^J^^

^jVl jr<>.j Jp

J^

.y- J5^ .liCil Jlij

^^

*^

o-^ ^Jt .^*- J^ Jp

^_^A^I jb JjJl jj^A^iSj

v^^l

J;1^J *^-

^^"^A,j ^^^l

yijV (jAo

1^*5 J

UloJa>

j^liJl

ol^il

u-*rJol

eA^j

^^1

j>>-

^ ^^-^

jyi ^Jil p^^)^ bi^UJ Uljri_5 dbtx^ Ulil

J^V

^^

>'

U^

TO

jfi^Jil

>t>:>\y^^

jU U

OjAi-

ij

Jl*i]|

^^

jl^

^"

"

j.^ V-:i^ J^

<^J

^Ju

Ji; jl ^s^yb ((^c^ jAillj

"

^
Lx^ j^Jl jo

^\ JU J

^UU

<)

0^*l U

A^lj S^itl

^f jJl

J-^^i

Uj

LI

^^.\ ^rJI

IS"^

c^Ltll

^jC-

j^^-'

^l>

<jj jc^

jl

(<'

d^%S.

^iy^ ^J*^! ^^^^

''i'jr?'

L$J^

*^J

^^^^ j^y^3 c^^-*! ^jc- Ji^'*^ A-^^^. ^'^^'^ JL-^3 *uU l;^i^ A*JJ^J*^'

dl*^

J li

qI_)1I

iJAi

VI iJA, t^ j^ii^,

j^>.

JU;

A.>-jUI c^ilj ^il

^JJ
l^^l

*.

Sri

iju"

1)11

A^: ^*'

IpI

c**)lj c5l|ij

c5SU;l

J-Uil

aII

jj^ll

il-^if^

jlks^l ^_>:^

<;

J^^

-n^

Jii^J'

J^

1;

y^ 3^^ 3

J d^r^ ^^^

*^^f

ij

ClJ

^^^1

4j jv) x-*

^l>llj

^aJT'j^^

^U.

J ^*3

iya.l-\

dl^M^ U

j^^

,J

j>

Jais

Ij^A

jy V

^^b L^

t^jl

1^3^ 3 0^ O-Ao l^

>^*'"j

ji jj^iil jj>ll

iljj^fi^

^^j l/^^

^3l^ ^^3 ^j^ll Ul->j

Ua;

(.^1 j:^l J^^ ^JUiJl

^-^i iJ

*^l

dlw :)!=;ujf^

/^^ c*Ji J

JixO

.13^1

jl

oo_j3 j^oaI-

f-*-^"

^J jl lJjJI Jla a.3j dlrl^ ij

^ y.^\

Jlij <A43j ^Uill dl:>c^

jjl C^-v^^id

o^

^Vl

l|^t

c-j- a:] jJLiJi ^1

J^^

0-^:^1!

v^l*^l /'^fe^^^JI

<l;l Od'c^ jUi>

^1 ^-^^ cJj JTL ^5CJj

-ia^J^^

<i

^j^

ss***-*-

<-ij ^r'^l

iip|

y U d!

A^ IA3

jlij dll>

^*

1-*^

j-Ij^ di;. U;..j Ul;,. ^^^iUlj

Ml c^;|j

<1.3 jl f.^:

^:^J 0^1 J

Jy

L'l

^c^l

a'j-a.;

/ UU jja^r

~''-? ^J^^ ^^3*

^.z>l:j loj

L'l

o^llj

dUp

^at jI

^ijl 4

Jli

.^^

cii!i

dl> 4J|

c^ij

Aajj oil j

(^Jl

C^^ (J^ J^J^^ j^^^ /V

-^"^^

^}^a

l!!>lil

1*1

Lj ^^Jl

^Ij-'

j^

'

oJi^

a!

V^r'

^^ i^u .isdi

j^^i^i

;ii]i

V^^

t>-^

^
1

JJ^ jo

^J^l jWjIj

^-

j-*

;1:>JI

a^^' a-^- J Jl-

Jp

jl dli^l

[j:

^iil

^^^iij

jl j^l ^1

j*d ji.

J^ii ^^>^

J.>c:r jl ^rjJI 1^1

a.Ai.1

<y

^jl

jU:r

JU

U^

j,^^

<i* J^xi

^^j

J^^

L-jT

JJj

5^
LT^^ 0^)1

jl LI

^ja\

U;bj dU^lj

jo

ISJai^

jU*^l

^^-

jl

c^ -^^

a>-I

^'Ji

d ^Jli3 Jly.'Vl ^^

f.y^ \^ r-T^^^ ^'y^

dL:

oJ

d^j

j'J Ufi J

y^

^^UU

^\

;MI

*^^lj

tj-''

-J

JUl"

Aii-I

-^^>

^^j

-J

J^

<:Jlcj

jui

JlCll

^^ J^J <J oil

^\S

JUi

dilS A* oil (^/ai^j <i

o^^j

11

l.j^

^I oi-^i

d\, jApI jl Llj

V oil

tr

^ ^^

2^1:^^ Jli-l l-l^j

^r^=-^l L

Jill

jLU

*^ o*5j Jl

<.a;

J^]\ c^^\^ cJ^^

O^ij

JIa3 ll^U*;?-

4d

dU SAtU

ji J

jljU

^ dlrU L
c_,l^Vl
iJyllil

<^U

j^

jl ^^ii

dlA^L'j

js- ^':>H\

^U:j

^Lill

i^L;

40)

dJL._jJ_5

jl^l

(^a!l

aTa^

^y jA dl^^i;

^^^t

Aaa^JI j^>A:i-l3 (J Li

till*

l^i

J:;^

jUs
-^3j

(^JI

iJ-X^Aj

(^A^i

^jiJI
VJ"*"j

<rjAj

O^^I

jl

JJ

;^a1I

^3-U

(^jJl

4^A^3

^'^^U dl*U

J4.x]l

LI cJL:1I

'jA

U o*^j

J;u_j

^}

/JUiil J Jk\\ Jl

A, A^iJI <j^Ulj

dlilj^plj dl^AJ

J:5

Ua> ol^C- jl J <rA^3

>l3

^r^^
j*V

J J ^^i jl (>t^ lf;i^ A^-*^ sl^il j^

cJijf- di! <*5o-l 1^3

^1

A^b

4!

JIa3

oApj U

j^ill

oa<>.^

J*dj \y^\

^1 JS^I dlTij />j

jj-'A.i)

jtj <^J^il

J^-^^-J'J

jl .liJ! /":>

^-1 Jii^

Ji.lp

dUf,

j.3^fr

c.>.U jAp

0^^-^

dJi!

1*1

<*^l

p^Ol

^;-=^o

^.-

dll

Oj.*r^J5

^Ul

^'^^ 4i^A>^

J UiA ^ dU j.:^-^l

Jl

jw'l

^3

^^xi

.liJi

dl;;L^

j^UI ^^lii

^-i^'

6-*^^

j.^.:3

JJ

jl

J:ll| j^^ l^^

d^Li;

^ii

^.:>.

jiT jl

dJAic

j>^i- cJ^H\
<>

^'.A^

iJAiP jir'jU

dl^^l^

J;bll.| l^J

A*^^ jl

^UjU

eUd ;^^^ ^ ^*A>- jl^jl Jl- <iVXjj

J^'f,;j^>^^ J:5-j

J^=^*i

^jT'diilip y^Uj

J.^
<i^

Jld dJiU^

Ji-^-*^^'

s^^dl jUi.^1

dl^ij

Uj J'A\

dlbUI

*>.

l^J dl! li

C.113

Lr^:i^^

L j*ll j4 j.A*"j

Jul ^Jl ^Vl U;b"^o ^^Uil

^1

Jl9

tSj^}^

^L:]|

JaJ

jUJ

\'^j/^

oU>

!)U Jp-Jl

a!

JU^

dl^^<i j^o

^^Ijdvits^ aJU diJAj

4.^A.

jt ^3

(I)

AlP

^i^'jll

-J j^=;-

= Keep smiling!

*y 4^1

dij,

jbl jl

L^l oil J

>

l-^ and

ji^ijl

u^

dl!

^^ ^

^^^jlj

^j^3

JIa3

^"^^AX *.^

are each

Jn-c

A,

jIjIaII (J

lis

dl..*JjL>

dliUI L

Jp

t\

A^ilj

j^:uJI J/A;b

<i

1*1

Ir

^^1

Sjjlil /^ oj^-;

JIa3

Jl

j;^^

JU*

JU-jJI

j*'

4 :>l^jJl

<3^L Ja^j

^4

(jJ<i

y^-lj l-^j

Jl

f-

y>'}\

^jy /j3

U^s> <uj

c>>lj

Vj

Jl^Ml
4

j^.

Jli-I

^^^l^

.ij

o^^j
s-^-u-

*^^

LJli

J^

j^U o;lj4iJ>UI Jl

*U^V^a>-

JUll U/b

<*3

lil

^.

U ^*aX^

1^1 J

y/

o^II

ipl

^blj

di!

<3jU^ LiA^

j.

^Ull
jl

4!

>|

u^^^rj4\

^LiJl

JUJ Vjl

jj.>9

AAi

<3^.1^

>^*;?'

J\^]-l

^liJlj

j.p:> Jl^Si! c-^'Jll

JIaaJI ^xxi

Uo ^U

/^^ jl i^fall 1^1

;^:>ci.

<r^3-

^J'lj

L^l liV-9 UL^I ^.j UL^I aa3 iJ^UI ^^

(^u)iJUjVl

d^i^

Ail e>Li]|

JA9

Jlj

<;il

<A<!ii]|

^:^ Vl
J.>' Jl

U ^aI Vj

4^U^*Vl ijVk^

^jUl

jl Jl J-^-^j j-*JI

^Ul

<i

jS^

*.

t^irJI

Ax*la5 (J

u-ftL*

4!

JU3

OjAp

(J

-^I

^;

^\j^j\

^^

<>

jA

jk^][i

j.^i^

jU ^^0:1
i

jjVXkJl

jvpj

axI

;.j^i

itXJs-

vj*JJI

Jp

^pjo

j)U

jAi;

dJD^J

>..L; ^( j:>U]|

^^lillj

<jll

J-^=-' j^

*J

^A'M

"^

ji-*^l

^1

-^^^

1:

v^'^l

A''^^

^ J^^

J^A> J JL4! J]a:> ^^j!I Jl j Lj

/^lll

4^A;b A^jlj ^;;^iA^ll dUt*i?

jiC-

^Ul

l^J jL^iJl

^l-adj dJiU3

JCjJ\ Jx-^^ "A^^Ij

^^I

Jlii iJ^ai

5^xxa) f-l^^-

*la^ Jfi\3\

1-^

Ij'aiA

^ii J jidi

J^3

CaJ'S^ Udlp^ e^WJl vjtijj

i^i *3j ;ii]i

JixiJi

Jld

J^^

j^^ll

dl;^5^jp

-J

Xij

iiiji

Ji

^^-^il
(J.'-

j/

j^y

j,^

j]L.i

juji

j:l

Lif

Jljlj

^AL-^I

Jp

c^^>

l'>=^j

^. Sjh

j^ ^^y c.i5^l^!

^^^

J ^^j

Uu-t J ^^i.111

J^

(.^Cii Jl

iJ^^

Jl:^

Jill

^i

^^1

J^y

WJ J

^:-U

j^J^I

LI

4!

j^^Ji

A,^^

j/u

^)l;lj

v^^JI c^l^^ ^^^i'

/^^

**"'*'

Jl5j ^ixiil Jl <^-lj ^'Jl

"^>^' ^^ ci

<:>.'^^^^''

J-^^

l^.

^-^^

Uj:.^! J JJIjJ 4*3

jl >iJli ^rJi l^j ^L:

Ji.i ^tjil

jii^xji

Aa3 e^lJl

UL ^rJi

k^y lii

Jlij ^^!)^^

^5Cl,

>.o.yi ft^P

c.J>

ji. x.j^\} jU'^li

.lU

4.^A.

u jUi-Vi

^rJi diA>

^1

JU3 ^Ulxll

^U

(^

^j9

<*>

lSJ^ J

*^

^j^JI

l^.

^J

^,.L ^ c^slj^J!

YA

jl

^j*^'

ij ^^j^ <S^J

JLL^JI

'Vj

A.A:u<i^

J=.^/

JJ

^^iilj

XUI J

l^

^:i-l:3

oA^ Jt

<^^l

jH

^-^i^

UJj

_:.]|

jl

^^\ J.U4

Lo

<iA:>c<l?j

J^ll

L-^^

L^

dUp

oi.-'-^j

^:i

C'L.

"^j

^oji

i;:

ij

jfi>

/r

c^ij

^^flij

^rJI Jl
dii!

Ulj

AAi jl

b^3

J^j

J ^Ul

)l

^j>=-

dt^'^

*"^^ ^'

^Ul

Sj^^ J..,

Ja^

j\L\ jl

J^il Jl c5^jj^^l Uaip

l^ -"^-^

^Ji ^^jJI

^^jl J i^jAp-

lA_;b

^l3

'^'

^^ "^*^

c:^:?- a!

0^^)l

^U

j^^ 1a;^j ^.^r

A3 <*^l^ CA>-^3 ^j\.]\ Jl o^^il

6^^

IaI^U

^J

> c-ji lis

% ^^Gl Jl

vjl

-^^

jjlJ

*-*

U^-^vo ^1L;I

a=^I

LilL

A3

Axi

Cj

JJ

a>I J Is J

u^l *ui^xc-|j (^A>-j f'j^'^^

)l

JU^j

^11

jl Jlij

4^1

e$ji

i^-vd

(J*

jaI-I j^<.j SjlW^Jl

c:^^J jl

J^

^^-^

s-ILp l^)p c^ljj c^^-^l -K^ki

V-^ 'J ylc fes^w

aJI

Jf.^ -^'J

^xh. ^^C\\

^Jl

j^lxp j^^; t^JI ^J'JI c^j-^

Jj^^

o^

Jli

j^^Sl d]

OA^J U

j^

AiLitj j^iLJl A^iSCll

jl

^>y jUj I^C

a^-? -r-^

J*r

jl e^Ul!

A^*
^^^

JU

jl

^^?

A3j jj^-

I^asIc

jJ-*^ll

cij^plj

J^/

4jil

(U, .4!)

J^-'*^'^!

jAp-

JlLl
4I

^'

^^A

c^iJ dlz^y

J--**-

4!

il

^A

J<rf3-

jU UaWp UL^ ^

U
JUj

Jy

^-*

^UiJI

4!

jUdjj

^. ^^^1

i^l *^=*-^J

C**li

AjiA-i-

ij^-'^

^LiJl

I;:

.Ij^sMlj

sIjIj^ ^^I jl

jjj ^x^*:]|

(J.VJj

4.

^Aw?

dl^^

it jAa>

^Jjl

V-^i^^

H^

j^l

^Ul

(Ij

\i

\A

V^*^ ^K_i-I

dlr^p cislj dlxo O^Ai

Jjr

j^j

A3 Oi& jl J l/^U jjj-Jl

A^.^ Jblc

U;l^ c^rJI ^^ Uru

jLU

iJ%J>l

oit

U;^ ai^j

xN-x;

A,Vj ^pUI U;b

4!

^^

4..y!l 6A;b il

\*

J^^"^^ JlojMl

J;*

^Lill jl

^f J*iil

JIa3

JU

^^

a.'SJ <^^JI <5-j ij

^^.;?i

a!

<J\ jA:pIj

^J'JI

t^^^3 c*ii^ Ai3 <o^-.JL

.

lIl^U

jl

t^^LS cJj

Vj

PROCLAMATION
Under Martial Law.
Whereas

it is expedient to prevent unauthorized trafficking in

ammunition, equipment. Naval and Military stores, and
animals, the property of His Britannic Majesty and held on His
Majesty's behalf by the Naval and Military authorities in Egypt
Now therefore, I, Archibald James Murray, General Officer
Commanding-in- chief His Britannic Majesty's Forces in Egypt, in
virtue of the power conferred on me do hereby direct and

arms,

Order as follows:
Art.

Any

I.

person purchasing, or attempting to purchase or

otherwise obtain or found in possession of any arms, ammunition,

equipment, clothing, bedding, blankets, provisions,

forage, naval

or military stores of whatsoever kind or description

and whereso-

ever situate, or any animal the property of His Britannic Majesty,

shall, unless

he proves that the same was sold to him, or has other-

wise come into his possession, by order of some competent naval

or military authority, be guilty of an offence under Martial Law.

Provided that no substantive sentence of imprisonment with

or without hard labour exceeding

two years and no substantive

sentence or fine exceeding L. E. 100, shall be passed in respect of

a conviction for an offence under this proclamation.
Art.

2.

The

Martial

with this subject

is

Law

Proclamation of July
A.

jjdjl ^rJl

Ip

jUt

9,

1915, dealing

hereby cancelled.

(^Lill jl

^JaIU

i^;ld

J.

Murray, Genet al.

(^JL^l

^J'Ji

ji^ jUJI ^A

fd
((A^Vl)) ^<^Js

;>^>.jllj

4.

V^IL

V Jiff,

.-^11

C-lolla>j ^j^-i^^-^J

J^^aU

J:i-I:5j

<\ \

jl

4!

ou^

jy\ jx'

Al^lil

JjU

X^j,\^L\

j.)l

c^^U rJlUI v'jJ^j

Olj:>'j o'-.^^j

U!^;^*

o\j.^.\

i^

ji

^Jl ^IJl

4.:>i]Ul

ii^^.j

jl

C-xl-j:

^^n^l

jU

dl!i>

L V^*^'

^J_^ ^ ^,^lo ji^il Ia^^ j:>Ui|

J^JI

L-L5j

<>^C1j| jjllj oU^llj

/y

Jo

Jj^l

^i^^^ Ji*j ^Jpj

/'Sr:^Vl

j:)^pMI

o*Vj5

^i*:if

AlJl

Uj

l^ii^

p._^;l!

^iUi

^;l, JU-]| aJI

cP

-?'

fj-i

J^

Sr^

^jy^^ AaaIji

^'^^''^

J^ ^^^.A>
jl ^3-l:]|

<JliJ|

<ol3

A=.-l

J^j V

^IL

X.J^

^1_)^IS CA:^^ A9j

(I) Steps,

(4)

Family.

Z/7.

aI

(5)

^^^\!

<A^A>-

ej.,l

>3ij

<:^Jj <^j'^^

Ip 4.rjAd

<^%\

decisions

\^yj^ Xaj'^W jj-> JI

Jp v^3 J-aH

^>.i AwAii

(2)

Jl

^aJ

L.

A clear

<>

JU

apI J;bj

l3j3j.D

j-^AJi

^=i-l;

j.=i- ^^^

J <r-i^--

C^9j '4

^^^.

^j jl ^aIT ^J

j\

<^ji

<J>^*i (5-^ 4..U=^ iSj-^i^- <*^^^.' :>^^

<:^Ij <aa^

*Jl^l (^:>|

The next sowing.

^*

IP

Uj

register.
(6)

4j^7

jl

^:>-lll|

J) d\!S

p.l^:3-

(3) Rel.

Adj from

Harvest,

J.*

^A^

;^^P-

A3j

J ^L3

^r'--* livelihood*

^'^U:-i ^[l\ a>aIi j^uji ;^jUi

4

:>U*:]|

^U*:IS

^jL

^^^

Jy[i L.^j ^^^11 J ^^Ujl

^^,4

^.1)1 ((^'^;,_.^ii

jlkU ^^

<^3!)^]l

J-A>-Jlj

^^,iu

^ ^

JJ

.^iiji

jl

(l)

Census

Law

(2)
(5)

<j^^k) jl

Country.

March,

Directions (PO(lO) State

PI. of 'Omda. Major of town,
(12)

(9)

(14)

The one

referred

to,

(fi)

(/l^//).

(13)

(15) Figures.

j'sC

<i^j^s^ fiA^bj

^^^

^!)iA:^^(! ol^-l^^-l *.;?- SlA;!

^:>c;:^

ji

^.pjV i^'jj- j]|

J^J

JaI)

-j/^

^Ia^:!! J-O.J

(4) Census, or Statistics.

o^i;
^taiJl

cS^-^il

X^\J\ ci^i-l

^U*-:]|

^IAa'JI s-b^il ^i j'j

^ru^i))

Name

(3)

Lit:

(7)

We

{IV) Irreg.

One pi

Jo

<>_^^ll

jl

of the Official Gazette-

have decreed.
P/.

(8) Article.

of sarraf, iaxcollector.

of Shaikh, or rather, of Maahynkha.

(16) Penalty, fine.

17)

Pound,

Z/7.

guinea.

Yt

olcjjy:*^^

<*p1j jl a^*i-l
j^llxJl

-jA

<^U

oV^j

oUl^

'^^')

^-^i^* ^jl-i) J

(1)

(4)

A-*

^^f

Depots.

Oriental Publicity

(9) P.O. Box.

jj^^ 3
^*^

olcjj^^^j
oI^^aII

\^

Decided upon manuring.

Ammonia.
(6)

J__^^i-i

(5)

Company.

(10) Cairo.

o^i

o^^jlj

a:I aj^^II

/^-a^?-

J^-llI

(2)

-^W

>^W

/*-^i'

<J^^

^I^-^I ^O^-j oViS^j

J^^i-I

^a3 ^jUj

/;V.3

l^)iS^_

Chemical Manure.

^-^Jlkl^Jl

L..^^ j^^i-l

(3)

Sulphate of

Limired CEng')
(7) Trades, or Frofessions.

(8)

Addresses.

r\

0%^ ^

o^dlj oL*^

<t^J|

juliyi, jU-:^l

^^ij

<^U^

4.-LAO

<v^jAJl!

J^^a) j^'l j.Ux;^.^Ii ^l

<;^kll

jU^l^

J l^Xbl

.^ <3llill|

J <U1

J^c

^L*:)^ij|

\^Ja.]\ f^j^jij)

CjI'JI

1^-o.^A)

(I) Messrs.

knowledge).
quantities.
(8)

(12)

*Ud^| (3

(2)

^''i

Thabit Basta

-^

&

''c5*

Co.

(4) Cootten-ginning mill.

(7)

College

Catalogue,

(15) Graduates.

On God

be the trust

(9) Evangelical.

or Curriculum.
(16)

Efficient.

^-L^

I^UIa^j

<xO >lj ^AJIj

^"^U.T'yiLslkUl (.^Jljl/^^j^^i^j,.

o^

(///.

{lit.

l^^Lj-j

'^

Iv^^aIV^j Ij3i-U^)

UjA^

*^>9

Inform

his partners). (3)

(5)

Aj,:>t^\ [^^Ki\y

^.aP-j'

Jij-***M

^W!l J*

i^^l^l ^:i;

'i^'^i-' J ^ij^-^D

vapeur)

2wll <W^

^**.:^l. l>-.ii.

i^ !AvIA^ ^*i-^^ ^^*kll

U^J^^

0.3 j^2.ilj Lo-k\ Jl J

a-J^

A;y.i.|

(^J^^*>^)

(3^yi

n <;^ ^W^^l r

c_>l>^JJ

U*

4!oJ.pl

jij

(///.

Situate near.

^t^

1^

surround

(6)

Large

(A common way of closing an advt).

(I I) Entrance-form
(10) Those who failed.

(13) Laboratories.

(17) Miss

Ruth Work.

(14)

Baccalaureate

(18)

McClenahan.

{Lot.)

t'^

(1)

Coming and going

N.B.

am

greatly in

PI.

sympathy with the demand

for Arabic lo be the vehicle

for teaching school subjects. Its resourcefulness in such matters as naval warfare
etc. etc., is quite astonshing: the

accompanying table gives a few

'&

Ia\jC'

ST-

to

Tug
Submarine

^U-

to dive
to

Buoy

6i:.

draw

smash up

A.T.U.

English.

Arabic.

Derivation.

to float

instances.

(scatter-

Torpedo-boat

ring dust)

Cruiser

's^l>

to drive away, chase

to kick

u-'J

^yy\

to build a turret

to

steam

(kettle)

to clothe w.

armour

>.

Sleam launch

iPaddle Steamer
Battlesliip

>'>

Steamship
Ironclad

V'

Destroyer

to destroy
-J-

to

surround and put

a. o. in

to

make

to

a strait

go

mine (blasting

in quarries)

Naval Blockade

Is,

Jl^

Dirigible

u S jCU

',IU

to fly
to lay a

y^v

Hydroplane

Mine

\\

-l:>tP'

4
l^iib jl ^^
Ct^i:

JlkH

^J^\

J^ J

a.a; ^!

\a

Cj\j^~>-

A ^*

li^^U^
<Jlla]|

ii^Wl)! 6-\/^ jj-^^-^?.

j\x=i-

:>UI

J.3

j~^'i

Ui:lc^p^iLi:
.o.^i ^I

^^Ml
<jil)

^.;i

Uit. ji;:

4.>^p

(I)

Egypt.

^^UI <^j^\

'u

S-l

J.;^

J^>

^^u ^ki:

dUi.

/b

ci->i;.

J-la^-^l

^ij

{Ma makes

(2)

^^

^i'^?'*'^'

oUlSl

^f^i^^.

tell

(5)

^'^

;t^ui

jl <u-l;]|
Lo

J>

jir^ii oi,^Jl

^I

l:;l

Jp

(_>^i>f'l c>yt!kA (^a!l

AA^i

you hke an expert

the indefinite more'mdQi.)

(iJlj

Jl e^^J)

^^^^;

^U

UiiAi>

^'a:)!

"None can

%J^ ^y^Atjl J

oAru

J:-

J*L:]I

ij

d\!:>

-^i*-^^^

jM

JlLi'l

jl <^^^ ^^'"^i '^J

<J

j.]l <.:>'.JI

oitr'JI^^'yi j*^

^_^*ii i j\iai|

(^^^

i?!)(:;:i-l

oA^

0'-*^a1I

j^^

A,^^i <^j.ill <4-.Ai-loA.^ j^jj^x*

U^3 l^oj^I

oUl^li

Theory, hypothesis.
(4)

U3

C;L_^aII

J^ji

^^'>^i -'l^-'^ <r-?:r^ ji^--' <^'^^

^>t^]| ^Wil

l.^]U.

X. y^'i

j/^^

\^!^*^'

<Jk]|

^^\J\

j^Cij IjlA U oUJll

-.^^:=-^ll 4I1II

jl ^j^^Ail AxiUJl ^,0 jLrl

J.-

C'A^^I

^*^^^

^*^

l/ ^^

(^ti-^AJl

4;^l!L ^1*-:]|

j^'l

j^i*:ll ^jV_ff; jl ^iii

rj=^*^ ^-^^f^ UA:i-li

JivfldlSivoMj ^j^^jIa;:

AiL.^Jl

i^>-j^

.^3% <J jA

W^CTJ^

Cl^

s-j^i^

".

^*
(3)

Frank, European.

/^'

I.e.

o:>%

Young

NA

He

band to 24 persons, and a school was

Barracks
in which they were taught for
opened for them at the
Before
the end of the month of Rabi'-al'Awal,
eight hours a day.
they had become as proficient in their art as one of the best bands
this being due to their intelligence, their strict attention and their
raised the

number

of the

desire to excel

Jib

(d^ll

(From Al-Qibla).
Names of the Lunar Months:

(lit-

to imitate).

l^;ij ^^'Vl

^U

ojUli Aa:^\ Jl ^^JAj >.^%

dUS

Jiyi
^'^

mAu*<lj ^j^\

Jp

^;.S Jl

j^:

<ijloC)!j^'^ v-^^l

^V'l

J^;

liJ

d^ ei

^r-jUll

^ui

9.^5;^

(I)

j.]|

Aii^ c-^aSj

^-l^l

Be

far from.
(7)

^p

^^Jl

Gazette.

(2)

:>A^)i

Physical.

(8) Past,

UU

L->^Ar j.]| A=>t.>r^'l

a^k^W c^jj

j^ jy^^

^ciji iA^oij^'^oi3i;]i oAi^>. jl

J.

Banks.

^^^

SI ^^r^'USl

j.Ull jUll

ol'Ui^'^l ^ri:L

(9)

(3)

Iaa

k^^

>Ia

CaX:.)

(4)

<^>1-jl]|j

/>^J

Jyir

j_^olj aJUjI

^liii bij IJ^

Chemical.

R.C. Freres.

^^
.

-J^*^ -^^j*

Jli^U t^>^ai jl ^p\Si^ %^'^l_^V[ oXP^

oUlU ^Ui ,Ao <i O:^^^

(6)

jl

</ dJii> Lc^Vl ol;l oil^isi VI

j^-^"^^i cT^^I

ajUJij "^^^jUll

^Ut

J3j<-\\ ^^A.

r-^-^'

j.^ <iyi

<ii> j-liA^l

U^ii>

<Ali

^^ l^;i

jb)

^C^j
isjUn

d^5-

Botanical.

(5)

Abys

NV

^JJI :>%}\ eA^b ^^Ijl ^<.

U^lyl J$^

Ujy

l^A)lj

jliVl V^i^^ ^^*'

TRANSLATION:- ARABIC MILITARY

MUSIC.

The inhabitants of Mecca (''the honoured") were greatly astonished last Friday afternoon as they saw an Arabic Military Band
through some of the streets of tbe
Metropolis playing the merriest and the most elaborate tunes, all its
members being from among the natives of this country who have
like
become in spite of their youth, and short time of learning

of Music passing suddenly

members

the

of

bands

in other countries

who have

spent

many years

in practising this fine art.

The distinguished and noble ^^Mahmud El-Qaisuni, Sub-Commandant, wrote informing us that when he proposed to form a
band for the Mecca garrison from young volunteers, he had no
teacher to carry it out. So he began in mid-Safar to teach them
how to read the notes, untill a teacher arrived from Taif and took
charge of this affair in the middle of the month of Rabi*-al-'Awal.
*

Better omit most honorific titles in translating to English.

^^

r.^
^V^^^^j

^.j; ^'-^'

(U^iJl

^p)

.Ur^^i'i

^r

^*^^

^''"^"^

^'^* '^*^ oAk^lj s^^-^Il

^J^i:)!

4ti^i <"^^j

^'^K\j^'\ <^^!)L-^Il <)A;>ii (jL=i-l <^v^)

4jL^I U^l::;^

(w>j^

A3j

Iji^lAJl

11*)

o^i?-

SAjf

^t^^

^3-^"^^

Jl .^il

^Aill

ci^ilT

^Di^

JU

li:.w J ^pI;*^^ Lj

<*>^U1 J-UJ^I ^:Li

^v^;^iL (3 dllJ^P

<i ^i;

J ;^;blil

dlS^ LAaaJUcI^

jp

<A3y:>.

^jV=>- -A.x)

L>-*1

ill

L;IL.U JPj I^Up j^ixdl^') j^ol/Mi oLll:-j V'^-" S^^ii JL--I

Xf 1^0

^cUi jjap

(aUaII
(I)

^Lii Lw.^* ^p

"

JJ

J^:>--/:)lj /lj^^*Vl

^j,-*--^'^!

SjUll ['S^^ jL^I j^o ll l3jj|;^ Jm)^^' J;^

^p)

P^ of Furniture.

direction, ie G. P. O. (5)

(2)

P/.

of Macliine.

Improvements.

(6)

(9) 12th

month of

yea,r.

(3)

Telegraph wires,

Oar contemporary.

(always used of contemporary papersO Masc.

(8) Unionists.

cijL*> U::i^ ^i^-^-'l

is

^al

See List given.

(7)

(4)

The

General

illustrious

J.Aa]| jl^J

^Ikxll

<oj49.^

liO^ ;^i^UI

Uji^^

^it^i*

li <^>a1I

Ic

Jl^^i A>

Ajil

oil TtJjA'JL

(I)

diss

^*

^ lii

Uj

1^1

I^ajIj-^j

Material and moral.

ious and national entity.

<.o^(i

Jp
.

ol4>- c^j

<^_^.*^

_^U S^ir-

4!:)(i.l

jl i^*-a;

jjs.)^ 4il

eAA

^'^^^ ?-l^3j

JU;

J.]|

Ttll^ll

4il

pl^ jl dUji ij

oA5-

il

jllt^LVI J

J" ^^>J

Ua^4^ ^^^jj u

Uii^

J^ilj

^jV>j Dj'iJI Jli^ jV)

Ua;^1*^ J jliU O'o-^l*^

(2)

^11 v--"^'

oA=i-l ^]| <^^llj

j-ijjJI j^^

e^l^l

J^>

4^A=i-

ll

c^^y^^' jy^t'^3

-^i^-^il

J^fl)

c>!a)j ojLlI

Apostates. (3) Calumniators. (4)

j<^

0*.l^

i2.-.^3

^c.^^

lj>^-l2^

jlJI

Take away our

relig-

Nt

oApI

"^^

JU:)(] J.^^" jjl ^l^^^l

jlc:'!^!

^j Axi ;aj.a]-1 U:]jAj j5\J.f*^\ Ji

^^A^v:^

JjJi <^jl*^^

jU

U^^j^ir ^Jji J>-' Jl

1p

\^fii

Sj!)Uj

>

IpApl ^A.!

(I)
(4)

By

y^iJL

implication.

Constitutional.

common
(II)

Jp

purpose.

(5)

(2) Political

Conventional language

a., \a\

And
and

after
is

{i.e.

always

U:)U:^i

Jp

3:)(.]|

J^w^

representatives.

Enforcing laws.

(8) Official

(12) Strengthening.
(15)

J=^la!l

(6)

acknowledg

jl3

(3) PI.

^^'V'J

of *.j

Society (see Ex. 134).

(7)

district.

Aiming

at

mei.t. (9) Utilisation. (10) In addition to.

(or, practice)

(13)

Ties

(14)

Acknowledgment of favours

after the preliminary remarks.)

folio wrd

by

It is

i.e.

Gratitude.

often written, in letters,

introducing the business.)

sr

pt>^.)i
(

^^^

(^Ul

1^1

<ji J

^i'j

^3^*;:^ J'^^*^l

^^1

Send

for inspection.

j;^-*!^",?

vr lt j^

J!)l=^Vl ^.>>tj^)

*VI

^^^ll c>a=^j

Lj Ul*

^j dU ;u^i J ^ (.^ju s^'^ii J u Jl ^'^ J^u^. Jl ii^^ji

^^UlL ^^Ul

j>u j^i p^ ^

^i^^jl^"

OjA^f dJjA.j

j^r^UJI J-A^^J s^^i; IjL^

"^

<c^L^]|j <^ljjl (J Ia>a:?- l_Lj.i ljj^^3

U^^lipj L;bL^j L^^^U^j ^j^i'

?-

S-^JJ-^

A3 J
.

oUU

Jl, Vi

l*^% <5^U

;..^JI
(I)

V_7jlJ

ij

oA;b

i3t^^ ^-^

^3i_^i

^-*

l*^% J^li:^!

J^

jji^

JIjJ

<,<i?^d

l^^

cijlxll

c.3^U

4jil

<JL

,^_^pl

j^l-i-

ji

lJ^^

oUtl^.. ^ji^il
J^^l-^J ij

^^-i-^!

(2)

lJ^J^^

J$^]

<*-*i^

<A]Ul ^^WJI JjJI jl

(Note the duals, but translate "happiness," only).

worthy ancestry.

^^il

<--^

^^1

Worthy

^rj;^j

OAIU

i:ip

posterity of

SY

^^^3J \^^-^i

^:5"l

J^J

a-*

(1)

Pasha.
(7)

^jl

jl

(^'\^

j-VjJl

j-^l

(^A

^t'^-Jl

5JjJ

-J.J

t>''-?

L.

c^^^j

Referred

Not
to.

-^j

^^-^^^

Iiade (much used in Turkey

(3)

^Ljll X^Jm, JI <.iUlj i.-^n

<^j^ll L^.^Jl ^plj^Ji! .1^1

^^A Oil J

(^t''

A-a.^]|

-^*i

Vsu/

l/j^-^^'

Ju ^^^i;

jiUi^i

Decree, order).

limit praise. (4) Required.

(5)

JiAj

Governors.

4J

Li;]|j

^AJB

zj]\^ If 5^1 J J

S^^j3 ^,* l;Uij

(2)

(6)

Highest grade of

Going and coining.

c^^iJl 5^l^]|

7cijl-\S

(j^*;

ULkp L^;^"

^kJI

(1)

Suniia

/c^'

^J'^ A^A>

at.

^'*^

for the Interior.

etter, circular.

(9)

oljljl

jujuis'

^>^jj

(C-^^

^^/

dS J ^\xV\

course Cmeihod).

Hijaz Railway.

Agency

ol^r.i'lil

^-^'*

kill

'-^-^

J^

.^5Cj jl

^J^^

UllJliiMj

U-:^UI ^'^^^Mll ^^-l- ;^i:- ^'^jj^;^ a-

(4)

c f.

hearing trumpet; djL- automobile;

(5)

^^iiil a;^^-.^]| iU^*>l y^wAJl -^^[^

Ai jll

l:U=-l3 jfeTil

3^iL)L L"^Wj

(3)

cA)

JJTj

\ax^ ^Wi\

w'l4:>'

*i^*]l

4.>-j-u

(6)

(2)
<>.><.*

'\wa\^c.

Application.

ice- chest

apI^-

telephone receiver,

submarine.

Communique.

Owner-of-Majesty.

U-T

(10)

(7)

Chemin de

Hashimite

(c./.

Fer.

(8)

Official

History of Arabia).

N*

<:_v^:^^

*tl^]|

j l^*^ jl J^t

jul

Ol

^p-U j^^i

oi^i^ ^jl

-k*-9

<^ja1I ^Uisl

(I) Education,

jU*yi ju*:_5 (> ji^l (j

ol-jl Ad 5^T^ii- J>>i-I ^-djlj

^i

^^''^U <^_jAiJ| A.P

^c^

i jjl j^^*Vi

J^<<.j

J^9 j-l^^j

dU^-l ol-J^ JJlj

J^i^l

J-

Nt.ph of knowledge,

lb

^^Ol

<'!Ar

*3Jb

^ui

jull

^^H\

J ^<^

L$^^- ^^1 eA3-j

(2)

<*;

A/b

V i^^ili

^jL ^^^

Muharram Bey Quarter.

.i

^U:Jl

j>-\

<^

a-s-ssi^

(I)

A)jl;^

SaHc,

F/-,

^ ^r-'^

Sala

lljL)i llil Villit/^J-*'

//.

Written

Eng.

European

JuiUl c-jvk>-

^'-<>^^

^^

Coll. Advts., etc.

WrittCH

Eng.

(j^J-^

AaJJ U1j^;>-1j UD\^

(s^l^^*^!) 5^/f Jil JlUl 5^ll=>- /^

jA^^ \aX^

Coll.

Advts. etc.

American

Jjjl

French

Italian

L^-^y

65s.Ia*

aAJI

j*IJ>1

jyik,i

JlLI

4.*Aktil jX.t>

\iA'su\ 'e>^a.z>-

:A\.

U*x)
jl i;j.-^^^

*Vl

d^A,

5oa! As- J)

A^sbj

J ^.^i* V Jl^^i ^"^J ^^:^.1j

<*)i

^*^>-l J ^=-l

cJ^dj^l J ^liiliU Aa) $^:>-jU

^j^l j./fej

^^IaI| ^3
-^J-^J-*

j\xi;^^] ClLli*

J^fl^A.0

ci-^--'*' /*'*"5^^

<J J^U JUaI JjA> j-j

j-^

J ^Pj! OlJ J
'^^ J-*^

(<JU- ^aJ^j) JU.

J^

^1 ;^j d.1:^ jp

<^jAaI

L^

jnLo

T^jSl ^^>-

dUI

Cr*?^ j j^

Jl jJlj

llU SjL3

C*?--*3

,:x"l^

J-^^J

J^A-i? iSj*-^

Jlyi-^fl Sj^5^ ^M-]l A*,

"^IJ^^^ ^* Oj-^-*

<s>

^jl

jU

1>U

^y

^*j'****.'i

*.--A-.-ai

j^ JJt J ^p

Jjl:^l dL>l

1-^ X)li^

Ai' (j^iij

dl,Jii

^U*>'I J

n:- Vl

<*^L^j oAa^j

S^^i^lil 4!lil

>^J

J A>(-^l
^1**.s>-

Sic!^.-

OL^I J

(^-^A^ -^*i

<pI^) ^r-l;^Vi ^Ij /;

bjl^.* Ui-v^

jU^Vl coA>.

(I)

Those honoured.
."
I beg to

the English "

sincere

(6)

Expression^.

(2) I pray,
(3)

Complete.

hope (an inaccurate translation of

I am deeply touched.
(5) Most

(4)

d^S Aa)

'.

;lk>ol ?.l^Jl

(J,\

(((^a^)) oAj,^>'

^''^

.^!^1

AjJI

Ivx,

?>
^(5)

^''^

On

j.i-\

lyj^

4jl>-!JOI

C**.^H

Jilc-J

j\A\ Jia>

<pU| J^V^-aJI

eA?-ljJl

oU.yi v^iuji

c.[J <iX^ Jl

/^ 4.^1^ (_^*;2J

^j

x-

AiA^

UaxI>'_

_^i-l AJI>

J.^

Ca^oO OJ'3'^

jl^

Jx:]|

(2)

behalf of himself.

The

/-t^ /)^

oUxkJl

Interior.

Salutations.

ouuVi viii ^^^

Ci^kp

UIj^pI

(/> Notables.

(I I)

j-^^

j^* <fthil

oU^iiL 1

r6) Civilians.

-^^

^'>

A^jl U;b ;.U:^^ ^:^}

*3jl jl

A3 J \'A"^\ <x>i^f (^^i-l

intensely dark.

On. behalf i:

(10)

;i)ii]i

^j^jXS ^]\

Was

Ao

OS J

>.*b

^k^j

^p)

Ij-^U ^Jl ^i]-l

(i)

^t ji J

s::^:?-^^

Ci.lip

oAjj.i-1

0:>Uj AjJ\ jj^

S-Ia^I

\^.[l\^

(^l)

_^i-l

j.;|))

<L:]Lj ^^^ai

^^*^l

Z;^

^_^xp- J^'L^

-.p

^^^5"i

Ip

(3) Dispersed, cleared

(8)

(12)

Honours, Decorations.
Loyalty..

j^i^

aJI^VI

Up

L^ ^o.xiU

(4) Sirdar.
(9)

Medal.

^:>c-i

^^

Ij'n^l

J.]|

Jc^ ^*L>.Ali

J=i-3j jl-i^"^!

(kill

ji /^Cil j1^^ J.llX;!^^

-p)

ji j-L^ <3Lj 4J1P

Iwj

5^111

(I)

Rods.

(2)

Farm.

News

jL*U

^1^

j^Aa*^]I ojU- <^x:j

dJili w^X*^)

(3)

^^

jij ^^^4.^^3 \o

3j-^^^

(Ji

of Felicity

title

aIj

^*^-*^.

-^io I'll

^^^li-l

6jj^ v^^!

6^^A-

oAiAvl

^ya Ij^"^ ^^jj^

Owner

dUS

J^

JUNIj

6j'_)i-l

0^

-^-^I

ojlst:*-

J^^j

7^.-^1

^'^^i U:>l^l

of 3rd class Pasha.

(4)

Agent

His Lordship the Bishop of Minia.

of Estate.

(5)

(7) Clerics.

Was eulogised. (9) Was hidden, deposited. (10) At the MonasteryTo his family. (12) Egypt is divided into (iJtJl <f >'l Delta; arid'
Upper^gypt(l3) Hailstones (14) Dhura - Maize.

of St. Meiia.
LSlI

43^"^1

(8)

(tl)

of his decease.

(6)

>;

cair

<'>

UlU._j <.^Cl\ ol J3j Jl

LI /t.^-:^

^>^J oli^^ll ^^

lj-^a.A\j

ij*'jy*'**' jf^* <^v-5

(I) Ministry of

(3)

(7)

^^ JA^I ^L^y

j_)AAd

J'i* o'As*-

duties. (4)

Inhabitants.

[known colloquially as the vapeur

of Saturday.

Ulll ijj^

Adj

lj\2.>' j\i

The tram

(5) PI.

(8) British troops. (9)

!

(II)

To

l^^^xl

T^j^^

Finance. (2) PI, of AxL.a^ Department,

(Here means) public

(6) Authority.

^'^

or

As

^L^l

yl^l j^j

t^^.-*^l3

^>l*Jl

Administration

of Turkish for bridge.

be shot. (10) The engine

Surrounding them.

(12) "

Al Moqattam

"

Jli^^l'l

(sj^i^aJI

-P

J-U Aslj

SJJj l*Ai 1^3

Jw-!)U ^p)

SAp-IjJI jlixP

^^j)

jAvij A:>-lj -j9.>J A>'l J

^p?.|^a)I

ixlAjJl

^^aJI

V^ijl

(I)
(5)

dJiS

Geography.

^j^\

Jj*^l

4.)

jii

<:>'jJlil

j^*-JI ^-M/j)

4.^Uj

ljfi!>\.A\\i

^i ^%^\

v^-*^'l (.jUis^'^Ll- yi\ U;l

(2)

fiA^3- ^Hii)

l^^**.i

C<^'^

Astronomy.

Ts)

Came

to

it

(4)

^**"j

-^*^i.| <dllii

<-^i^ LUlii-

J^^Lv \p)

(6) Especially.

^lu

3j A:>'lj twAilj 6A:>-lj ^^2- dlj /r^Jj

Ip e:>L34.x3 ^v^jAl

.^l^^^ij

Source.

;^r-ui

ji

JO

A-*'*^

J;, ^j

JIj

jUASj

jJ.Jl f-l-*iaP^it

Jjl

jA

AiCllj

Strong men,

j.:*)^

lit.

.b'Vl

stallions.

L^^:^

jl

V ^*

t>^

CJ<4,)>-\

(^"^-^

jf

oiU

J;^i>

'^^^

oj:"^'

(^*

A^l

^^:^^

(ovl^]|

dl^ii

d ji3

j^U

^'

*U^

o^wJI iJ^S ^.zA

jjA)

j^;is

a,j|

^\

f o:j

U J^J/f"! Jj
I

s1-*=-

Ail

Jl

s-l-^l

A=-jl

j^^ Vj

J^UI

^51

iJlL^j Ul

Jp c*^^>-j

c^:Cj|

^*^^

Ji-'^ij

Ji>

j^^AiJI

^'^

Sjr^JA;: l^up-l

(1) Vanities. (2)

commands

JU j^ \

ji^^Mi j^^'^sULiij v^ii.

^JTj

dlsM^^I ^i-^^"

lU^3

y^^3
jlS^ jl_5

dj>^-^'>d!

(Jl>'l)

Sermon on

cJ'JJ A-*

J^jU^ ^c)

^"^^^JL ;jU*Vl

Soul that

f,

(J'^'^*:^^

/;--^l j^ ^slj

lil

/j^ olSo

^^

?-

>^lj ^^^^

J olj^ill j^-lj oVj.)

:)(3

tSj^s:^

^th.^ y*^

^'-?

f-

O-Jj

oil

oA^lj Jp lj\k^ Ojt^

l"_^w? L^l^'^*^
^^^
J-*-*i

j\:^ Ml

>^JI

iil

1^/9

JjU

jl Jjll L^J

^^ J^

L^^^^' 0-*

A>-lj jiSTo (3 ^sl

Jj

J^i:>l

,_^SI ap-I ^a3^

j^>-

dll50j J.Cl

ojy\ ^\j y^A

(Jl l^^ jkii\3

^
dAA>-

^:>c^

Vaunting.
to

do evil"

(3)

the Mount, St. Matt, v)

Equals.

(4)

Woe

to you. (5) Mortification of

Quranic quotation.

(6)

"The

Blessedness to you

{c.f.

HOW. TO USE THIS "READER."

1.

The "Reader" must be

After Lesson 15

2.

Use the lexicon

studied ficm the time the student reaches Lesson 150.

work Exercise

freely, but enter all

tiience (after verification) post

(to a sheikh,
3.

do Exercise

new information

to the

back

to

l52,

in the

and so on.

rough "Day book",

"Ledger" vocabulary book. Read aloud

possible).

After translating to English and studying the notes,

late

4.

if

151, after i.t2

Arabic,

Read aloud

etc.,

the student should tranS'

again,

If at all possible, write the exercises

from dictation by an Eastern.

AN ARABIC READER

\^xUA OUJlkt,!!

KP l^

cJXxi^

ut>J^\

(f

CLASSIFICATION OF SELECTIONS:
School Reader Exercises.

General News.

Specimens of Correspondence.

new Mecca

Extracts from the

language of Arabia
Advertisements, etc
Extracts from

in 1917

official

<ji\

^-i'l

being the

written

A.D.

(including the

^Jj ^J

Organ

new "Census Law")

being part of a passage set for an Egyptian

Government "Advanced" Exam.

Poetical Extracts, etc. Examination Paper.

PRIVATK

Key

to

Arabic

Simplified
2nd. Edition

Copy No

PRIVATE

I
THE SCHOOL OF SIMPLIFIED STUDY
19 LUDGATE HILL, LONDON, E.G. 4.

KEY

"Arabic Simplified."

to

EXAM: PAPER
%r'j '^'

ilTj

i:Jir

(V)

(a)

7 (A), p.

19.

Cl:LrbVjl

CI (N.)

CCxTjuui^c.^ (t)

SUr'o/Oi (w)
^l^
(B.)

A man
She

jiT-Tj

(ny)

Have
man.

struck a camel.

The

apostle wrote to me.

base

(vile)

vile

EXAM: PAPER
tribe

2.

The

Prophet's daughter

broke the door.

3.

Have they

4.

We

J,

Sultan

(f)

see

of Islam.

the judge's town.

have the bread of

Didst thou

in

the

20, p. 52.

believed in the religion

is

boy.

>

The

book

took the sword from the man.

He

man.

1.

IS (p. 34),

Christ.

in

not read a book

Have you read

EXAM
She believed

king killed a camel.

Did she mount a camel

Did a man kill a man ?

Hast thou (m) struck a man

The

(O)

'sSl'xS^U

ate.

killed a

A man

IV

(t)

life.

man and

the

boy

6.

Didst thou

(f)

not eat the bread

7.

Hast thou

(f)

8.

They have

9.

Are the-people-of-the-scripture

10.

The King

sister

king and prince.

in

Egypt

Heavens.

of the

11.

Did the king

12.

Has the king a son

write a

^X^ili

letter

^
?

PAPER

25, p. 65,

(A)
1.

My

2.

book was here

where

is it

was with so-and-so.

3.

The owner

4.

He

5.

They

6.

We

is

(giver) of the

handsome man

are the

men

of

Quran

(he

God

is

is

the apostle of God.

handsome).

(God's men).

dwelt in the prophet's

city.

^'.

(B.)

A>Jl^ Sl'^l
r'

<^;^ ly

c/"

^J '^

^ >J ^'
(C.)

See 24

9,

page

62.

EXAM PAPER
:

'

SO, p. 79.

(A.)
1.

In the

2.

This

3.

name

is

They do
The girl

of God, the Compassionate, the Merciful.

my

of

Lord's favour

(i. e.

God's goodness).

not offer prayer to God.

5.

go to her mother.
What are you writing (dost thou write) on the book

6.

We shall know

4.

will

8.

They took it from the Quran.

They (f) do not understand that

9.

Why

7.

10.

The

do they not prevent her from entering the school

clerk

came

to (in order to) write the letter.

(B.)

(^1 v"i<jl 'S<^ 'JCj

y*A*

dii^9

*^M

j>-l*J

'^S^-.JLa

(1^1
,

I.

"

o^....i..o

> ^

See Lesson

(n)

j>t.

^ c^r-;.

>

(r)

Jo

J.'jj^O''-^

(V)

'->. c;

gi^S

(^)

:k^-

C.

everything.

'JCj)

i_,!ir

>/-'-o

".1/

23 :/.

2.

Active Participle

Meaning

rprohibitor

^hindrance

Passive Participle

Meaning

prohibited

abrogating

abrogated

maker

made


EXAM: PAPER 40,

I.

and

3.

p. 105.

2.

See Lesson 20

2, 3, 4,

&

"^>

8.

J>3j

iiJxX\

(il^i)^ jil

^/^j jD

-j^'L;

;;,.

^'

liQ

4il^^j^^L^

(n)

(t)

u'^^'i^y-y-^i

(V)

III.

(1)

He

(2)

There

(3)

(4)
(5)
(6)

(7)

(8)

did not and never will succeed in his work.

is no deity but GOD.

Why
Was

did you not worship God

she not ill yesterday ?

After an hour, the pupil

(f) will have learnt the lesson,

understood the meaning of the psalm ?
Let the above-mentioned murderer be killed.
No matter (Never mind).

Have they

(f)

EXAM: PAPER

JLJ V,

^ JL^ Si

50, p. 130.

L')\ c}i S^Wi; a^ij v'j

^'l, 'jkr

"^

See page

(t)

40.

(r)

II.

As regards

(1)

the two

women, one of them

sick

is

and the other

is well.

(2)

The two wives

(3)

Worship

(4)

Praise be to God, the

(5)

They

(6)

My hand

(7)

(8)

The

of the prince entered one of his castles.

(serve)

are the
is

God

did you not understand

who He

is

Lord of the worlds.

good people.

long and

my

foot

is

small.

shall understand the tongue of the Angels, bit

by

bit.

pupils (f) were in the habit of learning their lessons by

night, but their teachers forbade them.

J\j6\

^i

EXAM PAPER
:

CJ jlS^'l

U^ JAJl^

(r)

60. p, 154,

(A.)
(1)

Peace be upon you.

Upon you be peace and

the mercy and

blessing of God.
(2)

God

(3)

Those have guidance from

(4)

(5)

My

created heaven and earth in eight days.

studied in

brother

many
is

(are

guided by) their Lord.

schools.

an inspector, but

my

father

is

a peasant.

(6)

He

(/)

The King's speech

(8)

These are more excellent than those.

(9)

He

is

is

the

owner of houses and

stores.

the best of speech.

is

more industrious than. she

of Egypt know their work.

The peasants

(10)

uu

j\*i JCj

) 'J

L'JJ

^J a'

C.

See Lesson 42 5,
Lesson 57 13.

I.

2.

i>>ui5'

(^

(v

^ ^ ^

(a

6.

"The path of those

(2)

Those people are believers

(3)

As

(4)

Cairo

(5)

(6)

The Lord

(7)

"He whom thou

(8)

There

to

in

(A.)

70, p. 182.

whom Thou

(1)

hast been gracious*'.

God.

thy days [may] thy rest [be].

is

the greatest of the capitals of the East.

have no friend but the grave.

is

lift

The

[peace.

up His countenance upon

thee,

and give thee

lovest is sick.'*

no deity but

no power save

(10)

j>^j
^

EXAM: PAPER

(9)

jjjjl

-^^

in

God

(Allah).

There

God.

proprietors of newspapers are

All churches have creeds.

is

[of

among

no strength and

Egypt and

India.

the richest

men

C.

2.

Plural

Singular

Meaning

Word

^-u.

key

c^

,i^-*~ **

t,^'

offices

^)C

>C'

Root

;^
,

A>

day
r->-

months

y'=>

E>

going out
> >

>>

lessons

'^

3^.

entrance

l/S^

ii^

it

r'

5-

'S^Jy

',\^

'wp^

'/i

c!')|

'i4-

'^

'^

v>

blind

deaf

door

vt^

acts

t)Cvi

work

cemetery
school

mentioning

1^

joy
safety

t.sc

learningl
science j
intercession

e "

sun-set, west

B.

'j\

;^1

cni-SLii

^^ '^^\ 12%^ ^1^

(y)

>- J >T ^Vj

^^t>.

(t)

.si>

(o)

;,<J
c>
.

(a)/

in

the

diii^T^^

>

:^ij

'
^

^
C.

I.

e
See

o^iV.
J>-'^'^. 'A^
(^ ^
.
r^

p. 40.

^X^ilf

PAPER

80, p. 204.

(A.)

Worship me, myself.

(1)

*'

(2)

Teach me

(3)

"It is

(4)

"They were

(5)

What

(6)

Hearing

(7)

May God

bless the benefactor.

(8)

Are the

rules

(fern.

PL)

not lawful for [any] to eat

is

sore afraid".

it

(They feared a great

the greatest event of the

is

except the priests".

week

fear).

not like seeing.

of the

dictionaries (lexicons)

Noun

of

Agent mentioned

(9)

God

help you (bestow upon you).

(10)

God

is

gracious (generous).

'3^'^'^^y^.

'^

v!)"! 0^.

^^.

^*l' v5''

>^^

'^

(0

9
J^^ '^
I

(e)

O^'^^V-^^.^i'^-^UJlI^'^

(V)

una, l^'jS^jlj^
8o

^'JS j

''Honouring".

Aj^r*^

He

(Ten

C.

(n-)

;i;.il3

be answered).

to

Madar of

honorific phrase)

(a

Lit

'JU.

J,^ilu!

^y

measure

>

JW^

"His presence."

lit.

/^>-

A^-J

Masdar

of

II

Conj

to give a

,^^

name

to.

B -

j\^\jLi

Plural
jldl'

7x^x-.,i
A>

"

^-->

of the verb

Active participle

jA^aX'

of

fern

verb

the

J-Wll

of the verb

7^^

being

of the verb

^ ^^
?-%^j

of the

*^I>-U j-1a1i

t.^UUJ

'

verb

of the verb

"Cairo".

J**"-'**

meaning

^y*^
tcX*^

<i^o

God

upon the

Mohammedanism.

is

-'
j-Uail

praise

to surrender to

local

.^

jL.>-j J-W.I

to

conquer)

(to

/^ll*'

The

j^

of

^^

measure Jl^j
"^

commentary

(to explain).

Ji>^

r^l

explanation,

Missionary (one sent); passive participle of J-*J' to send.

J-**^

o^lxl

of

to

'

do good

measure Jlij
'*

to

reform

to discuss

measure

measure

Passive participle of the verb ,^J^U-.

It

used in Arabic for the 2nd. person singular.

is

Ju*'
iic-lA*

the

word

'

10

EXAM PAPER

90, p. 225.

"

"

C:,

^V^il

j.u:f

J v^^^l

^cji ^^^j^

'^lii

"Aj. .'^.^'y^

'({^

v-t^'^*

^ i

"-

-',

f-

^4^

--

^*

^^^5^

'j^-^**'' "^

"^

^^'^
'

u*^

(B.)
1.

Let us thank

God

that

two men and a woman have joined

the church.

man

2.

By examination

3.

The two armies fought together and one

4.

The

5.

Speak

6.

Bad company corrupts good character (manners,

7.

After putting trust in

8.

allies

as

is

honoured or dishonoured.

either

of

them was defeated.

gained a decisive victory over the enemy.

you

like,

then proceed to work.

God

morals).

turned (paid attention) to

my

work.

received a certain amount of benefit from meeting him.

(C.)

1.

J*

(See 72

2)

Ex

Ji^

To smash

up.

'
^^

^^

72*: 2)

2.

j^^t

(See

3.

JcliT

(See 72

2)

Ex:

^^'t To be

Ex:

3*"^"

cut off.

'^o fig^i^ together-

n
EXAM: PAPER,

100, p. 240.

(A.)
I

1.

was surprised

at his killing her,

because

had not heard

anything about that before (previously).

2.

Let not your hearts be agitated, because

3.

Ask pardon from God

for thy earlier

and

am

with you.

We

4.

do not approve (care

find his talk boring

him
5.

Do

6.

The

to

for) his

however

presence with

(in

any

Do

who become

not shrink from those

learned

men

because we

us,

we

did not ask

yi^ lyju JOELS'

i ,p'\

naturalised Arabs.

discussed the matter of the passing

not shudder (tremble)

\^f

case),

).

come.

everything (the destruction of matter)

7.

(what pre-

later sin

ceded and what followed [the call to prophetship]

^_ y,

^'/j'\

when

C'5

TtJ

> ^v

if

that

away

of

possible or not.

is

the earth quakes.

'

3'.^'**'

-^ dx^'y\

ji iud 0>-

u^^^^

^i

^-^r"^"

iii

'JCl dutj

^^3

ti u

iJC

(./*!

12

Dual.

Plural.

C. English.

Singular.

A>

Day

}<[

Week

'(^,

Month
^

A-^

r>

Year

Father

-ftT

Mother

ii4\

jUl-*

^1

>d
ul>'

Brother

>'
c'

Sister

iri>

Newspaper

j^"'^.>

-l,^,
A,:^.-.

<^^j\>N>*

Library

ii

Book
Church

jijur
jlx'-iJ'

[r^;!^

l^Cxi

--

House

jlxJo

Dog

jdr

Cow

jlr^i.

Mule

tJG

:>;

EXAM PAPER
:

110, p. 260.

(1)

Eat and drink merrily (with good health).

(2)

The General

Officer

t>

Commanding

(G.O.C.) asks to be supplied

with large reinforcements.

congratulate you

(3)

(4)

And

do good

to

upon your

safe return (soundly and safely).

thousands of

my

lovers (them that love me).

'

13

She was not ill.

The Assembly (Conference) of the Presbytery (Board of

(5)
(6)

Sheikhs) will be held on the

(7)

GOD,

(8)

there

believe

is

have believed)

(lit. I

of next month.

first

no deity but He.

in

God and His Angels and His

Apostles and His Scriptures and in the Last Day.

The woman delayed

The carpenter said

(9)

(10)

sun grew (should grow) hot.

until the
"I

do not

like to hurry

Ui ^J

4i

O^^r^^

^:>'l:-

^jA cn>.JL!l

Jc-

my

work".

j>jj^

CjuT jlT )*^

Ul^

c^ l5^

'^iuVill^HisC*

C.

To

stretch

deserve

be

write (a book)

jwy

abstain

(jiwjLi^r

think

5;

filled

^0

jTlxJ

^0

> -

'

ci^Ciii

(n)

(v)
(A)

14

EXAM: PAPER

120. p. 281.

A.
(1)

Death

(2)

Have you asked pardon from God and repented with

is

nothing but sleep.

repentance
(3)

We

infornft

you that

all

who were brought

of the cities dwelt (settled

(4)

The two

true

sticks,

down) safely

out (turned out)

in the

new

place.

upon which you have written are

to

be in

your hand before their eyes.

you are right

(5)

Bring your proof,

(6)

You have been weighed

(7)

There

(8)

Let the king's

(9)

We

is

if

no benefit
will

chose to reside

in the

If

be done.
in

your city
first

the fever does not increase

he

balances and found wanting.

in repetition.

were very comfortable the

(10)

(honest).

will be better next

this

second time, because

we

time.

upon him these two (few) days

week.

^"I dii '.^ ^r;.y'i

Si

^ ^

'^
'(^

'j^ui

L<f

>.

JiiLj

(V)


C.

To

15

\/jJL

consult

*-

To

eat

To

put

To

raise

To

be led

To

sell

To

let

To

take

^*

>>

\;J\

up

\/>\ji\
>
1
1

A^

>;>>

)jii

To approve

To

'

-'
1

>

repent

EXAM PAPER
:

130, p. 308.

A.

O JUJ

>
I

^j/!;i\

J^ l>i

>^

^-

J *i 5iJlil Jli

(v)

ulil^'.^VryiL^^

(r)

>y

(c)

(U),-Vr'^i'>^''3>^fr

(V)

dj'i

3;*i

i6

B.
(1)

The

(2)

occupy the

Allies did not

city completely.

promise is a debt to the freeman.

Paradise is under the feet of mothers. [A ^'tradition"].
I will certainly beat them.
How excellent was Zaid
Be content with what money you have.
Bring me a dollar.
"Not long to wait" (or, '^Tomorrow will soon be here"

(3)
(4)
(5)

(6)
(7)

(8)

coming thing is near").

Jehovah (LORD) our Lord (God) how glorious

lit.

''Every

(9)

name

Do

(10)

in all the earth

who fought in the Path of God (i.e. "Holy

because they are alive in Paradise.

not count those

War")

as dead,

N.A Fem

C.

Thy

is

N.A. Masc:

Verb.

Ol-JU

^c-

^''il3

'/j

r^
J3I

i;^

ot-rT

e
.

4.^4^ AX w

>

>

EXAM PAPER

140, p. 335.

c*^r^/

'(.idsj '(.>ui

Siij

^!)Lji

JUj

t^

aI

jCi--

<Jlp

Jj U
^5*0

"'"^

"

oU
>^

s'^is %.:1j

C)*^ W*. ^*i

<'->^^^
-

a;

))

[.*>* G^^'j 'J:l

^Udi

jlJLl.-^

jli

0^0

>9^ ^;i/ ^

A.

Jj5.

r.^..^.^
-^

^''

>

Uj

Ir^i
4I

Ix^

^^"'

;v

ST

>o

-**

^ --

17

B.
(1)

It

was said

one of the philosophers, "What

to

which may not be

even

said,

if it is

true

He

is

the thing

said,

"A man's

praise of himself."
(2)

Know

(you must know) that angels are kept like holy gems

in the

upper chambers of heaven

they obey

God and do

what they are ordered.

During the time of the Pharaohs, a virgin wished to spend

(3)

and actually

her nights in the deserts and wildernesses,

spent some time thus

hut

some of

the savages (barbarians,

Berbers) forbade her, from fear of the tribes of negroes.

C.

y^

Palsied

plural of

j%^'

Nations; plural of

<*

oUj

J
j

Shepherds; plural of
Its

oO

verb

^^ j

is

Almsgiving
Sick ones

Desert.

Its

JU

People.

It is

/5v:>-^

j?e>-

(j^V5

its

Judge

its

plural

upon the measure

j*-*

upon the measure ^i

p-'j

(j^^ upon

y^^

is

a plural of

its

plural

pluiMl

^Ij

Valley:

its

^\

Deities:

it is

^^

Flock; subjects.

'

upon the measure J*^

oiS^ j legal alms, i5a^ voluntary charity.

Wise maxims:
Stone:

'

to pasture a flock.

plural of

^ j>^^
1

J'^

l".^

-i^:,

plural

I*

singular

is

is

is

(^jl^t^

is

*U^-.^

upon measure ^\fA

ouad upon the measure

^-1.
\^ 3^^

plural

,^^

'

ys^

the plural of

Its

or

the measure

'A*^

^^ %

upon the measure aU*

MJj

is

upon the measure

^J^J upon

*^

'

the measure (JU*


<^[^

^Ci

Deacons: plural of
Hands.

^CJ

the "plural of plural" of

It is

whose simple

Ways,

Cj\iJ^

i8

roads.

plural
It is

is

"hand^

^i

the "plural of plural" of

^JlJ^

whose simple

plural

Oy*l

Mothers:

the plural of the

JCAI

The

it is

J^^

is

(J^t

word

'"^^

A>-0.
I

This

nights.

is

the defined plural of the

EXERCISE
He

1.

God

2.

The Arabic proverb says

is

one,

word <Ll

148, p. S46.

has no second.

"A

hand

bird in the

is

better than

ten on the tree."

3.

Thus there will be more joy in heaven over

sinner
one
repenting than over ninetynine righteous ones
who need no repentance".
Christ said

4.

"And we

5.

A woman who

sent

him

to a hundred thousand or more".

has ten coins, of which one has got

she not light a lamp (light) and search for

6.

Of

the ten virgins there were five wise

and

five foolish

wise ones entered with the bridegroom,

ones the Master said, "I do not know you".

five

7.

God

created

the

world

in

days

six

does

lost,

it }
:

the

but to the foolish

and

rested

on

the

seventh day.
8.

This matter

9.

The second matter

10.

is

declare that

your

a hundred times worse than the

is

will

1.

3.

one.

give

(pay)

first.

you back double for

all

sins*

EXAM: PAPER
2.

first

ten times more important than the

Great

is

150,

p.

352.

A.

the difference between the ignorant

and the wise.

Would that she had been a bird, then she might have flown
away from us so that we should not see her again.
"Had your Lord pleased, He would have made mankind of
one religion" (Quran).

5.

"Freely (gratuitously) ye have received (taken), freely give".

"Thee only do we worship, and of Thee do we ask help
guide Thou us in the right path".

6.

My poetry shines on yourdoor

4.

as a necklace shines onKhalisa.

iJU- Ji

JUp

19

t:U? C!*S^

i>vlGi^'j^"jiUil^

(t)

('^)

L^

li

Jl^ c^J^

^^

B.

'^1

Vj;.1 i;i^

In -J

- Vjl

vjV ^' J

dij'i

EXERCISE

J^'i

J ^; 'Jryl

*(^^. ^'
"

'

.u 6

172

-^

.1

(p.

THE SPEECH OF KINGS

4>>)*5t

IS

^^1 Jiv J ^1

.i^SCiJ

0;!;'

\M* r

w^i 1 ju-

r j o^^'

'.

-'

- o

^'*'J

(t)

(*)

13 Arabic Reader),

THE KING OF

SPEECH."

When these pupils had finished their soug, His Majesty the
King drew them near to him {lit to his thresholds) and gave
(delivered) them the following golden advice.
"My children, although you are to-day but babes, yet you will
become men to-morrow, and the future is in need of upright men
:


who

20

make a good job of the work which is committed to them,

and who will benefit their people (lit whiten their face) by their
good deeds. This can only be by cultivating morals first and
knowledge second.
Learning only exists for refining morals and
purifying the race (lit origins) and teaching (lit accustoming)
people to good conduct (lit walk) towards the felicity of this world
and the next. Thus learning (science) is a means to that, nothing
more. Now if you understand the rudiments of your religion and
study the life of your ancestors and your literature you will find in
that a lighthouse to lighten for you the path of felicity (i.e. here
and hereafter). And you will repeat your history, which is full of
excellencies (lit. things to boast about) and noble deeds. Truly your
country is in need of hands which benefit the world (lit. creation)
with w^hat God (The Truth) bestowed upon them of the earth's
treasures, its minerals, and its waters, and its elements.
Then take
a new step (make a new departure) in agriculture, manufacture and
commerce, for we are of those whose religion orders them to work
hard. Then be active and try to be worthy posterity of worthy
ancestry (good sons of good parents).
I shall seize, if God will, the (first) opportunity to visit you in
your class-rooms
and financial grants will be provided for all
a scientific
schools to unable them to realise these prospects
society has already been formed to consider the means of promotwill

there only
ing education according to the needs of our country
remains for you to endeavour to be men. (From Al-Qibla).
;

EXAM: PAPER
I.

A.

200, page

443.

THE MONEY-BAG.

person went out with a money-bag to the market to buy

a donkey.

A man

(Where

met him

in the

He

road and said to him

"Where

"To the market to buy a

donkey." He said. "Say, If God Most High will." He said, "This
is not the place for *if God will'
the money is in my pocket and
the donkey is at the market." When he arrived at the market,
a thief struck his pocket and took the bag. When he returned
home, that man met him and said to him, "Where from .?" He
'if
said, "From the market,
God will,' and I did not buy the
donkey, 'if God will,' and lo I am a bankrupt, *if God will,' and
the curse is upon you, *if God will."

to ?"

are you going

?)

said,

I-

B.

See page 321 for translation of "Al-Rashid."


2.

(a)

21

Historians (traditionists) have related that

first

Noah was

prophet sent, and that his people worshipped idols

Noah was

instead of God.

God, but they used

them and called them to

him and ridicule him. God

sent to

to assault

revealed to him that he should build the ark

vealed to him

He

drowned.

God

re-

(b)

^y\

<A^ jij

ly'is*

plj^ A)U

3.

(lit.

"Build the ark") because they were to be

constructed it from teak wood, making

and 50 cubits wide.

300 cubits long

2.

the

O^J

4}^U

j> jji

U>-j

/T^**^

'

Uy o^

^-^^*"

jL^*>l

^ *>*

y^y'^

4'^> - P** Jm

Six only of these to be answered.

Plural.

Singular.

y^
j*Ci

Word.

Mia
>>-

3U
II

uCJU

1
"'.'1

^ti

(i,G>i)>i

ti;s

it

22

jUI
t:

4.

2nd. PI. fem.

^

fem

2nd. PI.

Sing.

1st.

Ul

1st.

Verb.

Sing.

a.1

>'

y---

> 9^

uyV

>3

'.O^S

c.-;i

'

l/J

0\:* J

^/'
Verb.

2nd. Sing. Imp.

cky.

c^l'j

2nd. Sing, Imp.

Verb.

t>'^

S3

^3

'jt-

5-

but

is

its

Khabar

"negative of the genus,"

'

"

"

tanwin
Allah

is

4AJ I)

by

2(j

^j*!a^J!

y V J J^^ V

Ism

is

^y^-'^

\n

Neg. Sent,

is

f'j^y without

is

(standing alone)

but Khalil being in Construct State to

Oy>' and y

are both <^y^'*A negated

negates the whole species.

Ox.)

^AA^ilyJl^jo

Bait-ul-Muqaddasi

for Jerusalem.

is

Bait-ul-Maqdisi would

weak, but

Al-Bait-ul-Muqaddasi

House," whereas the others

City)

its

c-->3^1a

V which

correct.

'

^j\\i^ Ibrahim

the vocative

in

all

f'^j* the exception after VI

is

>

<W) J-A.>.

negates

Sf

Khabar.

like the

pyj'

it

'ii

'VI

4il

of the Sanctuary."

may

it

is

be more

the old Muslim

would mean

be rendered.

title

"The Holy

"The House

(or

~
6.

See Lesson 147

7.

3, 4,

Verbal Sentence

the

noun.

PP 383-6.

>j

}Li'\

23

and 148

<-i* AX;?- is

I- -3.

one

in

which the verb precedes

See the rules of Agent and Deputy Agent on

Revise Lesson 27

j.u Ji

'ii\')\

6, etc.

\Sj\ uUj

(f>T, Sfji^ijj-ij)

ju'i

pJ1 J

University of Toronto

Library

DO NOT

REMOVE
THE

//

CARD

11

FROM

THIS

POCKET

Acme Ubrary Card

X
Pocket

LOWE-MARTIN CO. LIMITED

"

DATE..f^^.^?: